diagnostics guide

SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D

Diagnostics Guide 09.2001 Edition

User Documentation


Diagnostics Guide

Valid for

Control Software VersionSINUMERIK 840D 6SINUMERIK 840DE (Export Version) 6SINUMERIK 840D powerline 6SINUMERIK 840DE powerline 6SINUMERIK 840Di 2SINUMERIK 840DiE (Export Version) 2SINUMERIK 810D 3SINUMERIK 810DE (Export Version) 3SINUMERIK 810D powerline 6SINUMERIK 810DE powerline 6

09.01 Edition

Alarms 1

Glossary /Abbreviations

2

SINUMERIK® Documentation

Printing history

Brief details of this edition and previous editions are listed below.

The status of each edition is shown by the code in the "Remarks" columns.

Status code in the "Remarks" column:

A .... New documentation.B .... Unrevised reprint with new Order No.C .... Revised edition with new status.

If factual changes have been made on the page since the last edition, this is indicated by a newedition coding in the header on that page.

Edition Order No. Remarks02.95 6FC5 298-2AA20-0BP0 A04.95 6FC5 298-2AA20-0BP1 C09.95 6FC5 298-3AA01-0BP0 Description of differences03.96 6FC5 298-3AA20-0BP0 C08.97 6FC5 298-4AA20-0BP0 C12.97 6FC5 298-4AA20-0BP1 C12.98 6FC5 298-5AA20-0BP0 C08.99 6FC5 298-5AA20-0BP1 C04.00 6FC5 298-5AA20-0BP2 C10.00 6FC5 298-6AA20-0BP0 C09.01 6FC5 298-6AA20-0BP1 C

This manual is included in the documentation on CD-ROM (DOCONCD)Edition Order No. Remarks09.01 6FC5 298-6CA00-0BG1 C

TrademarksSIMATIC , SIMATIC HMI , SIMATIC NET , SIROTEC , SINUMERIK and SIMODRIVE aretrademarks of Siemens. Other product names used in this documentation may be trademarkswhich, if used by third parties, could infringe the rights of their owners.

Further information is available on the Internet under:http://www.ad.siemens.de/sinumerik

This publication was produced with WinWord V 8.0and Designer V 7.0.The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is notpermitted without express written authority. Offenders will be liable for damages.All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utilitymodel or design, are reserved.

© Siemens AG 1995-2001. All Rights Reserved.

Other functions not described in this documentation might be executable in thecontrol. This does not, however, represent an obligation to supply such functionswith a new control or when servicing.

We have checked that the contents of this publication agree with the hardwareand software described herein. Nevertheless, differences might exist andtherefore we cannot guarantee that they are completely identical. The informationgiven in this publication is reviewed at regular intervals and any corrections thatmight be necessary are made in the subsequent printings. Suggestions forimprovement are welcome at all times.

Subject to changes without prior notice.

Order No. 6FC5 298-6AA20-0BP1Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany

Siemens-Aktiengesellschaft.

09.01 Preface

© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights ReservedSINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Diagnostics Guide (DA) – 09.01 Edition V

PrefaceThe SINUMERIK documentation is divided up into 3 levels:

• General documentation• User documentation• Manufacturer/Service documentation

This manual is intended as a work of reference. It allows the operator at themachine tool:

- To correctly assess special situations when operating the machine.

- To ascertain the reaction of the system to the special situation.

- To utilize the possibilities for continued operation following the specialsituation.

- To follow references to other documentation containing further details.

This manual describes the alarms from the NC kernel (NCK) area, the PLC andthe SIMODRIVE 611D drive.Other alarms can occur from the MMC (Man-Machine Communication) areas.They are displayed on the operator panel in the form of self-explanatory text.They are documented in the section on MMC messages.For special situations in conjunction with the integrated PLC, please refer tothe SIMATIC S7-300 documentation.

From 09.2001 the• SINUMERIK 840D powerline and• SINUMERIK 840DE powerline.are available with improved performance. For a list of available powerlinemodules please refer to the hardware description /PHD/, section 1.1.

From 12.2001 the• SINUMERIK 810D powerline and• SINUMERIK 810DE powerlineare available with improved performance. For a list of available powerlinemodules please refer to the hardware description /PHD/, section 1.1.

The software versions indicated in this documentation refer to the SINUMERIK840D control; the software version valid in parallel for the SINUMERIK 810D (ifthe function is released, see /BU/, Catalog NC 60) is not indicated explicitly.The following applies:

SINUMERIK840D

SINUMERIK810D

SINUMERIK810Dpowerline

SINUMERIK840Di

6.3 (09.01) corresponds to - 6.1 (12.01) 2.1 (07.01)5.3 (04.00) corresponds to 3.3 (04.00) - 1.1 (07.00)3.7 (03.97) corresponds to 1.7 (03.97) - -

Structure of thedocumentation

Scope

SINUMERIK 840Dpowerline

SINUMERIK 810Dpowerline

Indication of softwareversion

Preface 09.01

© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights ReservedVI SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Diagnostics Guide (DA) – 09.01 Edition

The following functions are not included in the export version:

Function 810DE 840DE Machining package 5 axes − − Handling transformation package (5 axes)

− −

Multiple-axes interpolation (> 4 axes)

− −

Helical interpolation 2D+6

− −

Synchronous actions level 2 − O1)

Measurement level 2 − O1)

Adaptive control − O1)

Continuous dressing − O1)

Using the compile cycles (OEM)

− −

Sag compensation multidimensional

− O1)

− Function not possible1) Restricted functionality

The alarms are sorted in the Diagnostics Guide by ascending alarm number.There are gaps in the sequence.

Each alarm consists of an alarm number and alarm text. There are fourdescription categories:

• Definition• Reaction

1. NC not ready2. Mode group not ready3. Channel not ready4. Interpreter Stop5. NC Start disable6. NC Stop on alarm7. NC Stop on alarm at block end8. Interface signals are set9. Reference points not reached10. NC switches to follow-up mode11. Correction block12. Correction block is reorganized13. Alarm display

• Remedy• Program continuation

Danger

Please check the situation at the system very carefully on the basis of thedescription of the alarms that have occurred. Eliminate the causes for theoccurrence of the alarms and acknowledge in the manner indicated.Otherwise, the machine, workpiece, stored settings and possibly your healthare at risk.

Export version

Sorting

Structure of thealarm descriptions

Safety

09.01 Preface

© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights ReservedSINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Diagnostics Guide (DA) – 09.01 Edition VII

Table 1_1 Alarm number ranges

000 000 - 009 999 General alarms010 000 - 019 999 Channel alarms020 000 - 029 999 Axis/spindle alarms030 000 - 099 999 Functional alarms060 000 - 064 999 Cycle alarms SIEMENS065 000 - 069 999 Cycle alarms user070 000 - 079 999 Compile cycles, manufacturer and OEM

Table 1_2 Alarm number ranges, continued

100 000 - 100 999 Basic system101 000 - 101 999 Diagnostics102 000 - 102 999 Services103 000 - 103 999 Machine104 000 - 104 999 Parameter105 000 - 105 999 Programming106 000 - 106 999 Spare107 000 - 107 999 OEM109 000 - 109 999 Distributed systems (M to N)110 000 - 110 999 MMC 100 messages120 000 - 120 999 MMC 102/103 messages


300 000 - 399 999 Drive


400 000 - 499 999 General alarms500 000 - 599 999 Channel alarms 2)

600 000 - 699 999 Axis/spindle alarms 2)

700 000 - 799 999 User area 2)

800 000 - 899 999 Sequencers/graphs 2)

(810 001 - 810 009 System error messages from PLC 1))1) For further information refer to the diagnostics function (diagnostic buffer) of

SIMATIC STEP 7.2) The PLC alarms of range 500000 - 899999 are configured and described by the

machine manufacturer.

The actions described in the alarm texts ("Action %---") are explained in detailin the table in Section 1.6 Action list.

NCK alarms

MMCalarms/messages

611D alarms

PLCalarms/messages

Action list

Preface 09.01

© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights ReservedVIII SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Diagnostics Guide (DA) – 09.01 Edition

! Important

Appears in the documentation wherever an important fact has to be takeninto account.

Additional ordering options

Appears in the documentation whenever a described function is not containedin the standard version but may be ordered as an option.

The following warning notes with varying degrees of severity are used in thedocumentation:

! Danger

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will resultin death or serious injury or in substantial property damage.

! Warning

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could resultin death or serious injury or in substantial property damage.

! Caution

Used with the safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury or in propertydamage.

Caution

Used without safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may result in property damage.

Notice

Used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potential situation which, ifnot avoided, may result in an undesirable result or state.

Symbols

Warning notes

09.01 Preface

© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights ReservedSINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Diagnostics Guide (DA) – 09.01 Edition IX

Contents

Alarms 1-11

1.1 Overview of system error alarms............................................................................1-11

1.2 Overview of NCK alarms ........................................................................................1-12

1.3 PLC alarms...........................................................................................................1-5191.3.1 PLC-CPU system errors1)................................................................................1-5191.3.2 Start-up errors and instructions during start-up...............................................1-5191.3.3 Errors during operation....................................................................................1-520

1.4 MMC 100 alarms/messages ................................................................................1-5211.4.1 General messages ..........................................................................................1-5211.4.2 Start-up/diagnostics operating area ................................................................1-5221.4.3 Machine operating area...................................................................................1-5351.4.4 Parameter operating area ...............................................................................1-5371.4.5 Programming operating area ..........................................................................1-541

1.5 MMC 102/103 alarms/messages .........................................................................1-551

1.6 List of action numbers ..........................................................................................1-555

1.7 Error codes of alarm 300500................................................................................1-564

Glossary / Abbreviations 2-571

A Abbreviations....................................................................................................... 2-571

B References .......................................................................................................... 2-5771) Further information is available via the diagnostic function (diagnostic buffer) of

SIMATIC STEP 7.

Preface 09.01

© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights ReservedX SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Diagnostics Guide (DA) – 09.01 Edition

© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights ReservedSINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Diagnostics Guide (DA) – 09.01 Edition 1-11

Alarms

1.1 Overview of system error alarms

The following alarms are system errors:

1000 1005 1013 1017

1001 1010 1014 1018

1002 1011 1015 1019

1003 1012 1016 1160

These system error alarms are not described in detail. If such a systemerror occurs, please contact the following address

• indicating the alarm number,

• the alarm text

• and the appropriate internal system error number

SIEMENS AG, A&D MC, System SupportHotlinePhone 0180 / 5050 -222 (Germany)Fax 09131 / 98 -2176 Phone +49-180 / 5050 -222 (International)Fax +49-9131 / 98 -2176

1

System errors

1 Alarms 09.01

© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved1-12 SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Diagnostics Guide (DA) – 09.01 Edition

1.2 Overview of NCK alarms

System error %1

%1 = System error number

With this alarm, internal alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with thetransferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of theerror.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC not ready.Mode group not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline(Phone/Fax:SIEMENS AG, A&D MC, System SupportHotlinePhone 0180 / 5050 -222 (Germany)Fax 09131 / 98 -2176 Phone +49-180 / 5050 -222 (International)Fax +49-9131 / 98 -2176 Switch control OFF - ON.

System error %1



Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.

Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG, A&D MC, Hotline(Phone: see page 11 or alarm 1000)

Press the Reset key to clear the alarm in all channels of this mode group.

System error %1



Alarm display.


Clear the alarm with the Delete key. No further operator action necessary.

1000Definition

Reaction

Remedy

Program continuation

1001 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1002 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Alarm pointer for this self-clearing alarm %1 is zero

%1 = Incorrect alarm number

The address (zero pointer) used by the compile cycle manufacturer or by theoperating system for self-clearing alarms is not allowed in the system.

Alarm display.

Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG, A&D MC, Hotline(Phone: see page 11 or alarm 1000)- Check setCCAlarm/setAlarm (...) call


Alarm reaction to NCK alarm incorrectly configured

The alarm reaction configured by the operating system or the compile cyclemanufacturer is incorrect.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC not ready.Channel not ready.

- Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG, A&D MC, Hotline(Phone: see page 11 or alarm 1000)

- Change alarm reaction

Switch control OFF - ON.

Operating system error %1 parameter %2 %3 %4

%1 = Operating system error number%2 = Operating system error parameter 1%3 = Operating system error parameter 2%4 = Operating system error parameter 3

This alarm indicates that the operating system has detected a serious error.




Channel %1 system error %2 action %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = System error number%3 = Action number/action name


1003 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1004 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1005 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1010 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC not ready.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Interpreter Stop.



Channel %1 %3 %4 system error %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = System error number%3 = Optional parameter: block number, label%4 = Optional parameter: action number, ....


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter Stop.NC Start disable.


Clear the alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program.

Channel %1 system error %2 %3 %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = System error number%3 = Parameter 1%4 = Parameter 2


Alarm display.



Channel %1 system error %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = System error number


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Channel not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.

Reaction

Remedy


1011 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1012 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1013 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms




Channel %1 system error %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = System error number


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.



Channel %1 axis %2 system error %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis number%3 = System error number

With this alarm, internal alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with thetransferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of theerror.Especially for parameter %3 (system error number) = 840001 = problem withtool management, parameter %2 does not contain the identifier for the axis, butfurther information for the diagnosis (=status of data management / magazineno. / location no. / T no.).

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Channel not ready.

Make a note of the complete error text and contact Siemens AG, A&D MC,Hotline (Phone: see page 11 or alarm 1000)





Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.



Remedy


1014 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1015 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1016 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01





Alarm display.



Floating point arithmetic error in channel %1 task %2 station %3 FPUstate %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Task ID%3 = Station priority%4 = FPU status

The floating point unit of the processor has found a computational error.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.Alarm reaction not delayed.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.



Floating point arithmetic error at address %3 in channel %1 task %2 FPUstate %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Task ID%3 = Code address of operation that triggered the error%4 = FPU status

The floating point unit of the processor has triggered an exception on accountof a computational error.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.Alarm reaction not delayed.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.



1017 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1018 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1019 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


System error in link module error code %1 error type %2

%1 = Hex number link error %2 = Hex number link error type

This alarm is not a user error. An internal error has occurred in the software of the link module. Two parameters are output with this error for debugging purposes. They provide information about the cause and location of the error.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.



Link module generated an unspecified error %1 NCU %2 %3 %4

%1 = Hex number unspecified status in stateOfLinkModules %2 = NCU number %3 = Command from link module to NCK %4 = Status of own link

This alarm is not a user error. 1. If NCU== 0

-> A parameter not equal to zero was not found 2. If NCU not equal to zero

-> An error which the NC was not able to interpret occurred in theconnection to this NCU. The error is output as a number. It is possible thatthe NCU link module is running a newer software version than the NC.

The other parameters are used for error localization in the NC/LINK-MODULsoftware.




No valid firmware

No memory card or memory card without valid firmware (license) inserted.

Alarm display.



1030 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1031 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1100 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Assertion failed in %1 : line %2

%1 = String (path with program name)%2 = String (line number)

This alarm is purely a development alarm and will not appear in a deliveredsoftware version. For an OEM customer, this alarm could indicate that an alarmhas occurred in the system software. Handling of the 'assertion' allows errorconditions leading to this alarm to be defined in the system software during thedevelopment phase. After the development phase, this alarm output is nolonger active.

NC not ready.Mode group not ready.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm reaction not delayed.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Check the cause of the error in the specified software component at thespecified line number.


Sign of life monitoring: PLC not alive

The PLC must give a sign of life within a defined period of time (machine data10100 PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT). If this does not occur, the alarm is triggered.

The sign of life is a counter reading on the internal NC/PLC interface which thePLC causes to count up with the 10 ms time alarm. The NCK also testscyclically whether the counter reading has changed.

NC Start disable.NC not ready.Mode group not ready.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the monitoring time reference in NCK-MD 10100PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT (reference value: 100 ms).

Establish the cause of the error in the PLC and eliminate it (analysis of theISTACK. If monitoring has responded with a loop in the user program ratherthan with a PLC Stop, there is no ISTACK entry).


PLC has not started up

The PLC must give at least one sign of life within the time defined in the MD10120 PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT (default setting: 1 sec.).

NC Start disable.NC not ready.Mode group not ready.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

1160 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


2000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


2001Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The monitoring time in in MD 10120 PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT must bechecked and adapted to the first OB1 cycle.

Establish the cause of error in the PLC (loop or stop in the user program) andeliminate.


NCK battery warning threshold reached

The undervoltage monitor of the NCK battery has reached the prewarningthreshold. This is at 2.7-2.9 V (nominal voltage of the battery is 3.0 - 3.1 V at950 mAh).

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The battery must be replaced within the next 6 weeks. After this period, thevoltage can drop below the alarm limit of 2.4 - 2.6 V if the RAMs to be bufferedtake up a lot of current.


NCK battery alarm

The undervoltage monitoring (2.4 - 2.6 V) of the NCK battery has respondedduring cyclic operation.

Alarm display.

If the NCK battery is replaced without interrupting the power supply, no datawill be lost. This means that production can continue without taking any furthersteps. (A buffer capacitor on the NCK holds the supply voltage for at least 30minutes and the battery can be replaced within this time even when the controlis switched off).


NCK battery alarm

The undervoltage monitoring (2.4 - 2.6 V) of the NCK battery was detectedduring system power-up.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC not ready.Mode group not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Pull out the battery/fan unit from the NC module and replace the battery (type:lithium battery with lead, size 1/2 AA, 850 mAh, min. 3.2 V).

The system must then be reinitialized because it must be assumed that datahas been lost in the buffered RAM during the last power-off phase as a resultof insufficient supply voltage (refer to section 2.2 in the Installation and Start-upGuide for the procedure).

Remedy


2100 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


2101 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


2102 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


The following data might have been corrupted or entirely lost:

• NC machine data• Drive machine data• Operator panel machine data• Option data• Setting data• User variables• Global subroutines• Cycles and macros, as well as• PLC machine data• PLC basic program• PLC user program, and all• PLC user data

User data in the NCK and PLC (e.g. tool and workpiece data) that have beenaltered by the manufacturing process since the last data backup must beupdated manually to match the present machine status.

If required, perform a general PLC reset via switch S4 (position 3 – 2 – 3).Switch control OFF - ON.

NCK temperature alarm

The temperature sensor has reached the response threshold of 60°C ± 2.5°C.

Alarm display.

In order to reset the sensor, the temperature must be reduced by 7°C.


NCK fan alarm

The fan consists of a 26 V DC motor with electronic commutator (rated speed:approx. 8700 rpm). The commutator signal is used for speed monitoring,response speed: < 7500 rpm.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The unit with the fan and NCK battery must be replaced.


5V/24V encoder or 15V D/A converter undervoltage

A failure has occurred in the power supply (FM357-2) to the encoder (5V/24V)or D/A converter (+/-15V).

Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.The axes are no longer synchronized with machine actual value(reference point).


2110 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


2120 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


2130 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the encoder and cable for short-circuits (the fault should not occur whenyou remove the cable). Check the power feeder line.


The actual service switch position forces a SRAM to be cleared at thenext Power On (general reset active)

The initialization switch is currently set to overall reset. This means that themodule's SRAM is deleted with the next module reset. The NC data memory iscleared during this operation.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC not ready.

Reset initialization switch to zero

Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator actionnecessary.

Hardware plug-in module for communication with the digitizer missing

MD $MN_ASSIGN_DIGITIZE_TO_CHAN was used to activate the digitizingfunction by assigning it to a channel. The function requires a hardware module(RS422 board plugged into the NCU) for communication with the digitizing unit.This module was not found when booting.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Plug in communications module or cancel channel assignment.


No NCU link module exists, MD %1 reset

%1 = String: Machine data identifier

An attempt was made to activate the NCU link functionality but the hardware isnot available. The MD was reset. Only occurs with the NCU link system.

Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Install the hardware module and activate the function again (MD).


Link axis active and $MN_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE != 3

At least one axis is to be distributed via NCU link; the corresponding machinedata must be set as follows: $MN_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE == 3.Occurs only in conjunction with NCU link system.

Remedy


2140 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


2190 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


2192 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


2194Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

Set $MN_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE == 3.

Switch control OFF – ON.

Channel %1 axis %2 high-speed punching/nibbling not possible via link

%1 = Channel number %2 = Axis name, spindle number

An attempt was made to activate high-speed nibbling or punching for an axisprogrammed on a different NCU than the drive. Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set. High-speed nibbling and punching is only supported on one NCU.

Clear the alarm in the mode group with the RESET key. Restart part program.

Link axis active and $MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE != %1

%1 = required value in MD $MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE

Occurs only with an NCU link system.Possible causes of the fault:- At least one axis is to be distributed via NCU link, then the machine data

$MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE must be 3 or 4.- The IPO cycle of this NCU is faster than the link communication cycle,

then the machine data $MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE must be set to thevalue proposed in the alarm.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.NC not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

The machine data $MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE must be set to the valueproposed in the alarm.


Emergency stop

The EMERGENCY STOP request is applied to the NCK/PLC interface (DB 10,DBX 56.1).

NC Start disable.NC not readyMode groups not ready.Alarm reaction not delayed.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Reaction

Remedy


2195 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


2196 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


3000 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Rectify the cause of EMERGENCY STOP and acknowledge EMERGENCYSTOP via the PLC/NCK interface (DB 10, DBX 56, bit 2).


Internal emergency stop

This alarm is not displayed.

NC Start disable.NC not ready.Mode groups not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC reacts within a machining station

No remedy required


Channel %1 machine data %2 [%3] has gap in axis assignment

%1 = Channel number%2 = String: Machine data identifier

The assignment of a machine axis to a channel by the machine data20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED must be contiguous. At system power-up(Power On) gaps are detected and displayed as an alarm.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set. Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The entries for the indices for the machine axes used in the channels must becontiguous in table $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED. Channel axis gaps mustbe enabled via $MN_ENABLE_CHAN_AX_GAP.


Channel %1 axis %2 defined for more than one channel via machinedata %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Index: Machine axis number%3 = String: Machine data identifier

In the channel-specific MD: 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED [CHn, AXm]=x(n ... channel number, m ... channel axis number, x ... machine axis number)several channels have been assigned to one machine axis without havingdefined a master channel for this axis.

There is usually not much point in assigning a machine axis to severalchannels. In exceptional cases, multiple assignment can be performed if amaster channel is defined for this axis. The channel assignment can beperformed in accordance with the machining requirements in the NC partprogram by means of a keyword (yet to be defined in later product versions).

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy


3001 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4001 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.In axis-specific MD 30550 AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN [AXm]=n(m ... machine axis number, n ... channel number) a master channel must bespecified for the axes that are assigned by the NC program alternately to onechannel or the other.


Channel %1 machine data %2[%3] assigns an axis not defined in channel

%1 = Channel number%2 = String: Machine data identifier%3 = Index: Machine data array index

Only axes that have been activated in the channel by means of thechannel-specific machine data 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED [kx]=m maybe declared as geometry axes or transformation axes by means of theMD 20050 AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB [gx]=k.This also applies to $MC_FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES.

gx ... Geometry axis index k ... Channel axis no.kx ... Channel axis index m ... Machine axis no.

AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB AXCONF_MACHAX_USED

(includes channel axis no. k) (includes machine axis no. m)

Geometryaxis index

1stchannel

2ndchannel

Channel axisindex

1stchannel

2ndchannel

0 1 1 0 1 4 1 2 0 1 2 5 2 3 3 2 3 6 3 7 0 4 8 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0

Assignment of geometry axes to channel axes


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and correct either$MC_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB$MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_X$MC_TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_X$MC_FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXESand/or $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.


Remedy


4002 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 assignment of master channel in machine data %2 incorrect ormissing

%1 = Axis%2 = String: Machine data identifier

For some applications, it is useful to operate an axis in several channels(C axis or spindle on single spindle or double carriage machines).

The machine axes which are defined in several channels by means ofthe MD 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED, must be assigned to a masterchannel with the axis-specific machine data 30550AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN.

For axes that are activated in only one channel, the number of this channel orzero must be entered as master channel.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.MD 20070: AXCONF_MACHAX_USED and/orMD 30550: AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN.


Channel %1 machine data %2 axis %3 defined repeatedly as geometryaxis %1 = Channel number%2 = String: MD identifier%3 = Axis index

An axis may only be defined once as a geometry axis.


Correct $MC_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.


Maximum number of axes in channel %1 exceeded. Limit %2 %1 = Channel number%2 = Upper limit for the number of axes in the channel

Machine data $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED defines which machine axescan be used in this channel. This simultaneously defines the number of activeaxes in the channel. This upper limit has been exceeded. Note: Because of the channel axis gaps, certain indices of

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED can remain unused and therefore do n_o_t count as an active channel axis.

4003 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4004 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4005 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Example: ========= CHANDATA(2) $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[0] = 7 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[1] = 8 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[2] = 0 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[3] = 3 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[4] = 2 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[5] = 0 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[6] = 1 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[7] = 0 This channel uses the five machine axes 1, 2, 3, 8, 7. i.e. it has 5 active channel axes.


Modify $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.


Axis %1 incorrect assignment of master NCU in machine data %2 %1 = Axis %2 = String: Machine data identifier

Machine axes which can be activated on several NCKs through$MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB must be assigned to a master NCU in$MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU.For axes that are activated on only one NCU, the number of this NCU or zeromust be entered as master NCU. An assignment can only be made with$MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU if the machine axis is also addressedvia a channel($MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED+$MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB).


Correct $MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU and/or$MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB.


Invalid identifier used in machine data %1[%2]

%1 = String: Machine Data identifier%2 = Index: Machine data array index

When defining names in the NCK tables (arrays) for machine axes, Eulerangles, direction vectors, normal vectors, interpolation parameters andintermediate point coordinates, one of the following syntax rules for theidentifier to be entered has been violated:

Reaction

Remedy


4007 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4010 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


1. The identifier must be an NC address letter (A, B, C, I, J, K, U, V, W, X, Y,Z), possibly with a numerical extension (840D: 1 - 99, FM-NC: 1 - 9).

2. The identifier must begin with 2 arbitrary capital letters but not with $(reserved for system variable).

3. The identifier must not be a keyword of the NC language(e.g. POSA).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter the identifier for user-defined names with correct syntax in the displayedMD.

Machine axes: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TABEuler angles: EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TABNormal vectors: NORMAL_VECTOR_NAME_TABDirection vectors: 10640 DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TABInterpolation parameters: 10650 IPO_PARAM_NAME_TABIntermediate point coordinates: 10660 INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB


Channel %1 invalid identifier used in machine data %2[%3]


When defining names in the channel-specific tables for geometry axes andchannel axes, one of the following syntax rules for the identifier to be enteredhas been violated:

1. The identifier must be an NC address letter (A, B, C, I, J, K, U, V, W, X, Y,Z), possibly with a numerical extension (840D: 1 - 99, FM-NC: 1 - 9).

2. The identifier must begin with 2 arbitrary capital letters but not with $(reserved for system variable).

3. The identifier must not be a keyword of the NC language(e.g. POSA).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter the identifier for user-defined names with correct syntax in the displayedMD.

Geometry axes: 20060 AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TABChannel axes: 10000 AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB


Reaction

Remedy


4011 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Invalid identifier used in machine data %1[%2]

%1 = String: Machine data identifier%2 = Index: Machine data array index

The selected identifier is invalid. Valid identifiers are: AX1 - AXn Machine axis identifiers N1AX1 - NnAXm Link axis identifiers (NCU + machine axis) Only occurs with 'NCU link' expansion level! C1S1 - CnSm Container axis identifiers (container + container location) Only occurs with 'axis container' expansion level!


Use the correct identifier.


Invalid NCU link configuration by machine data %1 = %2, on NCU_1 = %3

%1 = String: MD identifier%2 = Index: MD array index%3 = MD value of master NCU

The link module configuration detected on the local NCU is different from themaster NCU of the NCU cluster. The link module configuration defines thesystem clock time, the communication baudrate and the maximum number ofmessage transfer retries.The following machine data are used for this purpose: SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO, IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO, LINK_RETRY_CTR, LINK_BAUDRATE_SWITCH, SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME The values of these machine data must be the same on all NCUs.


The machine data required for the link module configuration must be the sameon all NCUs in the cluster.


Axis %1 used several times in %2 %1 = String: MD identifier%2 = String: Machine data

An axis was assigned several times. The axis can be a:• Master axis• Link axis• Axis in a container location

4012 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4013 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4014 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Define a correct, unique axis assignment.


Axis %1 already used by NCU %2

%1 = Machine axis index %2 = NCU number

An attempt was made to apply setpoints to one axis from several NCUs. Only occurs with the NCU link system.


Define a correct, unique axis assignment.


Axis container %1, location %2 already used by NCU %3 %1 = Axis container number %2 = Axis container location %3 = NCU number

A multiple reference to the axis container location has been made via thelogical axis table (machine data: MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB). With the NCU link, the multiple reference may also have been made byanother NCU in the NCU group.

Example: Container1 location1 was referenced twice incorrectly MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB[0] = CT1_SL1 MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB[6] = CT1_SL1


Correct and complete the container location assignments. Check the machine data for the logical axis assignment table(MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB )


Axis container %1, location %2 not used by any channel

%1 = Axis container number %2 = Axis container location

The container location is not referenced by any channel.

Reaction

Remedy


4016 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4017 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4018 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

Correct and complete the container location assignments. Check machine data MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED andMN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB


Axis container %1 advance not allowed with current status of NCU %2

%1 = NCU number %2 = Axis container number

This error only occurs with direct advancing of the container. With direct container advancing, only one channel is allowed to activate the NClanguage command for advancing the container. In order to ensure this, theother channels must have the reset status and the axes must be stationary.

With NCU link, the above condition applies to all channels of the NCU group.

Error parameters:1 : NC Ready missing16: At least one other channel is active35: AXCT axis is active following axis/spindle36: AXCT axis is active leading axis39: Axis/spindle disable active40: Overlaid motion active for AXCT axis41: Axis replacement active for AXCT axis42: Interpolator active for one axis container axis46: Rotating spindle with different Ipo cycle of NCUs47: New-Config active


Reset the program and all other channels.


Identifier %1 used several times in machine data %2 %1 = String: Identifier%2 = String: MD identifier

When defining names in the NCK tables (arrays) for machine axes, Eulerangles, direction vectors, normal vectors, interpolation parameters andintermediate point coordinates an identifier which already exists in thecontrol has been used.


Reaction

Remedy


4019 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4020 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Select for the identifier to be entered a character string that is not yet used inthe system (max. 32 characters).


Channel %1 identifier %2 used several times in machine data %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = String: Identifier%3 = String: MD identifier

To determine the name in the channel-specific tables for geometry axes andchannel axes an identifier already existing in the control has been used.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Select for the identifier to be entered a character string that is not yet used inthe system (max. 32 characters).


Axis container %3 switch not allowed: ext. zero offset active channel %1axis %2

%1 = Channel%2 = Axis/spindle%3 = Axis container number

The axis container switch enable cannot be given because an external zerooffset is active.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter stop.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

The program must be canceled with Reset and the zero offset deselectedbefore activating the axis container switch.

Clear the alarm with the Reset key.

Axis container %1 switch not allowed, axis container %2 switch active

%1 = Axis container %1 = Axis container

Only one axis container can be rotated at a time.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter Stop.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy


4021 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4022 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4023 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Program must be canceled with Reset and the program sequences (NCUs,channels) must be synchronized such that only one axis container switch isactive at a time.

Clear the alarm with the RESET key.

Invalid axis configuration due to missing axis container machine data

%1 = NCU number %2 = Axis container number

The axis configuration could not be generated due to missing axis containermachine data. This error can only occur as a result of a communication error.The communication failure will be indicated separately by further alarms.


Correct the link communication problems (refer to the other alarm messages).


Axis container %3 switch not allowed: ext. master/slave active channel%1 axis %2

%1 = Channel%2 = Axes/spindle%3 = Axis container number

It is not possible to enable axis container switch as a master/slave link isactive.

Alarm displayInterface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.Interpreter stop.NC Start disable.

Program must be canceled with Reset and the zero offset deselected beforeactivating the axis container switch.


Machine data %1[%2], link axis NC%3_AX%4 not used by any channel

%1 = String: MD identifier%2 = Index: MD array index%3 = NCU number%4 = Machine axis number

The link axis is not referenced by any channel.


Correct and complete the logical axis assignments. Check machine data MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED andMN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB


Remedy


4024 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4025Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4026 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Attention: MD %1 was also changed for the other axes of axiscontainer %2

%1 = String: MD identifier %2 = Axis container number

Message to the user indicating that the machine data change for the axis wasalso performed for all other axes in the same container.

Alarm display.

None


Attention, the axial MDs of the axes in the axis containers were matched

Message to the user indicating that the machine data of the axes in the axiscontainers were matched.

Alarm display.

None


Attention: The axial MDs in axis container %1 will be matched on the nextpower-up

%1 = Axis container number

Message to the user indicating that the machine data of the axes in the axiscontainer will be matched on the next power-up. An axis container allows axesto be exchanged between channels and NCUs. To ensure that no conflicts arise, the axes within the same axis container musthave a similar behavior. The first axis in the axis container determines which machine data have to bethe same for the other axes in the axes container.

Alarm display.

None


Channel %1 axis identifier missing in machine data %2[%3]


An axis identifier is expected for the displayed MD in accordance with the axisconfiguration in MD 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED and20050 AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.


4027 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4028 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4029 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4030 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check axis configuration and enter the missing identifier into the MD or, shouldthe axis not exist, specify for this channel axis the machine axis 0 in thechannel-specific MD 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED. If this concerns ageometry axis that is not to be used (this applies only for 2-axis machining, e.g.on lathes), then channel axis 0 must be entered additionally in the channel-specific MD 20050 AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.


Channel %1 link axis %2 defined for more than one channel in machinedata %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Index: Axis number for logical axis assignment%3 = String: Machine data identifier

Only occurs with the NCU link system. The specified axis was defined several times or in several channels in machinedata $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED. If an axis is to be defined in severalchannels, a master channel must be assigned to the axis with the axialmachine data $MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN. This error can only occur with an NCU link axis.

The cause of a definition error can also be an NCU link communication failure.

The link communication failure must be indicated separately by further alarms.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.NC not ready.NC Start disable.

Correct machine data $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED or assign masterchannel. If a link communication failure has occurred, the causes of the error must firstbe remedied.


Channel %1 wrong identifier for facing axis in %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = String: Machine data identifier

According to the axis configuration in $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES or$MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF, a facing axis identifier is expected at the specifiedlocation.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.NC not ready.Mode group not ready.NC Start disable.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Add the correct identifier


Remedy


4031 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4032 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Attention: NCU link communication still not connected

The NCU link communication could not be established due to other activealarms.This is the case, for example, if during boot-up the system detects andmodifies incorrect cycle times (see Alarm 4 110).


Analyze and fix the other alarms and start the control again.


Local link axis %1 is not allowed by different interpolation cycle = %2/%3

%1 = Axis name%2 = Local interpolation cycle%3 = Max. interpolation cycle

Local link axes are only permissible on an NCU if the interpolation cycle setcorresponds to the slowest interpolation cycle of the interconnected NCUsystems.


Remove local link axis (see MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB andMN_AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB1)or adapt the interpolation cycle (MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO).


Interpolation cycle from NCU%1 = %2 does not match NCU%3 = %4

%1 = NCU_number1%2 = MD value of NCU_number1%3 = NCU_number2 (with slowest IPO cycle)%4 = MD_value of NCU_number2

Only occurs with an NCU link system.The interpolation cycles of the NCUs specified in the alarm do not match oneanother.The slowest IPO cycle in interconnected NCU systems must be an integralmultiple of all configured IPO cycles.


Set a suitable value in MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO for allinterconnected NCUs.


4033Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4034Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4035Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Wrong NCU link configuration by MD %1

%1 = String: MD identifier

Only occurs with an NCU link system. Different interpolation and positioncontrol cycles have been set in the NCUs of the LINK group.This is only allowed if the function FAST-IPO-LINK in MD$MN_MM_NCU_LINK_MASK has been activatedCaution:For diagnostic purposes, two additional alarm parameters are output togetherwith this alarm.1. Parameter: Position control or IPO cycle time of this NCU2. Parameter: Position control or IPO cycle time of another NCU.


- Activate FAST-IPO-LINK function in MN_MM_NCU_LINK_MASK- Or do not set different position control or IPO cycles on the NCUs.(see MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO andMN_POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO).


Channel %1 axis identifier %2 not consistent with machine data %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = String: Axis identifier%3 = String: Machine data identifier%4 Not enough channel axes entered in the MD displayed

The use of the specified axis identifier in the displayed MD is not consistentwith the axis configuration of the channel specified in the MDs: 20070AXCONF_MACHAX_USED and 20050 AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.

Only with active compile cycle "OEM transformation":Not enough channel axes entered in the MD displayed.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and correct the identifier used in the MDs 10000AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB, 20080 AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TABand/or 20050 AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB.

Only with active compile cycle "OEM transformation":In addition to the MDs indicated, check and correct MD 24110TRAFO_AXES_IN_1[n] of the activated OEM transformation by means of thedescription of functions.


4036Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4040 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


NC code identifier %1 cannot be reconfigured to %2

%1 = String: Old identifier%2 = String: New identifier

Renaming of an NC code was not possible for one of the following reasons:

• The old identifier does not exist• The new identifier is within another type range

NC codes/keywords can be reconfigured as long as you stay within the typerange.

Type 1: "true" G codes: G02, G17, G33, G64, ...

Type 2: named G codes: ASPLINE, BRISK, TRANS, ...

Type 3: addresses which can be set: X, Y, A1, A2, I, J, K, ALF, MEAS, ...


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct machine data 10712: NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB(protection level 1).

The list must be built up as follows:

Even address: Identifier to be modifiedFollowing odd address: New identifier

e.g. NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB [10] = "ROT"NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB [11] = " "Clears the ROT function from the control


Standard machine data loaded

With the next system power-up, the standard MDs are loaded by the system-specific MD 11200 INIT_MD if

• MD buffer voltage has failed or• after initialization for loading the standard machine data.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.After automatically loading the standard MDs, the individual MDs must beentered or loaded in the relevant system.


Backup data loaded

The user data saved in the flash memory are loaded to the SRAM.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Load specific machine data again

Clear the alarm with the RESET key

4050 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4060 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4062 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Buffered memory was restored from backup medium (possible data loss!)

Only occurs with PC-NC. A possible data integrity error was detected in the buffered memory duringpower-up. The buffered memory was initialized with the last backup copy. Changes in thebuffered memory, which have been made since the last backup copy update,have been lost. Backup copies of the buffered memory are updated (on hard disk) every timethe control is shut down normally.

!! Only for 802D:The reason for this procedure is that the backup time is exceeded.Make sure that the required operating time of the control corresponds to thespecifications in your Installation & Start-up Guide.The current backup copy of the buffered memory has been created by the lastinternal data backup via the "Save data" softkey on the HMI.

Alarm display. Interface signals are set. NC not ready. NC Start disable.

Start the control again.


Buffered memory of FFS restored from backup medium (possible dataloss!)

For PC-NC. A possible data integrity error was detected in the FFS memory during power-up. The FFS memory was initialized with the last backup copy. Changes in theFFS memory, which have been made since the last backup copy update, havebeen lost.For PC-NC only!: Backup copies of the buffered memory are updated (on the hard disk) everytime the control is shut down normally.

Alarm display. Interface signals are set. NC Start disable.

Start the control again.


Normalizing machine data has been altered

The control uses internal physical units (mm, degrees, s, for paths, velocities,acceleration etc.). During programming or data storage, some of these valuesare input and output using different units (rev./min, m/s2, etc.).

Conversion is performed with scaling factors that can be entered (system-specific MD array 10230 SCALING_FACTORS USER_DEF[n] (n ... indexnumber 0 - 10), when the corresponding masking bit is set to "1".

If the masking bit is set to "0" then scaling takes place with the internalstandard factors.

4065 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4066 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4070 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


The following machine data influence the scaling of other MDs:

• 10220: SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK• 10230: SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF• 10240: SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC• 10250: SCALING_VALUE_INCH• 30300: IS_ROT_AX

If these data are modified, the NCK must be powered up again. Only then willthe input of dependent data be performed correctly.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If the alarm has been displayed after downloading an MD file which isconsistent within itself, then the download operation must be repeated with anew NCK power-up. (The file contains scaling-dependent machine data in frontof the scaling factors).


Compile cycle functions define machine data number %1 several times

%1 = Machine data number

Can only occur when installing compile cycle functions.Two different compile cycle applications use the same machine data number.The machine data which was defined twice is shifted into the free numberrange above 64000.

Alarm display.

The error has no effect on the usability of the machine data and the function ofthe compile cycle application.To ensure that the compile cycle machine data documentation is correct, youmust contact the supplier of the compile cycle.Only the supplier can remedy the error by changing the software.


Machine data %1 (and maybe others) not altered - permission level %2needed

%1 = String: MD identifier%2 = Write protection level of the MD

On executing a TOA file or when writing data from the part program, an attempthas been made to write an item of data with a higher protection level than theaccess authorization currently set in the control.The item of data in question has not been written and program execution iscontinued.This alarm is set only when access violation is detected for the first time.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set the required access level by means of keyswitch or password entry ordelete the machine data concerned from the MD file / part program.


Reaction

Remedy


4073 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4075 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


%1 Machine data could not be altered with permission level %2

%1 = Number of MDs%2 = Preset access authorization

On executing a TOA file or when writing data from the part program an attempthas been made to write data with a higher protection level than the accessauthorization currently set in the control.The data in question have not been written and program execution is continuedwithout hindrance.This alarm is issued on acknowledging the alarmEXBSAL_MD_PERMISSION_DENIED. It can be cleared only with Power On.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set the required access level by means of keyswitch or password entry ordelete the machine data concerned from the MD file / part program.


New value %1 of MD %2 not set. Requested %3 bytes too much %4memory.

%1 = New value of machine data %2 = Machine data number %3 = Number of bytes requested that exceeded availability %4 = Type of memory

An attempt was made to enter a new value in the specified memoryconfiguration machine data.

It was not possible to modify the value, since this would clear the contents ofthe user memory. This is because the memory requested exceeded theavailable capacity.

The third parameter specifies the number of bytes by which the maximum usermemory was exceeded.

The fourth parameter specifies the type of memory whose limit was exceeded:

• "D" stands for dynamic or non-buffered user memory (this is where the LUDvariables are stored and the interpolation buffer size is entered, forexample). The capacity of this memory type is defined by the currentmemory expansion and the value in MD MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC(18210).

• "S" stands for static or buffered user memory (this is where part programs,offset data, R parameters, tool data, etc. are stored). This memory type isdefined by the current memory expansion and the value in MDMM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED (18230).

Alarm display.

If the modification was unintentional, ignore the error message and continue. The alarm has no negative effects. The remedy depends on the access rights and the current memory expansionof the NCK.• The intended change is not possible -> try again with a smaller value.• Observe the change in the number of bytes.• Buy more memory? This option depends on the model in use.• The NCK user memory setting may be smaller than possible. The MDs can

be changed with appropriate access rights.


4076 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4077 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Incorrect configuration of indexing axis in machine data %1


The assignment of a position table to an indexing axis or the contents of aposition table contains an error, or the length of a position table has beenparameterized with 0.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.3 MD identifiers are output, depending on the type of error.

1. $MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB (axis-specific MD 30500):The error is due to multiple assignment of a position table (NCK MD10910/10930 INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_n) to axes with different types(linear/rotary axis).

2. $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_n (NCK MD 10910/10930):The contents of the displayed table n contain an error.

• The entered positions must be arranged in increasing size.• A particular position must not be set more than once.• If the table is assigned to one or several modulo axes, then the contents

must be within the 0 to <360 degree range.

3. $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_n (NCK MD 10900/10920):The length of the displayed position table n was specified with 0.


Too many errors during power-up

More than <n> errors occurred during control power-up.

Alarm display.NC Start disable.

Set the machine data correctly.


System cycle time corrected for digital drive

The machine data 10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME (system clock cycletime) and/or MD 10080 SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO (dividing factor ofthe position control cycle for actual value acquisition) have been corrected. Thesampling time to which the digital drive synchronizes (drive clock cycle time)must be a multiple of 31.25 µs by a factor of 4, 8, 16 or 32.

The changes are made in a way such that the programmable hardware divider1 is adjusted as a result of the choice of system clock cycle time in the MD10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME; the selected time and the drive clock cycletime are in the 31.25 ms grid. If this requirement cannot be satisfied with theentered values (e.g. because the system clock cycle time is not a multiple of31.25 ms), then the system clock cycle time is automatically expanded untilthe drive clock cycle time lies within the 31.25 ms grid.

The new value for SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME can be obtained from the MD10050.

4080 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4090 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4100 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


The position controller cycle time can be set in the following steps:

• up to 4 ms → 125 µs step• up to 8 ms → 250 µs step• up to 16 ms → 0.5 ms step• up to 32 ms → 1 ms step

Alarm display.

No remedial measures are required. The alarm display can be canceled withReset.


Position control cycle for digital drive reduced to %1 ms

%1 = String (time in ms)

The position control clock divisor in the NCK-MD10060 POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO was set such that a positioncontrol cycle time of more than 16 ms resulted. The limit value for the driveactuator 611D is however 16 ms.

Alarm display.

No remedial measures are required. The alarm display is canceled with Reset.


IPO factor increased to %1 ms

%1 = String (new IPO cycle time)

The IPO cycle divisor was set to a value which was not an integral multiple ofthe position control cycle divisor. The divisor (MD 10070 IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO) was increased. IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO has been modified on systems withPROFIBUS DP because of the modified DP cycle in SDB1000 (MD 10050SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME ).

Alarm display.

Machine data 10070 IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO has been modified.


PLC cycle increased to %1 ms

%1 = String (new PLC cycle time)

The PLC cycle divisor was set to a value which was not an integral multiple ofthe IPO cycle divisor. The divisor (MD 10074 PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO ) has been increased. PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO has been modified on systems with PROFIBUS DPbecause of the modified DP cycle in SDB1000 (MD 10050SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME ).

Alarm display.

Machine data 10074 PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO has been modified.


Reaction

Remedy


4101 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4110 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4111 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Servo cycle increased to %1 ms

%1 = String (new servo cycle time)

MD 10060 POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO has been modified onsystems with PROFIBUS DP because of the modified DP cycle in SDB1000(10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME ).

Alarm display.

Machine data 10060 POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO has beenmodified.


Sysclock cycle increased to %1 ms


MD 10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME has been modified on systems withPROFIBUS DP because of the modified DP cycle in SDB1000.

Alarm display.

Machine data 10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME has been modified.


Error in DP cycle of SDB1000


The DP cycle in SDB1000 contains an error and cannot be set. The default value of $MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME is set.

Alarm display.

Correct SDB1000


Time ratio communication to Ipo changed to %1


The value of the machine data 10072 has been adapted. This can only occur, ifthe value of the machine data is smaller than one and the time thus calculatedis no multiple of the position control cycle.

Alarm display.

The machine data $MN_COM_IPO_TIME_RATIO has been adapted.Please check to ensure that the calculated value is correct.


Channel %1 invalid M function subprogram call configured

%1 = Channel number

The machine data $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE[n] or$MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR contains invalid configration data:

An M function, which is used by the system and can not be replaced by asubprogram call has been specified in the machine data$MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE[n] for the configuration of the subprogram call via Mfunction:

4112 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4113 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4114 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4115 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4150 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


- M0 to M5, M17,M30, M19, M40 to M45,

M function for selecting spindle/axis mode according to$MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR (default: M70),M functions for nibbling/punching as configured in$MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE if activated by$MC_PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION.Also M96 to M99 for applied external language($MN_MM_EXTERN_LANGUAGE).

The machine data $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR contains an invalid arrayindex of $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE[n]. Currently, the value 0 to 9 are allowed.The machine data affected is reset to the default value -1. The function is thusdeactivated.


Configure an M function which is not used by the system in machine data$MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE[n] or an allowed array index in machine data$MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR.


Channel %1 invalid M function number configured for spindle switchover

%1 = Channel number

An M function was specified in machine data$MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR in order to configure the M functionnumber for spindle switchover. The M function number is assigned by thesystem and cannot be used for the switchover. (M1 to M5, M17, M30, M40 toM45).


Configure an M function which is not used by the system (M1 to M5, M17, M30,M40 to M45) in machine data $MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR.


Invalid M-function number for channel synchronization assigned

An M number between 0 and 99 has been specified in machine data$MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MIN or$MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MAX for the configuration of the Mnumber range for channel synchronization in ISO2/3 mode orthe machine data $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MAX is smaller than$MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MIN.


Reaction

Remedy


4160 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4170 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Check machine data $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MIN and$MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MAX.


Invalid M-function number assigned to enable ASUP

An invalid M function number has been assigned for activation of ASUP. Anillegal M number has been assigned in machine data$MN_EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT or $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT forthe configuration of the M number range for activation/deactivation of theinterrupt program.


Check machine data $MN_EXTERN_ M_NO_SET_INT and$MN_EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT.


Channel %1 illegal assignment of an M auxiliary function number

%1 = Channel number

For configuring of a new, predefined M function, a number was indicated inmachine data $MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE or$MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE that is already occupied by the systemand cannot be used for assignment. (M0 to M5, M17, M30, M40 to M45).


Program an M function that is not already assigned by the system (M1 to M5,M17, M30, M40 to M45) in machine data $MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUEor $MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE.


Channel %1 geometry axis %2 must not be declared a rotary axis

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name

The geometry axes represent a Cartesian coordinate system and therefore thedeclaration of a geometry axis as rotary axis leads to a definition conflict.

Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Remedy


4180 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4181Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4200 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Remove rotary axis declaration for this machine axis.

For this purpose, the geometry axis index for the displayed geometry axis mustbe determined by means of the channel-specific machine data array20060 AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB. The channel axis number is storedwith the same index in the channel-specific MD array 20050AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB. The channel axis number minus 1provides the channel axis index under which the machine axis number is foundin the channel-specific MD array 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.


Channel %1 spindle %2 declaration as rotary axis missing

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle number

If a machine axis is to be operated as a spindle, this machine axis must bedeclared as a rotary axis.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set rotary axis declaration for this machine axis in the axis-specificMD 30300 IS_ROT_AX.


Channel %1 spindle %2 declaration as modulo axis missing


The spindle functionality requires a modulo axis (positions in [deg],.).

Mode group not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set MD "ROT_IS_MODULO".


Channel %1 spindle %2 declared repeatedly


The spindle number exists more than once in the channel.


Remedy


4210 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4215 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4220 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The spindle number is stored in the axis-specific MD array35000 SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX. The channel to which this machineaxis/spindle is assigned is listed in the machine axis index. (The machine axisnumber is given in the channel-specific MD array20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED).


Channel %1 axis %2 declaration as rotary axis missing

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, axis number

The spindle functionality requires a modulo axis (positions in [deg],.).

Mode group not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set MD "IS_ROT_AX".


Channel %1 data alteration from external not possible in current channelstate

%1 = Channel number

It is not allowed to enter this data while the part program is being executed(e.g. setting data for working area limitation or for dry run feedrate).

Alarm display.

The data to be entered must be altered before starting the part program.


Runtime overflow for IPO cycle or position controller cycle, IP %1

%1 = Program location

The settings for the interpolation and position control cycle were modifiedbefore the last power-up such that too little computing time is now available forthe requisite cyclic task.

The alarm occurs immediately after power-up if too little runtime is availableeven when the axes are stationary and the NC program has not started.However, task overflow can occur only when computation-intensive NCfunctions are called during program execution.

Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.Alarm reaction not delayed.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Remedy


4225 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4230 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4240 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Take greater care when optimizing the clock times NCKMD 10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME,MD 10060 POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO and/orMD 10070 IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO.

The test should be performed with an NC program that represents the worstcase. For safety, a margin of 15 to 25% should be added to the timesdetermined in this way.


Machine data %1 illegal


Selected cam pair not activated by MD $MN_SW_ASSIGN_TAB or severalcam pairs selected.


Activate the cam pair or select only one cam pair.


Machine data %1 assigns not activated NCK input/output byte no. %2

%1 = String: MD identifier%2 = Index

The specified machine data assigns a digital input/output byte or an analoginput/output signal - the processing of which has not been activated - to an NCfunction.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct the machine data.Activate inputs/outputs via MDs:10350 FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS10360 FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS10300 FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS10310 FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS

Activation of fast inputs/outputs does not require the corresponding hardwareconfiguration to be available at the control. All functions using fastinputs/outputs can also be made use of by the PLC specification/modificationdefined in the VDI interface, if the response time requirements are reducedaccordingly.

Activated inputs/outputs increase the computation time requirement of theinterpolation cycle because the PLC manipulation signals are handledcyclically.Tip: Deactivate any inputs/outputs not in use.


Remedy


4260 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4270 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Machine data %1 and %2 both assign the same NCK output byte no. %3

%1 = String: MD identifier%2 = String: MD identifier%3 = No. of output

The specified machine data assign two NC functions to the same digital/analogoutput.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct the machine data.


Assignment of NCK-input/output byte via MD %1[%2] does not matchhardware configuration

%1 = String: MD identifier%2 = MD array index

When booting, the required input/output module was not found at the slotspecified in the MD.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check hardware and correct the MD if necessary.Note:Monitoring of the hardware configuration is performed independently of thenumber of activated inputs/outputs (MDs 10300 - 10360$MN_FASTIO_ANA(DIG)_NUM_INPUTS(OUTPUTS))


Hardware of external NCK output assigned repeatedly

Several outputs have been configured on the same hardware byte.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Alter MD 10368 HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT or MD10364 HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT.


4275 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4280 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4282 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Error on terminal block %1, error code %2

%1 = Number of terminal block (1 ... 4)%2 = Error code

An error occurred on terminal block no. %1 (sign-of-life failure, I/O moduleremoved in current operation, etc.). All possible errors which can lead to thisalarm are not yet known (and will be completed later). (Further informationtogether with a description of the error code and its meaning will be provided ata later date).

Error code: 1 - sign-of-life failure from terminal blockError code: 10 - sign-of-life failure NC.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check hardware


Sign-of-life monitoring: local P-bus not alive

The COM computer must alter the sign-of-life on the local P-bus in eachSERVO cycle. Monitoring for alteration takes place in the IPO cycle. If the signof life has not altered, this alarm is triggered.




Failure of module in local P-bus slot %1, error codes %2 %3 %4

%1 = Slot number%2 = Error code%3 = Error code%4 = Error code

The module on the specified slot has signaled a diagnostics alarm.The error code reported corresponds to the AS300 documentation.




4285 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4290 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4291 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Declaration in machine data %1 is not allowed for geometry axis /spindle %2

%1 = String: MD identifier%2 = Axis name, spindle number

Geometry axes and spindles cannot be operated as concurrent positioningaxes.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reset MD 30450 IS_CONCURRENT_POS_AX for the axis concerned.


Declaration in machine data %1 index 2% is not allowed

%1 = String: MD identifier%2 = Index in MD array

The machine data values must be written in the array in ascending order.

Alarm displayInterface signals are setNC Stop on alarmChannel not readyMode group not readyNC Start disable

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct the MD


Channel %1 invalid transformation type in transformation no. %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = Transformation number

An invalid number, i.e. a number which was not defined, was entered in one ofthe machine data TRAFO_TYPE_1 ... TRAFO_TYPE_8.This alarm also occurs if a certain type of transformation is only impossible onthe type of control used (e.g. 5-axis transformation on a SINUMERIK 802D).


Enter a valid transformation type


4300 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4310 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4340 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 no data set available for transformation no. %2


Only a limited number of machine data sets (usually 2) is available for eachrelated group of transformations (e.g. orientation transformations, Transmit,Tracyl, etc.). This alarm is output if an attempt is made to set moretransformations from a group.

Example: Two orientation transformations are allowed. The machine data contains e.g.: TRAFO_TYPE_1 = 16 ; 1st orientation transformation TRAFO_TYPE_2 = 33 ; 2nd orientation transformation TRAFO_TYPE_3 = 256 ; 1st transmit transformation TRAFO_TYPE_4 = 20 ; 3rd orientation transformation ==> This entry

triggers alarm

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm at block end.Interpreter stop

Enter valid machine data.


Channel %1 invalid machine data for general 5-axis transformation errorno. %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = Error type

The machine data which describe the axis directions and the base orientationfor the general 5-axis transformation are invalid. The error parameter displayedspecifies the cause of the alarm 1: The first axis (TRAFO5_AXIS1_*) is not defined (all three entries of the vector are 0) 2: The second axis (TRAFO5_AXIS2_*) is not defined (all three entries of the vector are 0) 3: The base orientation (RAFO5_BASE_ORIEN_*) is not defined (all three entries of the vector are 0) 4: The first and second axis are (virtually) parallel

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Set valid machine data.


Channel %1 attempt made to change the machine data of an activetransformation

%1 = Channel number

An attempt was made to change the machine data of an active transformation and to activate the machine data with RESET or NEWCONFIG.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm at block end.Interpreter stop.

4341 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4342 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4343 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Set valid machine data.


Channel %1 invalid configuration in chained transformation no. %2


A chained transformation is incorrectly configured (machine data$MC_TRACON_CHAIN_1 or $MC_TRACON_CHAIN_2). The following causes for the error are possible:• The list of transformations to be chained starts with a 0 (at least one entry

not equal to zero is required).• The list of transformations to be chained contains the number of a

transformation which does not exist.• The number of a transformation in the list is greater than or equal to the

number of the chained transformation.Example: The cascaded transformation is the fourth transformation in thesystem, i.e. $MC_TRAFO_TYPE_4 = 8192. In this case, only values 1, 2 or3 may be entered in the associated list (e.g. $MC_TRACON_CHAIN_1[...]).

• The chaining setting is invalid. The following restrictions currently apply.A maximum of two transformations can be chained.The first transformation must be an orientation transformation, transmit,peripheral curve transformation or inclined axis.The second transformation must be the inclined axis transformation.


Set a valid transformation chain.


Channel %1 channel axis assignment error in machine data %2[%3]

%1 = Channel number %2 = Name of machine data %3 = Transformation number

Machine data TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_X contains an invalid entry. The following causes for the error are possible: - The entry references a channel axis which does not exist - The entry is zero (no axis) but the transformation needs the relevant axis as a

geometry axis.


Correct the entry in TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_X orTRAFO_AXES_IN_X.

Clear the alarm with the RESET key. Restart the part program.

Remedy


4345 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4346 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 channel axis assignment error in machine data %2[%3]

%1 = Channel number%2 = Name of machine data%3 = Transformation number

Machine data TRAFO_AXIS_IN_X contains an invalid entry. The following causes for the error are possible: - The entry references a channel axis which does not exist - The entry is zero (no axis) but the transformation needs the relevant axis as a

channel axis.


Correct the entry in TRAFO_AXES_IN_X.


Channel %1 axis identifier %2 machine data %3 not consistent withmachine data %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = String: Axis identifier%3 = String: Machine data identifier%4 = String: Machine data identifier

MD 32410 JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE (jerk limitation) and MD35240 ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE (acceleration reduction) have been defined asthe initial setting for an axis. However, the two functions cannot be activated atthe same time for one axis.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Resetting of 32410 JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE or$MA_ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE.


Machine data alteration will cause reorganization of buffered memory(loss of data!)

A machine data has been altered that configures the buffered memory. If theNCK powers up with the altered data, this will lead to reorganization of thebuffered memory and thus to the loss of all buffered user data (part programs,tool data, GUD, leadscrew error compensation, ...).

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If the control includes user data that has not yet been saved, then a databackup must be performed before the next NCK power-up. By manuallyresetting the altered MD to the value it had before the last power-up,reorganization of the memory can be avoided.


4347 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4350 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


4400 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 anachronism: %2(%3) -> %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = String: Machine data identifier%3 = String: Machine data identifier%4 = String: Machine data identifier

The reset behaviors of G groups 6 and 8 were previously defined in$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK bit 4 and bit 5. This setting is now defined in$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE.

In order to ensure compatible handling of "old" data backups, the "old" valuesare taken from $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK and entered in$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE.

Alarm display.


Communication job not executed

The communication request (data exchange between NCK and MMC, e.g.:loading an NC part program) cannot be executed because there is too littlememory space. Cause: Too many communication requests in parallel.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.No remedial measures are possible. The operator action that led to the alarmmessage must be repeated. The alarm display is cleared with Cancel.


Memory reorganized using standard machine data

The memory management was not able to allocate the NC user memory withthe values in the machine data. Because the total memory available isprovided as dynamic and static memory for the NC user (e.g. for macrodefinitions, user variables, number of tool offsets, number of directories andfiles etc.) and therefore its size is not adequate.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.Mode group not ready.NC Stop on alarm.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Redefine the NC memory structure.

A specific machine data for NC user memory allocation cannot be given as thecause of the alarm. Therefore, the MD initiating the alarm must be determinedon the basis of the default values in the machine data by changing the user-specific memory structure step by step.

Usually, not just one machine data has been chosen too large and therefore itis advisable to reduce the memory area by a certain proportion in several MDs.


4502 Definition

Reaction


5000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 data block %2 not or not completely created,error code %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = String (block name)%3 = Internal error code

Data management has detected an error in power-up. The specified data blockmay not have been created. The error number gives information concerningthe nature of the error. An irrecoverable system error has occurred if the errorcode is >100000. Otherwise, the user memory area was too small. In this casethe (user) error codes have the following meaning:

Error number Explanation1 No memory space available2 Number of maximum possible symbols

exceeded3 Index 1 outside of valid value range4 Name in channel already exists5 Name in NCK already exists

If the alarm occurs after cycle programs, macro definitions or definitions forglobal user data (GUD) have been introduced, the machine data for the NCuser memory configuration have been incorrectly configured. In all other cases,changes to machine data that are already correct lead to errors in the usermemory configuration.

The following block names (2nd parameter) are known in the NCK (all systemand user data blocks; in general, only problems in the user data blocks can beremedied by user intervention)

_N_NC_OPT - System internal: option data, NCK global_N_NC_SEA - System internal: setting data, NCK global_N_NC_TEA - System internal: machine data, NCK global_N_NC_CEC - System internal: 'cross error compensation'_N_NC_PRO - System internal: protection zones, NCK global_N_NC_GD1 - User: 1st GUD block defined by

_N_SGUD_DEF, NCK global_N_NC_GD2 - User: 2nd GUD block defined by

_N_MGUD_DEF, NCK global_N_NC_GD3 - User: 3rd GUD block defined by

_N_UGUD_DEF, NCK global_N_NC_GD4 - User: 4th GUD block defined by

_N_GUD4_DEF, NCK global_N_NC_GD5 - User: 5th GUD block defined by





_N_GUD9_DEF, NCK global_N_NC_MAC - User: Macro definitions_N_NC_FUN - User: Cycle programs

_N_CHc_OPT - System internal: option data, channel-specific_N_CHc_SEA - System internal: setting data, channel-specific_N_CHc_TEA - System internal: machine data, channel-specific_N_CHc_PRO - System internal: protection zones, channel-specific_N_CHc_UFR - System internal: frames, channel-specific_N_CHc_RPA - System internal: arithmetic parameters, channel-specific_N_CHc_GD1 - User: 1st GUD block defined by

_N_SGUD_DEF, channel-specific

6010 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


_N_CHc_GD2 - User: 2nd GUD block defined by_N_MGUD_DEF, channel-specific

_N_CHc_GD3 - User: 3rd GUD block defined by_N_UGUD_DEF, channel-specific

_N_CHc_GD4 - User: 4th GUD block defined by_N_GUD4_DEF, channel-specific






_N_AXa_OPT - System internal: option data, axial_N_AXa_SEA - System internal: setting data, axial_N_AXa_TEA - System internal: machine data, axial_N_AXa_EEC - System internal: leadscrew error compensation data, axial_N_AXa_QEC - System internal: quadrant error compensation data, axial_N_TOt_TOC - System internal: toolholder data, TOA-specific_N_TOt_TOA - System internal: tool data, TOA-specific_N_TOt_TMA - System internal: magazine data, TOA-specific

c = Channel numbera = Machine axis numbert = TOA unit number

There are further internal system data blocks with identifier.


Correct the machine data or undo the changes made.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.- There are two determining machine data for cycle programs:

$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES = max. number of allcycle programsError number = 2 shows that this value is too small

$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM = max. number of allparameters defined in the cycle programsError number = 2 shows that this value is too small

(If these MDs are modified, the memory backup is retained)

- The following applies to macro definitions:$MN_MM_NUM_USER_MACROS = max. number of all

macro definitionsError number = 2 shows that this value is too small

(If these MDs are modified, the memory backup is retained)

- The following applies to GUD variables:$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES = max. number of

GUD data blocks per area (NCK/channel) (if GD1, GD2, GD3, GD9 are to be defined, then the value must be =9 and not e.g. =4)

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK = max. number of all NCKglobal GUD variablesError number = 2 shows that this value is too small

$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN = max. number of allchannel-specific GUD variables in the channelError number = 2 shows that this value is too small

$MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM = total value memoryof all GUD variables togetherError number = 1 shows that this value is too small



Machine data have been altered - now memory is reorganized

Machine data have been changed that define the NC user memory allocation.Data management has restructured the memory in accordance with the alteredmachine data.

Alarm display.

No remedial measures are required. Any user data that are required must beinput again.


Limit of user memory has been adapted

Data management checks during power-up the actually available physical usermemory (DRAM, DPRAM and SRAM) with the values in the system-specificmachine data 18210 MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC, MD 18220MM_USER_MEM_DPR and MD 18230 MM_USERMEM_BUFFERED.

Alarm display.

No remedial measures are required. The new maximum permissible value canbe read from the reduced machine data.


Instead of %1 KB the system has only %2 KB of free user memory oftype "%3"

%1 = Free memory capacity in KB defined for the control model%2 = Actual maximum capacity of free memory in KB%3 = Type of memory, "D" =non-battery-backed, "S" =battery-backed

The alarm can only occur after a 'cold start' (=NCK start-up with standardmachine data). The alarm is only a notice. There is no interference with anyNCK functions. It shows that the NCK has less free user memory availablethan specified by Siemens for this control variant. The value of the actuallyavailable free user memory can also be taken from the machine data$MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC, $MN_INFO_FREE_MEMS_TATIC.

Siemens supplies NCK with default settings that, depending on the model,have certain (free) memory space available for the specific settings of theactual applications. The original factory setting of NCK systems is thus that thealarm does not occur with a cold start.

Alarm display.


6020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6030 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6035 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


- Reasons for the message:- The NCK contains compile cycle software, that uses so much memory space that the hardware cannot provide the required memory.- The NCK runs on hardware that is not intended for this NCK release (i.e. that has not enough memory capacity).

- If the application runs properly with the remaining free user memory (i.e. can be started up without any errors), the message can simply be ignored. - If the actual application cannot be configured because there is not enough memory capacity available, either the existing compile cycle must be reduced or, if possible, the system must be upgraded with additional memory space.


Channel %1 tool not changed. No empty location for tool %2 Duplo no. %3on magazine %4

%1 = Channel ID%2 = String (identifier)%3 = Duplo number%4 = Magazine number

The tool cannot be moved into the selected tool magazine. There is noappropriate location for this tool. A suitable location is mainly determined bythe status. The status must indicate that this location is free, not disabled, notreserved and not co-occupied by a tool that is too large.Furthermore, it is important that the type of tool matches the type of anymagazine location that may be free. (If, for example, all magazine locations areof the 'B' type and these are all free and the tool is of type 'A', then this toolcannot be put into this magazine).

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

- Check whether the magazine data are correctly defined.- Check whether there is still room in the magazine to add another tool;

there may not be due to operating procedures.- Check whether a location type hierarchy is defined and whether it, for

example, does not allow insertion of a type 'A' tool in a free location with type 'B'.


Channel %1 tool not changed. Magazine no. %2 not available

%1 = Channel ID%2 = Magazine number

The desired tool change is not possible. The magazine with the specifiednumber is not available.


- Check whether the magazine data are correctly defined.- Check whether the magazine is connected to the desired spindle via a

distance relation.


Remedy


6401 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6402 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 tool not changed. Magazine location %2 on magazine no. %3not available

%1 = Channel ID%2 = Magazine number%3 = Magazine location number

The desired tool change is not possible.The specified magazine location is not contained in the specified magazine.


Check whether the magazine data are correctly defined.


Channel %1 tool not changed. Tool %2 not available or missing

%1 = Channel ID%2 = String (identifier)

The desired tool change is not possible.The specified tool does not exist or cannot be inserted.


- Check whether the part program is written correctly.- Check whether the tool data are correctly defined.- Check whether there is a replacement tool which can be used for the

specified tool.


Channel %1 command %2 has invalid PLC acknowledge parameter %3 -identifier %4

%1 = Channel ID%2 = Command no.%3 = PLC acknowledge parameter%4 = Error identifier

The specified command has been answered by PLC with an invalidacknowledgement in the current combination.The following assignments are defined for "command no."

1 Move tool; Load or unload magazine

2 Prepare tool change

3 Execute tool change

4 Prepare tool change and execute with T command

5 Prepare tool change and execute with M command

7 Terminate canceled tool command

8 Check tool movement with reservation

9 Check tool movement

0 Transport acknowledgement

6403 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6404 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6405 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Example:Parameter 4 of the alarm message is 10.It is not defined whether a buffer location forasynchronous tool motion must be reserved.In the example, the parameter is ignored by the NCK.

Further possible causes for the alarm:

The tool change defined by the command is not possible. The magazinelocation specified in the invalid parameter does not exist in the magazine.

The 3rd parameter - error identification - gives a more detailed description of thealarm.Meanings:0 = not defined1 = status not allowed or undefined status received by PLC2 = source and/or target magazine no./location no. unknown3 = not defined4 = target magazine no. and/or location no. in tool motion command not end target5 = not defined6 = source and/or target magazine no./location no. unknown during tool change7 = PLC comm. with inconsistent data: either inconsistent magazine addresses in VDI or NCK command unequal to PLC acknowledgement or both8 = not defined9 = not defined10 = it is not defined whether a buffer location for asynchronous tool motion must be reserved.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Erroneous PLC_communication: Correct the PLC program.


Channel %1 PLC acknowledge for command %2 is missing

%1 = Channel ID%2 = Command No.

There is still no acknowledgement from the PLC for the tool change. The NCKcannot continue processing until it receives this acknowledgement for thespecified command number. Possible command number values are describedfor alarm 6405.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.- Erroneous PLC_communication: Correct the PLC program.- It is possible to release NCK with the PLC command 7 from the wait condition. This aborts the waiting command.


Reaction

Remedy


6406 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 Tool %2 cannot be placed in the magazine %3 onlocation %4. Invalid definition of magazine!

%1 = Channel ID%2 = String (identifier)%3 = Magazine number%4 = Magazine location number

A tool change request or a verification request was issued to put the tool in alocation which does not satisfy the prerequisites for filling.The following causes for the error are possible:- Location is blocked or not free!- Tool type does not match the location type!- Tool possibly too large, adjacent locations are not free!


- Check whether the magazine data are correctly defined (especially the location type).- Check whether the tool data are correctly defined (especially the location type).


TO unit %1 tool %2 / duplo no. %3 has reached warning limit with D = %4

%1 = TO unit%2 = Tool identifier (name)%3 = Duplo number%4 = D number

Tool monitoring:This message informs that the specified D offset has reached its prewarninglimit for a time-, quantity- or wear-monitored tool. If possible, the D number isdisplayed; if not, value 0 is assigned to the 4th parameter.

If the function additive offset is being used, additive offset monitoring may beactive instead of tool wear monitoring.

The actual type of tool monitoring is a tool property (see $TC_TP9).

If replacement tools are not being used, the duplo number specified has nomeaning.

The alarm is triggered through the MMC or PLC (=OPI interface). The channelcontext is not defined, therefore the TO unit is specified (see$MC_MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT).


For information only. The user must decide what to do.


6407 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6410 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 tool %2 / duplo no. %3 has reached warning limit with D= %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Tool identifier (name)%3 = Duplo number%4 = D number





The alarm originates during NC program execution.




TO unit %1 tool %2 / duplo no. %3 has reached monitoring limit withD= %4






The alarm is triggered through the MMC or PLC (=OPI interface). The channelcontext is not defined, therefore the TO unit is specified (see$MC_MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT).




Channel %1 tool %2 / duplo no. %3 has reached monitoring limit withD= %4


6411 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6412 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6413 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01






The alarm originates during NC program execution.




TO unit %1 tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitorwarning limit %1 = TO unit%2 = Tool identifier%3 = Tool edge number.

This is an indication that at least one tool edge of the time or quantity-monitored tool has reached its prewarning limit. The alarm was triggered viathe operator panel interface (mmc, plc). The channel context is not defined.That is why the TO unit is indicated.




Channel %1 tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitorwarning limit

%1 = Channel number.%2 = Tool identifier. %3 = Tool edge number.

This is an indication that at least one tool edge of the time or quantity-monitored tool has reached its prewarning limit. The limit was detected in thechannel context.The alarm was caused during NC program execution.




TO unit %1 tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitoringlimit

%1 = TO unit%2 = Tool identifier%3 = Tool edge number.

Reaction

Remedy


6415 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6416 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6417 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


This is an indication that at least one tool edge of the time or quantity-monitored tool has reached its monitoring limit. The alarm was triggered via theoperator panel interface (mmc, plc). The channel context is not defined.That is why the TO unit is indicated.




Channel %1 tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitoringlimit

%1 = Channel number%2 = Tool identifier%3 = Tool number

This is an indication that at least one tool edge of the time or quantity-monitored tool has reached its monitoring limit. The limit was detected in thechannel context.The alarm was caused during NC program execution.




Channel %1 tool not moved. Empty location for tool %2 Duplo no. %3 onmagazine %4 not available

%1 = Channel ID%2 = String (identifier)%3 = Duplo number%4 = Magazine number

The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is notpossible.The tool cannot be moved into the specified tool magazine.There is no appropriate location for this tool.


- Check whether the magazine data are correctly defined (for example, the magazine must not be disabled).

- Check whether the tool data are correctly defined (for example, the tool location type must match the location types allowed in the magazine).

- Check whether there is still room in the magazine to add another tool; there may not be due to operating procedures.

- Check whether a location type hierarchy is defined and whether it, for example, does not allow insertion of a type 'A' tool in a free location withtype 'B'.


Reaction

Remedy


6418 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6421 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 tool not moved. Magazine no. %2 not available

%1 = Channel ID%2 = Magazine number

The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is notpossible.The magazine with the specified number is not available.


- Check whether the magazine data are correctly defined.- If the PLC issued the command for motion: check whether the PLC program

is correct.- If the MMC issued the command for motion: check whether the MMC

command was assigned correct parameters.


Channel %1 tool not moved. Location %2 on magazine %3 not available

%1 = Channel ID%2 = Magazine location number%3 = Magazine number

The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is notpossible.The specified magazine location is not contained in the specified magazine.


- Check whether the magazine data are correctly defined.


Channel %1 tool not moved. Tool %2 not available or missing


The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is notpossible.The specified tool is not defined.


- Check whether the tool data are correctly defined.- Check whether the motion command was correctly parameterized.


Channel %1 Tool %2 cannot be placed in the magazine %3 on location %4Invalid definition of magazine.

%1 = Channel ID%2 = String (identifier)%3 = Magazine number%4 = Magazine location number

The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is notpossible.

6422 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6423 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6424 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6425 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


A movement request was issued to put the tool in a location which does notsatisfy the prerequisites for filling.The following causes for the error are possible:- Location is blocked or not free!- Tool type does not match location type!- Tool possibly too large, adjacent locations are not free!- If a tool is to be loaded or unloaded, the load/unload position must be of

'load location' type.- If a tool is to be loaded or unloaded, is the magazine in question linked

to the load/unload location?See $TC_MDP1, $TC_MDP2.


- Check whether the magazine data are correctly defined.- Check whether there is still room in the magazine to add another tool;

there may not be due to operating procedures.- Check whether a location type hierarchy is defined and whether it, for

example, does not allow insertion of a type 'A' tool in a free location with type 'B'.

- Check whether the magazine in question is linked to the load/unload locationor whether a distance has been defined.

- Check whether the load/unload position is of 'load location' type. See also $TC_MPP1.


Workpiece counter: overflow in table of monitored cutting edges.

No more cutting edges can be entered in the piece counter table.As many cutting edges can be noted for the workpiece counter as are possiblein total in the NCK.This means that if for each tool each cutting edge in each TO unit is usedprecisely once for a workpiece then the limit is reached.If several workpieces are made on several spindles simultaneously, it ispossible to note cutting edges18100 MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA for the totaling counter for all ofthe workpieces.If this alarm occurs, it means that cutting edges used subsequently are nolonger quantity monitored until the table has been emptied again, e.g. bymeans of the NC language command SETPIECE or by the relevant job fromMMC, PLC (PI service).


- Was decrementing of the piece counter forgotten?Then program SETPIECE in the part program, or add the correctcommand in the PLC program.

- If the part program/PLC program is correct, then more memory should be set for tool cutting edges via the machine data $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA (can only be performed with the necessary access rights).


Reaction

Remedy


6430 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Function not allowed. Tool management/monitoring is not active.

Occurs when a data management function is called which is not availablebecause ToolMan is deactivated. For example, the language commandsGETT, SETPIECE, GETSELT, NEWT, DELT.


• Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Check how the numerical control is to be configured! Is tool managementor tool monitoring needed but not activated?

• Are you using a part program that is meant for a numerical control with toolmanagement/tool monitoring and, if so, has this program been started onthe numerical control without tool management/tool monitoring. This is notpossible. Either run the part program on a suitable NC or modify the partprogram.

• Activate tool management/tool monitoring by setting the appropriatemachine data. See$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK,$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK

• Check whether the required option is set accordingly.


Function not allowed. No tool assigned to spindle.

When an attempt is made to perform an operation that requires a tool to belocated on the spindle. This can be the quantity monitoring function, forexample.


• Select another function, another spindle, position tool on spindle.


Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 cannot be used with tool management

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Source symbol

The symbol variable specified in %3 is not available with active toolmanagement.The function GELSELT should be used with $P_TOOLP.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter stop.NC Start disable.

Modify program. If $P_TOOLP has been programmed, the GETSELT functionshould be used instead.


6431 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6432 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6433Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Writing of $P_USEKT not allowed.

An attempt was made to write the value of $P_USEKT. This is not possiblesince programming T= 'location number' with automatic setting of $P_USEKTis active.


- Make sure of how the NC is supposed to be configured! (see bit16 and bit22 in $MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK)- Is a part program used that is designed for NC control without T= 'location number' with automatic setting of $P_USEKT? If you now try to start this program on NC control with T='location number' with automatic setting of $P_USEKT this will not be possible.- Either run the part program on the appropriate NC control or edit the part program.

Clear the alarm with NC Start and continue program.

Channel %1 tool change not possible. Invalid magazine location no. %2 inintermediate magazine.

%1 = Channel ID%2 = Magazine location number

Tool change is not possible. The specified magazine location is eithertoolholder/spindle or empty.

Only the numbers of the buffer that are not toolholder/spindle may beprogrammed with the NC command TCI, i.e. the location number of a gripper isallowed.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.

- Check whether the magazine data ($TC_MPP1) have been definedcorrectly.

- Check whether the alarm-causing program command - e.g. TCI – has beenprogrammed correctly.


Channel %1 tool change not possible. No buffer magazine defined.

%1 = Channel IDTool change is not possible. No buffer magazine defined.


- Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.


6441Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6450Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6451Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 tool change not possible. Toolholder/spindle number =%2not defined.

%1 = Channel ID%2 = Toolholder/spindle number

Tool change is not possible. The toolholder/spindle number has not beendefined.


- Check whether the toolholder number / spindle number and the magazinedata have been defined correctly. (See system parameters $TC_MPP1,$TC_MPP5 of the buffer magazine)


Channel %1 tool change not possible. No relation betweentoolholder/spindle no. = %2 and buffer magazine location %3.

%1 = Channel ID%2 = Spindle No.%3 = Location No.

Tool change is not possible. No relation has been defined between thetoolholder / spindle number and the buffer magazine location (Location No.)


- Check whether the magazine data ($TC_MLSR) have been definedcorrectly.



Channel %1 tool change not possible. No distance relation available.

%1 = Channel ID

Tool change is not possible. Neither the spindle nor the buffer magazinelocation have a distance relation.


- Check whether the magazine data ($TC_MDP2) have been definedcorrectly.



NC memory is full

The file system (part of the NC memory) of the NC is full. The job cannot beexecuted, e.g. too many part programs loaded.

Note:During initial start-up, this can concern files from the NC file system, e.g. drivedata, MMC files, FIFO files, NC programs, ...

6452Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6453Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6454Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6500 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Alarm display.The cc_resu.mpf file is filled as long as there is sufficient memory andterminated correctly, i.e. at the end, there is the subprogram callCC_RESU_END and the part program termination M30. The file is smaller, butit can be used nevertheless.

Adjust the size of the buffered memory ($MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED)or increase space available in the buffered memory, e.g. by unloading unusedpart programs. Or reduce the ring buffer (see$MC_RESU_RING_BUFFER_SIZE).


Too many files in the NC memory

The number of files in the file system (part of the NC memory) of the NC hasreached the maximum limit.Note:During initial start-up, this can concern files from the NC file system, e.g. drivedata, MMC files, FIFO files, NC programs, ...

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Delete or unload files (e.g. part programs), or• Increase $MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM


Too many protocol files in the NC memory

The number of log files in the file system (part of the NC memory) of the NChas reached the maximum limit.

Alarm display.

Run fewer log activities in the NC at the same time.


Too many files in directory

The number of files in one directory of the NCK has reached the maximumlimit.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Delete or unload files (e.g. part programs) in the respective directory, or• Increase $MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR


Too many directories in the NC memory

The number of directories in the file system of the NCK has reached themaximum limit.

Alarm display.

• Delete or unload directory (e.g. workpiece), or• Increase $MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM


Reaction

Remedy


6510 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6520 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6530 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6540 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Too many subdirectories

The number of subdirectories in a directory of the NCK has reached themaximum limit.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Delete or empty subdirectories in the respective directory, or• Increase $MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR


Data format not allowed

An attempt was made to write impermissible data in an NCK file. This error can occur in particular when the attempt was made to load binary data in the NCK as ASCII file.

The error can also occur during preprocessing of cycles (see$MN_PREPROCESSING_LEVEL) if the NC block is very long. In this case, subdivide the NC block.

Alarm display.

Specify that the file concerned is a binary file (e.g. extension: .BIN)


NC memory is full

The DRAM card file system of the NCK is full. The task cannot be executed.Too many system files were created in the DRAM.

Alarm display.

Start fewer "execute from external" processes.


NC card memory is full

The NC card file system of the NCK is full. No more data can be stored on theNC card.

Alarm display.

Delete the data on the PCMCIA card.


Too many files open on NC card

Too many files are being accessed simultaneously on the NC card.

Alarm display.

Repeat the action later.


6550 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6560 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6570 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6600 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6610 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


NC card has incorrect format

The NC card cannot be accessed because the format is incorrect.

Alarm display.

Replace the NC card.


NC card hardware is defective

The NC card cannot be accessed because the card is defective.

Alarm display.

Replace the PCMCIA card.


NC card is not inserted

The NC card cannot be accessed because the card is not plugged in.

Alarm display.

Plug in the NC card.


Write protection of NC card is active

The NC card cannot be accessed because the write protection is active.

Alarm display.

Deactivate the write protection.


'Flash File System' option is not set

The NC card cannot be accessed because the option is not enabled.

Alarm display.

Buy option.


NC card read active

The alarm is active while the contents of the NC card are being read out. The FFS cannot be accessed during this period.

Alarm display.

Wait until the read-out procedure is terminated.


6620 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6630 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6640 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6650 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6660 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6670 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


NC card write active

The alarm is active while data are being written to the NC card.

The FFS cannot be accessed during this period. If the power is switched off while the alarm is active, the contents of thePCMCIA card are destroyed!

Alarm display.

Wait until the write procedure is terminated.


Cycles from NC card cannot be copied to the passive file system

There is not enough space in the file system that the directories specified inthe $PCMCIA_FUNKTION_MASK can be copied from the NC card to thepassive file system.

Alarm display.

Wait until the write procedure is terminated.


Cycles from the passive file system cannot be saved on the NC card

There is not enough space on the NC card that the directories specified in the$PCMCIA_FUNKTION_MASK can be saved. It is possible that cycles are lostduring the next booting.

Alarm display.

Delete data on the NC card or delete cycles not required.


Cycle %1 lost

%1 = Name of cycle

A cycle has been changed and due to a power failure, the backup on the PCcard could not be terminated properly. The cycle is lost.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC not ready.NC Start disable.

Import the cycle again.


File %1 lost

%1 = Name of file

Due to a power failure, a file change could not be terminated properly. The fileis lost.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC not readyNC Start disable.

6671 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6690 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6691 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6692 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


6693 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Import the file again.


Unknown NC card (%1/%2). Cannot write

The NC card cannot be accessed because a valid write algorithm is notavailable for the flash memory.

Alarm display.

Use a compatible NC card or enter the new manufacturer code/device code inMD $MN_PERMISSIVE_FLASH_TAB after consultation with SIEMENS.


Too many compile cycle alarms defined

Too many alarms are defined for the compile cycles. On powering up, thequantity was exceeded when defining a new CC alarm.

Alarm display.

Apart from reducing the number of CC alarms, no remedial measures arepossible at the present time. (contact SIEMENS AG, System Support forA&D MC products, Hotline (Phone: see page 11)).


Range of MMC alarm numbers for compile cycles exceeded

A fixed quantity of alarm numbers (100) is reserved for the compile cycles. Thishas been exceeded when defining a new CC alarm. (The valid range isbetween 0 and 4 999.)

Alarm display.

Define the CC alarm numbers in the valid range from 0 to 4 999.


Compile cycle alarm number has not been defined The alarm ID used by the manufacturer is not known to the system. This wasnot allocated when the alarms were generated.

Alarm display.

The alarm can have 2 possible causes:

1. The alarm number has not been defined. A definition must still be made. 2. The call parameter used is not the same as the one transferred by the

NCK.


VDI area of %1 input and %2 output bytes defined by compile cyclesexceeds %3 bytes %1 = string (machine data)%2 = string (machine data)%3 = max. length for interface

The sum of the input and output bytes at the VDI user interface for the compilecycles exceeds the maximum quantity of 400 bytes.

Remedy


6698 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


7000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


7010 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


7020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


7100 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set the machine data for dividing up the VDI user interface of the compilecycles (DB 9) into input and output bytes in accordance with the functions inthe compile cycles. The maximum quantity of 400 bytes must not be exceeded.There are no restrictions concerning the division into input and output bytes.


Problem with external linked CC %1 %2Problem with externally linked compile cycles

Alarm display.

See description of functions of compile cycle!

Clear the alarm with the Delete key. Restart part program.

Channel %1 option 'user interrupt programs' not set %1 = Channel number

The input signals of NCK inputs are required in order to activate the interruptroutines and rapid lift from contour. This function is not included in the basicversion and must be retrofitted when needed.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Do not use rapid interrupt inputs or contact the machine manufacturer with aview to retrofitting this option.


Option 'activation of more than %1 axes' not set

%1 = Number of axes

More machine axes have been defined through the channel-specificMD 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED than are allowed in the system.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Mode group not ready.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The sum of all axes that have been configured through the channel-specificMD 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED, must not exceed the maximum numberof axes (dependent on configuration → option, basic version: 4 axes).


Reaction

Remedy


7200Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8010 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Option 'activation of more than %1 channels' not set

%1 = Number of channels

A 2nd channel has been indicated but the corresponding option does not exist.


In the system-specific MD 10010 ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP,reduce the number of channels to 1 or retrofit the option for a 2nd channel.


Option 'activation of more than %1 mode groups' not set

%1 = Number of mode groups

The option for the number of mode groups is not compatible with the activatedmode group.


Add option for more mode groups.Activate fewer mode groups.


Option 'Activation of more than %1 kB SRAM' not set

%1 = Memory size

The option for memory extension does not correspond to the active SRAM.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.- Buy option.- Activate less SRAM.


Channel %1 block %2 option 'interpolation of more than 4 axes' not set

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label

The option for the number of interpolating axes does not correspond to thenumber of axes programmed in the interpolation group.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.Interpreter Stop.

Retrofit option "Interpolation of more than 4 axes" (the number of axes that isthen allowed can be set in this option) or specify in the part program as many(or fewer, as required) axes corresponding to the configuration of the control.


8020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8021 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8022 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8030 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Option 'activation of more than %1 link axes' not set

%1 = Number of axes

The option for the number of link axes does not match the number of axesprogrammed in MD $MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB.


• Buy option• Configure fewer link axes.


Option 'activation of axis containers' not set

The option for activating the axis container function in MD$MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB is not enabled.


• Buy option• Do not configure any containers


Option 'activation of FAST_IPO_LINK' not set

The option for activating the FAST_IPO_LINK has not been set. For NCU link,all Ipo or position control cycles must then be equal. (see FAST-IPO-LINKdescription).


• Buy option• Do not activate different Ipo or position control cycles (see

MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO andMN_POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO)


Option 'Activation of more than %1 lead link axes' not set

%1 = Number of axes

The option for the number of lead link axes does not correspond to the numberof axes programmed in MD $MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.Interpreter stop.

- Buy option- Program fewer lead link axes

Clear the alarm with the Reset key. Restart part program.

8032 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8034 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8036 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8038Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Machine data %1 reset, corresponding option is not set


A machine data has been set that is locked by an option.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For retrofitting the option, please refer to your machine manufacturer or to asales representative of SIEMENS AG, A&D MC.


Axis %1: machine data %2 deleted, corresponding option not sufficient

%1 = Axis number%2 = String: Machine data identifier

All of the axes selected in the machine data of the assigned option are used.Safety functions have been selected for too many axes in the axial machinedata.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MDALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY (channel not ready).

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready.


Option for IPO cycle time %1 ms not set

%1 = Illegal IPO cycle time

The option for activation of an IPO cycle time of %1 ms has not been set.Option Permiss. IPO cycle timeOption-free >= 8ms1st step >= 6ms2nd step >= 4ms3rd step >= 2ms4th step < 2ms


- Buy option - Increase IPO cycle time (e.g. via MD IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO)


8040 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8041 Definition

Reaction


8044 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


%1 options are activated without setting the license key

%1 = Number of non-licensed options

An option was activated but no license key set to prove the purchase of theoption.

Alarm display.

Generate and enter license key via Internet


%1 options are activated, that are not licensed by license key


Options were activated, that are not licensed by the license key entered.

Alarm display.

Generate and enter license key via Internet


You entered a license key three times. Power On required before next try.


The license key can be entered three times max (correctly or incorrectly).

Alarm display.

Execute NCK Power On and enter the license key (correctly).


Invalid combination of options (%1)

%1 = Bit mask of options Bit 0 (LSB) Nibbling Bit 1 External language Bit 2 Neural quadrant error compensation Bit 3 Measurement level 2

The following restrictions apply to this module for the combination of options:The option "2-channel" and the options "external language", "nibbling", "neuralquadrant error compensation" and "measurement level 2" are mutuallyexclusive!

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.

Set the options accordingly.

Channel %1 block %2: Function not possible


8080 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8081 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8082 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


8098 Definition

Reaction


8100 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Impossible due to embargo regulations: 1. Synchronous actions Writing of feed, override and axial offsets ($AA_VC, $AC_VC, $AA_OVR, $AA_VC and $AA_OFF) from synchronous actions as well as Continuous Dressing can be programmed only once in a block. 2. Extended measurement 'Cyclic measurement' (MEAC) and 'Measurement from synchronous action' is not possible. 3. Axis interpolation The number of axes interpolating with one another must not exceed 4 (this also includes synchronous coupling of axes via synchronous actions "DO POS[X]=$A..." "DO FA[X]=$A...").

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Interpreter stop.

Modify part program.


[up to SW 3.x] channel %1 NC Start with active alarm not allowed

%1 = Channel number

An alarm is currently active, the internal reaction to which is to inhibit an NCStart.

Alarm display.

Find and eliminate the cause of the alarm.

Clear the alarm with NC Start and continue machining.

[up to SW 3.x] channel %1 NC Start not possible

%1 = Channel number

The NC Start is not accepted because, e.g.

• REORG is still active

• Delete distance-to-go is still active

• The system is waiting for another channel

Alarm display.

Press NC Start again


Channel %1 NC Start without reference point

%1 = Channel number

NC Start has been activated in the MDA or AUTOMATIC mode and at leastone axis that needs to be referenced has not reached its reference point.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Via the channel-specific MD 20700: REFP_NC_START_LOCK (NC Startwithout reference point) you can decide whether the axis must be referencedbefore NC Start or not.The start of referencing can be enabled channel-specific or axis-specific.

Reaction

Remedy


10200 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10202 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10203Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


1. Channel-specific reference point approach: The rising edge of theinterface signal "activate referencing" (DB 21 - 28, DBX 1.0) starts anautomatic sequence which starts the axes of the channel in the samesequence as specified in the axis-specific MD: 34110 REFP_CYCLE_NR(axis sequence channel-specific referencing).-1: The axis does not participate in channel-specific referencing, but it

must be referenced for NC Start0: The axis does not participate in channel-specific referencing, but it

need not be referenced for NC Start1- 8: Start sequence for channel-specific referencing (simultaneous

start with identical no.)1- 31: CPU type

2. Axis-specific referencing: Press the direction key that corresponds tothe approach direction in the axis-specific MD: 34010REFP_CAM_MDIR_IS_MINUS (reference point approach in minusdirection).


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1 general error

%1 = Channel number

A general error has occurred in the channel.

Alarm display.

This message indicates an internal conflict with no further consequences.


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1 internal error in %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = String

An internal error has occurred in the channel.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Channel not ready.

Press RESET


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1 general error in function generator

%1 = Channel number

An error has occurred during activation/deactivation of the function generator.

Alarm display.

Press RESET



10204Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10205Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10206Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 error when selecting or deselecting the digitize function

%1 = Channel number

An error has occurred on activating/deactivating the digitizing module; e.g. notin channel ready state, already activated, etc.

Alarm display.

Press RESET


Channel %1 Continue program with NC Start

%1 = Channel number

After block search with calculation, the control is in the desired state.The program can now be started with NC Start or the state can be changed forthe time being with overstore/jog.

Alarm display.NC Stop on alarm.

Press NC Start


Channel %1 internal NC Stop after block search

%1 = Channel number

Internal alarm which initiates an NC Stop. The alarm is output if$MN_SEARCH_RUN_MODE ==1 and the last action block is activated afterblock search in the main run. Alarm 10208 is activated depending on the VDIsignal PLC -> NCK channel DBB1.6.

NC Stop on alarm.

-


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1 active

%1 = Channel number

The internal command "delete NC blocks prepared by preprocessor andreorganize (REORG)" has been requested for this channel. It is initiated, e.g.as a result of an overstore, but cannot be executed in a running channel.

Alarm display.

Stop the channel (NC Stop) and repeat the action.


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1 not stopped at end of block

%1 = Channel number

The reorganization of NC blocks starting at the current block (REORG) is onlypossible at the end of the block.

Alarm display.

Stop the channel (NC Stop) and repeat the action.


10207Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10208Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10209Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10220Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10221Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 inter-channel communication not possible

%1 = Channel number

This channel has received a negative acknowledgment from the inter-channelcommunication because the destination channel number is not known.E.g.: START(x) or WAITE(x) but channel x has not been initialized.

Alarm display.

This is an indication of possible discrepancies.The program continues if no acknowledgment is called for.


Channel%1 command%2 already active

%1 = Channel number%2 = String

This channel has received a negative acknowledgment from the inter-channelcommunication because this command is already active or has not yet beenterminated.E.g.: INIT(x,"ncprog") but a program select request is already active forchannel x.

Alarm display.

This is an indication of possible discrepancies.The program continues if no acknowledgment is called for.


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1: command denied%1 = Channel number

The channel has received a command that cannot be executed, e.g.: activationof a program test in automatic mode is only possible in the reset state.

Alarm display.

Press RESET and activate the command again.


Channel %1 command %2 refused%1 = Channel number

The channel has received a command that cannot be executed.

Alarm display.

Press RESET.


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1: reset aborted

%1 = Channel number

An error occurred during the reset, with the result that the sequence could notbe continued.

10222Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10223Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10224Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10225Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10226Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Alarm display.Channel not ready.Mode group not ready.NC Start disable.

Press RESET again.


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1: command aborted

%1 = Channel number

An error occurred while a command was active, with the result that thesequence could not be continued.

Alarm display.

Activate the command again.


[up to SW 3.x only] mode group %2 channel %1 program interruptiondoes not permit mode change%1 = Channel number%2 = Mode group number

While in the "program interrupted" status (interface signal DB 21 - 28, DBX35.3) - triggered by an NC Stop followed by a mode change to JOG - it is onlypossible to change back to the previous mode (AUTOMATIC or MDA).

Alarm display.

You can change the mode via the "program aborted" status (interface signalDB 21 - 28, DBX 35.4) - triggered by a "reset".


[up to SW 3.x only] mode group %2 channel %1 program stop does notpermit mode change

%1 = Channel number%2 = Mode group number

While in the "program stopped" status (interface signal DB 21 - 28, DBX 35.2,triggered by an NC Stop), it is only possible to change back to continuousprogram operation (by means of an NC Start).

Alarm display.

You can change the mode via the "program aborted" status (interface signalDB 21 - 28, DBX 35.4) - triggered by a "reset".


[up to SW 3.x only] mode group %2 channel %1 does not permit modechange%1 = Channel number%2 = Mode group number

It is not possible to change to the desired mode. You can only perform themode change in the "reset" state.

Alarm display.

Reaction

Remedy


10227Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10230Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10231Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10232Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


You can change the mode by pressing the Reset key and repeating the modechange.


[up to SW 3.x only] mode group %2 channel %1 mode change notpossible


The mode change would cause the "reorganization" of the preprocessor buffer.This is not possible at present, because a complex geometry section is beingprocessed.

Alarm display.

You can change the mode by pressing the Reset key and repeating the modechange.


[up to SW 3.x only] mode group %2 mode change in active channel %1not possible


The channel is in the stopped state. Reorganization is therefore impossible.

Alarm display.

Press NC Stop and perform the action again.


[up to SW 3.x only] mode group %2 mode change in channel %1 notpossible at this time


The internal state of the indicated channel is not uniquely defined (e.g. ininitialization mode or waiting for an acknowledgement from the sequencecontrol system).

Alarm display.

You can change the mode by pressing the RESET key and repeating the modeselection.


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1: mode group %2 cannot change mode


The requested mode change cannot be executed because NC functions arestill running in the other channel, e.g. an NC program is running.

Alarm display.

You can change the mode by pressing the RESET key and repeating the modeselection.


Remedy


10240Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10241Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10242Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10243Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


[up to SW 3.x only] mode group %2 channel %1: mode change commandcanceled


An error occurred while a mode change command was active, with the resultthat the sequence could not be continued.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.

Press RESET and select the mode again.

Press the RESET key to clear the alarm in all channels of this mode group.

[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1 reorganization of block processing notpossible at this time

%1 = Channel number

REORG is not possible at present.



[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1

%1 = Channel number



Press RESET.


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1 reorg sequence canceled

%1 = Channel number

Internal sequence error.REORG is not possible at present.


Press RESET.


10249Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10250Definition

Reaction


10251Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10252Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01



%1 = Channel number

Internal sequence error.REORG is not possible at present.


Press RESET.



%1 = Channel number

Interpreter output negative acknowledgement for REORG.


Press RESET.



%1 = Channel number

Internal sequence error. REORG is not possible at present.


Press RESET.



%1 = Channel number

Internal sequence error.REORG is not possible at present - program abort.


Press RESET.


10253Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10254Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10255Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10256Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms



%1 = Channel number

Internal sequence error.REORG is not possible at present - program abort.


Press RESET.


[up to SW 3.x only] mode group %2 channel %1: ID invalid or duplicated


An invalid channel/mode group assignment was detected on power-up.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.

Check machine data ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP.

Press the RESET key to clear the alarm in all channels of this mode group.


%1 = Channel number


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Channel not ready.NC not ready.



%1 = Channel number




10257Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10258Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10259Definition

Reaction


10260Definition

Reaction


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 communication overload for block preparation

%1 = Channel number

The internal communication between the NCK modules which evaluate thechannel-specific VDI signals (START / STOP / RESET/ RESTWEGLOSCHEN/ASUPS/...) and the block preparation is overloaded.

The block preparation modules are not being allocated enough processor time.


More processor time must be allocated to the block preparation modules.Machine data $MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO or$MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME can be increased for this purpose.


Channel %1 Auto-Repos function is not enabled

%1 = Channel number

The Auto-Repos function (operating mode) was selected in the channel but isnot implemented.

Alarm display.

This message is purely informational.


Channel %1 block %2 auxiliary function during thread cutting active


An auxiliary function output is programmed in a thread cutting block.

Alarm display.

Consequential errors can occur if the machining path of the thread block is tooshort and further blocks (thread blocks) follow in which no machining stop mayoccur.

Possible remedial measures:

• Program a longer path and/or a lower traversing rate.• Output auxiliary function in another block (program section).


Channel %1 block %2 zero velocity at block end point during threadcutting


This alarm occurs only when several blocks with G33 follow in succession. Theblock end velocity in the specified block is zero although a further velocity blockfollows.

10261Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10299 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10600 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10601 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


The reasons for this can be, for instance: G09• Auxiliary function after motion• Auxiliary function output before the motion of the following block• Positioning axis in the block


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify the NC partprogram by removing any programmed "Stop at end of block" G09.

Modify general machine data 11110 AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC [n] for selectingthe output time of an auxiliary function group by changing "Auxiliary functionoutput before/after the movement" to "Auxiliary function output during themovement".

Bit 5 = 1: Auxiliary function output before movementBit 6 = 1: Auxiliary function output during movementBit 7 = 1: Auxiliary function output after movement


Channel %1 block %2 velocity limitation during thread cutting


In the displayed thread block, the axis would exceed its maximum velocitywhen the spindle override is in the maximum position.

Alarm display.

If the axis velocity is not limited (faultless thread) no remedial measures arenecessary. Otherwise, a lower spindle speed must be programmed for thethread block.


Channel %1 block %2 thread lead increase too high


The thread lead increase is causing an axis overload. A spindle override of 100% is assumed during verification.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.NC Start disable.

Reduce the spindle speed, thread lead increase or path length in the NCprogram.

Clear the alarm with NC Start and continue the program.

Channel %1 block %2 thread lead decrease too high


The thread lead decrease is causing an axis standstill in the thread block.

Reaction

Remedy


10602 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10604 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10605 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Reduce the thread lead decrease or path length in the NC program.


Channel %1 block %2 thread with frame cannot be executed


The current frame is corrupting the reference between the thread length andthe thread lead.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm at block end.NC Start disable.

Perform thread cutting with G33, G34, G35 without a frame Use G63 or G331/G332.


Channel %1 axis %2 not stopped


An axis/spindle has been positioned over several NC blocks using thePOSA/SPOSA instruction. The programmed target position had not yet beenreached ("exact stop fine" window) when the axis/spindle was reprogrammed.

Example:N100 POSA[U]=100 :N125 X... Y... U...; e.g.: U axis still travels from N100!

NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Check and correct the part program (analyze whether motion beyond blockboundaries is appropriate here). Prevent block change by means of thekeyword WAITP until the positioning axes have also reached their targetposition.

Example:N100 POSA[U]=100 :N125 WAITP[U]N130 X... Y... U...


Reaction

Remedy


10607 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10610 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 at software limit switch %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle number%3 = Block number, label%4 = String

During the traversing motion, the system detected that the software limit switchwould be crossed in the direction indicated. During block preparation, it wasnot yet possible to detect that the traversing range would be exceeded: eitherthere has been a motion overlay by the handwheel or a coordinatetransformation is active.


Depending on the cause for this alarm, the following remedial measures shouldbe taken:

1. Handwheel override: Cancel the motion overlay and avoid this or keep itsmaller when the program is repeated.

2. Transformation: Check the preset/programmed zero offsets (currentframe). If the values are correct, the tool holder (fixture) must be moved inorder to avoid triggering the same alarm when the program is repeated,which would again cause the program to be aborted.


Channel %1 axis %2 rests on software limit switch %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle number%3 = String

The specified axis is already stationary at the displayed software limit.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Machine data:36110 POS_LIMIT_PLUS/36130 POS_LIMIT_PLUS2 and36100 POS_LIMIT_MINUS/36120 POS_LIMIT_MINUS2must be checked for the software limit switches.

In axis-specific interface signals: "2nd software limit switch plus"(DB 31 - 48, DBX 12.3) and "2nd software limit switch minus" (DB 31 - 48, DBX12.2) check whether the 2nd software limit switch is selected.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 at working area limit %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Axis, spindle number%4 = String ( + or - )

The specified axis violates the working area limitation. This is recognized onlyin the main run either because the minimum axis values could not bemeasured before the transformation or because there is a motion overlay.

10620 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10621 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10630 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm at block end.NC Start disable.

Program other motion or do not perform overlaid motion.


Channel %1 axis %2 rests at working area limit %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis, spindle%3 = String (+ or -)

The specified axis reaches the positive working area limitation in JOG mode.

Alarm display.

Check setting data:43420 WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS and43430 WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS

for the working area limitation.


[up to SW 3.x only] channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 cannot stop duringgear change

%1 = Channel number%2 = Spindle number%3 = Block number, label

The spindle is in the oscillating mode for a gear change and is waiting for thePLC acknowledgement stating that the gear change has taken place (interfacesignal: Gear has changed DB 31 - 48, DBX 16.3). During this phase spindlestop is not possible, initiated by Reset (DB 21 - 28, DBX 7.7) or NC Stop axesplus spindle (DB 21 - 28, DBX 7.4).

Alarm display.

No remedial measures are necessary. The spindle-specific interface signalSpindle reset (DB 31 - 48, DBX 2.2) cancels the oscillation mode.


Channel %1 axis %2 incorrect gantry machine data, error code %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis%3 = Error no.

An incorrect value was entered in the gantry-specific axial machine data MD37100 GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE. Further information can be derived from theerror number.

• Error no. = 1 => either an incorrect gantry unit has been entered or thedesignation of the following axis is incorrect.

• Error no. = 2 => master axis has been specified more than once.

Reaction

Remedy


10631 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10640 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10650 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct the machine data:MD 37100 GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE 0 : No gantry axis

1 : Master axis grouping 111 : Slave axis grouping 1 2 : Master axis grouping 212 : Slave axis grouping 2 3 : Master axis grouping 313 : Slave axis grouping 3


Channel %1 illegal gantry configuration, error code %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = Reason

The gantry configuration set in the machine data is undefined. Gantry unit andreason for objection can be found in the transfer parameter.

The transfer parameter is made up as follows.%2 = error designation + gantry unit (XX).

• %2 = 10XX => no master axis declared• %2 = 20XX => no slave axis declared

• %2 = 3000 => different contents in MD 30550 slave axis andmaster axis

• %2 = 10000 => error: slave axis is geometry axis

• %2 = 11000 => error: concurrent positioning axis as slave axis

• %2 = 12000 => error: compile cycle axis as slave axis

• %2 = 13000 => error: gantry axis is spindle

• %2 = 14000 => error: gantry axis is Hirth-toothed

e.g. error no. 1001 = no master axis declared, grouping 1.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and correct the machine data:MD 37100 GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE 0 : No gantry axis

1 : Master axis grouping 111 : Slave axis grouping 1 2 : Master axis grouping 212 : Slave axis grouping 2 3 : Master axis grouping 313 : Slave axis grouping 3


Reaction

Remedy


10651 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 axis %2 gantry warning threshold exceeded

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis

The gantry slave axis has exceeded the warning limit specified in MD 37110GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. 1. Check axis (uneven mechanical movement?). 2. MD not set correctly (MD 37110 GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING).

Changes to this MD take effect after a RESET.


Channel %1 axis %2 gantry error threshold exceeded %1 = Channel number%2 = Axis

The gantry slave axis has exceeded the error limit (actual value tolerance)specified in MD 37120 GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR.

NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. 1. Check axis (uneven mechanical movement?). 2. MD not set correctly (MD 37120 GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR). A

POWER ON is necessary after modifying the MD.

If the axes are not yet referenced,MD GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF is the trigger condition for the error message.


Channel %1 waiting for synchronization start of gantry group %2 %1 = Channel number%2 = Gantry unit

Alarm message appears when the axes are ready for synchronization. Thegantry unit can now be synchronized.

The actual value difference between master and slave axis is greater than thegantry warning threshold MD 37110 GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING. Thesynchronization must be started again explicitly with the "start gantrysynchronization" interface signal (DB31-48, DBX 29.4).

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.See Description of Functions (Special Functions), G1 Gantry Axis


10652 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10653 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10654 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 synchronization of gantry group %2 in progress %1 = Channel number%2 = Gantry unit

No further explanation.

Alarm display.


Channel %1 axis %2 gantry alarm not yet used %1 = Channel number%2 = Axis

No further explanation. Spare alarm, not used at the present time.



Channel %1 block %2 NCK protection zone %3 violated during automaticor MDA mode

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number%3 = Protection zone number

The workpiece-related NCK protection zone has been violated. Note that atool-related protected area is also active. The workpiece-related protected areacan be traversed after a new NC Start.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.

Protection zone can be traversed after a new NC Start.


Channel %1 block %2 channel-specific protection zone %3 violatedduring automatic or MDA mode

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number%3 = Protection zone number

The workpiece-related channel-specific protection zone has been violated.Note that a tool-related protected area is also active. The workpiece-relatedprotected area can be traversed after a new NC Start.




10655 Definition

Reaction


10656 Definition

Reaction


10700 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10701 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 NCK protection zone %2 violated during manual mode

%1 = Channel number%2 = Protection zone number

The workpiece-related NCK protection zone has been violated. Note that atool-related protected area is also active. The workpiece-related protected areacan be traversed after a new NC Start.




Channel %1 channel-specific protection zone %2 violated during manualmode

%1 = Channel number%2 = Protection zone number

The workpiece-related channel-specific protection zone has been violated.Note that a tool-related protected area is also active. The workpiece-relatedprotected area can be traversed after a new NC Start.




Channel %1 block %2 protection zone is not guaranteed


New movements of a geometry axis which have been added could not beallowed for at the time of block preparation. It is therefore not certain that theprotection zones will not be violated. This is just a warning message withoutfurther reactions.


Take further measures to ensure that the movement of the geometry axesincluding the additional movement does not violate the protection zones (thewarning will appear anyway) or prevent additional movements.


Channel %1 NCK protection zone %2 reached with axis %3 during manualmode

%1 = Channel number%2 = Protection zone number%3 = Axis name

10702 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10703 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10704 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10706 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


The workpiece-related NCK protection zone has been reached with thespecified axis.Note that another tool-related protection zone is still active. The workpiece-related protection zone can be traversed when the PLC has issued an enablesignal.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Protection zone can be traversed after enable signal from the PLC


Channel %1 channel-specific protection zone %2 reached with axis %3during manual mode

%1 = Channel number%2 = Protection zone number%3 = Axis name

The workpiece-related channel-specific protection zone has been reached withthe specified axis.Note that another tool-related protection zone is still active. The workpiece-related protection zone can be traversed when the PLC has issued an enablesignal.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Protection zone can be traversed after enable signal from the PLC.


Channel %1 block %2 conflict with centerless grinding

%1 = Channel number%2 = Spindle number

Centerless grinding is active and a block has been processed that satisfies atleast one of the following conditions:

• G96 active and regulating spindle is master spindle.

• Regulating spindle is in interdependent grouping.

• Axes of centerless transformation overlap with an active transformationand a tool is active.

• Constant wheel peripheral speed for the regulating spindle is active.


Modify program.


Reaction

Remedy


10707 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10710 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 software limit switch %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle number%3 = Block number, label%4 = String ( + or - )

For the axis, the programmed path violates the currently valid software limitswitch. (The 2nd software limit switch becomes active with the interface signal"2nd software limit switch plus/minus" in DB 31 - 48, DBX 12.2 and 12.3). Thealarm is activated when preparing the part program block.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the position of the axis as specified in the part program.

Machine data:36100 POS_LIMIT_MINUS/36120 POS_LIMIT_MINUS2 and36110 POS_LIMIT_PLUS/36130 POS_LIMIT_PLUS2 must be checked for the software limit switches.

Check the axis-specific interface signals: "2nd software limit switchplus/minus" (DB 31 - 48, DBX 12.2 and 12.3) to see whether the 2nd softwarelimit switch is selected.

Check currently active zero offsets via the current frame.


Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 working area limitation %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle number%3 = Block number, label%4 = String ( + or - )

This alarm is generated if it is determined during block preparation that theprogrammed path of the axis will result in exceeding the working arealimitation.


a) Check NC program for correct positional data b) Check zero offsets (current frame) c) Correct working area limitation via G25, or d) Correct working area limitation via setting data, or e) Deactivate working area limitation via setting data:

43410 WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE=FALSE


10720 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10730 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 too many empty blocks in WAB programming


It is not allowed to program more blocks than specified by machine dataMC_WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS between the WAB block and theblock determining the approach and retraction tangent.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.NC Start disable.NC Start on alarm at block end.

Modify the part program.


Channel %1 block %2 direction reversal with WAB infeed motion


A safety distance which has been programmed is located perpendicular to themachining plane and not between the start and end point of the WAB contour.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm at block end.



Channel %1 block %2 WAB distance invalid or not programmed


Possible causes:In a WAB block, the parameter DISR has not been specified or its value is lessthan or equal to 0.

During approach or retraction with circle and active tool radius, the radius ofthe internally generated WAB contour is negative. The internally generatedWAB contour is a circle with a radius which, when offset with the current offsetradius (sum of tool radius and offset value OFFN), yields the tool center pointpath with the programmed radius DISR.




10740 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10741 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10742 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 WAB programmed several times


An attempt has been made to activate a WAB motion before a previouslyactivated WAB motion was terminated.




Channel %1 block %2 no valid WAB direction defined


The tangent direction for smooth approach or retraction is not defined.

Possible causes:In the program, no block with travel information follows the approach block.

Before a retraction block, no block with travel information has beenprogrammed in a program.

The tangent to be used for WAB motion is vertical to the current machiningplane.




Channel %1 block %2 WAB end positioning not clear


In the WAB block and in the following block, the position has beenprogrammed perpendicular to the machining direction. In the WAB block, noposition has been indicated in the machining plane.


Modify the part program.Either remove the position data for the infeed axis from the WAB block or thefollowing block, or program a position in the machining plane in the WAB blockas well.


10743 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10744 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10745 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 block search stop for WAB


A block search stop has been inserted between a WAB approach block andthe following block defining the tangent direction or between a WAB approachblock and the following block defining the end position.




Channel %1 block %2 retraction direction not defined for WAB


In a WAB retraction block with quarter circle or semi-circle (G248 or G348), theend point in the machining plane was not programmed, and either G143 orG140 without tool radius compensation is active.


Modify the part program.The following changes are possible:

• Indicate end point in the machining plane in the WAB block.

• Activate tool radius compensation (effective for G140 only, not for G143).

• State retraction side explicitly with G141 or G142.

• Perform retraction with a straight line instead of a circle.


Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation activated without toolnumber


A tool T... must be selected so that the control can make allowance for theassociated compensation values.

A correction data block (D1) containing the correction values (parameter P1 -P25) is automatically assigned to each tool (T number). Up to 9 correction datablocks can be assigned to a tool by specifying the required data block with theD number (D1 - D9).

The cutter radius compensation (CRC) is allowed for if function G41 or G42 isprogrammed. The correction values are contained in parameter P6 (geometryvalue) and P15 (wear value) of the active correction data block Dx.

10746 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10747 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10750 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Before calling the CRC with G41/G42, program a tool number under theaddress T... .


Channel %1 block %2 danger of collision due to tool radius compensation


The "bottleneck detection" (calculation of intersection for the followingcompensated traversing blocks) has not been able to calculate a point ofintersection for the reviewed number of traversing blocks. It is thereforepossible that one of the equidistant paths violates the workpiece contour.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the part program and modify the programming if possible such thatinside corners with smaller paths than the correction value are avoided.(Outside corners are not critical because the equidistants are lengthened orintermediate blocks are inserted so that there is always a point of intersection).

Increase the number of reviewed traversing blocks via machine data 20240CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS (default: 3), resulting in an increasein the extent of calculation and therefore also the block cycle time.


Channel %1 block %2 overflow of local block buffer with tool radiuscompensation


The cutter radius compensation must buffer a variable number of intermediateblocks in order to enable calculation of the equidistant tool path for each NCblock. The size of the buffer cannot be determined by simple means. Itdepends on the number of blocks without traversing information in thecompensation plane, the number of contour elements to be inserted and theshape of the curvature in spline and polynomial interpolation.

The size of the buffer is fixed by the system and cannot be changed via theMDs.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reduce the size of the buffer that has been assigned by modifying the NCprogram. By avoiding:

Reaction

Remedy


10751 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10752 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


• Blocks without traversing information in the compensation plane

• Blocks with contour elements having a variable curvature (e.g. ellipses)and with curvature radii that are smaller than the compensation radius(such blocks are divided up into several subblocks).

Reduce the number of reviewed blocks for collision monitoring(MD 20240 CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS)


Channel %1 block %2: activate tool radius compensation in linear blockonly


Selection of cutter radius compensation with G41/G42 may only be performedin blocks where the G function G00 (rapid traverse) or G01 (feed) is active.

In the block with G41/G42, at least one axis in the plane G17 to G19 must bewritten. It is always advisable to write both axes because, as a rule, both axesare traversed when selecting the compensation.


Correct the NC program and put the compensation selection in a block withlinear interpolation.


Channel %1 block %2: deactivate tool radius compensation in linearblock only


Deselection of cutter radius compensation with G40 can only be performed inblocks where the G function G00 (rapid traverse) or G01 (feed) is active.

In the block with G40, at least one axis in the plane G17 to G19 must bewritten. It is always advisable to write both axes because, as a rule, both axesare traversed when deselecting the compensation.


Correct the NC program and put the compensation selection in a block withlinear interpolation.



10753 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10754 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2: do not activate tool radius compensation via KONTat the current starting point


When activating the cutter radius compensation with KONT the starting pointof the approach block is within the compensation circle and therefore alreadyviolates the contour.

If the cutter radius compensation is selected with G41/G42, the approachbehavior (NORM or KONT) determines the compensation movement if thepresent actual position is behind the contour. With KONT, a circle is drawnwith the cutter radius around the programmed initial point (= end point of theapproach block). The tangent that passes through the current actual positionand does not violate the contour is the approach movement.

If the start point is within the compensation circle around the target point, notangent passes through this point.


Place selection of the CRC such that the starting point of the approachmovements comes to rest outside of the correction circle around the targetpoint (programmed traversing movements > compensation radius). Thefollowing options are available:

• Selection in the previous block• Insert intermediate block• Select approach behavior NORM


Channel %1 block %2: tool radius compensation via KONT not possible atthe programmed end point


On deselection of the cutter radius compensation, the programmed end pointis within the compensation circle. If this point were in fact to be approachedwithout compensation, a contour would be violated.

If the cutter radius compensation is deselected via G40, the approach behavior(NORM or KONT) determines the compensation movement if the programmedend point is behind the contour. With KONT, a circle is drawn with the cutterradius about the last point at which the compensation is still active. Thetangent passing through the programmed end position and not violating thecontour is the retraction movement.

If the start point is within the compensation circle around the target point, notangent passes through this point.


10755 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10756 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Place deselection of the CRC such that the programmed end point comes torest outside the compensation circle around the last active compensation point.The following options are available:

• Deselection in the next block• Insert intermediate block• Select retract behavior NORM


Channel %1 block %2: do not change the compensation plane while toolradius compensation is active


In order to change the compensation plane (G17, G18 or G19) it is firstnecessary to deselect the cutter radius compensation with G40.


Insert an intermediate block with compensation deselection in the partprogram. After plane change, the cutter radius compensation must be selectedin an approach block with linear interpolation.


Channel %1 block %2 curvature radius with variable compensation valuetoo small


The current cutter radius compensation (the cutter used) is too large for theprogrammed path radius.

In a block with variable tool radius compensation, a compensation must bepossible either anywhere or nowhere on the contour with the smallest and thelargest compensation value from the programmed range. There must be nopoint on the contour in which the curvature radius is within the variablecompensation range.

If the compensation value varies its sign within a block, both sides of thecontour are checked, otherwise only the compensation side.


Use smaller cutter or allow for a part of the cutter radius at the time of contourprogramming.


Remedy


10757 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10758 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 path is parallel to tool orientation


In a block with spline or polynomial interpolation, the corrected path runs in atleast one point parallel to the tool orientation, i.e. the path has a tangentperpendicular to the compensation plane.

Straight lines running parallel to the tool orientation are permissible, as wellas circles, with a circle plane that is perpendicular to the compensation plane.(Application in smooth retraction from a slot.)


Do not use splines or polynomials when writing the contour section, but straightlines and circles instead. Divide up the tool piece geometry and deselect thecutter radius compensation between the various sections.


Channel %1 block %2 helical axis is not parallel to tool orientation


With active tool radius compensation a helix is only permissible if the helix axisis parallel to the tool, i.e. the circle plane and the compensation plane must beidentical.


Orient helix axis perpendicular to the machining plane.


Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation for ellipse with more thanone revolution not possible


When machining the inside of an ellipse, in parts of the ellipse the curvatureradii are larger than or smaller than the cutter radius compensation.

In ellipses, in this case the block would be split up into 4 subblocks withcurvature radii that are larger than and smaller than the compensation radius.Over several revolutions, there would be a tremendous increase in the amountof calculation required by the unlimited number of resulting subblocks, andtherefore this situation is rejected by the error message.

If compensation is possible everywhere or nowhere on the ellipse, then ellipsesare also permissible that cover more than one full revolution.


10759 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10760 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10761 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Use cutter with smaller radius, or program motion block on blocks with no morethan one revolution.


Channel %1 block %2 too many empty blocks between two traversingblocks with active tool radius compensation


The maximum permissible number of empty blocks is limited by a machinedata


1. Modify the part program: 2. Modify the machine data

3. Check whether SBL2 is activated. With SBL2, a block is generated fromeach part program line which can lead to exceeding the maximumpermissible number of empty blocks between two traversing blocks.


Channel %1 block %2 path component of the block in the compensationplane becomes zero


Due to the collision monitoring with active tool radius compensation, the pathcomponent of the block in the compensation plane becomes zero. If theoriginal block contains no motion information perpendicular to thecompensation plane, it means that this block is skipped.

Alarm display.

• The behavior is correct at narrow locations that cannot be machined withthe active tool.

• Modify the part program if necessary.• Use a tool with smaller radius if necessary.

• Program CDOF.


Channel %1 block %2 discontinuous path with active tool radiuscompensation


This alarm occurs when, with active tool radius compensation, the startingpoint used for calculating the compensation is not identical to the end point ofthe preceding block. This situation can occur, for example, when a geometryaxis is traversed between two positions as a positioning axis or when, with anactive kinematic transformation (e.g. 5-axis transformation) the tool lengthcompensation is altered.

Remedy


10762 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10763 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10764 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01





Channel %1 block %2: 3D tool radius compensation not possible


This alarm occurs when an attempt is made to activate the 3D tool radiuscompensation even though the option required for this is not fitted in thecontrol.


Use another software version. The option cannot be activated by alteringmachine data because the necessary code is not physically available.


Channel %1 illegal change of surface orientation between block %2 andblock %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Block number, label

This alarm occurs with 3D face milling when, at the time of block transition, thesurface defined in the first block is continued in the second block with the rearside of the surface defined there. The block number in the alarm designatesthe second block.


Modify the part program


Channel %1 block %2 processing with tilt angle unequal 0 not possible


When face milling with a torus milling cutter, the tilt angle must be 0 if thesurface normal vector and the tool orientation include an angle that is less thanthe limiting angle given by the machine data 21082CUTCOM_PLANE_ORI_LIMIT, i.e. in this case only the lead angle may beunequal to 0.

Reaction

Remedy


10765 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10766 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10767 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Modify the part program. If necessary, use another tool (ball end mill).


Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool orientation with 3D-cuttercompensation


This alarm can occur with 3D face milling:the angle between the surface normal vector of the surface to be machinedand the extremal surface normal vector of the tool surface is smaller than thelimit value given by the machine data 21080CUTCOM_PARALLEL_ORI_LIMIT, or the tool is oriented such that machiningwould have to be performed from the rear side of the surface.In this case, the extremal surface normal vector is the vector whose directiondeviates most from the direction in the tool point (i.e. parallel to the toollongitudinal axis). With cylindrical tools or tools which end in a cylindrical part(e.g. the standard torus milling cutter), this vector is positioned perpendicular tothe tool vector. For this type of tool, the alarm indicates that the angle betweenthe tool longitudinal axis of, for example a side line of the cylinder, and thesurface to be machined is smaller than the minimum permissible value.With tools whose (valid) surface ends in a conical part instead of a cylindricalpart (e.g. a beveled cutter or a torus milling cutter where the torus is defined tobe smaller than 90 degrees), this alarm indicates that the angle between a sideline of the taper and the surface to be machined is smaller than the minimumpermissible value.


Modify the part program. If necessary, use another tool.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal surface normal vector with 3D-cuttercompensation


In 3D face milling, surface normal vector and path tangent vector musttheoretically be perpendicular to one another, i.e. they must be at 90° to oneanother. Since both vectors can be programmed independently of each other,deviations from this angle are possible and allowed.This alarm is generated when the angle between surface normal vector andpath tangent vector becomes less than the limit angle given by the machinedata 21084 CUTCOM_PLANENORMAL_PATH_LIMIT.


Reaction

Remedy


10768 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10769 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01




Channel %1 block %2 change of corner type due to change of orientationwith active tool radius compensation %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label

The type of a corner (inside or outside corner) depends not only on theprogrammed path but also on the tool orientation. For this purpose, theprogrammed path is projected in the plane perpendicularly to the actual toolorientation and the corner type is determined there. If a change in orientation isprogrammed (in one or several blocks) between two traversing blocks,resulting in the type of corner at the end of the first traversing block beingdifferent from that at the start point of the second block, the above errormessage is issued.




Channel %1 block %2 overflow of local block buffer due to orientationsmoothing %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label

This error occurs when more blocks must be buffered than memory space isavailable. This error can only occur when the software has been incorrectlyconfigured.


Increase size of local buffer area.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal orientation change when activating ordeactivating 3D face cutting %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label

In face milling, no intermediate blocks with pure orientation change are allowedbetween the activation block and the first correction block or between the lastcorrection block and the deactivation block (3D tool radius compensation).




Remedy


10770 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10771 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10772 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 illegal tool orientation in block %2 at inside corner withblock %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Block number, label

On inside corners, the path of the traversing blocks concerned is reduced butthe orientation change originally programmed in the block is retained and isnow carried out in synchronism with the shortened path.Because of the ensuing changed relationship between path tangent, surfacenormal and tool orientation, singular points or points with impermissible sideangle can occur in 3D face milling. This is not allowed.




Channel %1 illegal tool dimensions with face cutting in block %2


This alarm occurs when illegal tool dimensions are programmed for facemilling, e.g. negative tool radius, rounding radius zero or negative for tool typesthat require a rounding radius, taper angle zero or negative for tapered tools.




Channel %1 illegal tool change with face cutting in block %2


This alarm occurs when a tool change has been programmed while 3D toolradius compensation is active with the result that the tool type changes or, ifthe tool type remains unchanged, at least one relevant tool dimension haschanged as compared with the deselected tool.Depending on the tool type, relevant tool dimensions can be the tool diameter,the rounding radius or the taper angle. Changes to the tool length are allowed.




10773 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10774 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10775 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 must be geo axis if cutter compensation isactive

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Axis name

This alarm occurs when an axis that is required for tool radius compensation isnot a geometry axis. With CUT2DF, the axis can be a positioning axisperpendicular to the machining plane; with all other types of compensation(CUT2DF, CUT3DC, CUT3DF, CUT3DFF), all geometry axes must beoperated as such.




Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation: too many blocks withsuppression of compensation

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label

The maximum permissible number of blocks with active compensationsuppression with tool radius compensation is limited by machine dataCUTCOM_MAXNUM_SUPPR_BLOCKS.


• Modify the part program.

• Modify the machine data

• Check whether SBL2 is activated. With SBL2, a block is generated fromeach part program line which can lead to exceeding the maximumpermissible number of empty blocks between two traversing blocks.


Channel %1 block %2 preparation stop with active tool radiuscompensation


If a preprocessing stop is detected with active tool radius compensation (eitherprogrammed by the user or generated internally) and the setting data$SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE is set, then this warning is issued because inthis situation machine movements which were not intended by the user canoccur (termination of radius compensation and new approach).

To continue machining, activate the CANCEL key and perform a restart.

Alarm display.NC Stop on alarm at block end.

10776 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10777 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10778 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


- Continue machining with CANCEL and Start- Modify the part program- Set setting data $SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE to FALSE.


Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing stop with active tool radiuscompensation







Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing stop with active tool radiuscompensation







Channel %1 block %2 Illegal orientation of involute with cutter radiuscompensation


Tool radius compensation is possible for involutes only if the compensationplane matches the involute plane.


Remedy


10779Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10780 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10781Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


- Modify the part program.


Channel %1 block %2 Illegal curve type with cutter radius compensation


This alarm occurs, if an attempt is made to apply the tool radius compensationto a curve type for which this function is not implemented. The only cause atpresent: Involute with 3D tool radius compensation.


- Modify the part program.


Channel %1 block %2 plane change during linear programming withangles


The active plane was changed between the first and second subblock whenprogramming two straight lines with angle parameters.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.The NC switches to follow-up mode.



Channel %1 block %2 invalid angle during linear programming


No intermediate point was found when programming a contour consisting oftwo straight lines and an angle specification.




Remedy


10782Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10790 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10791 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type during linear programmingwith angles


Only spline or linear interpolation is permitted for programming two straightlines with angle specification. Circular or polynomial interpolation is notallowed.




Channel %1 block %2 second block missing during linear interpolationwith angles


The second block is missing during programming of two straight lines withangle specification. This situation only occurs if the first subblock is also thelast block of a program, or if the first subblock is followed by a block with apreprocessor stop.




Channel %1 block %2 angle missing from second block during linearinterpolation with angles %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label

The angle is missing from the second block during programming of two straightlines with angle specification.This error can only occur if an angle was programmed in the preceding block,but no axis of the active plane was programmed in that block.The cause of theerror may therefore also have been the intention to program a single straightline with an angle in the previous block. In this case, exactly one axis of theactive plane must be programmed.




10792 Definition

Reaction

Remedy Program continuation

10793 Definition

Reaction


10794 Definition

Reaction


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 end point parameter conflict during angleprogramming %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label

During programming of a straight line, both positions of the active plane and anangle were specified (the position of the end point is over-specified), or theposition of the programmed coordinate cannot be reached with the specifiedangle.If a contour consisting of two straight lines is to be programmed with angles, itis possible to specify the two axis positions of the plane and an angle in thesecond block. The error can also occur if, due to a programming error, thepreceding block cannot be interpreted as the first subblock of such a contour.A block is interpreted as the first block of a two-block contour if an angle, butnot an axis of the active plane, was programmed, and if the block is not alreadythe second block of a contour.




Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 is not a geometry axis %1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle number%3 = Block number, label

With an active transformation or a frame with a rotation component thegeometry axes are needed for block preparation. If a geometry axis haspreviously been traversed as positioning axis, it retains its status of "positioningaxis" until it is again programmed as a geometry axis.

Because of the POSA motion beyond block boundaries, it is not possible toidentify in the preprocessing run whether the axis has already reached itstarget position when the block is executed. This is, however, an unconditionalrequirement for calculating the ROT component of the frame or of thetransformation.

If geometry axes are used as positioning axes, then:1. No rotation may be specified in the current overall frame.2. No transformation may be selected.


After selecting transformation or frame, reprogram the geometry axis nowoperating as positioning axis (e.g. with WAITP) in order to revert the status to"geometry axis".


10795 Definition

Reaction


10800 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 repositioning after switch of geo axes ortransformation


In the asynchronous subroutine the assignment of geometry axes to channelaxes was changed or the active transformation modified.




Channel %1 block %2 master spindle not defined


The function "Revolutional feedrate" (with G95 or G96), or "Rigid tapping" (withG331/G332) has been programmed, although no master spindle is definedfrom which the speed could be derived.

For the definition the MD 20090 SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND is available forthe default or the keyword SETMS in the part program, thus allowing eachspindle of the channel to be redefined as master spindle.


Preset master spindle with MD 20090 SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND[n]=m(n ... channel index, m ... spindle no.) or define it in the NC part program withan identifier, before a G function is programmed that requires a spindle.

The machine axis to be operated as spindle must be provided witha spindle number in MD 35000 SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX[n]=m(n ... machine axis index, m ... spindle no.). Furthermore, it must be assignedto a channel (channel axis index 1 or 2) with the MD 20070AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[n]=m (n ... channel axis index, m ... machine axisindex).


Channel %1 rotary axis/spindle %2 not defined


Revolutional feed has been programmed for contouring and synchronous axesor for an axis/spindle. However, the rotary axis/spindle from which the feed isto be deduced is not available.


Correct the part program or set the setting data 43300ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE correctly


10805 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10810 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10820 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 feedrate not programmed


In the displayed block, an interpolation type other than G00 (rapid traverse) isactive. The F value has not been programmed.


Program feedrate in accordance with the interpolation type.

• G93: the feedrate is specified as a time-reciprocal value under address Fin [1/min].

• G94 and G97: the feedrate is programmed under address F in [mm/min] or[m/min].

• G95: the feedrate is programmed as revolutional feedrate under address Fin [mm/revolution].

• G96: the feedrate is programmed as cutting rate under address S in[m/min]. It is derived from the current spindle speed.


Channel %1 block %2 velocity of positioning axis %3 is zero

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Axis

No axis velocity has been programmed and the positioning velocity set in themachine data is zero.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter a different velocity in machine data 32060 MA_POS_AX_VELO.


Channel %1 block %2 master spindle is path axis


A path has been programmed that also includes the master spindle as pathaxis.However, the velocity of the path is derived from the rotational speed of themaster spindle (e.g. G95).


Modify the program so that no reference is possible to the program itself.


10860 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10861 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10862 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 transverse axis not defined


When constant cutting speed is activated via the G96 function, the spindlespeed is controlled through the position of the transverse axis such that thecutting speed programmed under S [mm/min] is applied at the tool tip.

In the channel-specific MD 20100 DIAMETER_AX_DEF[n,m]=x (n ... channelindex, m ... spindle index, x ... axis name), the name of the transverse axis[String] can be specified for each of the 5 spindles used for speed calculation.

S [1/rpm] = [ ]

[ ] π⋅⋅

mmD

1000m/minS

axis transv.

G96


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter the name of the transverse axis in the channel-specific machine data20100 DIAMETER_AX_DEF for the spindles used.


Channel %1 block %2 too many empty blocks between two traversingblocks when inserting chamfers or radii


Between 2 blocks containing contour elements and which are to be joined witha chamfer or a radius (CHF, RND), more blocks without contour informationhave been programmed than provided for in the machine data20200 CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify the part program in order that the permissible number of dummyblocks is not exceeded or adapt the channel-specific machine data20200 CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS (dummy blocks withchamfers/radii) to the maximum number of dummy blocks.


Channel %1 block %2 overflow of local block buffer when insertingchamfers or radii


10870 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10880 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10881 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Between 2 blocks containing the contour elements and to be joined with achamfer or a radius (CHF, RND), so many dummy blocks have beenprogrammed without contour information that the internal buffer is too small.


Modify the part program such that the number of dummy blocks is reduced.


Channel %1 block %2: do not activate chamfers or radii withouttraversing


No chamfer or radius has been inserted between 2 linear or circle contours(edge breaking) because:

• There is no straight line or circle contour in the plane

• There is a movement outside of the plane

• A plane change has taken place

• The permissible number of dummy blocks without traversing informationhas been exceeded.

Alarm displayInterface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.NC Start disable.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct the part program according to the above error description or changethe number of dummy blocks in the channel-specific MDCHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS to comply with the maximum numberallowed for in the program.


Channel %1 block %2 chamfer or fillet has to be reduced


This alarm is output, if at least one of the relevant blocks when insertingchamfers or radii is so short, that the contour element to be inserted must bereduced against its originally programmed value. The alarm occurs only if bit 4is set in the machine data $MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK. Otherwise, thechamfer or fillet is adapted without an alarm being output.

Alarm displayInterface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Modify the NC program or continue the program without modifications afterCANCEL and Start or with Start alone.


Reaction

Remedy


10882 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10883 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 overflow of local block buffer when calculatingsplines


The maximum permissible number of empty blocks is limited by a machinedata.

Local reaction.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.NC Start disable.

1. Modify the part program:2. Modify the machine data

3. Check whether SBL2 is activated. With SBL2, a block is generated fromeach part program line which can lead to exceeding the maximumpermissible number of empty blocks between two traversing blocks.


Channel %1 block %2 multiplicity of node is greater than its order


In the B spline the distance between nodes PL (node = point on spline at which2 polynomials meet) has been programmed with zero too often in succession(i.e. the "multiplicity" of a node is too great).

In the quadratic B spline the node distance may not be specified more thantwice with zero in succession, and in the cubic B spline not more than threetimes.


Program the node distance PL = 0 in succession no more than the degree ofthe B spline used.


Channel %1 block %2 no S value programmed for constant cutting speed


If G96 is active, the constant cutting speed under address S is missing.


Program constant cutting speed under S in [m/min] or deselect the functionG96. For example, with G97 the previous feed is retained but the spindlecontinues to rotate at the current speed.


10890Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10891Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10900Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 excessive velocity of one path axis


With active transformation, an excessive increase in velocity occurs in one orseveral axes, e.g. because the path passes close by the pole.

Alarm display.

Divide the NC block into several blocks (e.g. 3) so that the path section withthe excess is as small as possible and therefore of short duration. The otherblocks are then traversed at the programmed velocity.


Channel %1 block %2 transformation prohibits to traverse the pole


The given curve passes through the pole of the transformation.




Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing and interpolation might not besynchronized


The given curve cannot be calculated reliably in advance. The reason for this iseither that the axes involved in the transformation are traversed as positioningaxes or that a transformation pole is circumnavigated too frequently by thecurve.The velocity check is performed starting from this block in the main run. It ismore conservative than with anticipated calculation. The Look Ahead functionis deactivated. If it is not possible to take over the velocity check into the mainrun, part program processing is aborted.

Alarm display.

No action is usually necessary. The velocity control operates more effectively,however, if the part program is modified.* If a transformation pole is circumnavigated several times by the curve, it helps to split up the block into smaller parts.* If a positioning axis is the cause, you should check whether the axis can be traversed as a path axis.The Look Ahead function remains deactivated until preprocessing can bebased on defined conditions again (e.g. as a result of change from JOG -->AUTO, tool or tool edge change).


10910Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10911Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10912Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 negative feed profile is ignored


The given feed profile is in part negative. However, negative path feed is notallowed.The feed profile is ignored. The specified feed block end value is taken whentraversing over the entire block.

Alarm display.

No action is usually necessary. The alarm message indicates an error in theprogramming, however, and this should be corrected.


Movement not possible while transformation active - in channel %1,block %2


The machine kinematics does not allow the specified motion.The following can be the transformation-dependent causes of the error for:TRANSMIT:A (circular) area exists around the pole, where positioning is not possible. Thisarea is created by the fact that the tool reference point cannot be traversed asfar as into the pole.

The area is defined by:- the machine data ($MC_TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL..)- the active tool length compensation (see $TC_DP..).- whether the tool length compensation is included into the calculation is

dependent on the working plane selected (see G17,..).- the machine stops before the faulty block.


Modify the part program.Correct the incorrect tool length compensation.


Channel %1 block %2 interpolation type not allowed in stock removalcontour


The following types of interpolation are allowed in the contour program forstock removal: G00, G01, G02, G03, CIP, CT


In the contour subroutine, program only path elements that consist of straightlines and arcs.


10913Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10914Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10930Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 error in programmed stock removal contour


The following errors occurred in the subroutine for the contour during stockremoval:

• Full circle• Overlapping contour elements• Wrong start position


The errors listed above must be corrected in the subroutine for the stockremoval contour.


Channel %1 block %2 preparation of contour has been restarted


The first contour preparation/contour decoding run must be terminated withEXECUTE.


Program the keyword EXECUTE to terminate the contour preparation in thepart program before again calling up contour segmentation (keywordCONTPRON).


Channel %1 block %2 contour program doesn't contain enough contourblocks


The contour program contains:• Less than 3 contour blocks with CONTPRON• No contour blocks with CONTDCON

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC reacts within a machining station.NC Start disable.

Increase the size of the subroutine with the stock removal contour to include atleast 3 NC blocks with movements in both axes of the current machining plane.


10931Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10932 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10933 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 array for contour segmentation is set too small


During contour segmentation (activated with the keyword CONTPRON), thefield for the contour table has been detected as too small. For everypermissible contour element (circle or straight line) there must be a row in thecontour table.

NC reacts within a machining station.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.

Base the definition of the field variables of the contour table on the contourelements to be expected. The contour segmentation function divides up someNC blocks into as many as 3 machining cuts.

Example:N100 DEF TABNAME_1 [30, 11] Field variables for the contour table

provide for 30 machining cuts. The number of columns (11)is a fixed quantity.


Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3 cannot be deleted/overwritten

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label %3 = Number of curve table

The curve table can only be deleted if it is not active in a link.


It is necessary to deactivate all links that are being used by the curve table tobe deleted.


Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3 NC memory full


The free dynamic disk space is exceeded during definition of the curve table.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Delete curve tables that are no longer required, or reconfigure the disk spacefor the curve tables. The curve table definition process now has to be repeated;see machine data

MD MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS,MD MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS,MD MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS


10934 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10940 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10941 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3 illegal instruction on defining


Various illegal command sequences cause the output of this alarm during thedefinition of the curve table. For example, it is impermissible to terminatedefinition of a curve table with M30 before programming the CTABENDcommand.


Correct the part program and start it again.


Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3 direction change of lead value in theblock not allowed

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Number of curve table

The conditions for converting a programmed contour to a curve table were notfulfilled in this block.




Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: Illegal transformation


It is impermissible to use a transformation in a curve table if the leading axis orfollowing axis programmed in CTABDEF is involved in the transformation.

Exception: TRAANG.


Correct the NC part program.

Clear the alarm with the RESET key. Start the part program.

Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: Illegal coupling of axes


It is not possible to program axis links for the leading axes and following axisprogrammed in CTABDEF.

10942 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10943 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10944 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10945 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms





Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: no contour defined


No movement for the leading axis was programmed between CTABDEF andCTABEND. A curve table is not permitted without a contour.




Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: contour not continuous


The contour in a curve table must be continuous. Incontinuity can occur, forexample, as a result of activating a transformation.




Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: position jump at end of period


A periodic curve table was defined in which the position of the following axis atthe end of the table was different to the position at the start of the table.




Reaction

Remedy


10946 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10947 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10948 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: missing master axis movement


A slave axis movement was programmed without a master axis movement.




Channel %1 calculation of arc length function too inaccurate

%1 = Channel number

The calculation of the arc length function could not be performed to therequired accuracy.

Alarm display.Warning display.

The calculation of the arc length function could not be performed to therequired accuracy during active polynomial interpolation. Either increase MDSPLINE_FEED_PRECISION or reserve more memory for the representation ofthe arc length polynomials. MD MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS defines how many polynomial segmentscan be used per block in order to approximate the arc length function.


Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: following value period is zero

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label%3 = Number of curve table

Alarm display.

Ensure that the table specification is correct.


Channel %1 block %2 COMPCURV/COMPCAD and radius compensationcannot be used simultaneously


Compressor types COMPCURV and COMPCAD cannot be used incombination with tool radius compensation. Only compressor type COMPON can be activated while tool radiuscompensation is active.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized. NC Stop on alarm at block endNC Start disable.



10949 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10950 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10951 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10960 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 maximal cubic polynomials are allowed on activeradius compensation

%1 = Channel number.%2 = Block number, label.

With active radius compensation, only up to cubic polynomials are permissiblefor the geometry axes.In this case no 4th or 5th degree polynomials can be programmed.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.NC Stop on alarm at block end.NC Start disable.



Channel %1 block %2 Function %3 not possible with path correction

%1 = Channel number.%2 = Block number, label.%3 = Function name

With this software release, the specified function can not yet be used togetherwith tool radius compensation. Please modifiy the part program or obtain ahigher software version.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.NC Stop on alarm at block end.NC Start disable.



Channel %1 block %2 address %3 programmed repeatedly

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Source string of the address

Most addresses (address types) may only be programmed once in an NCblock, so that the block information remains unambiguous(e.g. X... T... F... etc. - exception: G and M functions).

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block.

Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with thesoftkey PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on theincorrect block.

• Remove from the NC program addresses that occur more than once(except for those where multiple value assignments are allowed).

• Check whether the address (e.g. the axis name) is specified via a user-defined variable (this may not be easy to see if allocation of the axis nameto the variable is performed in the program through computationaloperations only).


10961Definition

Reaction

Remedy


10962Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 address %3 address type programmed too often

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Source string of the address

For each address type, it is defined internally how often it may occur in a DINblock (for instance, all axes together form one address type for which a blocklimit also applies).



The program information must be split up over several blocks. But make surethat the functions are of the non-modal type.


Channel %1 block %2 combination of address modification not allowed


Valid address types are 'IC', 'AC', 'DC', 'CIC', 'CAC', 'ACN', 'ACP', 'CACN','CACP'. Not each of these address modifications can be used for each addresstype. The Programming Guide specifies which of these can be used for thevarious address types. If this address modification is applied to address typesthat are not allowed, then the alarm is generated, e.g.:

N10 G02 X50 Y60 I=DC(20) J30 F100; interpolation parameters with DC.



Apply non-modal address modifications only for permissible addresses, inaccordance with the Programming Guide.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid arguments or data types in %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Source string

In polynomial interpolation, polynomials must not be greater than the 3rddegree. (Refer to Programming Guide.)

f(p) = a0 + a1 p + a2 p2 + a3 p3

The coefficients a0 (the starting points) are identical to the end points of thepreceding block and need not be programmed. In the polynomial block, amaximum of 3 coefficients per axis is therefore allowed (a1, a2, a3).


12010 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12030 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms




Channel %1 block %2 expression %3 is not of data type 'AXIS'

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Source string in the block

Some keywords require that the data in their parameters be written in variablesof the type "AXIS". For example, in the keyword PO the axis identifier must bespecified in the parenthesized expression, and it must be defined as a variableof the AXIS type. With the following keywords only parameters of the AXIS typeare possible:

AX[..], FA[..], FD[..], FL[..], IP[..], OVRA[..], PO[..], POS[..], POSA[..]

Example:N5 DEF INT INFEED=Z1 ; incorrect, this does not specify an axis

; identifier but the number ”26 161”N5 DEF AXIS INFEED=Z1 ; correct :N10 POLY PO[X]=(0.1,0.2,0.3) PO[Y]=(22,33,44) &PO[INFEED]=(1,2,3)



Correct the part program in accordance with the instructions given in theProgramming Guide.


Channel %1 block %2 DIN address %3 is not configured

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = DIN address in the source text block

The name of the DIN address (e.g. X, U, X1) is not defined in the control.In addition to the fixed DIN addresses, the control also has variable addresses.Refer to "Variable addresses" in the Programming Guide.The names of theseaddresses can be altered by machine data.

E.g.: DIN identifier → Configured identifier

G01 → LINEG04 → WAIT: :


Study the Programming Guide and the machine data with respect to theaddresses actually configured and their significance and correct the DIN blockaccordingly.


Remedy


12040 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12050 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 same G group programmed repeatedly


The G functions that can be used in the part program are divided into groupsthat are syntax defining or non-syntax defining. Only one G function maybe programmed from each G group. The functions within a group are mutuallypreclusive.

The alarm refers only to the non-syntax defining G functions. If several Gfunctions from these groups are called in one NC block, the last of these in agroup is active in each case (the previous ones are ignored).

G FUNCTIONS:

Syntax defining G functions Non-syntax defining G functions

1st to 4th G group 5th to n G group Assignment of G groups



Remedy is not necessary, but it should be checked whether the G function lastprogrammed really is the one required.


Channel %1 block %2 too many syntax-defining G functions


Syntax defining G functions determine the structure of the part programblock and the addresses contained in it. Only one syntax defining G functionmay be programmed in each NC block. The G functions in the 1st to 4th Ggroup are syntax defining.



Analyze NC block and distribute the G functions over several NC blocks.


Channel %1 block %2 syntax error in text %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Source text area

At the text position shown, the grammar in the block is incorrect. The precisereason for this error cannot be specified in more detail because there are toomany possibilities.

12060 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12070 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12080 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Example 1:N10 IF GOTOF ... ; the condition for the jump is missing!

Example 2:N10 DEF INT VARI=5N11 X VARI ; the operation is missing for the X

and VARI variables



Analyze the block and correct it in accordance with the syntax rules given inthe Programming Guide.


Channel %1 block %2 unexpected argument %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Illegal parameters in the text

The programmed function has been predefined; no parameters are allowed inits call. The first unexpected parameter is displayed.

Example:On calling the predefined subroutine TRAFOF (switching off a transformation)parameters have been transferred (one or more).



Program the function without parameter transfer.


Channel %1 block %2 number of passes %3 not permissible

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Number of passes

The subroutines called with MCALL are modal, i.e. after each block withpositional information a routine run is automatically performed once. For thisreason, programming of the number of passes under address P is not allowed.

The modal call is effective until another MCALL is programmed, either with anew subroutine name or without (delete function).

Reaction

Remedy


12090 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12100 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01




Program the subroutine call MCALL without number of passes.


Channel %1 block %2 syntax cannot be interpreted


The addresses programmed in the block are not permissible together with thevalid syntax defining G function.Example: G1 I10 X20 Y30 F1000. An interpolation parameter must not beprogrammed in the linear block.



Check the block structure and correct in accordance with the programmingrequirements.


Channel %1 block %2: Write special G function in separate block


The G function programmed in this block must be by itself in the block. Nogeneral addresses or synchronous actions may occur in the same block.These G functions are:

G25, G26 Working area and spindle speed limitationG110, G111, G112 Pole programming with polar coordinatesG92 Spindle speed limitation with v constantSTARTFIFO, STOPFIFO Control of preprocessing buffer.

E.g. G4 F1000 M100: no M function allowed in the G4 block.


Program G function by itself in the block.


Channel %1 block %2 tool orientation not permissible


The tool orientation may only be contained in a modal motion block or in aWAB block (repositioning).

Reaction

Remedy


12110 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12120 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12130 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


It can be programmed via Euler angles (A1, B1, C1), normal vectorcomponents (A2, B2, C2), direction vectors (A3, B3, C3) or the axis endvalues. If the tool orientation is programmed in conjunction with the functions:

G04 (dwell time),G33 (thread cutting with constant lead),G74 (approach reference points) orREPOSL, REPOSQ, REPOSH (repositioning)

then an alarm is issued with Euler angles, direction vectors and normal vectorcomponents.



Program tool orientation with the axis end values or use a separate block forthis.


Channel %1 block %2 expression %3 not contained in this release

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Software construct in the source text

In the full configuration of the control functions are possible that are not yetimplemented in the current version.



The displayed function must be removed from the program.


Channel %1 block %2 operation %3 not compatible with data type

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = String (violating operator)

The data types are not compatible with the required operation (within anarithmetic expression or in a value assignment).

Example 1:Arithmetic operationN10 DEF INT OTTON11 DEF STRING[17] ANNAN12 DEF INT MAX :N50 MAX = OTTO + ANNA

Reaction

Remedy


12140 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12150 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Example 2:Value assignmentN10 DEF AXIS DRILLN11 DEF INT OTTO :N50 OTTO = DRILL



Alter the definition of the variables used such that the required operations canbe executed.


Channel %1 block %2 range of values exceeded


The programmed constant or the variable exceeds the value range that haspreviously been established by the definition of data type.



Correct value of the constant or adapt data type. If the value for an integerconstant is too great, it can be specified as real constant by adding a decimalpoint.

Example:R1 = 9 876 543 210 Correct: R1 = 9 876 543 210.

Value range INTEGER: 231 - 1Value range REAL: 2-1022 to 2+1023


Channel %1 block %2 identifier %3 defined repeatedly

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Symbol in block

The symbol shown in the error message has already been defined in the activepart program.

Note that user-defined identifiers may occur more than once if the multipledefinition occurs in other (sub)programs i.e. local variables may be redefinedwith the same name if the program has been exited (subprograms) or hasalready been concluded.This applies both to user-defined symbols (labels, variables) and to machinedata (axes, DIN addresses and G functions).


Reaction

Remedy


12160 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12170 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


The symbol already known to data management is displayed. This symbolmust be looked for in the definition part of the current program using theprogram editor. The 1st or 2nd symbol must be given a different name.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal chaining of operators %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Chained operators

Operator chaining means the writing in sequence of binary and unaryoperators without using any form of parentheses.

Example:N10 ERG = VARA - ( - VARB ) ; correct notationN10 ERG = VARA - - VARB ; error!


Formulate the expression correctly and unambiguously making use ofparentheses. This improves clarity and readability of the program.


Channel %1 block %2 variable of type ARRAY has too many dimensions


Array with variables of type STRING may be no more than 1-dimensional, andwith all other variables no more than 2-dimensional.



Correct the array definition, with multi-dimensional arrays define a second2-dimensional array if necessary and operate it with the same field index.


Channel %1 block %2 symbol %3 cannot be created

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Symbol in the source block

The symbol to be created with the DEF instruction cannot be created because:

• it has already been defined (e.g. as variable or function)• the internal memory location is no longer sufficient (e.g. with large arrays).


Remedy


12180 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12190 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12200 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Make the following checks:

• Check with the text editor whether the name to be allocated in the activeprogram cycle (main program and called subprograms) has already beenused.

• Estimate the memory requirements for the symbols already defined andreduce these if necessary by using fewer global and more local variables.


Channel %1 block %2 string %3 too long

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = String in the source block

• In the definition of a variable of type STRING, it has been attempted toinitialize more than 100 characters.

• In an allocation, it has been found that the string does not fit in the givenvariable.



• Select shorter string or divide up the character string into 2 strings• Define larger string variable


Channel %1 block %2 binary constant %3 in string too long

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Binary constant

When initializing or allocating the value of a variable of type STRING morethan 8 bits have been found as binary constant.

DEF STRING[8] OTTO = ”ABC'H55''B000011111'DEF"



In the window for the alarm message, the first characters of the binary constantare always displayed although the surplus bit might not be located until furtheron. Therefore, the complete binary constant must always be checked for anincorrect value.


Remedy


12210 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12220 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 hexadecimal constant %3 in string too long

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Hexadecimal constant

A string can also contain bytes that do not correspond to a character that canbe entered or one that is available on a keyboard with a minimized number ofkeys. These characters can be input as binary or hexadecimal constants. Theymay occupy up to 1 byte each only - therefore be <256, e.g.

N10 DEF STRING[2] OTTO=” `HCA` `HFE` ”



In the window for the alarm message, the first characters of the binary constantare always displayed although the surplus bit might not be located until furtheron. Therefore, the complete hexadecimal constant must always be checkedfor an incorrect value.


Channel %1 block %2 tool orientation %3 defined repeatedly

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Text

Only one tool orientation can be programmed per DIN block. This can either bedefined via the 3 Euler angles, or the end points of the axes, or throughdirection vectors.



Since the tool orientation can be set in 3 different ways, the mostadvantageous should be selected. For this type of specification, the addressesand value assignments must be programmed and all other orientationparameters must be removed.

Axis end points (additional axes): A, B, C axis identifiers,Euler angles: A2, B2, C2Direction vectors: A3, B3, C3


Channel %1 block %2 do not nest macro %3


The macro technique supplies a 1-line instruction or series of instructions witha new identifier by means of the keyword DEFINE. No further macro may becontained in the string of instructions (nesting).

12230 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12240 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12250 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Example:N10 DEFINE MACRO1 AS G01 G91 X123 MACRO2 F100



Nested macros must be replaced by the full program information.


Channel %1 block %2 too many initialization values given for %3


In the initialization of an array (array definition and value assignments toindividual array elements) there are more initialization values than arrayelements.

Example:N10 DEF INT OTTO[2,3]=(..., ..., {more than 6 values})



Check the NC program to find out whether:

1. During array definition the number of array elements (n,m) was indicatedcorrectly (DEF INT FIELDNAME[n,m] e.g. an array with 2 lines and 3columns: n=2, m=3).

2. During initialization the value assignments have been made correctly(values of the individual field elements separated by comma, decimalpoint for variables of the type REAL)


Channel %1 block %2 initialization not allowed of %3


Frame type variables cannot be initialized in the definition.Example: DEF FRAME LOCFRAME = CTRANS(X,200)

Equally, no default values can be programmed for axes in the program runwhen initializing fields by SET.


Reaction

Remedy


12260 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12261 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Perform initialization in separate block in the execution part of the program:DEF FRAME LOCFRAME LOCFRAME = CTRANS(X,200)

When using for axis variables:ReplaceDEF AXIS AXIS_VAR [10] AXIS_VAR [5] = SET (X, , Y) by:DEF AXIS AXIS_VAR [10] AXIS_VAR [5] = X AXIS_VAR [7] = Y


Channel %1 block %2 macro identifier %3 already defined

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Source string macro name

The name of the macro to be selected by the instruction DEFINE is alreadydefined in the control as:

Macro nameKeywordVariableConfigured identifier.



Select DEFINE instruction with another macro name.


Channel %1 block %2 maximum macro length %3 exceeded


The string of instructions on the right side of the macro is limited to 256characters. If an attempt is made to define a longer character string under onemacro (possible only through V.24 input of NC blocks, because communicationbetween operator panel and NCK is limited to a block length of 242characters), an alarm is displayed.



Assign a variable to all REF parameters (call-by-reference parameters) of thesubroutine during call. No variable must be assigned to "normal" formalparameters (call-by-value parameters), as they are preset with 0.


Remedy


12270 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12280 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 arithmetic variable % 3 not defined

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Source string arithmetic variable

Only the R parameters are predefined as arithmetic variables. All otherarithmetic variables must be defined with the DEF instruction before beingused. The number of arithmetic parameters is defined via machine data. Thenames must be unambiguous and may not be repeated in the control(exception: local variables).



Define the required variable in the definition part of the program (possibly in thecalling program if it is to be a global variable).


Channel %1 block %2 call-by-reference parameter missing on subroutinecall %3


In the subroutine definition, a formal REF parameter (call-by-referenceparameter) has been specified with no actual parameter assigned to it.

The assignment takes place in the subroutine call on the basis of the positionof the variable name and not on the basis of the name.

Example:Subroutine: (2 call-by-value parameters X and Y,

1 call-by-reference parameter Z)

PROC XYZ (INT X, INT Y, VAR INT Z) :M17ENDPROC

Main program:

N10 DEF INT XN11 DEF INT YN11 DEF INT Z :N50 XYZ (X, Y) ; REF parameter Z missing!orN50 XYZ (X, Z) ; REF parameter Z missing!


12290 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12300 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms



Assign a variable to all REF parameters (call-by-reference parameters) of thesubroutine when calling. No variable must be assigned to "normal" formalparameters (call-by-value parameters), as these are defaulted with 0.


Channel %1 block %2 axis argument missing on procedure call %3


When calling the subroutine, an AXIS parameter is missing which, according tothe EXTERN declaration, should be present.

With the EXTERN instruction, user-defined subroutines (procedures) are made"known" that have a parameter transfer. Procedures without parameter transferrequire no EXTERN declaration.

Example:Subroutine XYZ (with the formal parameters):

PROC XYZ (INT X, VAR INT Y, AXISA, AXIS B)

EXTERN instruction (with variable types):EXTERN XYZ (INT, VAR INT, AXIS,AXIS)

Subroutine call (with actual parameters):N10 XYZ ( , Y1, R_TABLE)

Variable X is defaulted with value 0Variable Y is supplied with the value of the variable Y1 and returns the resultsto the calling program after the subroutine runVariable A is supplied with the axis in R_TABLEVariable B missing!



Program the missing AXIS parameter in the call.


Channel %1 block %2 parameter %3 is no variable %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Source string

A constant or the result of a mathematical expression has been assigned to aREF parameter instead of a variable at the time of the subroutine call, eventhough only variable identifiers are allowed.

Examples:N10 XYZ (NAME_1, 10, OTTO) orN10 XYZ (NAME_1, 5 + ANNA, OTTO)

Remedy


12310 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12320 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01




Remove the constant or the mathematical expression from the NC block.


Channel %1 block %2 type of argument %3 incorrect %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Source string

When calling a procedure (of a subroutine) it is found that the type of the actualparameter cannot be converted into the type of the formal parameter. Thereare two possible cases:

• Call-by-reference parameter: actual parameter and formal parametermust be of precisely the same type, e.g. STRING, STRING.

• Call-by-value parameter: actual parameter and formal parameter can inprinciple be different providing conversion is basically possible. In thepresent case, however, the types are generally not compatible, e.g.STRING → REAL.

to from

REAL INT BOOL CHAR STRING AXIS FRAME

REAL yes yes* yes1) yes* - - - INT yes yes yes1) if value

0...255 - - -

BOOL yes yes yes yes - - - CHAR yes yes yes1) yes yes - -

STRING - - yes 2) only if 1character

yes - -

AXIS - - - - - yes - FRAME - - - - - - yes

Table Type conversion

1) Value <>0 corresponds to TRUE, value ==0 corresponds to FALSE.2) String length 0 => FALSE, otherwise TRUE*) At type conversion from REAL to INT fractional values that are >=0.5 are rounded up, others are rounded down



Check transfer parameters of the subroutine call and define the applicationaccordingly as call-by-value or call-by-reference parameter.


Reaction

Remedy


12330 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 number of arguments exceeded in %3


When calling a function or a procedure (predefined or user-defined) moreparameters were transferred than defined.

Predefined functions and procedures:The number of parameters has been set permanently in the NCK.

User-defined functions and procedures:The number of parameters is established by type and name in the definition.



Check whether the correct procedure/function has been called. Program thenumber of parameters in accordance with the procedure/function.


Channel %1 block %2 argument %3 not accepted because AXIS argumentis missing


An attempt has been made to transfer actual parameters although axisparameters located before them have not been assigned.

For procedure or function calls, assignment of parameters that are no longerrequired can be omitted, if subsequently no further parameters are to betransferred.

Example:N10 FGROUP(X, Y, Z, A, B) ; max. 8 axes possible

The following call-by-value parameters would then be initialized with zerobecause the space-dependent assignment has been lost on account of theomitted axis parameters.

Axes that can be omitted and following parameters do not occur in thepredefined procedures and functions.



In predefined procedures and functions either remove the followingparameters or transfer any preceding axis parameters. In user-definedprocedures and functions, parameter transfer must be programmed inaccordance with the instructions given in the machine manufacturer'sprogramming guide.


12340 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12350 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 dimension of argument %3 incorrect


The following possibilities of error must be checked:

1. The current parameter is an array, but the formal parameter is a variable 2. The current parameter is a variable, but the formal parameter is an array 3. The current and formal parameters are arrays, but not with the

dimensions to be defined.



Correct the NC part program in accordance with the cause of error as listedabove.


Channel %1 block %2 range of values exceeded for %3


A variable has been initialized with a value range outside an initialization block.

The definition of program-global variables is allowed only in specialinitialization blocks. These variables can be initialized with a value range.



Remove the value range specification (begins with the keyword OF) or definethe variable as a global variable in the initialization block and initialize it with avalue range.


Channel %1 block %2 maximum memory capacity exceeded


The data definitions in this block cannot be processed because the maximumavailable memory for creating the data has been filled, or because the datablock cannot accommodate any further data.The alarm can also occur if several subroutine calls are executed in sequenceand no block with an effect on the machine is generated (motion, dwell, Mfunction).


12360 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12370 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12380 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reduce the number of variables, reduce the size of arrays, or increase thecapacity of the data management system.

• If new macro definitions are to be introduced, increase machine data18160 MM_NUM_USER_MACROS

• If new GUD definitions are to be introduced, check machine data 18150MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM,18130 MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN,18120 MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK

• If the error occurs while executing an NC part program with LUDdefinitions or when using cycle programs (the parameters count as LUDvariable of the cycle program), the following machine data must bechecked:

28040 MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM,18242 MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE,18260 MM_LUD_HASH_TABLE_SIZE,28020 MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL,28010 MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES


Channel %1 block %2 type of initial value for %3 cannot be converted


During initialization, a value has been assigned to a variable that does notcorrespond to the type of the variable, nor can it be converted to the data typeof the variable.

to from

REAL INT BOOL CHAR STRING

REAL yes 1) yes yes 2) -

INT yes yes yes 2) -

BOOL yes yes yes -

CHAR yes yes yes yes

STRING - - yes yes 3) Figure Type conversion

1) Value <>0 corresponds to TRUE, value ==0 corresponds to FALSE.2) String length 0 => FALSE, otherwise TRUE3) If only one character

It is not possible to convert from type AXIS and FRAME nor into type AXIS andFRAME



• Define variable type such that the initialization value can be assigned, or• Select initialization value in accordance with the variable definition.


Remedy


12390 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 element of array %3 does not exist


The following causes are possible:- Impermissible index list; an axis index is missing- Array index does not match the definition of the variables- An attempt was made to access a variable at array initialization via SET or REP; this attempt did not correspond to the standard access. Single character access, partial frame access, omitted indices not possible.

A nonexistent element was addressed on initializing this array.



• Array initialization: Check the array index of the addressed element. The1st array element is given the index [0,0], the 2nd array element [0,1] etc.The right array index (column index) is incremented first.

In the 2nd row, the 4th element is also addressed with the index [1,3] (theindices start at zero).

• Array definition: Check the size of the array. The1st number indicates thenumber of elements in the 1st dimension (number of rows), the 2ndnumber indicates the number of elements in the 2nd dimension (number ofcolumns).

An array with 2 rows and 3 columns must be defined by specifying [2,3].


Channel %1 block %2 incorrect index type for %3


In assigning a value to an element of an array variable, the array index wasspecified in a way that is not allowed.

Only the following are allowed as array index (in square brackets):

• Axis identifier, provided the array variable was defined as data typeFRAME.

• Integer values for all other data types.



Correct indices of the array element with respect to variable definition or definethe array variable differently.


12400 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12410 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 identifier %3 too long


The symbol to be defined or the specified jump target has a name which islonger than the 32 characters allowed.



The symbol to be created or the target of program jumps (label) must conformto the system specifications, that means the name must begin with 2 letters(but the 1st sign must not be "§") and may be up to a maximum of 32characters.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid index


In specifying an array index (in the array definition) an index was used that isoutside the permissible range.



Specify array index within the permissible range.Value range per array dimension: 1 - 32 767.


Channel %1 block %2 maximum number of formal arguments exceeded


In the definition of a procedure (a subroutine) or in an EXTERNinstruction, more than 127 formal parameters have been specified.

Example:PROC ABC (FORMPARA1, FORMPARA2, ...

... FORMPARA127, FORMPARA128, ...)

EXTERN ABC (FORMPARA1, FORMPARA2, ...

... FORMPARA127, FORMPARA128, ...)



12420 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12430 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12440 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


A check must be made to determine whether all parameters really have to betransferred. If so, the formal parameters can be reduced by using globalvariables or R parameters, or by grouping together parameters of the sametype to form an array and transfer them in this form.


Channel %1 block %2 label defined repeatedly


The label of this block already exists.

If the NC program is compiled off-line, the entire program is compiled block byblock. During this procedure all multiple labels are recognized; this is notalways the case with on-line compilation. (Only the actual program run iscompiled here, i.e. program branches that are not passed through in this runare disregarded and could therefore contain programming errors.)


Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with thesoftkey PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer is positioned on theblock where the displayed label occurs for the second time.

Use the editor to search the part program where this label occurs for the firsttime, and change one of the names.


Channel %1 block %2 maximum number of symbols exceeded with %3


The max. number of variable definitions (GUD, LUD), macro definitions, cycleprograms and/or cycle parameters that the controller's data managementsystem is able to handle has been exceeded.If this alarm occurs in conjunction with alarm 15175 (cycles were loadedagain), not enough memory is available. This situation can be remedied bymodifying the machine data.If this alarm occurs in conjunction with alarm 15180 (initial.ini download failed),then this alarm shows the name of the block causing the error.(For a list of names and their meaning, please refer to alarm 6010)


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reduce the symbols in the block (possibly by using the array technique or byusing R parameters), or adapt the machine data (if you have access rights).

$MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL with error in LUD blocks (i.e. if morevariable definitions were made in the active part programs than allowed by theMD).

GUD data blocks can only cause errors as part of the 'initial.ini download'process.


12450 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12460 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Macros and cycle program definitions are reloaded at each POWER ON/NCK-RESET. This means that these blocks can only cause errors inconjunction with this process.See also the explanations for alarm 6010

Particularly in relation to the reloading of cycle programs, users with thenecessary expertise can check parameter %3 to find out:• Whether the name of the cycle program has caused the error - in this case

the value of machine data $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES should beincreased, or

• Whether the name of a cycle call parameter has caused the error - in thiscase the value of machine data $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAMshould be increased.

If it is impossible to tell from parameter %3 what has caused the error, youshould increase both machine data values successively until the errordisappears.


Channel %1 block %2 unknown G function %3 used


With indirectly programmed G functions, an invalid or impermissible groupnumber has been programmed.Permissible group number = 1. and 5 – max. number of G groups. In thedisplayed block, a non-defined G function has been programmed. Only "real" Gfunctions are checked, which begin with the address G, e.g. G555. "Named" Gfunctions such as CSPLINE, BRISK etc. are interpreted as subroutine names.



You should decide on the basis of the machine manufacturer's programmingguide whether or not the displayed G function exists or is available, or whethera standard G function has been reconfigured (or introduced by an OEM).

Remove the G function from the part program or program function call inaccordance with the machine manufacturer's programming guide.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid G function number %3 programmed

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = G code number

A impermissible G function number (parameter 3) has been programmed for aG group with indirect G code programming. Only the G function numbersindicated in the Programming Guide "Fundamentals", Section 12.3 "List of Gfunctions/Path conditions" are allowed.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Also reorganize correction block.


12470 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12475 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Correct the part program.


Channel %1 block %2 subroutine %3 already defined


The name used in the PROC or EXTERN instruction has already been definedin another call description (e.g. for cycles).

Example:EXTERN CYCLE85 (VAR TYP1, VAR TYP2, ...)



A program name must be selected that has not yet been used as identifier. (Intheory, the parameter declaration of the EXTERN instruction could also beadapted to the existing subroutine in order to avoid the alarm output. However,it would have been defined identically twice).


Channel %1 block %2 access permission level %3 is not valid


The desired access authorization, programmed with the keyword REDEF, hasnot been set. The desired protection level is either beyond the permitted valuerange or the protection level change is not allowed.

(The REDEF instruction is only executable in INITIAL_INI blocks onSINUMERIK 840D, P1 (6/94)).

The protection level may be changed only if:

1. The current protection level is equal to or higher than the level originallydefined, and

2. The new protection level is to be below the level originally defined.

The higher numerical values represent the lower protection levels. The lower 4levels (from 7 to 4) correspond to the keyswitch positions, and the upper 4levels are associated with 4 passwords.



Remedy


12480 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12490 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


• Use the REDEF instruction only in the INITIAL_INI block.• Using the operator panel, set the current protection level to at least the

same level as that of the variable with the highest level• Program protection level within the permissible value range.• Only program new protection levels that are lower than the old values.


Channel %1 block %2 do not use %3 in this block


The displayed keyword may not be used in this type of block and at thislocation (all files in the NCK are designated as blocks).

Block types:

Program block

Contains a main program or subroutine

Data block

Contains macro or variable definitions and possibly an M, H or E function

Initialization block

Contains only selected language elements for data initialization.



Remove the displayed language elements (keyword) with its parameters fromthis block and insert in the block provided for this purpose.


Channel %1 too many machine data %3 in block %2


In the part program, in the machine data file (..._TEA) and in the initializationfile (..._INI), no more than 2 machine data may be used per block.

Example:N ...N 100 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE [10] = 15,

$MN_OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE [11] = 20N ...




12500 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12510 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


• Divide up the part program block into several blocks.• If necessary, use the local variable for storing intermediate results.


Channel %1 too many tool parameters %3 in block %2


In the part program, in the tool offset file (..._TOA) and in the initialization file(..._INI), no more than 5 tool offset parameters may be used per block.

Example:N ...N 100 $TC_DP1 [5,1] = 130, $TC_DP3 [5,1] = 150.123,

$TC_DP4 [5,1] = 223.4, $TC_DP5 [5,1] = 200.12,$TC_DP6 [5,1] = 55.02

N ...



• Divide up the part program block into several blocks.• If necessary, use the local variable for storing intermediate results.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid index for %3


In macro definitions, an attempt was made to define a G function with morethan 3 decades or an M function with more than 2 decades as identifier of themacro.

Example:_N_UMAC_DEF DEFINE G4444 AS G01 G91 G1234

DEFINE M333 AS M03 M50 M99 :M17



Modify the macro definition in accordance with the Programming Guide.



12520 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12530 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 is too long or too complex


The maximum internal block length after translator processing must not exceed256 characters. After editing, for example, several macros in the block or amultiple nesting, this limit can be exceeded.



Divide up the program block into several subblocks.


Channel %1 block %2 name %3 not defined or option not installed

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = source symbol

The indicated identifier has not yet been defined before being used.

Macro: Keyword, to be defined via DEFINE....AS....instruction; missing in one of the files:_N_SMAC_DEF_N_MMAC_DEF_N_UMAC_DEF_N_SGUD_DEF_N_MGUD_DEF_N_UGUD_DEF

Variable: DEF instruction missing

Program: PROC declaration missing


Press the NC stop key and select the function "Correction block" with thesoftkey PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on theincorrect block.

- Correct the used name (typing error).- Check the definition of variables, subroutines and macros.- Check the options.

Clear the alarm with NC start and continue machining.

Channel %1 block %2 Tool / magazine OEM parameter not defined. Optionnot set.


The programmed $TC_... Cx system parameter is not known in the control.


12540 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12550 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12552 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


- Correct the name used (writing error)- $TC_DPCx, $TC_TPCx, $TC_MOPCx, $TC_MAPCx, $TC_ MPPCx,

$TC_DPCSx, $TC_TPCSx, $TC_MOPCSx, $TC_MAPCSx, $TC_MPPCSx; with x=1, ...1- These are the OEM parameters of the tools magazines,,

The corresponding machine data value is set to < 10, or the option 'TM OEM parameters' has not been set.

- Use correct parameter number, or - if the name cannot be changed -set machine data correction (see $MN_MM_NUM_CC_TOA_PARAM, ... $MN_MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM, ...)

- Check the option (machine data are only effective when the option isenabled).


Channel %1 block %2 programmed value %3 exceeds allowed limits


In a value assignment, the permissible value range of the data type has beenexceeded.



Assign value within the value range of the various data types, or if necessaryuse another type in order to increase the size of the value range,e.g. INT → REAL.

Variable type Property Value range

REAL Fractional number with dec. pt. ±±±±(2-1022-2+1023)

INT Integers with signs ±±±± (231-1)O

BOOL Truth value TRUE, FALSE 0,1

CHAR 1 ASCII character 0 - 255

STRING Character string(max. 100 values)

0 - 255

AXIS Axis addresses Axis names only

FRAME Geometric information As for axis paths Fig. Value ranges of the various variable types


Channel %1 block %2 too many motion synchronous actions in %3


No more than 16 actions are allowed in a block with motion synchronousaction.

Remedy


12560 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12570 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Reduce the number of programmed actions.


Channel %1 block %2: do not use %3 for motion synchronous actions


The predefined subprogram %3 specified here is not allowed in a block withmotion synchronous action. It may only be contained in a "normal" block.


Modify the program.


Channel %1 block %2: use %3 only for motion synchronous actions


The predefined subprogram %3 specified here is only allowed in a block withmotion synchronous action. It must not be contained alone in a "normal" block.


Modify the program.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid assignment to %3 for motion synchronousaction


The variable displayed must not be written in a motion synchronous action.Only selected variables are permitted here.E.g. DO $AA_IW[X]=10 is impermissible.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify part program.In a motion synchronous action, only certain variables are allowed.E.g. $AA_IM, $AC_DTGPB


Reaction

Remedy


12571 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12572 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12580 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 invalid read acess to %3 while in motionsynchronous action


In a motion synchronous action, the displayed variable must not be entered asa variable that is to be read on-line.That means1. The displayed variable must not be written to the left of the

comparison in a motion synchronous action. Only selectedvariables are permissible, e.g. WHEN $AA_OVR == 100 DO ....

2. In a motion synchronous action, the displayed variable must notbe used as a $$ variable, e.g.WHEN $AA_IM[X] >= $$P_AD[1] DO ... DO $AC_VC = $$P_F

3. The displayed variable must not be programmed as anonline evaluated parameter of a synchronous procedure, e.g.DO SYNFCT(1, $AC_PARAM[0], $SA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2[Z])DO SYNFCT(1, $AC_PARAM[0], $SA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2[Z])

The displayed variable must not be written to the left of the comparison in amotion synchronous action. Only selected variables are permitted here.E.g. WHEN $AA_OVR == 100 DO ....


Modify the program.


Channel %1 block %2 array index %3 incorrect action


$A or $V variables are assessed in real-time in motion synchronous actions,i.e. in the interpolation cycle.All other variables (e.g. user-defined variables) are still computed at blockpreparation.It is not permissible to index the index of a variable for block preparation with areal-time variable.

Example:DEF INT INPUT[3]WHEN $A_IN[1] == INPUT[$A_INA[1]] DO ...The locally defined variable INPUT must not be indexed with a real-timevariable.

Program correction:WHEN $A_IN[1] == $AC_MARKER[$A_INA[1]] DO ....


Modify the program: use real-time variables


12581 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12582 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 no system variable


In motion synchronous actions, only special system variables are allowed onthe left side of the compare operation for the assigned variable as input andresult variable of SYNFCT and as input variable for PUTFTOCF. Real-timesynchronous access is allowed here. The programmed variable is not a systemvariable.

Example:DEF REAL OTTO, BERTA[2] DO SYNFCT(2,OTTO, $MN_...)

; Local variables or machine data are not; allowed as parameters for SYNFCT.


Modify the part program. Local variables or machine data are not allowed asparameters for SYNFCT.


Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 cannot be read synchronously withmotion


In motion synchronous actions on the left side of the compare operation, onlyspecial variables are allowed as input variables of SYNFCT and as inputvariables for PUTFTOCF. Motion synchronous access is possible here.Example:PUTFTOCF(1, $AA_OVR, 2, 1, 2)

; variable $AA_OVR is not allowed here


Modify the part program. For the functions SYNFCT and PUTFTOCF onlycertain variables are allowed, for example $AC_DTGPW, $AA_OVR


Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 cannot be changed synchronously withmotion


When assigning SYNFCT in motion synchronous actions and result variables,only special variables are allowed. Real-time synchronous access is allowedhere.

12583 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12584 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12585 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Example:WHEN $AA_IM[AX1]>= 100 DO $AC_TIME=1000

; The variable $AC_TIME (time from beginning of block); cannot be written


Modify the part program. Only certain variables are allowed for the functionSYNFCT where real-time synchronous access is possible.


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: type conflict invariable %3

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number %3 = Source symbol

Type conversion is not possible for on-line variables $A.. or $V.., which areevaluated or written in the interpolation cycle. Only variables of the same type can be used together in logic operations orassigned to one another. Example 1: WHENEVER $AA_IM[X] > $A_IN[1] DO ... An on-line variable of the REAL type (actual value) cannot be compared with avariable of the BOOL type (digital input) The operation is possible if the following change is made: WHENEVER $AA_IM[X] > $A_INA[1] DO ... Example 2: WHENEVER ... DO $AC_MARKER[1]=$AA_IM[X]-$AA_MM[X] Improvement: WHENEVER ... DO $AC_PARAM[1]=$AA_IM[X]-$AA_MM[X]


Modify the part program: use variables of the same type.


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: operator / function %3not valid

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number %3 = Operator / function

The specified function / operator is not permissible for logic operations of real-time variables in motion synchronous actions. The following operators / functions are permissible: == >= <= > < <> + - * / DIV MOD AND OR XOR NOT B_AND B_OR B_XOR B_NOT SIN COS TAN ATAN2 SQRT POT TRUNC ROUND ABS EXP LNX SPI


Reaction

Remedy


12586 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12587 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms




Channel %1 block %2 synchronous motion action: address %3 illegal

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number %3 = Address

• The specified address cannot be programmed in motion synchronousactionExample:ID = 1 WHENEVER $A_IN[1]==1 DO D3

• The cutting edge from motion synchronous actions cannot be changed




Channel %1 block %2 synchronous motion action: variable %3 notallowed with modal ID

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number %3 = Variable name

The modal ID in motion synchronous action must not be formed by means ofan on-line variable. Examples: ID=$AC_MARKER[1] WHEN $a_in[1] == 1 DO $AC_MARKER[1] =$AC_MARKER[1]+1 This can be corrected in the following way: R10 = $AC_MARKER[1] ID=R10 WHEN $a_in[1] == 1 DO $AC_MARKER[1] = $AC_MARKER[1]+1 The ID in a synchronous action is always permanent, and cannot be changed in the interpolation cycle


Modify the part program: Replace the online variable by an arithmetic variable.


Channel %1 block %2 global user data cannot be created


The number of global user data blocks is defined in machine data18118 MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES.Here, _N_SGUD_DEF corresponds to block 1, _N_MGUD_DEF correspondsto block 2, _N_UGUD_DEF corresponds to block 3, _N_GUD4_DEFcorresponds to block 4 etc.In the directory _N_DEF_DIR there is a file with definitions for global user datathe block number of which is greater than the number of blocks given in theMD.

Remedy


12588 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12589 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12590 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Increase machine data 18118 MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES


Channel %1 block %2 invalid checksum of line

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number

On processing an INI file or when executing a TEA file, an invalid linechecksum has been detected.


Correct INI file or correct MD and create new INI file (via "upload").


Channel %1 block %2 accessing single char with call-by-referenceparameter not allowed %3


An attempt has been made to use a single character access for a call-by-reference parameter.


Temporarily store single characters in user-defined CHAR variables andtransfer them.


Channel %1 block %2 accessing this variable as single char notallowed %3


The variable is not a user-defined variable. The single character access is onlyallowed for user-defined variables (LUD/GUD).


Temporarily store the variable in a user-defined STRING, process it and save itback.


Reaction

Remedy


12600 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12610 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12620 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 skip / label not allowed


Blocks with control structures (FOR, ENDIF, etc.) cannot be concealed andmust not contain any labels.


Correct the part program:Create conceal identifier by IF testing and write label on in its own in the blockin front of the control structure block.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid nesting of control structures


Error in program run: opened control structures (IF-ELSE-ENDIF, LOOP-ENDLOOP etc.) are not terminated or there is no beginning of loop for theprogrammed end of loop.

Example:LOOP ENDIF ENDLOOP


Correct the part program in such a way that all opened control structures arealso terminated.


Channel %1 block %2 nesting level of control structures exceeds limit


Max. nesting depth control structures (IF-ELSE-ENDIF, LOOP-ENDLOOP etc.)exceeded. At the present time, the max. nesting depth is 8.


Correct the part program. If necessary, move parts to a subroutine.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 name different in channel %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number%3 = Source symbol%4 = Channel number with different axis definition

12630 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12640 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12641 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12650 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


In cycles that are preprocessed at Power On, only those geometry and channelaxis identifiers may be used that exist in all channels with the same meaning.In different channels, different axis indices are assigned to the axis identifier.The axis identifiers are defined via machine data20060 AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB and20080 AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB.Example: C is the 4th channel axis in channel 1 and the 5th channel axis inchannel 2.

If the axis identifier C is used in a cycle that is preprocessed at Power On, thenthis alarm is issued.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

1. Modify machine data: Select the same identifiers for geometry and channelaxes in all channels. Example: The geometry axes are called X, Y, Z in allchannels. They can then also be programmed directly in preprocessedchannels.

PROC DRILL G1 Z10 F1000 M17 or

2. Do not program the axis directly in the cycle but define it as a parameter ofthe axis type. Example: Cycle definition:PROC DRILL(AXIS DRILLAXIS) G1 AX[DRILLAXIS]=10 F1000 M17

3. Call from the main program: DRILL(Z)


Channel %1 block %2 synchronous motion action: variable %3 reservedfor synchronous motion actions and technology cycles

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number %3 = Variable name

The displayed variable may only be used in motion synchronous actions or intechnology cycles. For example, '$R1' may only be used in motion synchronous actions. In standard part programs R parameters are programmed with R1.




Channel %1 block %2 technology cycle %3: no further program callpossible

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number %3 = Name of the technology cycle call

In a technology cycle it is not possible to call a subroutine or anothertechnology cycle.


Reaction

Remedy


12660 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12661 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms




Channel %1 block %2 contour definition programming not allowed asmodal subprogram active


In the external language mode, a block is programmed with contour definitionand a modal cycle is active at the same time. Because of unclear addressassignment (e.g. R = radius for contour definition or return plane for drillingcycle) contour definition programming must not be used when a modal cycle isactive.




Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type for contour definitionactive


In one contour definition block, G01 is not active as interpolation function. Inone contour definition block, the linear interpolation always has to be selectedwith G01. G00, G02, G03, G33 etc. are not permitted.


Modify the part program. Program the linear interpolation G01.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal language element in external language mode


The programmed language element is not allowed or unknown in externallanguage mode. Only the language elements from Siemens mode which areused for subprogram calls (except for Lxx) and the language constructs forprogram repetition with REPEAT (UNTIL) are allowed.



Check that the language command is available in Siemens mode. Switch to Siemens mode with G290. Program the command in the next blockand switch back to the external language mode in the following block.


Remedy


12700 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12701 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12710 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 program number for macro call (G65/G66) missing


During macro call with G65/G66 no program number was defined. Theprogram number must be programmed with address "P".




Channel %1 block %2 multiple ISO_2/3 macro or cycle calls in block


A mixture of cycle and macro calls are programmed in a block, e.g. cycle callswith G81 - G89 together with an M macro in the block or a G65/G66 macro calltogether with M macros in the block.G05, G08, G22, G23, G27, G28, G29, G30, G50.1, G51.1, G72.1, G72.2 functions (ISO mode) execute also subprogram calls. Only one macro or cycle call can appear in an NC block.


Deactivate modal cycles or modal macro calls, if one of the above G function isprogrammed.


Channel %1 block %2 No radius program for cylinder interpolationactivate/deactivate


When programming G07.1 (cylinder interpolation TRACYL), no cylinder radiushas been programmed.Activate cylinder interpolation (TRACYL) with G07.1 C <Cylinder radius>Deactivate with G07.1 Co. The name of the rotary axis defined in the TRACYL machine data must beprogrammed for "C".


G07.1 block, program the cylinder radius under the name of the rotary axis forthe cylinder interpolation.


Channel %1 block %2 Illegal plane selection with parallel axes


12720 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12722 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12724 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


12726 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


In a block with plane selection (G17 – G19), a basic axis of the coordinatesystem must not be programmed together with the parallel axis assigned to it.


For plane selection with G17, G18, G19 either program the basic axis of thecoordinate system or the assigned parallel axis.


Channel %1 block %2 error at end of file


M02 or M30 is expected as the end of file identifier in a main program; M17 isexpected in a subroutine. The block preparation (data management system)does not issue a follow-on block even though no end of file was programmed inthe previous block.


Check whether the end of program has been omitted or whether, in the lastprogram block, a jump has been made to a program section in which the endidentifier has been written.


Channel %1 block %2 error at end of block


After system-internal data manipulation (e.g. when transferring blocks from anexternal source) a subfile can end without having LF as the last character.


Read out the part program, modify it with a text editor (e.g., insert blanks orcomments before the displayed block), so that after reading it in again the partprogram has a different structure in the memory.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid default argument in subroutine call


In a subroutine call with parameter transfer, parameters have been omitted thatcannot be replaced by default parameters (call-by-reference parameters orparameters of type AXIS. The other missing parameters are defaulted with thevalue 0 or with the unit frame in the case of frames).


Reaction

Remedy


14000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14001 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14010 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


The missing parameters must be provided with values in the subroutine call.


Channel %1 block %2 program %3 not existing, not released formachining or not edited %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Program name

An unknown identifier (string) was found in the part program. It is thereforeassumed that this is a program name. The part program indicated in asubprogram call or SETINT statement does not exist or is not released formachining.As of SW 5, it is no longer possible to start a program with NC Start when it isedited on the MMC.


The alarm may have different causes:

• Typing error of the identifier stated in parameter 3.• Check subprogram call / SETINT statement or PROC statement. Reload

part program and release for machining or close MMC editor.• Wrong path definition in subprogram call when subprogram is not callled up

via a search path but via an absolute path definition.

Examples of complete path definitions:/_N_directoryName_DIR/_N_programName_SPF or/_N_WCS_DIR/_N_wpdName_WPD/_N_programName_SPFdirectoryName: MPF, SPF, CUS, CMA, CST (defined directories)wpdName: user-specific identifier of workpiece directory (max. of 24 characters)programName: name of subprogram (max. of 24 characters)

• Parameter 3 can be a macro name. The macro definition file has aninappropriate content or it is not stored in the directory DEF_DIR or it hasnot been set active (via POWERON or via MMC operating step or by PI service 'F_COPY').

• Parameter 3 can be a GUD variable. There is no GUD definition file defining the variable or it is not stored in the directory DEF_DIR or it has not been set active (via the INITIAL_INI procedure or via MMC operating step or by PI service 'F_COPY').


Channel %1 block %2 lowest subroutine level exceeded %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label

The maximum nesting depth of 8 program levels has been exceeded.

Subroutines can be called from the main program, and these in turn may havea nesting depth of 7.

In interrupt routines the maximum number of levels is 4!


Remedy


14011 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14012 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Modify the machining program so that the nesting depth is reduced, e.g. usingthe editor copy a subroutine of the next nesting level into the calling programand remove the call for this subroutine. This reduces the nesting depth by oneprogram level.


Channel %1 block %2 number of subroutine passes invalid


In a subroutine call the programmed number of passes P is zero or negative.


Program number of passes between 1 and 9 999.


Channel %1 selected program %3 not available, no access right or isbeing edited

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Program name

The selected part program is not in the NCK memory or it is the accessauthorization for program selection at a higher level corresponding to thepresent status of the control.

When this program was generated, it received the protection level that wasactive at the time for the NC control.As of SW 5, it is no longer possible to start a program with NC Start when it isedited on the MMC.

Alarm display.

Transfer the required program into the NCK memory or check the name of thedirectory (workpiece overview) and of the program (program overview) andcorrect these.

Increase the current protection level to at least the level of the program beingexecuted (by password input).


Channel %1: no access right for file

%1 = Channel number

A program is to be executed for which the current protection level is too low.When this program was generated, it received the protection level that wasactive at the time for the NC control.


Remedy


14013 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14014 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14015 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Increase the present protection level to at least the level of the program beingexecuted (by password input).


Channel %1 block %2 error when calling M/T code subroutine


The following conflict was detected in a subprogram call per M or T function: In the block referenced by parameter %2: - An M or T function replacement has already been activated - A modal subprogram call is active - A subprogram return jump is programmed - An end of program is programmed- An M98 subprogram call is active (only in external language mode)- T function replacement by D function programming in the same part program line is not possible with active TLC (G43/G44) in ISO2 system.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable. Correction block is reorganized.

An M or T function replacement is only possible if a subprogram call or returnjump has not already been performed as a result of other program constructs. The part program must be corrected accordingly.


Channel %1 block %2 syntax error when calling M code subroutine


When calling M code subroutine with parameter transfer, an illegal syntax wasdetected:- Address extension not programmed as a constant.- M function value not programmed as a constant.Note:If a parameter transfer has been programmed via MD$MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR for an M function replacement, the followingrestriction applies to this M function: both the address extension and the Mfunction value must be programmed for replacement as constants.


Change the programming of the M function


Channel %1 block %2 wrong value or wrong number of arguments onfunction or procedure call


• An illegal parameter value was specified in a function or procedure call.• An illegal number of actual parameters was programmed in a function or

procedure call.

Remedy


14016 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14017 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14020 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms





Channel %1 block %2 wrong value or wrong number of arguments onfunction or procedure call


• An illegal parameter value was specified in a function or procedure call.• An illegal number of actual parameters was programmed in a function or

procedure call.




Channel %1 block %2 synchronous motion action: illegal modal ID


In modal motion synchronous actions an illegal ID number has been assigned.




Channel %1 block %2 synchronous motion action: invalid polynomial inthe FCTDEF command


An FCTDEF command was programmed with a polynomial number thatexceeds the maximum value set in $MC_MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS.




Reaction

Remedy


14021 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14025 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14026 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 when oscillating combining with infeed motionOSCILL with POSP


When oscillating controlled by synchronized actions, the assignment ofoscillating and infeed axis (OSCILL) as well as the definition of the infeed(POSP) must be carried out in one NC block.




Channel %1 block %2 involute: no end point programmed


No end point was programmed for the involute. This is either possible via directprogramming with the geometry axis identifiers or by specifying the anglebetween start and end vector.




Channel %1 block %2 involute: angle of rotation too large


With programming of the angle of rotation (with AR) for involute interpolation,the maximum programmable angle of rotation is limited if the involute is movingtowards the basic circle. The maximum value is reached if the involute touchesthe basic circle. With MD_INVOLUTE AUTO_ANGLE_RESTRICTION = TRUE,each angle is accepted without an alarm; if necessary, the angle isautomatically limited during interpolation.




Channel %1 block %2 involute: start point invalid


With involute interpolation, the start point of the involute must be outside thebasic circle. The programmed center point or radius must be adaptedaccordingly.


14030 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14033 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14034 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14035 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms




Channel %1 block %2 involute: invalid end point


With involute interpolation, the end point of the involute must be outside thebasic circle. The programmed center point / radius or end point must beadapted accordingly.




Channel %1 block %2 involute: invalid radius


With involute interpolation, the programmed radius of the basic circle must belarger than zero.




Channel %1 block %2 involute not defined: end point error


The programmed end point does not lie on the involute defined by the startpoint, radius and center point of the basic circle. The deviation of the effectiveend radius from the programmed value is larger than the permissible valuespecified in MD INVOLUTE_RADIUS_DELTA.




Remedy


14036 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14037 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14038 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 involute: end point programmed more than once


With involute interpolation, either the end point with the geometry axisidentifiers or the angle of rotation with AR=value can be programmed.Simultaneous programming of end point and angle of rotation in one block isnot allowed, since the end point can thus not be defined exactly.




Channel %1 block %2 error in end point of circle

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label In circular interpolation, either the circle radii for the initial point and the endpoint are further apart, or the circle center points are further apart, thanspecified in the machine data. 1. In circle radius programming the starting and end points are identical, thus

the circle position is not determined by starting and end points. 2. Radii: The NCK calculates from the present start point and the other

programmed circle parameters the radii for the start and the end point. Analarm message is issued if the difference between the circle radii is either

• greater than the value in the MD 21000 CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST(for small radii, if the programmed radius is smaller than the quotientof the machine data CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST divided by21010 CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR), or

• greater than the programmed radius multiplied by theMD CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR (for large radii, if the programmedradius is greater than the quotient of the machine dataCIRCLE_ERROR_CONST divided by CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR).

3. Center points: A new circle center is calculated using the circle radius atthe starting position. It lies on the mid-perpendicular positioned on theconnecting straight line from the starting point to the end point of the circle.The angle in the radian measure between both straight lines from thestarting point to the center calculated/programmed as such must be lowerthan the root of 0.001 (corresponding to approx. 1.8 degrees).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check MD 21000 CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST and21010 CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR. If the values are within reasonable limits,the circle end point or the circle mid-point of the part program block must beprogrammed with higher accuracy.


14039 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14040 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 error in tangent circle programming %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label

The alarm may have the following causes:

The tangent direction is not defined for tangent circle / e.g. because no othertravel block has been programmed before the current block. No circle can beformed from start and end point as well as tangent direction because - seenfrom the start point - the end point is located in the opposite direction to thatindicated by the tangent.

It is not possible to form a tangent circle since the tangent is locatedperpendicular to the active plane.

In the special case in which the tangent circle changes to a straight line,several complete circular revolutions were programmed with TURN.




Channel %1 block %2 nesting depth for arithmetic operations exceeded


For calculating arithmetic expressions in NC blocks, an operand stack with afixed set size is used. In very complex expressions, this stack can overflow.


Divide up complex arithmetic expressions into several simpler arithmeticblocks.


Channel %1 block %2 arithmetic error in part program


• In calculating an arithmetic expression, an overflow has occurred (e.g.division by zero).

• In a data type, the representable value range has been exceeded.


Analyze the program and correct the defective point in the program.


14045 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14050 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14051 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 invalid skip level with differential block skip


With "differential block skip", a skip level greater than 7 has been specified (inpacket 1 specification of a value for the skip level is rejected by the converteras a syntax error, i.e. the only possibility is a "suppress block" ON/OFF onone level).


Enter a skip level (number behind the slash) less than 8.


Channel %1 block %2 memory for variables not sufficient for subroutinecall


A called subroutine cannot be processed (opened), either because the internaldata memory to be created for general purposes is not large enough, orbecause the available memory for the local program variables is too small.The alarm can only occur in MDA mode.


Analyze the part program section:

1. Has the most useful data type always been selected in the variabledefinitions? (For example REAL for data bits is poor; BOOL would bebetter)

2. Can local variables be replaced by global variables?

Clear the alarm with the RESET key. Restart the part program

Channel %1 block %2 jump destination not found


In conditional and unconditional jumps, the jump destination within the programmust be a block with a label (symbolic name instead of block number). If nojump destination has been found with the given label when searching in theprogrammed direction, an alarm is output.


Check the NC part program for the following possible errors:

1. Check whether the target designation is identical with the label.

2. Is the jump direction correct?

3. Has the label been terminated with a colon?


14060Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14070Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14080Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 program part not found


The start point for repetition of the program part with CALL <program name>BLOCK <start label> TO <end label> has not been found or the same programpart repetition has been called recursively.


Check the start and end labels for programming repetition in the user program.


Channel %1 block %2 instruction not possible


The instruction 'TML()' may only be used in the subprogram, which replacesthe T command.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.NC stop on alarm at block end



Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 doubtful position

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Axis name, spindle number

An axis postion larger than 3.40e+38 increments has been programmed. Thisalarm can be suppressed with bit 11 in $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK.




Channel %1 block %2 invalid D number


A value less than zero has been programmed under address D.

A set of parameters with 25 correction values has been automatically assignedto each active tool. Each tool can have 9 sets of parameters (D1 - D9, initialsetting is D1). When the D number changes, the new parameter set is active(D0 is used for deselecting the correction values).

N10 G.. X... Y... T15 ; Parameter set D1 of T15 activeN50 G.. X... D3 M.. ; Parameter set D3 of T15 activeN60 G.. X.. T20 ; Parameter set D1 of T20 active

14082 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14085 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14088 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14090Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Program D numbers in the permissible value range (D0, D1 to D9).


Channel %1 block %2 invalid function, index %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Index

A function was programmed which is not allowed in the current programcontext. The code of the function in question is entered in "index":

Index = 1: "RET" command was programmed in the main program levelIndex = 2: conflict between "cancel plane"/"clear number of passes" and

"implicit GET"Index = 3: ASUP start conflict immediately after selection of overstore (up to

P3)


Index = 1: substitute "RET" command with M17/M30Index = 2: insert an auxiliary block (e.g. M99) after the subroutine call to which

the "cancel plane"/"clear number of passes" refersIndex = 3: overstore an auxiliary block (e.g. M99), then start ASUP (up to P3)


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 has wrong axis type


One of the following three programming errors has occurred:

1. The keyword WAITP(x) "Wait with block change until the specifiedpositioning axis has reached its end point" has been used for an axis thatis not a positioning axis.

2. G74 "Reference point approach from the program" has been programmedfor a spindle. (Only axis addresses are permitted.)

3. The keyword POS/POSA has been used for a spindle. (The keywordsSPOS and SPOSA must be programmed for the spindle positions).


Correct the part program depending on which of the above errors is involved.


Reaction

Remedy


14091Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14092Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 path interval zero or negative with polynominalinterpolation


In the polynomial interpolation POLY, a negative value or zero has beenprogrammed under the keyword for the polynomial length PL=....



Correct the value given in PL = ....


Channel %1 block %2 polynominal degree greater than 3 programmed forpolynominal interpolation


The polynomial degree in the polynomial interpolation is based on the numberof programmed coefficients for an axis. The maximum possible polynomialdegree is 3, i.e. the axes are according to the function:

f(p) = a0 + a1 p + a2 p2 + a3 p3

The coefficient a0 is the actual position at the start of interpolation and is notprogrammed.


Reduce the number of coefficients. The polynomial block must not exceed thefollowing length:N1 POLY PO[X]=(1.11, 2.22, 3.33) PO[Y]=(1.11, 2.22, 3.33)N1 PO[n]=... PL=44

n ... axis identifier, max. 8 path axes per block


Channel %1 block %2 circle programmed with zero radius


The radius entered for radius programming is too small, i.e. the programmedradius is smaller than half of the distance between start and end point.




14093Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14094Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14095Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 type conversion not possible


During the program run, a variable value assignment or an arithmetic operationhas caused data to be processed in such a way that they have to be convertedto another type. This would lead to the value range being exceeded.

Variabletype

Property Value range

REAL Fractional number with dec. pt. ±±±± (2-1022-2+1023)

INT Integers with signs ±±±± (231-1)

BOOL Truth value TRUE, FALSE 0,1

CHAR 1 ASCII character 0 - 255

STRING Character string(max. 100 values)

0 - 255

AXIS Axis addresses Axis names only

FRAME Geometric information As for axis pathsValue ranges of the various variable types

to from

REAL INT BOOL CHAR STRING

REAL yes 1) yes yes 2) -

INT yes yes yes 2) -

BOOL yes yes yes -

CHAR yes yes yes yes

STRING - - yes yes 3)

Type conversion1) Value <>0 corresponds to TRUE, value ==0 corresponds to FALSE.2) String length 0 => FALSE, otherwise TRUE3) If only one character

It is not possible to convert from type AXIS and FRAME nor into type AXIS andFRAME.


Modify the program section such that the value range is not exceeded, e.g. bya modified variable definition.


Channel %1 block %2 string cannot be converted to AXIS type


The called function AXNAME - conversion of the transferred parameters of theSTRING type to an axis name (return value) of the AXIS type - has not foundthis axis identifier in the machine data.

14096Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14097Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the transferred parameters (axis name) of the function AXNAME todetermine whether a geometry, channel or machine axis of this name has beenconfigured by means of the machine data:

10 000: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB20 070: AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB20 080: AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB

Select the transfer string in accordance with the axis name and change theaxis name in the machine data if necessary. (If a change of name is to takeplace via the NC part program, this change must first be validated by means ofa "Power On".)


Channel %1 block %2 conversion error: not a number


The string is not a valid INT or REAL number.


Modify the part program. If an input is concerned, it is possible to test whetherthe string represents a number by means of the predefined functionISNUMBER (with the same parameter).


Channel %1 block %2 result in string concatenation too long


The result of string chaining returns a string which is greater than the maximumstring length laid down by the system.


Adjust the part program.With the function STRLEN, it is also possible to test the size of the sum stringbefore performing the chaining operation.


Reaction

Remedy


14098Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14099Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 orientation transformation not available


Four transformation groupings (transformation types) can be set for eachchannel via machine data. If a transformation grouping is addressed by meansof the keyword TRAORI(n) (n ... number of transformation grouping) but forwhich the machine data have no default values, then an alarm message isissued.



• Check the number of the transformation grouping when calling the partprogram with the keyword TRAORI(n) (n ... number of the transformationgrouping).

• Enter the machine data for this transformation grouping and then activateby "Power On".


Channel %1 block %2 orientation transformation not active


Euler angles or a vector have been used in programming an orientation and noorientation transformation is active, i.e. the keyword TRAORI(n) (n ... numberof transformation grouping) is missing.

Example of correct transformation programming:N100 ... TRAORI(1)N110 G01 X... Y... ORIWKSN120 A3... B3... C3...N130 A3... B3... C3... :N200 TAFOOF


Before the transformation is applied, the number of the transformation groupingmust be specified with the keyword TRAORI(n) (n is between 1 and 4).


Channel %1 block %2 polynomial degree larger than 5 programmed fororientation vector angle


During polynomial interpolation for the orientation vector, a polynomial degreelarger than 5 has been programmed.


14100Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14101 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14102 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms




Channel %1 block %2 do not mix use of Euler angles and orientationvector components


An orientation has been programmed with Euler angles and the component ofan orientation vector at the same time.

Example:N50 TRAORI (1)N55 A2=10 B2=20 C3=50 ; alarm, because Euler angle and orientation vector


Program only one type, in other words when transformation is switched on,program either Euler angles only or orientation vectors (direction vectors) only.


Channel %1 block %2 do not mix use of Euler angles, orientation vectorand transformation axes


An orientation has been programmed at the same time as Euler angles orcomponents of an orientation vector and the machine axis influenced by theorientation.

Example:N50 TRAORI (1)N55 A2=70 B2=10 C2=0 X50 ; alarm, because Euler

angle and axes were programmed


Program only one type, in other words with transformation switched onprogram either Euler angles only or orientation vectors (direction vectors) onlyor deselect transformation (TRAFOOF) and set tool orientation byprogramming the auxiliary axes.


Channel %1 block %2 programmed orientation path not possible


In 5-axis transformation, the two orientation axes place a coordinate systemcomprising lengths and circles of latitude on a spherical surface.

Remedy


14110 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14111 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14112 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


If the interpolation traverses the pole point, only the 5th axis will move and the4th axis will retain its starting position. If a motion is programmed that does notpass precisely through the pole points but only close by, the route deviatesfrom the given interpolation if the path cuts a circle defined by the machinedata 24530 TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_1 (switchover angle, referring to the5th axis). The interpolated contour is then placed through the pole (in theimmediate vicinity of the pole, the 4th axis would otherwise have to acceleratemost rapidly and then decelerate again).

For the 4th axis, the result is a position deviation as compared to theprogrammed value. The maximum permissible angle which the programmedand the interpolated path may include is stored in theMD 24540 TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT.


In the vicinity of the pole, always make use of axis programming. Programmingof tool orientations close to the pole should generally be avoided because thisalways leads to problems concerning dynamic response.


Channel %1 block %2 programmed lead angle too large






Channel %1 block %2 programmed tilt angle too large






Channel %1 block %2 illegal definition of workpiece surface


The surface normal vectors programmed at the beginning of block and at theend of block point in opposite directions.


Reaction

Remedy


14113 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14114 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14115 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms



Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart the part program.

Channel %1 block %2 absolute orientation programmed while ORIPATH isactive


The orientation has been entered as an absolute value (e.g. by a directionvector) although ORIPATH is active. When ORIPATH is active, the orientationis determined from the leading and sidewards angles relative to the pathtangent and surface normal.




Channel %1 block %2 no angle or direction of the taper is programmed


With taper circumference interpolation of orientation (ORICONCW andORICONCC), either the opening angle or the direction vector of the taper mustbe programmed. Otherwise, the change of orientation is not clearly defined.




Channel %1 block %2 no end orientation programmed


With taper circumference interpolation of orientation, no end orientation hasbeen programmed. The change of orientation is therefore not clearly defined.




Channel %1 block %2 no intermediate orientation programmed


With taper circumference interpolation of orientation with ORICONIO, anintermediate orientation must also be programmed in addition to the endorientation.

Remedy


14116 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14117 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14118 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14119 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01





Channel %1 block %2 determination of plane not possible forprogrammed orientation


The programmed orientation vectors (direction vectors) in the beginning ofblock and end of block point include an angle of 180 degrees. Therefore theinterpolation plane cannot be determined.

Example:N50 TRAORI (1)N55 A3=0 B3=0 C3=1N60 A3=0 B3=0 C3=-1 ; the vector of this block is precisely opposite

; to that in the preceding block.


Modify the part program so that the orientation vectors of a block are notdirectly opposed to each other, for instance by dividing the block up into 2subblocks.


Channel %1 block %2 angle and direction of the cone programmed


With taper circumference interpolation of orientation with ORICONCW andORICC, only the opening angle or the direction of the taper may beprogrammed. Programming of both in one single block is not allowed.




Channel %1 block %2 nutation angle of the cone is too small


With taper circumference interpolation, the programmed opening angle of thetaper must be greater than the half of the angle between the start and endorientation. Otherwise, a taper cannot be defined.




Reaction

Remedy


14120 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14122 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14123 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 start tangent of orientation is zero


With taper circumference interpolation with tangential continuation(ORICONTO), the start tangent of orientation must not be zero.




Channel %1 block %2 programmed rotation is not possible


The programmed rotation of tool orientation cannot be traversed.




Channel %1 block %2 orientation axes and components of an orientationvector programmed


An orientation angle and components of an orientation vector wereprogrammed at the same time.




Channel %1 block %2 too many initialization values given


On assigning an array by means of SET, more initialization values than existingarray elements have been specified in the program run.


Reduce the number of initialization values.


14124 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14125 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14129 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14130 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 orientation axes and leading/sideways angleprogrammed


An orientation angle and a leading or sideways angle were programmed at thesame time.




Channel %1 block %2 orientation axes configured incorrectly


The configuration of the orientation axes does not match the machinekinematics.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable. Correction block is reorganized.NC Start disable.

Adjust the machine data.


Channel %1 block %2 G code for orientation definition not allowed


It is only possible to program a G code of the 50th G code group if machinedata ORI_DEF_WITH_G_CODE is set to TRUE.




Channel %1 block %2 G code for orientation interpolation not allowed


It is only possible to program a G code of the 50th G code group if machinedata IPO_DEF_WITH_G_CODE is set to TRUE.


14131 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14132 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14133 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14134 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms




Channel %1 block %2 position programming not allowed withouttransformation


Position information was programmed for an axis position, but notransformation was active.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable. Interpreter Stop.

Modify the program.


Channel %1 block %2 PTP movement not allowed


The PTP G code was programmed for a movement other than G0 or G1.


Modify the program.


Channel %1 block %2 CP or PTP movement not allowed withouttransformation


The CP or PTP G code was programmed for a movement but notransformation was active.


Modify the program.


Channel %1 illegal reference system for Cartesian manual traverse

%1 = Channel number

An illegal value was entered in setting data SC_CART_JOG_MODE for thereference system of Cartesian manual traverse.

Alarm display.

Enter a permissible value in setting data SC_CART_JOG_MODE.

Clear the alarm with the Reset key. Restart the part program.

Remedy


14140 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14144 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14146 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14148Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool carrier number programmed or declared(MD)


A toolholder number was programmed which is negative or greater than themachine data MC_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Program valid toolholder number or adapt machine data MC_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool carrier rotation


A toolholder was activated with an angle of rotation unequal to zero, althoughthe associated axis is not defined. A rotary axis is not defined when all threedirection components are zero.


Set angle of rotation to zero, or define the associated rotary axis.


Channel %1 block %2 tool carrier: invalid orientation


An attempt was made to define a tool orientation by means of the active framewhich cannot be reached with the current toolholder kinematics.This case can always occur when both rotary axes of the toolholder are notperpendicular to one another or when the toolholder has fewer than two rotaryaxes.


Change the toolholder definition or activate another frame.


Channel %1 block %2 unknown tool carrier type: %3

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label %3 = Tool carrier type

An invalid tool carrier type was specified in $TC_CARR23[]. Only the following are allowed: t, T, p, P, m, M.

14150 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14151 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14152 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14153 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Correction block is reorganized.Interpreter stop.NC-Start disable.

Change the tool carrier data.


Channel %1 block % invalid base frame definition for tool carrier offset


If a tool carrier selection causes a change in the table offset, a valid baseframe must be defined in order to store this offset; for more information seemachine data 20184 (TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER).


Change the NC program or machine data 20184(TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER).


Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type on MOVT


Linear or spline interpolation must be active with MOVT (G0, G1, ASPLINE,BSPLINE, CSPLINE).


Modify the program.


Channel %1 block %2 more than two angles programmed with ROTS orAROTS


Frame rotations are described using space angles with the languagecommands ROTS or AROTS. A maximum of two angles can be programmed.


Modify the program.


Reaction

Remedy


14155 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14157 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14159 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 tool length selection programmed withoutgeometry axis


If variant C (tool length acts on the programmed axis) is activated by machinedata $MC_TOOL_CORR_MODE for tool length compensation with H word andG43/G44 in ISO_2 mode, at least one geometry axis must be specified.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disableCorrection block is reorganized.NC Stop on alarm at block end

Change machine data $MC_TOOL_CORR_MODE or the part program


Channel %1 block %2 mismatch between active T number and selectedtool


When an H or D number is programmed in ISO_2 mode, the T number used inthe definition for this tool is determined. This number must be identical to the Tnumber programmed explicitly.


Change machine data $MC_TOOL_CORR_MODE or the part program


Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type for tool lengthcompensation


If tool compensation (G43/G44) is activated in language mode ISO_2, thelinear type of interpolation must be active.




Channel %1 block %2 H number is not defined


The specified H number is not assigned to a tool (ISO_2).

14160 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14165 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14170 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14180 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms





Channel %1 block %2 D number is not defined


The specified D number is not assigned to a tool (language mode ISO_2).




Channel %1 block %2 H number with G49


G49 (select tool length compensation) and an H word not equal to H0 havebeen programmed simultaneously.




Channel %1 block %2 D number programmed simultaneously with G49


G49 (select tool length compensation) and an D word not equal to D0 havebeen programmed simultaneously.




Reaction

Remedy


14185 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14190 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14195 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 D number and H number programmedsimultaneously


A D word and H word have been programmed simultaneously.




Channel %1 block %2 illegal change of tool setup with tool offset


If an offset is active in the tool direction, block change is not possible if thiswould change the assignment of the offset axes to the channel axes (planechange, tool change cutter <=> turning tool, geometry axis replacement)

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.Correction block is reorganized.NC Stop on alarm at block end.

- Modify the part program.- Reduce the offset in tool direction to zero.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal plane change for tool with diametercomponent


If a tool has a wear or length component which is evaluated as a diameter forthe facing axis (bit 0 and/or bit 1 in MD$MC_TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK is set) and bit 2 of this MD is also set,this tool may only be used in the plane active on tool selection. A plane changeresults in an alarm.


- Modify the part program.- Reset bit 2 in MD $MC_TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK.


14197 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14198Erläuterung

Reaction

Remedy

Programmfortsetzung

14199 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 polar radius negative


In the end point specification of a traversing block with G00, G01, G02 or G03in polar coordinates, the polar radius entered for the keyword RP=... isnegative.

Definition of terms:

• Specification of end of block point with polar angle and polar radius,referring to the current pole (preparatory functions: G00/G01/G02/G03).

• New definition of the pole with polar angle and pole radius, referring tothe reference point selected with the G function.G110 ... last programmed point in the planeG111 ... zero point in the actual WCSG112 ... last pole


Correct the NC part program - permissible inputs for the pole radius are onlypositive absolute values that specify the distance between the current pole andthe block end point (the direction is defined by the polar angle AP=...).


Channel %1 block %2 polar angle too large


In specifying the end points in a traversing block with G00, G01, G02 or G03 inpolar coordinates, the value range of the polar angle programmed under thekeyword AP=... has been exceeded. It covers the range from -360 to +360degrees with a resolution of 0.0 01 degrees.



• New definition of the pole with polar angle and pole radius, referring tothe reference point selected with the G function.G110 ... referred to the last programmed point in the planeG111 ... referred to the zero point of the current workpiece coordinate

system (WCS)G112 ... referred to the last pole.


Correct the NC part program. The permissible input range for the polar angle isbetween the values -360 degrees and +360 degrees with a resolution of0.001 degrees.


14200 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14210 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 pole radius negative


in redefining the pole with G110, G111 or G112 in polar coordinates, the poleradius specified under keyword RP=... is negative. Only positive absolutevalues are permitted.



• New definition of the pole with pole angle and pole radius, referring tothe reference point selected with the G function.G110 ... last programmed point in the planeG111 ... zero point of the current workpiece coordinate system (WCS)G112 ... last pole.


Correct the NC part program. Permissible inputs for the pole radius are onlypositive, absolute values that specify the distance between the reference pointand the new pole (the direction is defined with the pole angle AP=...).


Channel %1 block %2 pole angle too large


In redefining the pole with G110, G111 or G112 in polar coordinates, the valuerange of the pole angle specified under keyword AP=... has been exceeded. Itcovers the range from -360 to +360 degrees with a resolution of 0.001degrees.



• New definition of the pole with pole angle and pole radius, referring tothe reference point selected with the G function.G110 ... last programmed point in the planeG111 ... zero point of the current workpiece coordinate system (WCS)G112 ... last pole.


Correct the NC part program. The permissible input range for the polar angle isbetween the values -360 degrees and +360 degrees with a resolution of0.001 degrees.


Channel %1 block %2 pole programmed incorrectly


When defining the pole, an axis was programmed that does not belong to theselected processing level.

14250 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14260 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14270 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Programming in polar coordinates always refers to the plane activated withG17 to G19. This also applies to the definition of a new pole with G110, G111or G112.


Correct the NC part program. Only the two geometry axes may be programmedthat establish the current machining plane.


Channel %1 block %2 polar coordinates programmed incorrectly


The end point of the displayed block has been programmed both in the polarcoordinate system (with AP=..., RP=...) and in the Cartesian coordinate system(axis addresses X, Y,...).


Correct the NC part program - the axis motion may be specified in onecoordinate system only.


Channel %1 block %2 polynominal degree greater than 5 programmed forpolynominal interpolation


A polynominal degree greater than five was programmed for the polynominalinterpolation.You can only program polynomials up to the 5th degree.



Clear the alarm with RESET key. Restart part the program.

Channel %1 block %2 overlaid handwheel motion activated incorrectly


Handwheel override has been called incorrectly:

1. For positioning axes:- Handwheel override programmed for indexing axes,- No position programmed,- FA and FDA programmed for the same axis in the block.

2. For contouring axes:- No position programmed,- G60 not active,- 1st G group incorrect (only G01 to CIP)

Reaction

Remedy


14280 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14290Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14300 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01





Handwheel %1 configuration not correct or inactive

%1 = handwheel number

• The inputs are using a drive with a drive number that does not exist or• an inactive drive for assignment of the handwheel

(ENC_HANDWHEEL_MODULE_NR), or• an axis is using a measuring circuit which does not exist for the drive

hardware.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check input configuration (machine data) and/or drive hardware. Power-up is interrupted.


Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation active at transformationswitchover


A change of transformation is not allowed when tool radius compensation isactive.


Perform tool radius compensation in the NC part program with G40 (in a blockwith G00 or G01) before performing a transformation change.


Channel %1 block %2 transformation not available


The required transformation is not available.

Example:This was programmed: N220 TRAORI(3); 5-axis transform. no. 3 ONbut only transformation 1 and 2 exist.


Reaction

Remedy


14310 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14400 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14401 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms



• Modify the part program; program defined transformations only.• Check MD 24100 TRAFO_TYPE_n (assigns the transformation to part

program instructions).


Channel %1 block %2 spline active at transformation change


A change of transformation is not allowed in a spline curve section.A series of spline blocks must be concluded.




Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing and main run might not besynchronized


Positioning axis runs cannot be accurately calculated beforehand.Consequently, the position in the MCS is not known exactly. It might thereforebe possible that a change in the multiple significance of the transformation hasbeen performed in the main run although no provision was made for this in thepreprocessing run.

Alarm display.

Modify part program. Synchronize preprocessing run and main run.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid argument in selection of transformation


Error has occurred when selecting transformation.

Possible causes of error:

• An axis traversed by the transformation has not been enabled:

• is being used by another channel (-> enable)

• is in spindle mode (-> enable with SPOS)

• is in POSA mode (-> enable with WAITP)

• is concurrent Pos axis (enable with -> WAITP)

• Parameterization via machine data has an error

• Axis or geometry axis assignment to the transformation has an error,

• Machine data has an error (-> modify machine data, cold restart)

Remedy


14402 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14403 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14404 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Note: Any axes that have not been enabled might be signaled viaEXINAL_ILLEGAL_AXIS = 14092 or BSAL_SYSERRCHAN_RESET = 1011instead of EXINAL_TRANSFORM_PARAMETER = 14404.

Transformation-dependent error causes can be in:TRAORI: -

TRANSMIT:

• The current machine axis position is unsuitable for selection (e.g. selectionin the pole) (-> change position slightly)


• Special requirement with respect to the machine axis has not beensatisfied (e.g. rotary axis is not a modulo axis) (-> modify machine data,cold restart)

TRACYL:

• The programmed parameter is not allowed when transformation isselected.

TRAANG:

• The programmed parameter is not allowed when transformation isselected.


• Parameter has an error (e.g. TRAANG: unfavorable angular value)(-> modify machine data, cold restart)

For active compile cycle "OEM transformation" only:

• The axes involved in transformation must be referenced!


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify the part program or machine data.

For active compile cycle "OEM transformation" only:

First reference the axes involved in transformation prior to selecting thetransformation.


Channel %1 block %2 spline active at change of geoaxis


It is not allowed to change the assignment of geometry axes to channel axes ina spline curve definition.




Reaction

Remedy


14410Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation active at change of geoaxis


It is not permissible to change the assignment of geometry axes to channelaxes when tool radius compensation is active.



Clear the alarm with the RESET key. Restart part the program.

Channel %1 block %2 transformation active at change of geo axis


It is not permissible to change the assignment of geometry axes to channelaxes when transformation is active.




Channel %1 block %2 fine tool correction: changeover geometry / channelaxis permissible%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label

It is not permissible to change the assignment of geometry axes to channelaxes during active tool fine compensation.


Modify part program.


Channel %1 block %2 function GEOAX: incorrect call


The parameters for the GEOAX(...) call are incorrect.Possible causes are:- Uneven number of parameters.- More than 6 parameters were specified.- A geometry axis number was programmed which was smaller than 0 or greater than 3.- A geometry number was programmed more than once.- An axis identifier was programmed more than once.

14411Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14412Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14413Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14414Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


- An attempt was made to assign a channel axis to a geometry axis which has the same name as one of the channel axes.- An attempt was made to remove a geometry axis from the geometry axis grouping and the geometry axis has the same name as one of the channel axes.


Modify the part program or correction block.


Channel %1 block %2 index axis %3 frame not permissible


The axis is to be traversed as an indexing axis, but a frame is active. This isprohibited by machine data FRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify the part program, change machine dataCORR_FOR_AXIS_NOT_ALLOWED


Channel %1 block %2 illegal DEF or PROC statement within part program


NC part programs with high-level language elements are divided into apreceding definition part followed by a program part. The transition is notmarked specifically; a definition statement is not allowed to follow the firstprogram command.


Put definition and PROC statements at the beginning of the program.


Channel %1 block %2 PROC statement missing on subroutine call


In subroutine calls with parameter transfer ("call-by-value" or "call-by-reference") the called subroutine must begin with a PROC statement.


Reaction

Remedy


14420Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14500Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14510Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Define the subroutine in accordance with the type used.

1. Conventional subroutine structure (without parameter transfer):% SPF 123456 :M17

2. Subroutine structure with keyword and subroutine name (withoutparameter transfer):PROC UPNAME :M17ENDPROC

3. Subroutine structure with keyword and subroutine name (with parametertransfer "call-by-value"):PROC UPNAME (VARNAME1, VARNAME2, ...) :M17ENDPROC

4. Subroutine structure with keyword and subroutine name (with parametertransfer "call-by-reference"):PROC UPNAME (Type1 VARNAME1, Type2 VARNAME2, ...) : M17ENDPROC


Channel %1 block %2 illegal PROC statement in data definition section


The PROC statement may only be programmed at the beginning of thesubroutine.


Modify the NC part program appropriately.


Channel %1 block %2 EXTERN and PROC statement do not correspond


Subroutines with parameter transfer must be known before they are called inthe program. If the subroutines are always available (fixed cycles) the controlestablishes the call interfaces at the time of system power-up. Otherwise anEXTERN statement must be programmed in the calling program.

Example:N123 EXTERN UPNAME (TYP1, TYP2, TYP3, ...)

The type of the variable must match the type given in the definition (PROCstatements) or it must be compatible with it. The name can be different.


Remedy


14520Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14530Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Check the variable types in the EXTERN and the PROC statements forcorrespondence and correct.


Channel %1 block %2 download buffer %3 cannot be created

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = File name

The download buffer for "execute from external" could not be created.

Possible causes:

• Not enough memory space available (for minimum see MD$MN_MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE)

• No resources available for MMC NCK communication (see MD$MN_MM_EXT_PROG_NUM)

• The file already existsAlarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter Stop.NC Start disable.

• Release memory, e.g. by deleting part programs

• Modify MD $MN_MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE and/or$MN_MM_EXT_PROG_NUM.


Channel %1 block %2 download buffer could not be deleted


The download buffer for "execute from external" could not be deleted.Possible cause: MMC/PLC communication was not terminated.


All download buffers are cleared on POWER ON.


Channel %1 block %2 Timeout on EXTCALL


No connection could be established to the MMC for downloading of externalsubprograms (EXTCALL) within the time set in $MN_MMC_CMD_TIMEOUT.


Remedy


14600Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14601 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14602 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Requirement: MMC102/103 with software version >= P4• Check the connection to the MMC102/103• Increase $MN_MMC_CMD_TIMEOUT.


Channel %1 block %2 compensation block not possible


An alarm was output which could be eliminated basically via programcorrection. Since the error occurred in a program which is processed fromexternal, a compensation block/program correction is not possible.


- Abort the program with reset.

- Correct the program on the MMC or PC.

- Restart reloading (possibly with block search and interrupt location).


Channel %1 block %2 SETINT instruction uses with invalid input totrigger ASUP


Asynchronous subroutines are subroutines that are executed following ahardware input (interrupt routine started by a rapid NCK input).

The number of the NCK input must be between 1 and 8. It is provided with thekeyword PRIO = ... with a priority of 1 - 128 (1 is the highest priority) in theSETINT statement.

Example:If NCK input 5 changes to "1" the subroutine LIFT_Z should be started with thehighest priority.

N100 SETINT (5) PRIO = 1 LIFT_Z


Program the NCK input of the SETINT instruction with a value of not less than1 or greater than 8.


Channel %1 block %2 SETINT instruction uses invalid priority level


The number of the NCK input must be between 0 and 8. It is provided with thekeyword PRIO = ... with a priority of 1 - 128 (1 is the highest priority) in theSETINT instruction.

Remedy


14610 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14650 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14660 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Example:If NCK input 5 changes to "1" the subroutine LIFT_Z should be started with thehighest priority.

N100 SETINT (5) PRIO = 1 LIFT_Z


Program the priority of the NCK input with a value of not less than 1 or greaterthan 128.


Channel %1 block %2 timeout after command to interpreter


A timeout has occurred in control-internal commands such as ANWAHL (partprogram selection), RESET (channel reset), REORG (reorganization of thepreprocessing buffer) and NEWCONFIG (change in the configuration-specificmachine data = warm restart).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If the runtime error occurred as the result of a temporary excessive load on thesystem (e.g. in the MMC area or in OEM application) error-free execution ispossible on repeating the program or operator action. Otherwise, the A&D MCsystem support should be contacted with a precise description of the errorsituation:Siemens AG, System Support for A&D MC Products, Hotline(phone: see alarm 1000)


Channel %1 block %2 number of available NC blocks reduced by %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Number of non-available blocks

After reset, it has been found that the number of available blocks hasdecreased compared with the last reset. This is due to a system error. Partprogram execution can be resumed after the alarm has been acknowledged.If the number of blocks no longer available is less than28060 MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE, then the POWERON alarm 14700 is output.


Proceed as in the case of a system error.


Reaction

Remedy


14700 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14701 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 error in initialization sequence duringfunction %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Identifier of the function which caused the error

Initialization blocks are generated (or not) after control power-up, programreset and program start, depending on the settings in machine data$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK and $MC_START_MODE_MASK. Errors can occur because of incorrect machine data settings. The errors areoutput with the same error messages as appear if the function was incorrectlyprogrammed in the part program. This alarm is generated in addition, in order to indicate that an error refers tothe initialization sequence.

Parameter %3 specifies which function triggers the alarm:

Control power-up and (program) RESET: Value 0: Error during synchronization preprocessing/ main run 1: Error on selection of tool length compensation 2: Error on selection of transformation 3: Error on selection of zero offset

The macro definitions and cycle interfaces are also read in during the power-upprocedure. If an error occurs here, this is indicated by value = 4, orvalue = 5

Program start:Value100: Error during synchronization preprocessing/ main run101: Error on selection of tool length compensation102: Error on selection of transformation103: Error on selection of synchronized spindle104: Error on selection of zero offset

Particularly when tool management is active, it is possible that a toolon the spindle or the toolholder is disabled but still needs to be activated. These tools are automatically activated on RESET.On START, machine data $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE can beused to specify whether an alarm is generated or an automatic bypass strategyis applied.

If the parameter contains 3 values from 200 to 203, this means that aninsufficient number of NC blocks is available for NC block preparation oncertain commands (ASUP start, overstore selection, teach-in).

Remedy: Increase machine data $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter Stop.NC Start disable.NC not ready

14710 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01



On parameter %3= 0 - 3:If the alarm or alarms occur on RESET:check the settings of machine data $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK,$MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE, $MC_TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE,$MC_TOOL_RESET_NAME (only if tool management is active)$MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE, $MC_SUMCORR_RESET_VALUE,$MC_TOOL_CARRIER_RESET_VALUE,$MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES, $MC_EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES$MC_TRAFO_RESET_VALUE$MC_COUPLE_RESET_MODE_1$MC_CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK.

On parameter %3= 100 - 104: Check the setting of machine data $MC_START_MODE_MASK and themachine data specified under '..._RESET_...'. If tool management is active, remove the specified tool from the spindle, ifnecessary, and cancel the 'disabled' status. On parameter %3= 4 or 5: Check macro definitions in _N_DEF_DIR Check cycle directories _N_CST_DIR and _N_CUS_DIR

On parameter %3= 200 to 203: Increase machine data $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP.


Channel %1 block %2 axes missing for centerless transformation


In the channel not all of the axes/spindles are available that have been definedin machine data for centerless grinding.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. 1. Modify the part program. 2. Modify the machine data:

24110 TRAFO_AXES_IN_n21522 TRACLG_GRINDSPI_NR21524 TRACLG_CTRLSPI_NR.


Channel %1 block %2 conflict at activation of centerless transformation


• Centerless transformation must not be activated when:

• G96 is active and regulating spindle is also master spindle.

• Regulating spindle is in a dependent grouping.

• Axes of centerless transformation overlap with an active transformationand a tool is active.

Remedy


14720 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14730 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


• For grinding or for regulating wheel spindle, tools are active that are notcenterless tools (T1, T2).

• Constant wheel peripheral speed for the regulating spindle is active.


• Correct the part program.• Check the tool data.• Check the machine data.


Channel %1 block %2 tool data missing for centerless grinding


For centerless grinding, the tool data must be contained inT1, D1 (grinding wheel) orT2,D1 (regulating wheel).An error has been found here.


• Modify the part program.• Check the tool data.• Check the machine data.


Channel %1 block %2 centerless grinding not active


An attempt has been made to switch off the centerless grinding function eventhough it was not active.




Channel %1 block %2 too many auxiliary functions programmed


More than 10 auxiliary functions have been programmed in an NC block.


Reaction

Remedy


14740 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14745 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14750 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Check whether all auxiliary functions are necessary in one block. Modalfunctions need not be repeated. Create separate auxiliary function block ordivide the auxiliary functions over several blocks.


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous actions are out of resources(code: %3)

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Identifier

To process motion synchronous actions resources are required. They areconfigured via the machine data $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE,$MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP and$MC_MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS. If these resources are insufficient forexecuting the part program, then this alarm is issued. The parameter %3shows which resource has run out:

Increase identifier <= 2: $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE or$MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP

Increase identifier > 2: $MC_MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS.


Correct the part program or increase the resources.


Channel %1 block %2 conflict with DELDTG and STOPREOF


In a block of motion synchronous actions referring to a motion block, bothDELDTG (delete distance-to-go) and STOPREOF (preprocessing stop) havebeen programmed.


The functions DELDTG and STOPREOF exclude each other in a block.


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action uses illegalinterpolation type


The active interpolation type (e.g. 5-axis interpolation) is not allowed for themotion synchronous action or for the function "Several feeds".




Remedy


14751 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14752 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14753 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action uses wrong feed type


The active feed type is not allowed for the motion synchronous action or for thefunction "Several feeds".




Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action needs traverse motion


The programmed motion synchronous action and the function "Several feeds"require a traversing motion or the value of the traversing motion is 0.This alarm is no longer used after P3.2.




Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action uses wrong value


Value of the synchronous action or the function "Several feeds" is not allowed.


Modify the part program. Check whether a negative value was preset in asynchronous action.


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action uses wrong type


Programmed combination between action and type of motion synchronousaction is not allowed.


Modify the part program. Check whether a negative value was preset in asynchronous action.


14754 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14755 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14756 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14757 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 programmed value is not available


The synchronous variables $AA_LOAD, $AA_TORQUE, $AA_POWER and$AA_CURR are available only for the 611D drive. They are activated by themachine data MDC 36730 DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING.The system variable $VA_IS: Safe Actual Position is available only if themachine data $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE has been set and the option$ON_NUM_SAFE_AXES has been set to a sufficient size.


Modify the program or machine data.

Clear the alarm with NC Start and continue the program

Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action uses wrong axis type


When there are several feeds, a spark-out time, or a retraction stroke for pathmotions, at least one GEO axis must be programmed. If the block alsocontains synchronous axes and there are several feeds, the feedrate for thesynchronous axes is matched implicitly.No retraction stroke takes place for synchronous axes. However, afterretraction stroke or spark-out time, the distance-to-go is also deleted in theblock for the synchronous axes.The alarm is no longer used on P3.2 and higher.


Program the axis as positioning axis with axial feed, return stroke or spark-outtime.


Channel %1 block %2 auxiliary function of a group programmed morethan once


The M and H functions can be divided up as required over machine data ingroups in any variation. Auxiliary functions are thus put into groups thatmutually preclude several individual functions of one group. Within one grouponly one auxiliary function is advisable and permissible.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Program only one auxiliary function per auxiliary function group (groupallocations: refer to the machine manufacturer's programming guide).


14758 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14759 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14760 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 synchronous motion action: DELDTG not allowedwith active radius compensation


Rapid delete distance-to-go for synchronous actions is not allowed withDELDTG when tool radius compensation is active.


• Deactivate tool radius compensation before performing rapid deletedistance-to-go; reactivate after operation is performed

or• in software version 5 and higher: "Delete distance-to-go without

preparation": program DELD.


Channel %1 block %2 too many PLC variables programmed


The number of programmed PLC variables auxiliary functions has exceededthe maximum permissible number. The number is set in MD 28150$MC_MM_NUM_VDIVAR_ELEMENTS.


Modify the part program or machine data.


Channel %1 block %2 too many link variables programmed


The number of NCU link variables programmed exceeds the maximum limit.The number is defined in MD $MC_MM_NUM_LINKVAR_ELEMENTS.


Modify the part program or machine data.


14761 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14762 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14763 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


NCU link cannot transfer all link variables immediately

Informational alarm for part program developer.

A value assignment to a link variable (e.g. $a_dld[16]=19) is performed in themain run and transferred via NCU link to all NCUs in the link network. Thebandwidth of this connection restricts the number of value assignments whichcan be transferred in one interpolation cycle.

All value assignments are combined in the next main run block and performedimmediately this block is executed. A main run block is the block at which you would stop in single block modeSLB1. Examples: Blocks with a real traversing movement (G0 X100), Stopre, G4, WAITM, WAITE,... The alarm occurs if the number of link variables set in any interpolation cycleexceeds the number that can be transferred. The link variables are nottransferred until one of the next interpolation cycles. The assignment is notlost!


Insert main run blocks between the assignments if the program sequenceallows. See also $A_LINK_TRANS_RATE.


NCU link cannot transfer all link variables

A value assignment to a link variable (e.g. $a_dld[16]=19) is performed in themain run and transferred via NCU link to all NCUs in the link network. Thebandwidth of this connection restricts the number of value assignments whichcan be transferred in one interpolation cycle. Assignment operations which arenot transferred are stored in a buffer memory. This buffer is full! All value assignments are combined in the next main run block and performedimmediately this block is executed. A main run block is the block at which you would stop in single block modeSLB1. Examples: Blocks with a real traversing movement (G0 X100), Stopre, G4, WAITM, WAITE,... Link variable scanning operations are not affected (e.g.: R100= $a_dld[16])


Insert main run blocks which require a sufficient number of interpolation cyclesfor execution (e.g. G4 F10) between the assignments. A block with anadditional preprocessor stop does not improve the situation! See also $A_LINK_TRANS_RATE, for a variable which you can test before anassignment.


14764 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14765 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


NCU link heavily loaded, impending memory shortage

Informational alarm for NC program developer. The capacity of the NCU link is not large enough to transfer all the data. Thisnon-cyclic data includes link variable assignments, machine data writeoperations, values for container switches and setting data write operations.

This type of data is buffered and is not lost. The buffer memory is now 70% full.


The timing of cyclic data should not be distorted in the NC program.

Clear the alarm with the clear key. No further operator action necessary.

Machine data matching via NCU link not complete


A non-released option has been used in the block.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter Stop.NC Start disable. NC Stop on alarm.

Change less setting or machine data at the same time.


Channel %1 block %2 auxiliary function programmed incorrectly


The permissible number of programmed auxiliary functions per NC block hasbeen exceeded or more than one auxiliary function of the same auxiliaryfunction group has been programmed (M and S function).

In the user-defined auxiliary functions, the maximum number of auxiliaryfunctions per group in the NCK system settings has been defined for allauxiliary functions by means of the machine data 11100AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN (default: 1).

For each user-defined auxiliary function to be assigned to a group, theassignment is effected through 4 channel-specific machine data.

22010 AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE: type of auxiliary function, e.g. M22000 AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP: required group22020 AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION: any required extension 22030 AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE: function value


Correct the part program - max. 16 auxiliary functions, max. 5 M functions perNC block, max. 1 auxiliary function per group.


14766 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14767 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14770 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 unreleased option used


A non-released option has been used in the block.


Modify the part program, release the option.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 currently controlled by PLC


In the NC block, an axis has been programmed that is already being traversedby the PLC.


• Modify the part program, do not use this axis.• Stop traversing motion of the axis by the PLC, modify the part program

(insert WAITP).


Channel %1 block %2 programmed path speed less or equal to zero


A negative F value has been programmed in conjunction with the G functionsG93, G94, G95 or G96. The path velocity may be programmed in the range0.001 to 999 999.999 [mm/min, mm/rev, deg/min, deg/rev] for the metric inputsystem and 0.000 1 to 39 999.999 9 [inch/min, inch/rev] for the inch inputsystem.


Program the path velocity (geometric sum of the velocity components of thegeometry axes involved) within the limits given above.


Channel %1 block %2 negative axis speed for positioning axis %3


A negative feed (FA value) has been programmed for the displayed axispresently operating as a positioning axis. The positioning velocity may beprogrammed in the range 0.001 to 999 999.999 [mm/min, deg/min] for themetric input system and 0.000 1 to 39 999.999 9 [inch/min, inch/rev] for theinch input system.

14780 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14790 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14800 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14810 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Program the positioning velocity within the limits given above.


Channel %1 block %2 acceleration value of axis/spindle %3 out of range

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Axis, spindle

A value outside of the permissible input range of the programmed accelerationhas been used. Values of between 1 and 200 % are possible.


Adjust the value range in accordance with the Programming Guide. Values of1 ... 200% are allowed.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 SOFTA not available


SOFT is to be set as type of motion control for an axis. This is not possiblebecause a bent acceleration characteristic has been selected for this axis viamachine data.


Modify part program or modify machine data.


Channel %1 block %2 negative thread lead change programmed


A negative thread lead change has been programmed.


Correct the value assignment. The programmed F value should be greaterthan zero. Zero is allowed but has no effect.


Reaction

Remedy


14811 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14812 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14815 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 negative value for maximum spindle speedprogrammed with constant cutting speed


For the function "Constant cutting speed G96" a maximum spindle speed canbe programmed with the keyword LIMS=.... The values are in the range 0.1 -999 999.9 [rev/min].


Program the maximum spindle speed for the constant cutting speed within thelimits given above. The keyword LIMS is modal and can either be placed infront of or within the block that selects the constant cutting speed.


Channel %1 block %2 error in selection or disabling of GWPS


On selecting grinding wheel surface speed programming with GWPSON, oneof the following errors occurred:• An attempt has been made to select the GWPS programming for a spindle

that has already been assigned to another tool by TMON, GWPSON,CLGON or activation of the tool length compensation.

• Selection does not refer to a grinding-specific tool (400-499).• An attempt has been made to select GWPS for the active tool although the

TLC is not switched on.• Selection refers to an invalid spindle number.• A grinding wheel radius equal to zero was specified

On deselecting grinding wheel surface speed programming with GWPSOFF,one of the following errors occurred:

• Deselection does not refer to a grinding-specific tool (400-499).• An attempt has been made to deselect GWPS for the active tool although

the tool length compensation has not been activated.• Deselection refers to an invalid spindle number.


• Check GWPSON and GWPSOF command.• Check tool compensation data:

- $TC_DP1 : 400 - 499;- $TC_TGP1: Spindle number.


14820 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14821 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 incorrect programming of GWPS


When selecting GWPS (constant grinding wheel peripheral speed) withGWPSON or programming the GWPS with "S[spindle number] = value" one ofthe following errors has occurred:

Invalid spindle number.

Invalid parameter number for radius calculation in $TC_TPG9.

The following values are valid:

3 for $TC_DP3 (length 1) 4 for $TC_DP4 (length 2) 5 for $TC_DP5 (length 3) 6 for $TC_DP6 (radius)

Invalid angle in $TC_TPG8. The following values are valid: -90 <= $TC_TPG8 < +90

A grinding wheel radius equal to zero was specified


Check tool compensation data.

• $TC_DP1 : 400-499• $TC_TPG1: spindle number• $TC_TPG8: inclination angle for inclined grinding wheel• $TC_TPG9: compensation parameters for radius computation

e.g. 3 for $TC_GP3


Channel %1 block %2 error on selection or disabling of tool monitoring


On selecting tool monitoring with TMON, one of the following errors occurred:

• Selection does not refer to a grinding-specific tool (400-499).

• Selection refers to an invalid spindle number.

• An attempt has been made to select tool monitoring for a spindle that isalready assigned to another tool by TMON, GWPSON, CLGON oractivation of tool length compensation.

• An attempt has been made to select tool monitoring for the active toolalthough no tool length compensation has been activated.

• Invalid parameter number for radius computation in $TC_TPG9. The following values are valid: 3 for $TC_DP3 (length 1) 4 for $TC_DP4 (length 2) 5 for $TC_DP5 (length 3) 6 for $TC_DP6 (radius)

• A grinding wheel radius equal to zero was specified

14822 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14823 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


On deselecting tool monitoring with TMOF, one of the following errorsoccurred:• Deselection does not refer to a grinding-specific tool (400-499).• An attempt has been made to deselect tool monitoring for the active tool

although tool length compensation is not active.• The deselection refers to an invalid spindle number.


Check the TMON and TMOF commands. Check the tool compensation data.• $TC_DP1 : 400 - 499.• $TC_TPG1: spindle number.• $TC_TPG8: inclination angle for slope grinding wheel.• $TC_TPG9: parameter number for radius computation

e.g. 3 for $TC_GP3.


Channel %1 block %2 conflict with GWPS


The functions of constant grinding wheel surface speed GWPS and constantcutting speed G96 S... have been activated at the same time for a spindle.




Channel %1 block %2 wrong feed type selected


G97 has been programmed in the displayed block although G96 was not (orG97 already) active previously.


Remove G97 from the displayed block and program the correct feed type (G93,G94, G95 or G96) for the machining section which follows.


Reaction

Remedy


14824 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14830 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 value for constant cutting speed out of range


The programmed cutting speed is not within the input range Input range metric: 0.01 to 9 999.99 [m/min]Input range inch: 0.1 to 99 999.99 [inch/min]


Program cutting speed under address S within the permissible range of values.


Channel %1 block %2 use either center point or end point programming


When programming a circle by means of the opening angle, the circle centerpoint was programmed together with the circle end point. This is too muchinformation for the circle. Only one of the two points is allowed.


Select the programming variant guaranteeing that the dimensions are definitelytaken over from the workpiece drawing (avoidance of calculation errors).


Channel %1 block %2 invalid angle of aperture for programmed circle


When programming a circle by means of the opening angle, a negativeopening angle or an opening angle greater than or equal to 360 degrees hasbeen programmed.


Program opening angle within the allowed range of values between 0.0001 and359.9999 [degrees].


Channel %1 block %2 intermediate point of circle incorrect


When programming a circle by means of an intermediate point (CIP) all 3points (initial, end and intermediate points) are on a straight line and theintermediate point (programmed by means of interpolation parameters I, J, K)is not located between the initial and end points.

14840 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14900 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14910 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


14920 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


If the circle is the component of a helix, the specified number of turns (keywordTURN=...) determines further block processing:• TURN>0: alarm display because the circle radius is infinitely great.• TURN=0 and CIP specified between initial and end points. A straight line

is generated between the initial and end points (without alarm message).


Locate the position of the intermediate point with the parameters I, J and K insuch a way that it actually is located between the initial and end points of thecircle or do not make use of this type of circle programming and insteadprogram the circle with radius or opening angle or center point parameters.


Channel %1 block %2 channel-sync instruction using illegal mark


A WAITM/WAITMC/SETM/CLEARM instruction was programmed with amarker number that was less than 1 or greater than the maximum number ofmarkers.

Exception: CLEARM(0) is allowed and clears all markers in the channel!


Correct the instruction accordingly.


Channel %1 block %2 program coordination instruction with invalidchannel number


A WAITM, WAITMC,INIT or START instruction was programmed with aninvalid channel number.


Correct the instruction accordingly.


Channel %1 block %2 instruction CHANDATA cannot be executed.Channel %3 is not active

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = String (CHANDATA parameter)

With a CHANDATA instruction, the data input for a channel is selected that hasnot been activated. For structural reasons, the input of multi-channel data musttake place twice.

Reaction

Remedy


15000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15010 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15020 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Activate the channel concerned by means of machine data or option data

or• Cancel the CHANDATA instruction and all following assignments to

channel data. This error message occurs regularly when first reading inan INITIAL Init block with which a multi-channel system is to be installed.In this case: 1. NCK Restart must be executed in order to activate the global

machine data already input for the installation of the other channels. 2. Read-in of the INITIAL Init block must be repeated.


Channel %1 block %2 instruction CHANDATA uses invalid channelnumber


A CHANDATA instruction is used to enter data for an illegal channel, e. g. <1,>maximum number of channels, not the active channel.


Program CHANDATA instruction in accordance with the actual configuration.


Channel %1 block %2 different systems of measurement


The INCH or METRIC instruction describes the system of measurement inwhich the data blocks have been read from the control.In order to prevent the incorrect interpretation of data intended for a particularsystem of measurement, a data block is only accepted if the above instructionmatches the active system of measurement.


Change the system of measurement or load a data block which matches thesystem of measurement.


Reaction

Remedy


15021 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15030 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 REORG abort caused by overflow of log file


In order to synchronize the preprocessing run and the main run with REORG,the control accesses modification data which are maintained in a logfile. Thealarm indicates that no more capacity is available in the logfile for the specifiedblock in the channel.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.No remedial measures are available for the further execution of the current NCprogram, however:

1. The required logfile size can be reduced by reducing the distancesbetween coincidence points with a STOPRE preprocessor stop

2. The logfile should be increased in size by means of the channel-specificdata:MD 28000: MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM andMD 28010: MM_REORG_LUD_MODULES

Attention!

A change in these machine data also causes a reallocation of the NCKuser memory and the standard machine data are then loaded. Unless adata save is performed, there will be a LOSS OF DATA!

Clear the alarm with the RESET key. Restart the part program modified withremedy 1.

Channel %1 block %2 REORG currently not possible


In order to synchronize the preprocessing run and the main run with REORG,the control accesses modification data which are maintained in a logfile. Thealarm indicates that no more capacity is available in the logfile for the specifiedblock in the channel.

The alarm message means that the logfile has been deleted in order toobtain additional memory for program reorganization. Consequently, it is nolonger possible to REORG the preprocessing memory up to the nextcoincidence point.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.No remedial measures are available for the further execution of the current NCprogram, however:

1. The required logfile size can be reduced by reducing the distancesbetween coincidence points with a STOPRE preprocessor stop

2. The logfile should be increased in size by means of the channel-specificdata:MD 28000: MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM andMD 28010: MM_REORG_LUD_MODULES

15100 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15110 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Attention!

A change in these machine data also causes a reallocation of the NCKuser memory and the standard machine data are then loaded. Unless adata save is performed, there will be a LOSS OF DATA!


Channel %1 block %2 reload from external aborted


The link between MMC and NCK has been interrupted (communicationbreakdown, possibly because of a cable open circuit).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and reestablish the MMC-NCK link.


Channel %1 block %2 wrong configuration of block buffer


The following deadlock has been found in the interpreter:A block element is needed but the block element memory is empty and there isno likelihood of getting new block elements by processing the preprocessing/main run queue because this queue itself is empty.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify the block search configuration in machine data28060 MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE (decrease size of IPO buffer if necessary) or28070 MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP.


Channel %1 block %2 error by translating or interpreting PLC ASUPprogram %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = String

At part program start, the data part of the selected PLC Asup is conditioned. Ifan error occurs (translator or interpreter) first this alarm is output and then atranslator or interpreter alarm that describes the error in more detail.The error causes the interpreter to stop. Correction block is not possible.



15150 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15160 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15165 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01




Channel %1 block %2 program %3 could not be compiled


An error has occurred in compile mode. The (compiler) error message which isthen displayed refers to the program specified here.

Alarm display.



Channel %1 block %2 program %3 interfaces could not be built


An error has occurred in interface generation mode. The (compiler) errormessage refers to the program specified here. In particular when loading new cycle program on the NCK, problems can occurif the value settings in machine data $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMESand $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM are too small.

Alarm display.

• Correct the part program.

• If new cycle program have been or are to be loaded on the NCK, you willnormally need to increase the values of$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES and$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM.See also the explanations for alarm 6010.


Channel %1 block %2 program %3 cannot be executed as INI file


Errors occurred when reading in as INI file. The error message which is thendisplayed refers to the program specified here.

Alarm display.



Channel %1 %2 errors in INI file

%1 = Channel number%2 = Number of detected errors

An error was found when processing an INI file.

Remedy


15170 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15175 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15180Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15185Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct the INI file or correct the MD and create a new INI file (via "Upload").


Channel %1 block %2 not enough free memory for subroutine call


The following deadlock has been found in the interpreter:Memory is needed for calling a subroutine. The module memory is, however,empty and there is no prospect of module memory becoming free again byexecuting the preprocessing/main run queue, because this queue is empty.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Increase machine data 28010 MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES /28040 MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM / 18210 MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC orprogram a preprocessing stop STOPRE before calling the subroutine.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid number-of-passed blocks during blocksearch


In the function "Block search with calculation" a negative number of passeshas been entered in column P (number of passes). The permissible range ofvalues is P 1 - P 9 999.

Alarm display.

Enter only positive number of passes within the range of values.


Channel %1 block %2 file requested during block search is notloaded


During block search, a target has been specified with a program that has notbeen loaded.

Alarm display.

Correct the specified search target accordingly or retroload the file.


Reaction

Remedy


15190Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15300Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15310Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 invalid block search command


The block search command (type of search target) is smaller than 1 or greaterthan 5. It is entered in column type of the block search window. The followingblock search orders are allowed.

Type Meaning

1 Search for block number2 Search for label3 Search for string4 Search for program name5 Search for line number in a file

Alarm display.

Modify the block search command.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid block number as target of blocksearch


Syntax error! Positive integers are allowed as block numbers. Block numbersmust be preceded by ":" and subblocks by an "N".

Alarm display.

Repeat the input with corrected block number.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid label as target of block search


Syntax error! A label must have at least 2 but no more than 32 characters, andthe first two characters must be alphabetic or underscore characters. Labelsmust be concluded with a colon.

Alarm display.

Repeat the input with corrected label.


Channel %1 block %2 target of block search not found


The specified program has been searched to the end of the program withoutthe selected search target having been found.


15320Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15330Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15340Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15350Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Check the part program, change the block search (typing error in the partprogram) and restart the search.


Channel %1 invalid target of block search (syntax error)

%1 = Channel number

The specified search target (block number, label or string) is not allowed inblock search.

Alarm display.

Correct the target of block search.


Channel %1 target of block search not found

%1 = Channel number

In a block search, an impermissible search target has been specified (e.g.negative block number).

Alarm display.

Check the specified block number, label or character string. Repeat entry withcorrect search target.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal incremental programming in axis %3


A transformation change has taken place after ”search to end of block”.The position accumulated in the block search cannot be approachedincrementally.


• Find search destination in which the axes are programmed using anabsolute reference.

• Deactivate adding of the accumulated search position with$SC_TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG = FALSE.

• Use search run with calculation "at contour".


Channel %1 block %2 %3 not executed during block search

During block search, commands for switching, deleting and defining of theelectronic gear are not executed and not gathered but simply skipped.


Remedy


15360Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15370Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15380Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15390Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Set the desired gear status via asynchronous subprogram.


Channel %1 master-slave not executable during block search

%1 = Channel number

A master-slave coupling is to be closed in the part program via the instructionMASLON. The position offset $P_SEARCH_MASLD, however, cannot becorrectly calculated during block search, as the axes to be coupled are locatedin different channels.


Make sure that all relevant axes are in the same channel.


Channel %1 block %2 selected initial ini file does not exist


The operator has selected an INI block for a read, write or execution functionwhich:

1. Does not exist in the NCK range or 2. Does not have the necessary protection level required for performing the

function.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check whether the selected INI block is contained in the file system of theNCK. The present protection level must be selected to be at least equal to (orgreater than) the protection level that has been defined for the read, write orexecution function at the time of creating the file.


Channel %1 block %2 initialization file contains invalid M function


The only M function allowed in an Init block is the M02, M17 or M30 end-of-program function.


Remove all M functions from the Init block except for the end identifier.

An Init block may contain value assignments only (and global data definitions ifthey are not defined again in a program that can be executed later) but nomotion or synchronous actions.


Remedy


15395Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15400 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15410 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 instruction not accepted in current mode


The alarm is output in the following situation:• The interpreter has detected an illegal instruction (e.g. a motion command)

while processing an INI file or a definition file (macro or GUD).


• Correct the INI, GUD or macro file• Correct the part program


Channel %1 block %2 compiled program cannot be saved


In the compile mode, a compiled program could not be saved.One of the following reasons applies:

• Not enough memory

• Intermediate code line (compilate) too large

Alarm display.

Create free space in the work memory or modify the part program (make it lesscomplex).


Channel %1 block %2 syntax conflict with modal G functions


The addresses programmed in the block are not compatible with the modalsyntax-determining G function.

Example:N100 G01 ... I .. J.. K.. LF


Correct the displayed block and ensure that the G functions and addresses inthe block are in accordance.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal angle of shear


The function CSHEAR has been called with an illegal (impossible) angle ofshear, e.g. when the sum of angles between the axis vectors is greater than360 degrees.

15420 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15450 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15460 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15500 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Program the angle of shear in accordance with the geometrical conditions ofthe machine and workpiece system.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal cycles alarm number %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Cycle alarm number

A SETAL command has been programmed with a cycle alarm number lessthan 60 000 or greater than 67 999.

Alarm reactions of Siemens standard cycles:Nos. 61 000 - 61 999: Interpreter stop; delete with ResetNos. 62 000 - 62 999: Compensation block; delete with NC Start


Program the alarm number in the SETAL instruction in the correct range.


Channel %1 block %2 wrong starting condition forCONTPRON/CONTDCON


There is an error in the start conditions for CONTPRON/CONDCON:• G40 not active• SPLINE or POLY active




Channel %1 block %2 wrong array dimension for CONTPRON/CONTDCON


The number of columns for the array created for CONTPRON/CONTDCONdoes not conform to the current programming guide.




Reaction

Remedy


15700 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15800 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15810 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 touch probe not available

Channel %1 block %2 touch probe not available


Alarm no.: 15 900 ... Measure with deletion of distance-to-goAlarm no.: 15 910 ... Measure without deletion of distance-to-go

In the part program, an illegal probe has been programmed with the commandMEAS (measure with deletion of distance-to-go) or MEAW (measure withoutdistance-to-go). The probe numbers0 ... no probe1 ... probe 12 ... probe 2are allowed, whether the probe is actually connected or not.

Example:N10 MEAS=2 G01 X100 Y200 Z300 F1000

; Probe 2 with deletion of distance-to-go


Include a probe number within the limits given above in the keyword MEAS=...or MEAW=... . This must correspond to the hardware connection of the probe.


Channel %1 block %2 no traverse motion programmed

Channel %1 block %2 no traverse motion programmed


Alarm no.: 15,950 ... Measure with deletion of distance-to-goAlarm no.: 15,960 ... Measure without deletion of distance-to-go

In the part program, no axis or a traversing path of zero has been programmedwith the command MEAS (measure with deletion of distance-to-go) or MEAW(measure without deletion of distance-to-go).


Correct the part program and add the axis address or the traversing path to themeasurements block.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid value for direction of retraction


In "Rapid retraction from the contour" (keyword: LIFTFAST) a code value hasbeen programmed for the direction of retraction (keyword: ALF=...) that isoutside of the permissible range (permitted range of values: 0 to 8).

15900 15910 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


15950 15960 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16000 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


With active cutter radius compensation:

Code numbers 2, 3 and 4 cannot be used in G41

Code numbers 6, 7 and 8 cannot be used in G42 because they code thedirection to the contour.


Program the direction of retraction under ALF=... within the permissible limits.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid value for the retraction path


Mistake in the programming: the value for the retraction path must not be negative.




Channel %1 block %2 incorrect axis identifier %3

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label %3 = Axis name

Axis names from different coordinate systems were used to program axes forLIFTFAST. The retraction movement is no longer clear.


Use axis identifiers from one coordinate system.


Channel %1 block %2 no retraction position programmed for axis %3

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label %3 = Axis name

The retraction enable was programmed for LIFTFAST without defining aretraction position for the axis. The retraction movement is no longer clear.


Program a retraction position for the axis.


Reaction

Remedy


16005 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16015 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16016 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 repositioning in block %2 is not possible


Programming or operator action incorrect.If the REPOS command was programmed, e.g. in the main program or in acycle, part program execution is aborted with alarm 16 020.In addition, the alarm is output in the following situations:- Access to $AC_RETPOINT (repositioning point) outside an ASUP

(e.g. in the main program)- An axis to be repositioned was a oscillating axis with sychronous infeed

(OSCILL) in the interrupted block and is now in a state that does not allow itto be traversed as a oscillating axis.Remedy: Change the axis to "neutral axis" state before repositioning withWAITP.

- An axis to be repositioned was an infeed axis for a oscillating axis in theinterrupted block; now it can no longer be traversed as one.Remedy: Change the axis back to "POS axis" state before repositioning.


Modify the part program if necessary.


Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 not available in channel


Mistake in programming:This channel does not recognize the spindle number.The alarm can occur together with a dwell time or SPI function.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the part program to determine whether the programmed spindlenumber is correct and whether the program is run in the correct channel.

Check MD 35000 SPIND_ASSIGN_TO MACHAX for all machine axes to seewhether one of them contains the programmed spindle number. This machineaxis number must be entered in a channel axis of the channel-specific machinedata 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.


Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 for dwell time not in control mode

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Axis, spindle

The spindle can be in the positioning mode, oscillating mode and controlmode. With the M command M70 it can be changed from a spindle to an axis.The control mode is divided into the speed-controlled and position-controlledmode, and it is possible to alternate between these with the keywords SPCONand SPCOF.

16020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16100 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16110 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Positioning mode:

Position control (spindle position under SPOS/SPOSA)

Oscillating mode:

Speed control (M41 - M45 or M40 and S...)

Control mode:

Speed control (spindle speed under S..., M3/M4/M5)Position control (SPCON/SPCOF, spindle speed under S..., M3/M4/M5)

Axis mode:

Position control (M70/M3, M4, M5, axis position under user-selectable axisname)


Check the part program for correct spindle number.

With M3, M4 or M5 put the required spindle into control mode before calling thedwell time.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid index for online tool compensation


Mistake in programming:The 2nd parameter in the PUTFTOC command indicates for which toolparameter the value is to be corrected (1 - 3 tool lengths, 4 tool radius). Theprogrammed value is beyond the permitted range.

Permissible values are 1 - 4 if on-line tool radius compensation is allowed (seemachine data ONLINE_CUTCOM_ENABLE), otherwise values 1 - 3.


Modify the part program: length 1 - 3 or 4 permissible for radius.


Channel %1 block %2 instruction not allowed with active FTOCON


Case 1:Change of plane is not allowed if the modal G function FTOCON: "Tool finecompensation on" is active.

Case 2:Transformation selection is allowed only for zero transformation ortransformation inclined axis, Transmit or Tracyl if FTOCON is active.

Case 3:Tool change is not allowed with M06 if FTOCON has been active since the lasttool change.

Case 4:Orientable tool holder is active.

Reaction

Remedy


16120 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16130 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Modify the part program. Deselect fine tool compensation with FTOCOF.


Channel %1 block %2 FTOCON not allowed


The tool fine compensation (FTOC) is not compatible with the currently activetransformation.


Modify the part program. Deselect fine tool compensation with FTOCOF.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid spindle no. with PUTFTOCF


The spindle number programmed for PUTFTOC or PUTFTOCF is beyond thepermitted range for the spindle numbers.


Modify the part program. Is the programmed spindle number available?


Channel %1 block %2 spline and polynominal interpolation not available


The spline and polynomial interpolation are options that are not contained inthe basic version of the control.


Do not program spline and polynomial interpolation, or release the necessaryoption.


Reaction

Remedy


16140 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16150 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16200 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 invalid zero crossing of denominator polynominalwithin parameter range


The programmed denominator polynomial (with PL [ ] = ... , i.e. withoutspecification of geometry axis) has a zero place within the defined parameterrange (PL = ...). This means that the quotient of the numerator polynomial andthe denominator polynomial is infinite or indeterminate.


Modify the polynomial block so that there is no zero place within the polynomiallength in the denominator polynomial.


Channel %1 block %2 positioning axis %3 cannot participate in splineinterpolation


An axis assigned to a spline grouping (n) with SPLINEPATH (n, AX1,AX2, ...) has been programmed as positioning axis with POS or POSA.


Do not assign the positioning axis to the spline grouping.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is not a geometry axis


A geometry axis has been programmed that cannot be imaged on any machineaxis in the current transformation (possibly there is no transformation active atthe moment).

Example:Without transformation: polar coordinate system with X, Z, and C axisWith transformation: cartesian coordinate system with X, Y, and Z

e.g. with TRANSMIT.


Activate transformation type with TRAORI (n) or do not program geometry axesthat do not participate in the transformation grouping.


16300 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16400 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16410 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 programmed more than once


It is not allowed to program an axis more than once.


Delete the axis addresses that have been programmed more than once.


Channel %1 block %2 angle %3 programmed more than once in block

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Angle

It is not allowed to program more than one PHI or PSI angle for an orientationvector in the same block.




Channel %1 block %2 angle %3 programmed in the block more than once


It is not allowed to program more than one rotation angle THETA for theorientation in one block. The angle of rotation can either be programmedexplicitly with THETA or by programing with Euler angles or RPY angles.




Channel %1 block %2 angle %3 programmed in the block more than once


It is not allowed to program more than one polynomial for the orientationrotation angle with PO[THT] in one block.

Alarm displayInterface signals are setCorrection block is reorganized



16420 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16421 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16422Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16423Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 coordinate %3 programmed in the block more thanonce

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Coordinate

It is not allowed to program a coordinate of the 2nd contact point of the tool fordescription of the tool orientation several times in one block.




Channel %1 block %2 geometry axis %3 cannot traverse as positioningaxis in rotated coordinate system


In the rotated coordinate system, traversing of a geometry axis as positioningaxis (i.e. along its axis vector in the rotated coordinate system) would meantraversing of several machine axes. This is in conflict with the positioning axisconcept, however, in which one axis interpolator runs in addition to the pathinterpolator!


Traverse geometry axes as positioning axes only with rotation deactivated.

Deactivate rotation:Keyword ROT without further specification of axis and angle.Example: N100 ROT


Channel %1 block %2 rotation programmed for non-existing geometryaxis


A rotation of a geometry axis which does not exist was programmed.




Channel %1 block %2 chamfer or rounding negative


A negative chamfer or rounding has been programmed under the keywordsCHF= ..., RND=... or RNDM=... .

16424Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16430 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16440 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16500 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Values for chamfers, roundings and modal roundings must be programmedwith positive values only.


Channel %1 block %2 facing axis is not defined


Diameter programming has been activated with the keyword DIAMON althoughno facing axis has been programmed in this NC block.

If the diameter axis is not a geometry axis, in the initial setting "DIAMON" thealarm appears as soon as the control is switched on.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Activate the modal G function DIAMON only in NC blocks containing a facingaxis or deactivate diameter program with DIAMOF.

In machine data 20150 GCODE_RESET_VALUES[28] select "DIAMOF" for theinitial setting.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 invalid feed type


In a thread cutting function, the feed has been programmed in a unit that isimpermissible.

1. G33 (thread with constant lead) and the feed have not beenprogrammed with G94 or G95.

2. G33 (thread with constant lead) is active (modal) and G63 isprogrammed additionally in a following block conflict situation!(G63 is in the 2nd G group, G33, G331 and G332 are in the1st G group).

3. G331 or G332 (rigid tapping) and the feed have not been programmedwith G94.


Use only the feed type G94 or G95 in the thread cutting functions.

After G33 and before G63, deselect the thread cutting function with G01.


Reaction

Remedy


16510 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16700 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 master spindle not programmed


A master spindle function has been programmed (G33, G331, G95, G96) butthe speed or the direction of rotation of the master spindle is missing.


Add S value or direction of rotation for the master spindle in the displayedblock.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 master spindle not in standstill

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Spindle number

In the applied function (G74, reference point approach), the spindle must bestationary.


Program M5 or SPOS/SPOSA in front of the defective block in the partprogram.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 thread lead is zero


No lead was programmed in a thread block with G33 (thread with constantlead) or G331 (rigid tapping).


The thread lead must be programmed for the specified geometry axis underthe associated interpolation parameters.

X → IY → JZ → K


16710 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16715 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16720 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 wrong parameter for thread cutting


In G33 (tapping with constant lead) the lead parameter was not assigned to theaxis that determines the velocity.

For longitudinal and face threads, the thread lead for the specified geometryaxis must be programmed under the associated interpolation parameter.

X → IY → JZ → K

For taper threads, the address I, J, K depends on the axis with the longer path(thread length). A 2nd lead for the other axis is, however, not specified.


Assign lead parameters to the axis that determines the velocity.


Channel %1 block %2 geometry axis not programmed


No geometry axis was programmed for tapping (G33) or for rigid tapping(G331, G332). The geometry axis is, however, essential if an interpolationparameter has been specified.

Example:N100 G33 Z400 K2 ; thread lead 2mm, thread

: end Z=400mmN200 SPOS=0 ; position spindle in axis modeN201 G90 G331 Z-50 K-2 ; tapping to Z=-50, counterclockwiseN202 G332 Z5 ; retraction, direction reversal automaticN203 S500 M03 ; spindle again in spindle mode


Specify the geometry axis and corresponding interpolation parameters.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 SPCON not programmed


For the programmed function (rotary axis, positioning axis), the spindle mustbe in position control mode.


Program the position control of the spindle with SPCON in the previous block.


16730 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16740 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16750 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 spindle/axis %3 SPCOF cannot be executed


For the programmed function, the spindle must be in the open-loop controlmode.In the positioning or axis mode, the position control must not be deselected.


Put the spindle into open-loop control mode in the preceding block. This canbe done with M3, M4 or M5 for the relevant spindle.


Channel %1 block %2 no stop needed


No Stop is needed for the programmed function.A Stop is necessary after SPOSA or after M5 if the next block is to be appliedonly after the spindle has come to a stop.


Do not write the instruction.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 S value missing


No spindle speed has been given for rigid tapping (G331 or G332).


Program the spindle speed under address S in [rpm] (in spite of axis mode);the direction of rotation is given by the sign of the spindle lead.

Positive thread lead: rotational direction as M03Negative thread lead: rotational direction as M04


16751 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16755 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16760 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 axis/spindle %3 not programmable in channel


Mistake in programming:The axis/spindle cannot be programmed in the channel at this time.This alarm can occur when the axis/spindle is being used by another channelor by the PLC.


Modify the part program, use "GET()".


Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 function of thread is active

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Spindle number

Mistake in programming:The spindle function cannot be executed at the present time.This alarm occurs when the spindle (master spindle) is linked with the axes byan interpolation function.


Modify the part program. Deselect thread cutting or tapping.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 programmed speed is illegal (zero ornegative)

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label %3 = Axis name, spindle number

A spindle speed (S value) was programmed with the value zero or with anegative value.


The programmed spindle speed (S value) must be positive. Depending on the application case, the value zero can be accepted (e.g. G25 S0).


16761 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16762 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16763 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 measuring system missing


SPCON, SPOS or SPOSA has been programmed. These functions require atleast one measuring system. According to MD: NUM_ENCS the machineaxis/spindle has no measuring system.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Retrofit a measuring system.


Channel %1 slave axis %2 overlay movement not enabled


No gear synchronization and no overlay movement can be executed becausethis is not enabled at the VDI interface.

Alarm display.

Set the "Enable following axis overlay" VDI signal.


Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3 does not exist for axis %4

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label %3 = Number of curve table %4 = Axis name, spindle number

An attempt was made to couple axis %4 with curve table number %3, but nocurve table of this number exists.

NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Modify the NC part program so that the required curve table exists when axislink is to be activated.


Channel %1 block %2 coupling: lead axis %4 slave axis %3 not available

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label %3 = Axis name, spindle number %4 = Axis name, spindle number

16770 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16771 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16776 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16777 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


A link has been activated in which the following spindle/axis is currently notavailable. Possible causes are: Possible causes are: - The spindle/axis is active in the other channel. - The spindle/axis has been operated from the PLC and has not yet been enabled.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Put the master spindle/axis with spindle/axis exchange into the necessarychannel or release from the PLC.


Channel %1 block %2 coupling: ring coupling for slave axis %3 and leadaxis %4 not allowed


A link has been activated in which - taking the other links into account - a ring link is created. This ring link cannot be unambiguously computed.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Configure link in accordance with the MD or correct NC part program (channelMD: COUPLE_AXIS_n).


Channel %1 block %2 coupling: too many couplings for axis %3, seeactive master axis %4


More master axes and spindles were defined for the specified axis/spindle thanare allowed. The last parameter to be specified is a leading valueobject/leading axis to which the specified axis/spindle is already linked.

NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.Alarm displayInterface signals are set



Reaction

Remedy


16778 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16779 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 slave axis/spindle missing


The slave spindle/axis has not been written in the part program.




Channel %1 block %2 master axis/spindle missing


The master spindle/axis has not been programmed in the part program.




Channel %1 block %2 slave axis/spindle %3 currently not available


A coupling has been switched on in which the slave spindle/axis is currentlynot available. Possible causes are:

• The spindle/axis is active in the other channel.

• The spindle/axis has been accessed by the PLC and has not yet been released.




Channel %1 block %2 master axis/spindle %3 currently not available


A coupling has been switched on in which the master spindle/axis is currentlynot available.Possible causes are:

16780 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16781 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16782 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16783 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


• Setpoint linkage has been selected and spindle/axis is active in the otherchannel.

• The spindle/axis has been accessed by the PLC and has not yet beenreleased.




Channel %1 block %2 identical spindles/axis %3


A link has been switched on in which the slave spindle/axis is identical with themaster spindle/axis.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Configure link accordingly in MD (channel MD: COUPLE_AXIS_n)• or correct the part program.


Channel %1 block %2 link parameter cannot be changed


The specified link is write-protected. Therefore, the coupling parameterscannot be modified.



• Remove write protection. Channel MD: COUPLE_AXIS_IS_WRITE_PROT

• or correct the part program.


Channel %1 block %2 ring link


A link has been switched on which results in a ring link, allowance being madefor further links. This ring link cannot be uniquely computed.

Reaction

Remedy


16785 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16787 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16788 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Configure link accordingly in MD (channel MD: COUPLE_AXIS_n)• or correct the part program.


Channel %1 block %2 multiple link


A coupling has been switched on in which the axes/spindles have already beenassigned by another link. Parallel links cannot be processed.


Check in the part program whether another link already exists for the axes.


Channel %1 block %2 coupling parameter is zero or missing


A link has been switched on in which a relevant parameter has been specifiedwith zero or has not been written (e.g. denominator in the transmission ratio).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Configure link accordingly in MD (channel MD: 42300 COUPLE_RATIO_n)• or correct the part program.


Channel %1 block %2 parameter not relevant


A link has been switched on in which a non-relevant parameter has beenwritten (e.g. parameter for ELG).




Reaction

Remedy


16789 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16790 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16791 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 too many links for axis/spindle %3


For the specified axis/spindle, more master axes/spindles have been definedthan are allowed.


• Correct the part program.


Channel %1 block %2 link of axis %3 prohibits switchover oftransformation


The specified axis is a slave axis in a transformation grouping. When the link isswitched on, the transformation cannot be changed to another one.


• Correct part program.• Switch off coupling(s) of this axis before changing transformation• or do not change the transformation.


Channel %1 block %2 link of axis/spindle %3 prohibits referencing


The specified axis is a (gantry) slave axis and cannot therefore approach thereference point.


• Correct the part program.• Switch off link(s) of this axis before reference point approach• or do not reference

A gantry axis cannot reference for itself.


Channel %1 block %2 string cannot be interpreted


A link has been switched on in which a non-interpretable string has beenwritten (e.g. block change response).

16792 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16793 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16794 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16795 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01





Channel %1 block %2 coupling not defined


A link is to be switched the parameters of which have neither beenprogrammed nor configured.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct NC part program or MD, program the link with COUPDEF or configureby means of MD.


Channel %1 block %2 coupling is active


An operation is to be performed in which no link must be active.E.g. COUPDEL must not be used on active links.


Correct the NC part program, deselect the link with COUPOF.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is slave axis and prohibits axis containerrotation


The programmed axis/spindle is active as a slave axis/spindle in a link. Whenthe link is active, the axis container cannot be rotated.


Correct the part program. Deactivate the link(s) for this axis/spindle before rotating the axis container orexecute the axis container rotation at a later time.


Reaction

Remedy


16796 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16797 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16798 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is master axis and prohibits axis containerrotation

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label %3 = Axis name, spindle number

The programmed axis/spindle is active as a master axis/spindle in a link. Whenthe link is active, the axis container cannot be rotated.


Correct part program. Deactivate the link(s) for this axis/spindle before rotating the axis container orexecute the axis container rotation at a later time.


Channel %1 block %2 traverse instruction DC/CDC for axis %3 notallowed


The keyword DC (Direct Coordinate) can only be used for rotary axes. Thiscauses approach of the programmed absolute position along the shortestpath.

Example:N100 C=DC(315)


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Replace the keyword DC in the displayed NC block by specifying AC (AbsoluteCoordinate).

If the alarm display is the result of an error in the axis definition, the axis can bedeclared as a rotary axis by means of the axis-specificMD 30300 IS_ROT_AX.

Corresponding machine data:

MD 30310: ROT_IS_MODULOMD 30320: DISPLAY_IS_MODULO


Channel %1 block %2 traverse instruction ACP for axis %3 not allowed


The keyword ACP (Absolute Coordinate Positive) is only allowed for "moduloaxes". It causes approach of the programmed absolute position in thespecified direction.


16799 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16800 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16810 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.In the displayed NC block, replace the keyword ACP by specifying AC(Absolute Coordinate).

If the alarm display is based on an incorrect axis definition, the axis with theaxis-specific MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX and MD 30310: ROT_IS_MODULO canbe declared a rotary axis with modulo change.


MD 30 320: DISPLAY_IS_MODULO


Channel %1 block %2 traverse instruction ACN for axis %3 not allowed


The keyword ACN (Absolute Coordinate Negative) is only allowed for "moduloaxes". It causes approach of the programmed absolute position in thespecified direction.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.In the displayed NC block, replace the keyword ACN by specifying AC(Absolute Coordinate).

If the alarm display is based on an incorrect axis definition, the axis with theaxis-specific MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX and MD 30310: ROT_IS_MODULO canbe declared a rotary axis with modulo change.


MD 30320: DISPLAY_IS_MODULO


Channel %1 block %2 invalid position for axis/spindle %3 programmed


A position beyond the range of 0 - 359.999 has been programmed for amodulo axis.


Program the position in the range 0 - 359.999.


Remedy


16820 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16830 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 program control: action %2 not allowed in current state

%1 = Channel number %2 = Action number/action name

The relevant action cannot be processed now. This can occur, for instance, during read-in of machine data.

Alarm display.

Wait until the procedure is terminated or abort with Reset and repeat theoperation.




The operation (program, JOG, block search, reference point, etc.) cannot bestarted or continued in the current status.

Alarm display.

Check the program status and channel status.


Channel %1 program control: action %2 not allowed


Operation cannot be started or continued. A start is only accepted when anNCK function can be started. Example: A start is accepted in JOG mode when, for example, the function generator is active or a JOG movement has first been stopped with the Stop key.

Alarm display depending on MD 11411 ENABLE_ALARM_MASK.



Channel %1 program control: action %2 is aborted due to an active alarm


The action was aborted due to an alarm.

Alarm display.

Remove the error and acknowledge the alarm. Then repeat the operation.


Channel %1 action %2 only possible in stop


This action may only be performed in Stop state.

Alarm display.

16903 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16904 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16905 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16906 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16907 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01




Channel %1 action %2 only possible in reset or at the block end


This action must only be performed in Reset state or at end of block.

Alarm display.



Channel %1 action %2 is not allowed in current mode


You have to activate a different operating mode for the function to be activated.

Alarm display.

Check operation and operating state.


Channel %1 mode change is not allowed

%1 = Channel number The change from overstoring into another operating mode is not allowed.

Alarm display.

After overstoring is terminated, it is possible to change to another operatingstate again.


Channel %1 program control: action %2 only possible in reset


This action can only be performed in Reset state. Example: Program selection through MMC or channel communication (INIT)

can only be performed in Reset state.

Alarm display.

Reset or wait until processing is terminated.


Mode group %1 channel %2 mode change: action %3 not allowed

%1 = Channel number %2 = Mode group number %3 = Action number/action name

The change to the desired mode is not permitted. The change can only takeplace in the Reset state.

Remedy


16908 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16909 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16911 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16912 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16913 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Example:Program processing is halted in AUTO mode by NC Stop.Then there is a mode change to JOG mode (program status interrupted). Fromthis operating mode it is only possible to change to AUTO mode and not toMDA mode!

Alarm display.

Either activate the Reset key to reset program processing, or activate the mode in which the program was being processed previously.


Mode group %1 channel %2 mode change: action %3 not allowed

%1 = Channel number %2 = Mode group number %3 = Action number/action name

Incorrect mode change, e.g.: Auto->MDAREF

Alarm display.

Check operation or selected mode.


Channel %1 action %2 in the current block not allowed

%1 = Channel number%2 = Action number/action name

If traversing blocks are interrupted by asynchronous subroutines, then it mustbe possible for the interrupted program to continue (reorganization of blockprocessing) after termination of the asynchronous subroutine.

The 2nd parameter describes which action wanted to interrupt blockprocessing.

Alarm display.

Let the program continue to a reorganized NC block or modify part program.


Channel %1 reposition: action %2 not allowed in the current state


Repositioning of block processing presently not possible. In certain cases this can prevent a mode change from taking place.

The 2nd parameter describes which action should be used to performrepositioning.

Alarm display.

Let the program continue to a repositioned NC block or modify the partprogram.


Reaction

Remedy


16914 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16915 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16916 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 for action %2 needs reset in all channels


All channels must be in the initial setting in order to carry out the action! (Forexample, for machine data loading)

Alarm display.

Either wait until the channel status is aborted or press the Reset key.


Channel %1 action %2 is not allowed due to an alarm


This action cannot be performed due to an alarm, or the channel is in Fail.

Alarm display.

Press the RESET key.


Channel %1 action %2 is already enabled


An identical action is still active.

Alarm display.

Wait until the first procedure is terminated and repeat the operation.


Channel %1 mode group %2 machine data: channel/mode groupassignment not allowed or double

%1 = Channel number %2 = Mode group number

On powering up, an illegal channel/mode group assignment was detected.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.Mode group not ready.NC Start disable.Channel not ready.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check machine data ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP.

Press the Reset key to clear the alarm in all channels of the mode group.Restart the part program.

16918 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16919 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16920 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16921 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 subprograms: action %2 maximum nesting depth exceeded


Various actions can cause the current procedure to be interrupted. Depending on the action, asynchronous subroutines are activated. Theseasynchronous subroutines can be interrupted in the same manner as userprograms. Unlimited nesting depth is not possible for asynchronoussubroutines due to memory limitations. Example: An interrupt interrupts the current program processing. Other interrupts withhigher priorities interrupt processing of the previously activated asynchronoussubroutines. Possible actions are: DryRunOn/Off, DecodeSingleBlockOn, delete distance-to-go, interrupts .....

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.

Do not trigger the event on this block.




The current processing cannot be stopped, due to an active preprocessingprocess. This applies to, for example, loading machine data and blocksearches until the search object is found.


Abort by pressing Reset!


Channel %1 caution: program test will change the tool data

%1 = Channel number

Tool management data is changed during program testing. It is not possible toautomatically rectify the data after termination of the program testing. This error message prompts the user to make a backup copy of the data or toreimport the data after the operation is terminated.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Save tool data on MMC and reimport data after "ProgtestOff".


16922 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16923 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16924 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 program control: action %2 not allowed in the current stateaction %3 active

%1 = Channel number %2 = Action number/action name%3 = Action number/action name

The action has been refused since a mode or sub-mode change (change toautomatic mode, MDA, JOG, overstoring, digitizing, etc.) is taking place.

Example:This alarm message is output if the Start key is pressed during a mode or sub-mode change from, for example, automatic to MDA, before the NCK hasconfirmed selection of the mode.

Alarm display.

Repeat the action.


Channel %1 channel coordination: action %2 in block %3 not allowed,marker %4 already set

%1 = Channel number %2 = Action%3 = Block number%4 = Marker number

The action was denied, the marker was already set. Check the program.

Example:SETM(1) ; CLEARM(1) ; marker must be reset first. SETM(1)

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter stop.NC Start disable

Repeat the action.


Channel %1 action %2 at active interrupt treatment not allowed


This action may not be activated during interrupt processing (e.g. modechange).

Alarm display.

Reset or wait until interrupt processing is terminated.


Channel %1 interrupt treatment: action %2<ALNX> not possible


A program interrupt has been activated in a non REORG capable block.

16925 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16926 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16927 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16928 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Examples of possible program interrupt in this case:

Traversing to fixed stopVDI channel delete distance-to-goVDI axial delete distance-to-goMeasuringSoftware limitAxis replacementAxis from correctionServo disableGear stage change at actual gear stage unequal to setpoint gear stage

The relevant block concerns a:• pick-up block during block search (excluding last pick-up block)

• block in overstore interrupt.


Do not trigger the event on this block.

Clear the alarm with the Delete key. No further action necessary.

Channel %1: previous and current block %2 must be separated by anexecutable block

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number

The language functions WAITMC, SETM, CLEARM and MSG must be packedin separate NC blocks due to the language definition. To avoid velocity drops,these blocks are attached to the next NC block internally in the NCK (for MSGonly in path control mode, for WAITMC to the previous NC block). For thisreason, there must always be an executable block (not a calculation block)between the NC blocks.An executable NC block always includes e.g. travel movements, a helpfunction, Stopre, dwell time etc.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter stop.Correction block is reorganized.

Program an executable NC block between the previous and the current NCblock.

Example: N10 SETMN15 STOPRE; insert executable NC blockN20 CLEARM

Clear the alarm with NC Start. Restart the part program.

Channel %1 subroutines: action %2 maximum nesting depth exceeded


Various actions can cause the current procedure to be interrupted. Dependingon the action, asynchronous subroutines are activated. These asynchronoussubroutines can be interrupted in the same manner as the user program.Unlimited nesting depth is not possible for asynchronous subroutines due tomemory limitations.

Reaction

Remedy


16930 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16931 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Example: In the case of an approach block in a repositioning procedure do notinterrupt repeatedly, instead wait until processing is completed.

Possible actions are: mode change, SlashOn/Off, overstoring.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC stop on alarm.

Initiate a block change and repeat the action.


Channel %1 conflict on activation of user data type %2

%1 = Channel number %2 = Data type

The "Activate user data" function (PI service _N_SETUDT) modifies a datablock (tool offset, settable zero offset or base frame) which is also written bythe NC blocks in preparation.

In the event of a conflict, the value entered by the MMC is reset.

Parameter %2 specifies which data block is affected:

1: Active tool offset

2: Base frame

3: Active zero offset

Alarm display.

Check the inputs on the MMC and repeat if necessary.


Channel %1 interrupt handling: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in thecurrent operating state

%1 = Channel ID %2 = Action number/action name

If a temporary standstill has occurred because of a Reorg event across blockboundaries, it is possible that a block without Reorg capability has beenloaded. In this situation, it is unfortunately necessary to abort the Reorg eventhandling! Reorg events are, e.g. abort subprogram, delete distance-to-go and interrupts.

Alarm display.

The program must be aborted with Reset.


Channel %1 interrupt handling: action %2<ALNX> not possible due tostop

%1 = Channel ID %2 = Action number/action name

Reorg events are, e.g. abort subprogram, delete distance to go and interrupts,axis replacement, termination of follow-up mode. Two Reorg events overlap in this situation. The 2nd Reorg event coincides withthe 1st block generated by the previous event. (e.g. an axis replacement isinduced twice in rapid succession).

Reaction

Remedy


16932 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16933 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16934 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Axis replacement leads to Reorg in the channels in which an axis is removedwithout preparation. This block must be stopped in the above sequence in order to prevent theinterpolator buffer from overflowing. This can be achieved by pressing the Stop or StopAll key, configuring an alarmwith INTERPRETERSTOP or by decode single block. Alarm display. Interface signals are set NC Start disable NC Stop on alarm

The program must be aborted with Reset.


Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible because searchrun active

%1 = Channel ID%2 = Action number/action name

The action is not allowed as block search is currently running via program test.Block search via program test: "PI Service _N_FINDBL with mode parameter5"

With this block search type, it is not permissible to activate program test or dryrun feedrate.

Alarm display.

Activate the action after block search is terminated.


Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible due to active dry run feedrate


This action is not allowed as dry run feedrate is currently active.

Example: It is not permissible to activate block search via program test (PIservice _N_FINDBL with mode parameter 5) when dry run feedrate is active.

Alarm display.

Abort program with the RESET key.


Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible due to active program test


This action is not allowed as program test is currently active.

Example: It is not permissible to activate block search via program test (PIservice _N_FINDBL with mode parameter 5) when program test is active.

Alarm display.

Deactivate the program test.


Reaction

Remedy


16935Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16936Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16937Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> terminated due to active gear change


Reorganization events are, among others, subroutine abort, delete distance-to-go and interrupts, axis replacementExiting the correction state.These events wait for the end of a gear change.However, the maximum waiting period has expired.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm

Program must be aborted with Reset and, if necessary,GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME must be increased


Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> rejected because gear change active


Reorganization events that are possible in Stop state, e.g mode change, arewaiting for the end of the gear change.However, the maximum waiting period has expired.


Repeat the action or increase MD GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME.


Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> wait for gear change


Reorganization events are waiting for the end of a gear change.The alarm is displayed during the waiting period.


Alarm is suppressed by means of ENABLE_ALARM_MASK bit 1 == 0.


Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible because no program eventwas activated


The setting of the machine data $MC_PROG_EVENT_MASK forces anasynchronous subroutine to be triggered automatically on RESET or PowerOn.The implicitly triggered asynchronous subroutines are normally called "Event-triggered program call" or "Program event".

In the alarm situation, this asynchronous subroutine could not yet be activated;that is why the action (normally start of part program) must be rejected.

16938Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16939Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16940Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16941Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Reasons for the fact that the asynchronous subroutine could not be triggered:1. The asynchronous subroutine does not exist ( / N CMA DIR/

_N_PROG_EVENT_SPF )2. The asynchronous subroutine is allowed to start in the referenced state

only. (see $MN_ASUP_START_MASK)3. READY is missing (because of alarm)

Alarm display.

• Load program• Check $MN_ASUP_START_ASK• Acknowledge alarm.


Channel %1 start program command action %2<ALNX> not possible


Currently, the alarm occurs only in combination with the SERUPRO action.SERUPRO stands for search via program test.

SERUPRO is currently searching the search target and has therefore switchedthis channel to the program test mode. With the START program command inchannel 1, another channel 2 would actually be started, which means that axeswould really be started during the search action.

If this alarm is switched off (see help), the user can make use of the abovebehavior by initially selecting via PLC the program test mode in channel 2,leaving channel 2 executing until its natural end, stopping channel 2 in order todeselect program test again.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarmNC Start disable.

Alarm can be switched off with $MN_SERUPRO_MASK bit 1.


Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible because ASUP is active


The action in the 2nd parameter was rejected, since an asynchronoussubprogram is currently active.

Currently, only the integrated search run is rejected with this alarm. Theintegrated search run is activated, if search run is triggered in the Stopprogram state. In other words: Parts of a program have already been executedand a following program part is "skipped" with search run in order to continuethe program afterwards.

The event is not possible if the program is stopped within an asynchronoussubprogram or if an asynchronous subprogram had been selected before theevent. An asynchronous subprogram is selected, when the triggeringasynchronous subprogram event arrives, but the asynchronous subprogramcannot be started (e.g. the asynchronous start program is not started becauseof a read-in disable or because the Stop key is active).

In this case, it is irrelevant whether a user ASUP or a system ASUP has beentriggered. User ASUPs are activated via FC-9 or via the fast inputs.

Reaction

Remedy


16942Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16943Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


The following events lead to system ASUPS:Mode changeOverstore onAborting subroutine levelSwitching on of single block, type 2Setting machine data effectiveSetting user data effectiveChange skip levelsDry run on/offProgram test offCorrection block alarmsEditing modes in Teach, external zero offsetAxis replacementDelete distance-to-goMeasuring

Alarm display.

Repeat the action after the end of the asynchronous subprogram.


Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible because search blocks areactive


The NCK is currently processing either the action blocks of the search run orthe approach motion after the search run.

In this situation, the action (2nd parameter of the alarm) must be rejected.

Currently, only the integrated search run is rejected with this alarm. Theintegrated search run is activated, if search run is triggered in the Stopprogram state. In other words: Parts of a program have already been executedand a following program part is "skipped" with search run in order to continuethe program afterwards.

Alarm display.

Repeat the action after the approach motion of the search run.


Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> delayed until block end reached


The currently executing action (e.g. dry run on/off, change skip levels, etc.)should be active immediately, but it can become active not earlier than at theend of the block, since a thread is currently being machined. The action isactivated with a slight delay.

Example: dry run is started in the middle of the thread, then traversing at highspeed does not start before the next block.

Alarm display.

Alarm can be switched off via $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK bit 17==1.


Reaction

Remedy


16944Definition

Reaction

Remedy


16945Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 maximum number of symbols exceeded


The maximum number of symbols defined by machine data28020 MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL has been exceeded.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Modify the machine data• Reduce the number of symbols (variables, subroutines, parameters)


Channel %1 block %2 no memory left for tool or magazine data


The number of the following tool/magazine data sizes in the NC is given bymachine data:

• Number of tools + number of grinding data blocks:18082 MM_NUM_TOOL

• Number of cutting edges: 18100 MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA

Tools, grinding data blocks, cutting edges can be used independently of thetool management function.

The memory for the following data is available only if the corresponding bit in18080 MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK has been set.

• Number of monitoring data sets:18100 MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA

• Number of magazines: 18084 MM_NUM_MAGAZINE

• Number of magazine locations: 18086 MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION

The following size is determined by software configuration:Number of magazine spacing data blocks: P2 permits 32 such spacing datablocks.

Definition:

• 'Grinding data blocks': grinding data can be defined for a tool of type 400to 499. A data block of this kind also takes up memory space as providedfor a tool.

• 'Monitoring data blocks': each cutting edge of a tool can be supplementedby monitoring data.

• 'Magazine spacing data block': spacings to other magazines can bedefined for magazine locations in internal magazines.


17000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17001 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Modify the machine data• Modify the NC program, i.e. reduce the number of items related to the

variable which caused the error condition.


Channel %1 block %2 no memory left


When executing/reading files from the active working memory, it was foundthat there is not enough memory space (e.g. for large multidimensional arraysor when creating tool offset memory).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Make arrays smaller or make more memory space available for memorymanagement of subroutine calls, tool offsets and user variables (machine dataMM_...).See /FB/, S7 Memory Configuration


Channel %1 block %2 1st array index out of range


A read or write access has been programmed to an array variable with invalid1st array index. The valid array indices must be contained within the definedarray size and the absolute limits (0 - 32 766).


Correct the specification of array elements in the access instruction to matchthe defined size.


Channel %1 block %2 2nd array index out of range


A read or write access has been programmed to an array variable with invalid2nd array index. The valid array indices must be contained within the definedarray size and the absolute limits (0 - 32 766).


Correct the specification of array elements in the access instruction to matchthe defined size.


Remedy


17010 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17030 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 illegal axis index


A read or write access has been programmed to an axial variable in which theaxis name cannot be unambiguously imaged on a machine axis.

Example:Writing of an axial machine data

$MA_... [X]= ... ; but geometry axis X cannot be imaged on a machine axis ; due to a transformation.


Deselect transformation before writing the axial data (keyword: TRAFOOF) oruse the machine axis name as axis index.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal value


On accessing an individual frame element, a frame component other thanTRANS, ROT, SCALE or MIRROR was addressed or the function CSCALE hasbeen given a negative scale factor.

Example:$P_UIFR[5] = CSCALE (X, -2.123)

The frame components are either selected by means of the keywords

TR for transformation (TRANS, internal 0)RT for rotation (ROT, internal 1)SC for scaling and (SCALE, internal 3)MI for mirroring (MIRROR, internal 4)

or they are specified directly as an integral value 0, 1, 3, 4.

Example:Access to the rotation around the X axis of the current settable frame.

R10=$P_UIFR[$AC_IFRNUM, X, RT] can also be programmed as:R10=$P_UIFR[$AC_IFRNUM, X, 1]


Address the frame components only with the keywords provided; program thescale factor between the limits of 0.000 01 to 999.999 99.


Channel %1 block %2 GUD variable not found


The required GUD variable was not found for a MEACALC procedure duringread or write access.

17040 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17050 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17055Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Check whether all the GUDs were created for MEACALC.DEF CHAN INT _MVAR, _OVI[11]DEF CHAN REAL _OVR[32], _EV[20], _MV[20], _SPEED[4], _SM_R[10],_ISP[3]DEF NCK REAL _TP[3,10], _WP[3,11], _KB[3,7], _CM[8], _MFS[6]DEF NCK BOOL _CBIT[16]DEF NCK INT _CVAL[4].


Channel %1 block %2 requested data area too large


The maximum memory space of 8 KB available for a symbol has beenexceeded.


Reduce the array dimensions.


Channel %1 block %2 data is write-protected


An attempt was made to write to a write-protected variable (e.g. a systemvariable).Safety Integrated: safety system variables can only be modified from the safetySPL program.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify the part program.


Channel %1 block %2 %3 value violates lower limit

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, channel number label%3 = MD

An attempt was made to write a machine data with a value that is smaller thanthe defined lower limit.


Reaction

Remedy


17060 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17070 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17080 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Determine the input limits of the machine data and assign a value within theselimits.


Channel %1 block %2 %3 value violates upper limit

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = MD

An attempt was made to write a machine data with a value that is greater thanthe defined upper limit.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Determine the input limits of the machine data and assign a value within theselimits.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid value


An attempt was made to write an invalid value, e.g. zero, into a machine data.


Correct the value assignment, e.g. a value within the value range not equal tozero.


Channel %1 block %2 digital input/comparator no. %3 is not active

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Input number

Either an attempt was made to read a digital input n via the system variable$A_IN[n] and this input has not been activated via NCK machine data 10350FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS; or to read a comparator input via systemvariable $A_INCO[n] and this input belongs to a comparator which has notbeen activated.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify the part program or machine data accordingly.


Remedy


17090 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17095 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17100 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 digital output no. %3 is not active

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Output number

An attempt was made to read or set a digital NCK output (connector X 121) viathe system variable $A_OUT [n] with the index [n] greater than the specifiedupper limit in the NCK machine data 10360 FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS.


Program index [n] of the system variable $A_OUT [n] only between 0 and thevalue in the NCK machine data 10350 FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS.


Channel %1 block %2 analog input no. %3 is not active

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Input number

An attempt has been made by means of the system variable $A_INA[n] to readan analog input n that has not been activated by theMD 10300 FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS.




Channel %1 block %2 analog output no. %3 is not active


An attempt has been made by means of the system variable $A_OUTA[n] towrite or read an analog output n that has not been activated by the MD10310 FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS.




Channel %1 block %2 NCK output no. %3 is assigned to a function viamachine data


The programmed digital/analog output is assigned to a NC function (e.g.software cams).

17110 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17120 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17130 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17140 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Use another output or deactivate the concurrent NC function via MD.


Channel %1 block %2 maximum %3 NCK outputs per block exceeded

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Quantity

No more than the specified number of outputs may be programmed in an NCblock.The quantity of hardware outputs is defined in the MDs:10360 FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS and10310 FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS


Program fewer digital/analog outputs in a block. The specified maximumnumber applies in each case separately for analog or digital outputs. Ifnecessary, program two NC blocks.


Channel %1 block %2 tool is not selected


An attempt has been made to access the current tool offset data via thesystem variables:

$P_AD [n] Contents of the parameter (n: 1 - 25) $P_TOOL Active D number (tool edge number) $P_TOOLL [n] Active tool length (n: 1 - 3) $P_TOOLR Active tool radius although no tool had been selected previously.


Program or activate a tool offset in the NC program before using the systemvariables.

Example:N100 G.. ... T5 D1 ... LF

With the channel-specific machine data:

MD 22550: TOOL_CHANGE_MODENew tool offset for M function

MD 22560: TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODEM function with tool change

Reaction

Remedy


17150 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17160 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


It is established whether a tool offset is activated in the block with the T word orwhether the new offset values are allowed for only when the M word for toolchange occurs.


Channel %1 block %2 too many symbols defined


The predefined symbols could not be read in during power-up.



Channel %1 block %2 illegal D number


In the displayed block, access is made to a D number (tool edge number) thatis not initialized and therefore is not available.


Check tool call in the NC part program:

• Correct tool edge number D.. programmed?If no tool edge number is specified, then D1 is automatically active.

• Tool parameters P1 - P25 defined?The dimensions of the tool edge must have been entered previously eitherthrough the operator panel or through the V.24 interface.Description of the system variables $P_DP x [n, m]n ... Associated tool number Tm ... Tool edge number Dx ... Parameter number P


Channel %1 block %2 T no. = %3, D no. = %4 does not exist

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label %3 = T number %4 = D number

A programmed D number was not recognized by the NC. By default, the Dnumber refers to the specified T number. If the flat D number function is active,T= 1 is output.



17170 Definition

Reaction


17180 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17181 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


If the program is incorrect, remedy the error with a correction block andcontinue the program. If the data block is missing, download a data block for the specified T/D valuesonto the NCK (via MMC with overstore) and continue the program.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal total offset number


An attempt was made to access a non-defined total offset of the current tooledge.


Access the total offset memory with $TC_SCP*, $TC_ECP*, check the totaloffset selection DLx or tool selection Ty or offset selection Dz.


Channel %1 D number %2 defined for tool T number %3 and %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Offset number D %3 = T number of first tool %3 = T number of second tool

The specified D number %2 in the TO unit of channel %1 is not unique. The specified T numbers %3 and %4 each have an offset with number %2. If tool management is active: The specified T numbers belong to tool groups with different names.


1. Ensure that the D numbers within the TO unit are unique. 2. If unique numbering is not necessary for subsequent operations, do not use

the command.


Channel %1 D number %2 of the tools at magazine/magazine location %3and %4 defined

%1 = Channel number%2 = Offset number D %3 = Magazine/location number of first tool, '/' as separator %3 = Magazine/location number of second tool, '/' as separator

The specified D number %2 in the TO unit of channel %1 is not unique. The specified T numbers %3 and %4 each have an offset with number %2. If tool management is active: The specified T numbers belong to tool groups with different names.


Remedy


17182 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17188 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17189 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


1. Ensure that the D numbers within the TO unit are unique, e.g. by renamingthe D numbers.

2. If unique numbering is not necessary for subsequent operations, do not usethe command.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal T number


In the displayed block, access is made to a T number (tool number) that is notinitialized and therefore not available.


Check tool call in the NC part program:

• Correct tool number T.. programmed?• Tool parameters P1 - P25 defined?

The dimensions of the tool edge must have been entered previously eitherthrough the operator panel or through the V.24 interface.Description of the system variables $P_DP x [n, m]n ... Associated tool number Tm ... Tool edge number Dx ... Parameter number P


Channel %1 block %2 T= %3 does not exist, program %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label %3 = T number or T identifier %4 = Program name

A tool identifier was programmed which the NCK does not recognize.


If the program pointer is at an NC block which contains the specified Tidentifier: If the program is incorrect, remedy the error with a correction block andcontinue the program. If the data block is missing, create one. You can do this by downloading a datablock with all the defined D numbers onto the NCK (via MMC with overstore)and continue the program. If the program pointer is at an NC block which does not contain the specified Tidentifier: The error occurred at an earlier point in the program where the T commandappeared, but the alarm was not output until the change command wasdetected.

If the program is incorrect - T5 programmed instead of T55 - the current blockcan be corrected with a correction block; i.e. if only M06 is entered, you cancorrect the block with T55 M06. The incorrect T5 line remains in the programuntil it is terminated by a RESET or end of program.

Remedy


17190 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17191 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


In complex program structures with indirect programming, it may not bepossible to correct the program. In this case, you can only intervene locallywith an overstore block - with T55 in the example. If the data block is missing, create one. You can do this by downloading thedata block of the tool with all the defined D numbers onto the NCK (via MMCwith overstore), program the T command with overstore, and continue theprogram.


TO unit %1 invalid tool name for '%2', duplo no. %3. No furtherreplacement tools possible in '%4'

%1 = TO unit %2 = Tool name %3 = Duplo number %4 = Group identifier

The tool with the specified tool identifier, duplo number cannot accept thegroup identifier. Reason: the maximum number of replacement tools allowed has already beendefined. The name allocation causes the tool to be reallocated to a tool group whichalready contains the maximum number of replacement tools allowed on thismachine.


Use fewer replacement tools or request a different maximum setting from themachine manufacturer.


Channel %1 block %2 no suitable tool found


• An attempt was made to access a tool which has not been defined.• The specified tool does not permit access.• A tool with the desired properties is not available.

Alarm display.Correction block is reorganized.

Interface signals are set.

Check access to tool:• Are the parameters of the command correctly programmed?• Does the status of the tool prevent access?



17192 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17194 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 cannot delete an active tool


An attempt has been made to delete from the part program the tool data for atool currently being processed. Tool data for tools involved in the currentmachining operation may not be deleted. This applies both for the toolpreselected with T or that has been changed in place of another, and also fortools for which the constant grinding wheel peripheral speed or tool monitoringis active.


Check access to the tool offset memory by means of $TC_DP1[t,d] = 0 ordeselect the tool.


Channel %1 block %2 cannot delete magazine data


An attempt was made to delete magazine data which cannot currently bedeleted. A magazine with the 'tool in motion' status active cannot be deleted. A tool adapter which is currently allocated to a magazine location cannot bedeleted. A tool adapter cannot be deleted if machine data$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_ADAPTER has the value -1.


If an attempt to delete a magazine fails $TC_MAP1[ m ] = 0 ; delete magazine with m=magazine no. $TC_MAP1[ 0 ] = 0 ; delete all magazines $TC_MAP6[ m ] = 0 ; delete magazines and all their tools you must ensure that the magazine does not have the 'tool in motion' status atthe time of the call. If an attempt to delete a tool adapter fails $TC_ADPTT[ a ] = -1 ; delete adapter with number a $TC_ADPTT[ 0 ] = -1 ; delete all adapters then the data association with the magazine location or locations must first becanceled with$TC_MPP7[ m,p ] = 0 ; m = magazine no., p = no. of the location to which theadapter is assigned.


Channel %1 block %2 acces to variable not possible


The variable cannot be written/read directly from the part program.It is allowed only in motion synchronous actions.

Example for variable:$P_ACTID (which planes are active)$AA_DTEPB (axial distance-to-go for reciprocating infeed)$A_IN (test input)

17200 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17202 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17210 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Safety Integrated: Safety PLC system variables can only be read during thesafety SPL startup phase.




Channel %1 tool management: load manual tool %3, Duplo no. %2 inspindle/toolholder %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Duplo no. %3 = Tool name %4 = Toolholder number (spindle number)

Indicates that the specified manual tool must be loaded in the specifiedtoolholder or spindle before the program is continued. A manual tool is a tool whose data are known to the NCK but which is notassigned to a magazine location and is thus not fully accessible to the NCK,and usually also to the machine, for an automatic tool change.

Alarm display.

Make sure that the specified tool is loaded in the toolholder.The alarm is cleared automatically after PLC acknowledgement of the toolchange on command.


Channel %1 tool management: remove manual tool %3 fromspindle/toolholder %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = Toolholder number (spindle number) %3 = Tool name

Indicates that the specified manual tool must be removed from the specifiedtoolholder or spindle before the program is continued. A manual tool is a tool whose data are known to the NCK but which is notassigned to a magazine location and is thus not fully accessible to the NCK,and usually also to the machine, for an automatic tool change.

Alarm display.

Make sure that the specified tool is removed from the toolholder. The alarm is cleared automatically after PLC acknowledgement of the toolchange on command. Manual tools can only be used efficiently if this is supported by the PLCprogram.


Reaction

Remedy


17212 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17214 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 tool management: remove manual tool from spindle/toolholder %4 and load manual tool %3, Duplo no. %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = Duplo no.%3 = Tool name%4 = Toolholder number (spindle number)

Indicates that the specified manual tool must be loaded in the specifiedtoolholder or spindle before the program is continued and that the manual toollocated there must be removed. A manual tool is a tool whose data are known to the NCK but which is notassigned to a magazine location and is thus not fully accessible to the NCK,and usually also to the machine, for an automatic tool change.

Alarm display.

Make sure that the manual tools are exchanged. The alarm is cleared automatically after PLC acknowledgement of the toolchange on command. Manual tools can only be used efficiently if this is supported by the PLCprogram.


Channel %1 block %2 tool not available


If an attempt is made to access a tool via a T no. that has not (yet) beendefined. For example, when tools are to be put into magazine locations byprogramming $TC_MPP6 = 'toolNo'. This is possible only when both themagazine location and the tool given by 'toolNo' have been defined.


Correct the NC program.


Channel %1 block %2 Duplo no. already disposed


If an attempt is made to write a tool Duplo number to the name of whichanother tool (another T number) already exists with the same Duplo number.




17216 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17220 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17230 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 invalid definition of tool


If an attempt is made to modify a tool data that would subsequently damagethe data consistency or lead to a conflicting definition, this alarm will appear.




Channel %1 block %2 invalid definition of magazine


If an attempt is made to modify a magazine data that would subsequentlydamage the data consistency or lead to a conflicting definition, this alarm willappear.




Channel %1 block %2 invalid definition of magazine location


If an attempt is made to modify a magazine location data that wouldsubsequently damage the data consistency or lead to a conflicting definition,this alarm will appear.




Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool adapter operation


If an attempt is made to define or cancel a tool adapter assignment withreference to a magazine location and this magazine location already hasanother tool adapter and/or a tool is located in the adapter or - when cancelingan assignment - a tool is still at the location, this alarm will appear.

If machine data $MC_MM_NUM_SUMCORR has the value -1, adapters cannotbe generated by a write operation to an adapter which is not already defined. While the machine data has this value, you can only write adapter data toadapters which have already been (automatically) assigned to magazinelocations.

17240 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17250 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17260 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17262 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



• Assign a maximum of one adapter to a magazine location.• The magazine location must not contain a tool.• Machine data $MC_MM_NUM_SUMCORR has value -1: If an alarm occurs

when writing one of the system parameters $TC_ADPTx (x=1,2,3,T), thewrite operation must be modified such that only adapter data which arealready associated with the magazine locations are written.


Channel %1 block %2 call-by-reference: illegal variable


Machine data and system variables must not be transferred as call-by-reference parameters.


Modify the NC program: assign the value of the machine data or of the systemvariable to a program-local variable and transfer it as parameter.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is not an indexing axis


An indexing axis position has been programmed for an axis with the keywordsCIC, CAC or CDC that has not been defined as indexing axis in the machinedata.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Remove programming instruction for indexing axis positions (CIC, CAC, CDC)from the NC part program or declare the relevant axis to be an indexing axis.

Indexing axis declaration:

MD 30500: INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB(indexing axis assignment)The axis becomes an indexing axis if an assignment to anindexing position table has been made in the specified MD.Two tables are possible (input value 1 or 2).

MD 10900: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1

MD 10920: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2(Number of positions for 1st/2nd indexing axis)Standard value: 0 Maximum value: 60

MD 10910: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1 [n]

MD 10930: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2 [n](Positions of the 1st indexing axis) The absolute axis positionsare entered. (The list length is defined via MD 10900).

Reaction

Remedy


17270Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17500Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms



Channel %1 block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tooth system is active


The 'Hirth tooth system' function is activated for the indexing axis. This axis cantherefore approach only indexing positions, another travel movement of theaxis is not possible.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct part program.Correct FC16 or FC18 call.Deselect machine data $MA_HIRTH_IS_ACTIVE.


Channel %1 block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tooth system Stopdelayed


For the indexing axis, the 'Hirth tooth system' function is activated and theoverride has been set to 0 or another stop condition (e.g. VDI interface signal)is active. Since it is possible to stop only on indexing axes, the next possibleindexing position is approached. The alarm is displayed until this position isreached or the stop condition is deactivated.

Alarm display.

Wait until the next possible indexing position is reached or set override > 0, ordeactivate another stop condition.


Channel %1 block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tooth system and axisnot referenced


The 'Hirth tooth system' function is activated for the indexing axis and the axisis to be traversed although it is not referenced.

Alarm display.

Reference axis.



17501Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17502Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17503Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 invalid index for indexing axis %3


The programmed index for the indexing axis is beyond the position table range.

Example:Perform an absolute approach of the 56th position in the list allocated via theaxis-specific machine data 30500 INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB with the1st positioning axis, the number of positions is e.g. only 40(MD 10900 INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1 = 40).N100 G.. U=CAC (56)


Program the indexing axis position in the NC part program in accordance withthe length of the current position table, or add the required value to the positiontable and adjust the length of the list.


Channel %1 block %2 preset on transformed axis %3 not possible


The displayed axis is involved in the current transformation. This means that isit not possible to set the actual value memory (preset) for this axis.

Example:Machine axis A should be set to the new actual value A 100 at the absoluteposition A 300.

:N100 G90 G00 A=300N101 PRESETON A=100


Avoid preset actual value memory for axes which are participating in atransformation or deselect the transformation with the keyword TRAFOOF.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 transformation active: inhibits axiscontainer rotation


The programmed axis/spindle is active in a transformation and the axiscontainer cannot be rotated for this reason.


17510Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17600Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17605Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Correct the part program.Deactivate the transformation for this axis/spindle before rotating the axiscontainer or perform the axis container rotation later.


Channel %1 block %2 positioning axis %3 cannot participate in thetransformation


The axis addressed with the keyword POS or POSA is involved in the activetransformation. Therefore, it cannot be traversed as a positioning axis.


Remove the POS or POSA instruction from the part program block orpreviously deselect transformation with TRAFOOF.


Channel %1 block %2 fixpoint cannot be approached for transformedaxis %3


In the displayed block, an axis is programmed for the fixed point approach(G75) that is involved in the active transformation. Fixed point approach is notperformed with this axis.


Remove G75 instruction from the part program block or previously deselect thetransformation with TRAFOOF.


Channel %1 block %2 referencing not possible for transformed axis %3


In the displayed block, an axis is programmed for reference point approach(G74) that is involved in the active transformation. Reference point approach isnot performed with this axis.


Remove G74 instruction, or the machine axes involved in transformation, fromthe part program block or previously deselect the transformation withTRAFOOF.


Remedy


17610Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17620Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17630Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 spindle cannot be used as transformed axis %3


The axis programmed for the spindle operation is involved in the currenttransformation as geometry axis. This is not permissible.


First switch off the transformation function.


Channel %1 block %2 machine axis %3 not programmable


The machine axis cannot be used in an active transformation.You may be able to program the function in a different coordinate system. Forexample, it may be possible to specify the retraction position in the basiccoordinate system or the workpiece coordinate system. The axis identifier isused to select the coordinate system.


Deactivate the transformation or use another coordinate system.


Channel %1 block %2 illegal fixed-stop end point programmed


The position number n specified with the keyword FP=n is not permissible. Twoabsolute axis positions can be defined as fixed points via the axis-specificMD30 600 FIX_POINT_POS [n].


Program keyword FP with machine fixed points 1 or 2.

Example:Approach fixed point 2 with machine axes X1 and Z2.

N100 G75 FP=2 X1=0 Z2=0


17640Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17650Definition

Reaction

Remedy


17800Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 use machine axis identifier


At this point, the block context calls for a machine axis.This is the case with:

• G74 (reference point approach)• G75 (fixed point approach). If a geometry or additional axis identifier is

used, then it must also be allowed as machine axis identifier.(MD: 10000 AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB).


Use machine axis identifiers when programming.


Channel %1 block %2 wrong definition of global protection area %3, errorcode %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Number of global protection zone%4 = Error specification

There is an error in the definition of the protection area. The error numbersindicate the specific reason for the alarm. The following meanings apply:1: Incomplete or conflicting contour definition2: Contour encompasses more than one surface area3: Tool-related protection zone is not convex4: If both boundaries are active in the 3rd dimension of the protection zone

and both limits have the same value5: The number of the protection area does not exist (negative number, zero

or greater than the maximum number of protection zones)6: Protection zone definition consists of more than 10 contour elements7: Tool-related protection zone is defined as inside protection zone8: Incorrect parameter used9: Protection zone to be activated is not defined10: Incorrect modal G code used for protection zone definition11: Contour definition incorrect or frame activated12: Other errors not specified further


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify the definition of the protection zone and check the MD.


17900Definition

Reaction

Remedy


18000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 wrong definition of channel-specific protectionarea %3, error code %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Number of the channel-specific protection zone%4 = Error specification

There is an error in the definition of the protection area. The error numbersindicate the specific reason for the alarm. The following meanings apply:1: Incomplete or conflicting contour definition2: Contour encompasses more than one surface area3: Tool-related protection zone is not convex4: If both boundaries are active in the 3rd dimension of the protection zone

and both limits have the same value5: The number of the protection area does not exist (negative number, zero

or greater than the maximum number of protection zones)6: Protection zone definition consists of more than 10 contour elements7: Tool-related protection zone is defined as inside protection zone8: Incorrect parameter used9: Protection zone to be activated is not defined10: Incorrect modal G code used for protection zone definition11: Contour definition incorrect or frame activated12: Other errors not specified further


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify the definition of the protection zone and check the MD.


Channel %1 block %2 global protection area %3 cannot be activated, errorcode %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Number of global protection zone%4 = Error specification

An error has occurred on activating the protection zone. The error numbergives the specific reason for the alarm.

The following meanings apply:

1: Incomplete or conflicting contour definition. 2: Contour encompasses more than one surface area. 3: Tool-related protection zone is not convex 4: If both boundaries are active in the 3rd dimension of the protection zone

and both limits have the same value 5: The number of the protection area does not exist (negative number,

zero or greater than the maximum number of protection zones) 6: Protection zone definition consists of more than 10 contour elements. 7: Tool-related protection zone is defined as inside protection zone 8: Incorrect parameter used 9: Protection zone to be activated is not defined 10: Error in internal structure of the protection zones 11: Other errors not specified further 12: The number of protection zones simultaneously active exceeds the

maximum number (channel-specific machine data) 13,14: Contour element for protection zones cannot be created 15,16: No more memory space for the protection zones 17: No more memory space for the contour elements

18001 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


18002 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. 1. Reduce the number of simultaneously active protection zones (MD). 2. Modify the part program:

• Delete other protection zones.• Preprocessing stop.


Channel %1 block %2 channel-specific protection area %3 cannot beactivated, error code %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Number of the channel-specific protection zone%4 = Error specification

An error has occurred on activating the protection zone. The error numbergives the specific reason for the alarm.

The following meanings apply:

1: Incomplete or conflicting contour definition 2: Contour encompasses more than one surface area 3: Tool-related protection zone is not convex 4: If both boundaries are active in the 3rd dimension of the protection zone

and both limits have the same value 5: The number of the protection area does not exist (negative number,

zero or greater than the maximum number of protection zones) 6: Protection zone definition consists of more than 10 contour elements 7: Tool-related protection zone is defined as inside protection zone 8: Incorrect parameter used 9: Protection zone to be activated is not defined 10: Error in internal structure of the protection zones 11: Other errors not specified further 12: The number of protection zones simultaneously active exceeds the

maximum number (channel-specific machine data) 13,14: Contour element for protection zones cannot be created 15,16: No more memory space for the protection zones 17: No more memory space for the contour elements


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. 1. Reduce the number of simultaneously active protection zones (MD). 2. Modify the part program:

• Delete other protection zones.• Preprocessing stop.


Reaction

Remedy


18003 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 orientation of workpiece-related protection area %3does not correspond to the orientation of tool-related protection area %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Number of workpiece-related protection zone

The orientation of the workpiece-related protection zone and the orientation ofthe tool-related protection zone differ. If the protection zone number isnegative, then this is a global protection zone.


• Modify the protection zone definition or do not simultaneously activateprotection zones that have different orientations.

• Check the machine data and modify the protection zone definition ifnecessary.


Channel %1 block %2 serious error in definition of global protectionarea %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Protection zone number

The protection zone definition must be terminated with EXECUTE before apreprocessing stop is performed. This also applies to any that are initiatedimplicitly such as with G74, M30, M17.




Channel %1 block %2 serious error in definition of channel-specificprotection area %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Protection zone number

The protection zone definition must be terminated with EXECUTE before apreprocessing stop is performed. This also applies to any that are initiatedimplicitly such as with G74, M30, M17.




18004 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


18005Definition

Reaction

Remedy


18006Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 invalid argument passed to FXS


The following values are valid at the present time:0: "Deselect travel to fixed stop"1: "Select travel to fixed stop" valid.



Channel %1 block %2 invalid argument assigned to FXST


Only the range 0.0 - 100.0 is valid at the present time.



Channel %1 block %2 invalid argument assigned to FXSW


Only positive values including zero are valid at the present time.



Channel %1 block %2 curve table: block search stop not allowed withdefinition CTABDEF


Program instructions that lead to a preprocessing stop are not allowed within acurve table definition. The system variable $P_CTABDEF can be queried tocheck whether a table definition is currently active.


Put the block in parenthesis using "IF NOT($P_CTABDEF) ... ENDIF" orremove the instruction that causes the preprocessing stop. Then start the partprogram again.


18100Definition

Reaction


18101Definition

Reaction


18102Definition

Reaction


18200Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 curve table: table %3 does not exist

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label << Ref. see also alarm 16776 >>%3 = Number of curve table

An attempt was made to use a curve table whose table number is not known inthe system \par.


Change the table number in the program instruction or define the curve tablewith the desired table number.


Channel %1 block %2 curve table: instruction CTABEND illegal withoutCTABDEF


The CTABEND instruction, which is used to terminate the definition, has beenprogrammed in the program without starting a curve table definition withCTABDEF, or the CTABDEF and CTABEND instructions were not programmedin the same program level.


Remove the CTABEND command or add the CTABDEF( ..) command at theappropriate program location. The CTABDEF and CTABEND instructions mustbe programmed in the same program level (main or subprogram). Start theprogram again.


Channel %1 block %2 frame: fine shift not possible


Allocation of a fine shift to settable frames or the basic frame is not possiblesince MD $MN_FRAME_FINE_TRANS is not equal to 1.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter Stop.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify the program or set MD $MN_FRAME_FINE_TRANS to 1.


Channel %1 block %2 frame: rotation not allowed


Rotations are not possible with NCU global frames.

18201Definition

Reaction

Remedy


18202Definition

Reaction

Remedy


18300Definition

Reaction

Remedy


18310Definition

09.01 1 Alarms





Channel %1 block %2 frame: instruction not allowed


An attempt was made to read or write a frame which does not exist.




Channel %1 block %2 frame: fine shift not configured


An attempt was made to read or write a frame which does not exist.


The fine shift must be configured for G58 and G59.

Modify the machine data

Channel %1 block %2 frame: geometry axis switchover not allowed


It is not allowed to change the geometry axis assignment because the currentframe contains rotations.


Change NC program or set other mode with$MN_FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE.


Reaction

Remedy


18311Definition

Reaction

Remedy


18312Definition

Reaction

Remedy


18313Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 frame: type conflict


It is not possible to chain global frames and channel-specific frames.The alarm occurs if a global frame is programmed with a channel axis nameand no machine axis on this NCU is assigned to the channel axis.Channel-specific frames cannot be programmed with machine axis names ifthere is no corresponding channel axis on this NCU.




Channel %1 block %2 language change over to not possible: %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Cause

The change over to an external NC language is not possible due to the reasonspecified.The following reasons are possible (see parameter 3):1 Invalid machine data settings2 Active transformation


Remedy the specified cause of the error before language change over.


Channel %1 axis %2 reference cam not reached


After starting the reference point approach, the rising edge of the reductioncam must be reached within the section defined in the MD 34030REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST (phase 1 of referencing). (This error occurs only withincremental encoders).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.There are 3 possible causes of error:

1. The value entered in MD 34030 REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST is too small.Determine the maximum possible distance from the beginning of referencemotion up to the reduction cam and compare with the value in the MD:REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST, increase the value in the MD if necessary.

18314Definition

Reaction

Remedy


18400Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20000Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


2. The cam signal is not received by the PLC input module.Operate the reference point switch by hand and check the input signal onthe NC/PLC interface (route: switch!connector!cable!PLC input!user program).

3. The reference point switch is not operated by the cam.Check the vertical distance between reduction cam and activatingswitch.


Channel %1 axis %2 cam signal missing


At the beginning of phase 2 of reference point approach, the signal from thereduction cam is no longer available.

Phase 2 of reference point approach begins when the axis remains stationaryafter deceleration to the reduction cam. The axis then starts in the oppositedirection in order to select the next zero marker of the measuring system onleaving the reduction cam or approaching it again (negative/positive edge).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check whether the deceleration path after the approach velocity is greaterthan the distance to reference point cam - in which case the axis cannot stopuntil it is beyond the cam.Use longer cam or reduce the approach velocity in machine data 34020REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM.

When the axis has stopped at the cam, it must be checked whether the signal"DECELERATION REFERENCE POINT APPROACH" is still available at theinterface to the NCK (DB 31 - 48, DBX 12.7).

• Hardware: wire break? short circuit?• Software: user program?


Channel %1 axis %2 zero reference mark not found


The zero marker of the incremental encoder is not within a defined section.

Phase 2 of reference point approach ends when the zero marker of theencoder has been detected after the rising/falling edge of the PLC interfacesignal "DECELERATION REFERENCE POINT APPROACH" (DB 31 - 48, DBX12.7) has given the trigger start.The maximum distance between the trigger start and the zero marker thatfollows is defined in the machine data 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST.

The monitor prevents a zero marker signal from being overtraveled and thenext being evaluated as reference point signal. (Faulty cam adjustment orexcessive delay by the PLC user program.)


20001Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20002 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the cam adjustment and make sure that the distance is sufficientbetween the end of the cam and the zero marker signal that follows.The path must be longer than the axis can traverse in the PLC cycletime.

Increase the machine data 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST, but do notselect a value greater than the distance between the 2 zero markers. Thismight result in the monitor being switched off.


Channel %1 axis %2 encoder error


In a measuring system with distance-coded reference marks, the distancebetween two adjacent markers has been found to be more than twice thedistance entered in the machine data 34300 ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST.

The control issues the alarm after having made a second attempt in reversedirection with half the traversing velocity and detecting that the distance is toolarge again.


Determine the distance between 2 odd reference point markers (referencepoint marker interval). This value (which is 20.00 mm on Heidenhain scales)must be entered in the machine data 34300 ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST.

Check the reference point track of the scale including the electronics for theevaluation.


Channel %1 axis %2 reference mark missing


In the distance-coded length measurement system two reference markswere not found within the defined searching distance (axis-specific MD:34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST).

No reduction cam is required for distance-coded scales (but an existing camwill be evaluated). The conventional direction key determines the direction ofsearch. The searching distance 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST, withinwhich the two reference point markers are expected is counted commencing atthe start point.


Reaction

Remedy


20003 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20004 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Determine the distance between 2 odd reference point markers (referencepoint marker interval). This value (which is 20.00 mm on Heidenhain scales)must be entered in the machine data 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST.

Check the reference point track of the scale including the electronics for theevaluation.


Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach aborted


Channel-specific referencing could not be completed for all specified axes (e.g.termination because of missing encoder enable, measuring system switchover,release of direction key, etc.).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the possible reasons for termination:

• Servo enable missing (DB 21 - 28, DBX 2.1)• Measuring system switchover (DB 21 - 28, DBX 1.5 and DBX 1.6)• Traversing keys + or - missing (DB 21 - 28, DBX 8.6 and DBX 8.7)• Feed override = 0

The axis-specific MD 34110 REFP_CYCLE_NR determines which axes areinvolved in the channel-specific referencing.

-1: No channel-specific referencing, NC Start without referencing. 0: No channel-specific referencing, NC Start with referencing. 1-8: Channel-specific referencing. The number entered here

corresponds to the referencing sequence. (When all axes withcontents 1 have reached the reference point, then the axes withcontents 2 start, etc.).


Channel %1 axis %2 reference point creep velocity not reached


In phase 2 of reference point approach (wait for zero mark), the cam end wasreached but the reference point approach velocity was not within the tolerancewindow. (This can occur when the axis is already at the end of the cam at thebeginning of reference point approach. This means that phase 1 has alreadybeen concluded and will not be started.)

Phase 2 is terminated (this time in front of the cam) and reference pointapproach is started automatically once again with phase 1. If the approachvelocity is not reached during the 2nd attempt, then referencing is aborted andthe alarm is output.

Approach velocity: 34040 REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKERVelocity tolerance: 35150 SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL

Remedy


20005 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20006 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reduce the MD for the approach velocity 34040REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER and/or increase the MD for the velocitytolerance 35150 SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL.


Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach needs 2 encoders


2 encoders are needed for setting 34200 ENC_REFP_MODE = 6!


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify reference mode 34200 ENC_REFP_MODE or install and configure asecond encoder.


Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach needs second referencedencoder


When setting 34200 ENC_REFP_MODE = 6 the 2nd encoder must first bereferenced.


Modify referencing mode ENC_REFP_MODE or reference 2nd encoder.


Channel %1 axis %2 handwheel mode active


The axes cannot be traversed in JOG mode using the traversing keys becausetraversing is still taking place via the handwheel.

Alarm display.

Decide whether the axis is to be traversed by means of the jog keys or via thehandwheel. End handwheel travel and delete the axial distance-to-go ifnecessary (interface signal DB 31 - 48, DBX 2.2).


Reaction

Remedy


20007 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20008 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20050 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 axis %2 handwheel mode not possible


The axis is already traveling via the traversing keys, so handwheel mode is nolonger possible.

Alarm display.

Decide whether the axis is to be traversed by means of the jog keys or via thehandwheel.


Channel %1 axis %2 already active


The axis is to traverse as machine axis in JOG mode via the jog keys on themachine control panel. However, this is not possible because:

1. It is already traversing as geometry axis (through the channel-specificinterface DB 21 - 28, DBX 12.6, DBX 12.7, DBX 16.6, DBX 16.7 or DBX20.6 and DBX 20.7) or

2. It is already traversing as machine axis (through the axis-specific interfaceDB 31 - 48, DBX 8.6 and DBX 8.7) or

3. A frame is valid for a rotated coordinate system and another geometry axisinvolved in this is already traversing in JOG mode by means of thedirection keys.

Alarm display.

Stop traversing through the channel or axis interface or stop the othergeometry axis.


Channel %1 axis %2 DRF, FTOCON, external zero offset not possible


The axis is traversed in a mode (e.g. referencing) that allows no additionaloverlaid interpolation.

Alarm display.

Wait until the axis has reached its reference position or terminate the referencepoint approach with "Reset" and start DRF once again.


20051 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20052 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20053 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 axis %2 wrong index for indexing axis in JOG mode


1. The displayed indexing axis is to be traversed incrementally in JOG mode(by 1 indexing position). However, no further indexing position is availablein the selected direction.

2. The axis is stationary at the last indexing position. In incrementaltraversing the working area limitation or the software limit switch isreached without an indexing position being located in front of it at which astop could be made.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct (add to) the list of indexing positions by means of the machine data

MD 10900: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1 MD 10910: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1 MD 10920: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2 MD 10930: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2

or set the working area limits or the software limit switches to other values.


Channel %1 master spindle not available in JOG mode

%1 = Channel number

The displayed axis is to be traversed as machine axis in JOG mode withrevolutional feed, but no master spindle has been defined from which theactual speed could have been derived.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If the revolutional feed is also to be active in JOG mode, then a master spindlemust be declared via the channel-specific machine data 20090SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND. In this case you have to open a screen in thePARAMETER operating area with the softkeys "SETTINGDATA" and "JOGDATA" and preselect the G function G95 there.The JOG feedrate can then be entered in [mm/rev]. (If 0 mm/rev is set as JOGfeed, the control takes the value assigned in the axis-specific MD 32050JOG_REV_VELO or in the case of rapid traverse overlay 32040JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID).

The revolutional feed in JOG mode is deactivated by changing the G functionfrom G95 to G94.


Channel %1 axis %2 no revolutional feedrate possible. Axis/spindle %3stationary

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle name%3 = Axis name, spindle name

An axis is to travel in JOG with revolutional feed, but the spindle/axis the feedis to be derived from is 0.

20054 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20055 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20056 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Alarm display.

Traverse the spindle/axis from which the feedrate is to be derived.


Channel %1 block %2 revolution velocity of axis/spindle %3 is less orequal zero


Revolutional feed has been programmed for an axis/spindle, but the velocitywas not programmed or the programmed value is smaller than or equal tozero.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.LOCALREACTION.COMPBLOCKWITHREORG.Channel processing not ready.


• Correct the part program or

• Specify the correct feedrate for PLC axes at the VDI interface, or

• Specify feedrate for oscillating axes in the setting data$SA_OSCILL_VELO.


Channel %1 block %2 revolutional feedrate: illegal feed source


An axis/spindle is to be traversed at revolutional feedrate. The referenceaxis/spindle defined in SD 43300 ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE refersto itself. The coupling caused cannot be executed.

Alarm display.

The spindle/axis from which the feedrate is to be derived refers to itself.

Alarm display disappears with cause of alarm. No further operator actionnecessary.

Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be traversed as geometry axis


The axis is currently not in "Geometry axis" state. Therefore, it cannot betraversed in JOG mode as geometry axis.

If the abbreviation WCS (workpiece coordinate system) is displayed in the"Position" screen, then only the geometry axes can be traversed by means ofthe direction keys! (MCS ... machine coordinate system; all machine axes cannow be traversed by using the direction keys on the machine control panel).

Alarm display.

Reaction

Remedy


20057 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20058 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20060 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Check the operating steps to establish whether geometry axes really must betraversed, otherwise switch over to the machine axes by activating the"WCS/MCS" key on the machine control panel.


Channel %1 axis %2 cannot move as orientation axis


The axis is not an orientation axis and can therefore not be traversed as anorientation axis in jog mode.

Alarm display.

Register the axis as an orientation axis.


Channel %1 axis %2 already active


The displayed axis is already traversing as a machine axis. Therefore, it cannotbe operated as a geometry axis.

Traversing of an axis can take place in JOG mode through 2 differentinterfaces.

1. as a geometry axis: via the channel-specific interfaceDB 21 - DB 28, DBX12.6 or DBX12.7

2. as a machine axis: via the axis-specific interfaceDB 31 - DB 48 DBX8.6 or DBX8.7

With the standard machine control panel, it is not possible to operate an axisas machine axis and geometry axis at the same time.

Alarm display.

Do not start the geometry axis until the traversing motion as machine axis hasbeen concluded.


Channel %1 axis %2 cannot move orientation axes without transformation


An attempt was made to move an orientation axis in JOG mode without anactive orientation transformation.

Alarm display.

Activate an orientation transformation.


Remedy


20061 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20062 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20063 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 master spindle not defined for geometry axes in JOG mode

%1 = Channel number

The displayed axis is to be traversed as geometry axis in JOG mode with rotaryfeed, but no master spindle has been defined from which the actual speedcould be derived.


If the revolutional feed is also to be active in JOG mode, then a master spindlemust be declared via the channel-specific machine data 20090SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND. In this case you have to open a screen in thePARAMETER operating area with the softkeys "SETTINGDATA" and "JOGDATA" and preselect the G function G95 there. The JOG feedrate can then beentered in [mm/rev]. (If 0 mm/rev is set as JOG feed, the control takes thevalue assigned in the axis-specific MD 32050 JOG_REV_VELO or in the caseof rapid traverse overlay 32040 JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID).

The revolutional feed in JOG mode is deactivated by changing the G functionfrom G95 to G94.


Channel %1 axis %2 programmed end position is beyond softwarelimit %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis number%3 = "+" or "-"

The axis is traversed as a concurrent positioning axis and the target position issituated behind the corresponding software limit switch. The axis does nottraverse.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Specify a smaller target position.Modify the MD for software limit switch.Possibly activate another software limit switch.


Channel %1 axis %2 programmed end position is beyond working arealimit %3


The displayed axis is operated as a concurrent positioning axis. Its targetposition is behind the preset working area limitation.

Alarm display.

Parameterize a target position within the permissible traversing range(parameter POS of FC ?) or correct the position of software limit switch(activate 2nd software limit switch).


20065 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20070 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20071 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 axis %2 is not an indexing axis

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis number

The displayed axis is operated as a concurrent positioning axis. Its targetposition is parameterized in the FC INDEX-AXIS as indexing position number,but the axis is not an indexing axis.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The FC POS-AXIS for linear and rotary axes should be used or the axis shouldbe declared as an indexing axis. Corresponding machine data for indexing axisdeclaration:

MD 30500: INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB MD 10900: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1 MD 10910: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1 MD 10920: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2 MD 10930: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2


Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be repositioned


The concurrent positioning axis cannot be positioned because it has alreadybeen restarted via the VDI interface and is still active. No repositioning motiontakes place and the motion initiated by the VDI interface is not affected.

Alarm display.

None.


Channel %1 axis %2 wrong index position


For a concurrent positioning axis declared as indexing axis, the PLC has givenan index number that is not available in the table.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the indexing axis number given by the PLC and correct this ifnecessary. If the indexing axis number is correct and the alarm results from anindexing position table that has been set too short, check the machine data forindexing axis declaration.

MD 30500: INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB MD 10900: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1 MD 10910: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1 MD 10920: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2 MD 10930: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2


20072 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20073 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20074 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 axis %2 oscillating currently not possible


The axis cannot perform an oscillating movement now because it is alreadybeing traversed, e.g. in JOG mode.

Alarm display.

Terminate the other traversing motion.


Channel %1 axis %2 change of operation mode not possible duringoscillation


The axis is performing an oscillating movement. Mode change is not possiblebecause oscillation is not allowed in the selected mode.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Do not initiate any such mode changes. Cause the PLC to check the axis andmake sure in the PLC program that the axis terminates oscillation if such modechanges take place.


Channel %1 axis %2 programmed position is beyond software limit %3


The axis is traversed as an oscillating axis and the target position (reversalposition or end position) is located behind the corresponding software limitswitch. The axis is not traversed.


Specify smaller target position.Modify the machine data for software limit switch.Possibly activate another software limit switch.


20075 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20076 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20077 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 axis %2 programmed position is beyond working arealimit %3


The axis is traversed as an oscillating axis and the target position (reversalposition or end position) is located behind the corresponding valid working arealimitation. The axis does not traverse.


Specify a smaller target position.Deactivate working area limitation.Set working area limitation differentially.


Channel %1 axis %2 oscillating path length %3 <= 0

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis number%3 = Length

The axis is traversed as an oscillating axis and the distance to be traversed issmaller than or equal to zero. For example, both reversal points are situated onan identical position, one reversal point was shifted against the oscillatingdirection beyond the other reversal point. The axis is not traversed.


Specify a correct target position (reversal position, end position).


Channel %1 axis %2 handwheel not assigned for overlaid handwheelmotion


No handwheel has been assigned for this specified axis after handwheeloverlay has been started in automatic mode.If the axis identifier is missing in the alarm with active velocity overlay FD > 0,then the 1st geo axis has not been defined in the NC channel. In this case theblock is executed without handwheel control.

Alarm display.

If handwheel control is required, a handwheel must be activated.


20078 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20079 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20080 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 contour handwheel: traverse direction or overtravel notallowed from beginning of block

%1 = Channel number

Travel takes place on the path with the contour handwheel in the oppositedirection to the programmed travel direction and the starting point of the pathhas been reached at the start of the block.

Alarm display.

Turn the contour handwheel in the opposite direction.


Axis %1 activation of fixed stop not possible. Check program line andaxis parameters.

%1 = Axis name, spindle number

1. The "Traverse against fixed stop" function has been programmed withFXS[AX]=1 but the axis does not (yet) support this. Check MD 37000. Thisfunction is not available for gantry axes and simulated axes.

2. On selection, no movement was programmed for axis AX. AX is a machineaxis identifier.

3. It is always necessary to program a traversing movement in the selectionblock for the axis/spindle for which the "travel to fixed stop" function isactivated.


Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.


• Check the axis type.

• Check MD 37000.

• Is a machine axis movement missing in the approach block?


Axis %1 has not reached the fixed stop


On attempting to traverse against a fixed stop, the programmed end positionhas been reached or the traversing movement has been aborted.The alarm can be concealed by means of the machine data$MA_FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK.

The alarm can be reconfigured in MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY(channel not ready).

20085 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20090 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20091Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Correct the part program and the settings:

• Has the traversing block been aborted?• If the axis position does not correspond to the programmed end position,

then correct the end position.• If the programmed end position is in the part, the triggering criterion must

be checked.• Has the contour deviation leading to triggering been dimensioned too

large? Has the torque limit been set too high?


Axis %1 fixed stop mode still active


An attempt has been made to move an axis while it is in fixed stop or while thedeselection function has not yet been completed.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the following:

• Has the axis at the fixed stop also been moved by a traversing movementof geometry axes?

• Is a selection carried out even though the axis is stationary at the stop?

• Has the deselection process been interrupted by a RESET?

• Has the PLC switched the acknowledgement signals?

Press the Reset key to clear alarm in all channels of this mode group.

Axis %1 standstill monitoring at fixed-stop end point has triggered


The position of the axis has been beyond the zero speed window ever sinceselection has been completed.


Reaction

Remedy


20092 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20093 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Check the mechanical components, e.g. has the stop broken away?

Has the part to be clamped given way?• Position window for zero speed control too small

(37020 MD: $MA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF)(43520 setting data: $SA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW).Default is 1 mm in each case.


Axis %1 fixed-stop mode has been aborted


The function has been aborted.The possible reasons for this are:

• Because a pulse disable has occurred, the torque can no longer beprovided.

• The PLC has removed the acknowledgments.


Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not readyNC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Is there a pulse disable from the infeed/regenerative-feedback unit or from thePLC? Have the acknowledgement bits been deleted by the PLC even thoughNCK has not requested deselection?


Axis %1 illegal torque, current torque %2

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = Current torque when selecting brake test

The current torque when selecting the brake test cannot be provided with thisparameter assignment.

Alarm display.

Check the parameter assignment for the functional test of the brakes:- The torque for weight balancing in drive machine data 1192 should

approximately correspond to the current torque. The current torque is displayed in the alarm text.

- The given torque for the brake test MA_BRAKETEST_TORQUE must be set to a value greater than the current torque.


Reaction

Remedy


20094 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20095Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1: invalid configuration for digitizing

%1 = Channel number

- The digitizing function requires 3 geometry axes to be defined in the channel.- With the baud rate available for transferring the actual positions and setpoint velocities between NC and digitizing unit, the interpolation cycle cannot be set to a value of less than 5 ms.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.- Define 3 geometry axes for the digitizing channel by means of machine data.- Use interpolation cycle of greater than 5 ms.


Timeout during initialization of communication with the digitizer

The attempt to synchronize the communications link to the digitizing unit and totransfer the machine parameters was aborted after the preset timeout limit of15 seconds was exceeded.


Check the connection to the digitizing unit (RS422 cable, supply voltage) andwhether the digitizing unit is switched on.


Channel %1: axis stopped by digitizer. Error code: %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = Error code of digitizing unit

The digitizing unit has recognized an error in the communication and signaledthis to the NC.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Error code 1: Check cable connection leading to the digitizing unit.Other error codes: See manual for digitizing unit.

Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program.

Emergency stop set by the digitizer

The digitizing unit has recognized a serious error and triggered an emergencystop. Cause: See display on the digitizing unit.



20100 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20101 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20105 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20106 Definition

Reaction


09.01 1 Alarms


Invalid data packet received from the digitizer. Error codes: %1, %2

%1 = Error code of cyclic packet%2 = Error code of out-of-band packet

A data packet received by the digitizing unit could not be evaluated.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Error code: 0, 0: Check cable connection leading to the NC.Other error codes: e.g. wrong header, incorrect checksum (developmentdocumentation).


Error in communication with the digitizer: status code of com-circuit: %1

%1 = Status byte

The circuit for serial communication with the digitizing unit signals atransmission error via its status byte (framing error, parity etc.).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check connection cable leading to the digitizing unit: in particular screening.


Axis %1 too many relations defined for cross error compensation


Interpolatory compensation with tables.For each axis, the maximum number of compensation relationships definedmay be no more than the number of axes in the system. In this alarm, theinterpolatory compensation in the axis is switched off automatically.


Check table parameters $AN_CEC_OUTPUT_AXIS and correct and/or switchoff one or more tables ($SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE).


Axis %1 configuration error in cross error compensation table %2

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = Compensation table

Interpolatory compensation with tables.The settings for the specified table are not allowed.$AN_CEC_MAX >= $AN_CEC_MIN and $AN_CEC_STEP != 0 apply tosystem variables. This table is switched off automatically.


20108 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20109 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20120 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20121 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and correct the characteristic data in the compensation table.If the error cannot be found, the alarm can be suppressed by switching off thetable ($SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE) or switching off compensation in the axis($MA_CEC_ENABLE).


Invalid axis assignment for cross error compensation table %1

%1 = Compensation table

Interpolatory compensation with tables.The input or output axes assignment in the given table is not allowed.$AN_CEC_INPUT_AXIS and $AN_CEC_OUTPUT_AXIS != 0 apply to systemvariables. This table is automatically switched off.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and correct the axis assignment in the compensation table.If the error cannot be found, the alarm can be suppressed by switching off thetable ($SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE) or switching off compensation in the axis($MA_CEC_ENABLE).


Axis %1 assignment of different output axes in cross error compensationtables to be multiplied


Interpolatory compensation with tables.The two tables whose outputs are to be multiplied together have differentoutput axes assigned to them.The compensation in this axis is automatically switched off.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and correct the characteristic data in the compensation table($AN_CEC_OUTPUT_AXIS and $AN_CEC_MULT_BY_TABLE).

If the error cannot be found, the alarm can be suppressed by switching off thecompensation in the axis ($MA_CEC_ENABLE) or the tables,($SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE).


Axis %1 sum of compensation values has been limited


The sum of the compensation values from all tables assigned to the axis hadexceeded the limit value $MA_CEC_MAX_SUM and had to be limited. Contourerrors could have occurred as a result.


Check characteristic data of the compensation tables assigned to the axis.

Check characteristic curves in the tables ($AN_CEC).


Remedy


20122 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20123 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20124 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 variation of compensation value is too rapid


The compensation value has changed more rapidly than has been allowed forin 32730 CEC_MAX_VELO. It had to be limited temporarily. The missingsection is repeated later but contour errors might have occurred.


Check characteristic data of the compensation tables assigned to the axis.

Check characteristic curves in the tables ($AN_CEC). Possibly one of the inputaxes has moved more rapidly than provided for.

Self-clearing alarm. Restart the part program.

Channel %1 contour tunnel monitoring

%1 = Channel number

The tool tip has exited the tunnel placed around the desired contour, i.e. thedistance between tool tip and desired contour was greater than specified in theMD 21050 CONTOUR_TUNNEL_TOL.


Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the following points in turn:

1. Is the machine in working order? That is, has the alarm been tripped by asluggish axis, tool breakage or collision?

2. If the machine is in working order, reduce the velocity or improve thecontroller setting.

3. Possibly increase the size of the tunnel and monitor errors via analogoutput in order to ascertain the cause.


Channel %1 motion synchronous action: traversing of command axis %2see NC alarm %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis%3 = NC alarm

An NC alarm was detected for a command axis which is to be traversed from asynchronous action. The NC alarm is indicated by an MMC alarm number inthe 3rd parameter.


20125 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20130 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20140 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


See help information for the additional alarms.


Channel %1 motion synchronous action: illegal axis type

%1 = Channel number

The requested command is not permissible in the current axis status for thecommand axis or spindle.This alarm occurs with command axes (POS, MOV), spindle commands frommotion synchronous actions (M3/M4/M5, SPOS), coupled motion (TRAILON,TRAILOF) and lead value coupling (LEADON, LEADOF).


First stop the axis or deactivate the link, then select a new status.


Channel %1 command axis %2: axis container rotation already enabled


The synchronized action instruction is not allowed on a spindle enabled for theaxis container rotation. The alarm only occurs if the spindle is passed to another NCU.


Initiate the synchronized action instruction before the axis container rotationenable or after the end of the rotation (depending on the application).


Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be started, is controlled by the PLC


An attempt was made to start a command axis by means of a modal or non-modal synchronized action. This start is not possible since the axis iscontrolled by the PLC.


Finish the control of the axis by the PLC and thus return the control to thechannel or start the command axis with a static synchronized action.


Remedy


20141 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20142 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20143Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: access to systemvariable not possible

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number

When using system variables, it is assumed that a read/write operation canaccess the required data successfully. In accesses to encoder actual values ordigital I/Os, the result depends on the availability of the correspondinghardware components. If an access within synchronized actions does not return a valid value, alarm20144 is output. Outside synchronized actions, such a read/write access causes blockexecution to be interrupted until the result is available. Block execution issubsequently continued.


Before reading/writing system variables, ensure that it is possible to access therequired hardware components.


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: arithmetic error


In calculating an arithmetic expression for a motion synchronous action, anoverflow has occurred (e.g. division by zero).


Correct the error in expression.


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: nesting depthexceeded %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number

For calculating arithmetic expressions in motion synchronous blocks, anoperand stack with a fixed set size is used. With very complex expressions,this stack can overflow.


Correct the error in expression.


20144 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20145 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20146 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: command notexecutable %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number

One of the commands for the synchronous action block cannot be executed,e.g. it is not possible to perform a Reset to the synchronous action.

Measurement level 2

• Embargo version does not allow measurement from a synchronized action

• MEASA was programmed in a synchronized action

• Measuring is already active

• Programming error (see alarm 21 701)


Modify the synchronous action.

Measurement level 2 Execute the measurement task from an NC program first, in order to improvethe error diagnostics. Only include it in the synchronized action when the firsterror-free run has been performed.


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: internal error %3 %1 = Channel number%2 = Block number%3 = Error number

An internal error has occurred during processing of a synchronous action. Theerror code is for diagnostics purposes. Please make a note and contact themanufacturer.


Modify the synchronous action.


Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: illegal index


An invalid index was used for access to a variable in motion synchronousaction. Example: ... DO $R[$AC_MARKER[1]] = 100 This error occurs if the value of marker 1 is greater than the maximumpermissible R parameter number.


20147 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20148 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20149 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Use a valid index.


Channel %1 tool management: PLC terminates the interrupted command

%1 = Channel number

Indication that the PLC has terminated an interrupted command (with alarmoutput) from the tool management - tool change.


For information only.


Channel %1 tool management: PLC can terminate only incorrectly abortedcommands

%1 = Channel number

Indication that the PLC wanted to interrupt an active command from the toolmanagement (tool change); or that there is no command active for abort.NCK refuses because the channel status is either 'active' (abort is then notallowed), or 'reset' (then there is nothing to abort).


For information only.


Channel %1 illegal configuration $AC_FIFO

%1 = Channel number

The structure of the FIFO variable $AC_FIFO - $AC_FIFO10 determined by themachine data $MC_NUM_AC_FIFO, $MC_START_AC_FIFO,$MC_LEN_AC_FIFO and $MC_MODE_AC_FIFO cannot be stored in theR parameter field defined in $MC_MM_NUM_R_PARAM.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Increase the number of the R parameters or reduce the FIFO elements.

$MC_MM_NUM_R_PARAM = $MC_START_AC_FIFO + $MC_NUM_AC_FIFO × ($MC_LEN_AC_FIFO + 6)

Correct the machine data and perform a Power ON.

Channel %1 invalid spindle no. %2 with fine compensation of toolgeometry

%1 = Channel number target channel%2 = Spindle number

There is no spindle/axis assignment in the target channel for the spindlespecified in the PUTFTOC command.

Remedy


20150 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20160 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20170 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20200 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Alarm display.Interpreter stop.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

Modify the program in the channel that writes the tool fine compensation.


Channel %1 spindle %2 no tool assigned

%1 = Channel number%2 = Spindle number

In order to make allowance for the fine tool compensation for the tool currentlyin the spindle, a spindle/tool assignment must be active.This is not presently the case for the programmed spindle in the target channelof fine tool compensation.


1. Modify the part program (write the tool fine compensation). 2. Establish spindle/tool assignment by programming:

• TMON (tool monitoring).• GWPSON (tool selection).


Channel %1 no tool selected

%1 = Channel number

A tool fine compensation has been written for the active tool of channel %1with PUTFTOC. No tool is active in this channel. Therefore, the compensationcannot be assigned.


Correct the program.


Channel %1 instruction PUTFTOC not allowed during FTOCOF

%1 = Channel number

A tool fine compensation has been written for channel %1 with PUTFTOC. Thetool fine compensation is not active in this channel. FTOCON must be active inthe target channel of the PUTFTOC command.


Reaction

Remedy


20201 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20203 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20204 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Correct the program in the machining channel: select FTOCON so that thechannel is ready to receive the PUTFTOC command.


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 wrong values for centerless grinding


It was not possible to calculate a tool diameter (no speed specified for thespindle) for centerless grinding because it was not allowed by the inputpositions. The old S value still applies.

Alarm display.

• Modify the program.• Select new traversing positions for centerless axes• or suppress computation by G00.


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 support point beyond limits


The support point calculated for centerless grinding is beyond the range limits.Machine data:

MD 21518 TRACLG_CONTACT_UPPER_LIMITMD 21520 TRACLG_CONTACT_LOWER_LIMIT

Alarm display.

• Check centerless axis positions and machine data.• Modify the program.• Select new traversing positions for centerless axes• or suppress computation by G00.


Monitoring for ESR active

None

Alarm displayNC not ready

None

Alarm display disappears with alarm cause. No further operator actionrequired.

Remedy


20210 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


20211 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21600Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 axis %2 encoder %3 frequency limit exceeded

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle number%3 = String (encoder number)

The maximum permissible frequency of the currently active encoder (axis-specific interface signal DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5 and DBX 1.6) in the axis-specificmachine data 36 300 ENC_FREQ_LIMIT [n] (n ... encoder number, 1 or 2) hasbeen exceeded. The reference of the actual value to the mechanical carriageposition may be lost.


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready. NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.

Check MD 36300 ENC_FREQ_LIMIT [n] and interface signal positionmeasuring system 1/2 (DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5 and DBX 1.6).


Channel %1 NC-controlled Extended Stop/Retract triggered

%1 = Channel number

"NC-controlled Extended Stop/Retract" triggered.

NC not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Alarm reaction delayed.

Reset.

Clear the alarm with RESET key.

Channel %1 axis %2 VDI-signal 'drive enable' reset during traverse motion


The interface signal "Servo enable" (DB31 - 48, DBX 2.1) has been set to 0 forthe displayed axis even though one of the axes in the geometry grouping wasin motion.

The axes entered in the channel-specific MD array20050 AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB count as axes belonging to thegeometry grouping. Servo enable must exist for all available geometry axes,regardless of whether they are currently in motion or not.

NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode.

21610 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21611Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21612 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the interface signal "Servo enable" (DB31 - 48, DBX 2.1, e.g. with thePLC status display in the DIAGNOSTICS operating area). Trace back thesignal to the sections in the PLC user program at which it is linked andset/reset.


Axis %1 switches active encoder explanation


The measuring system for this axis is changing.

Alarm display.


Channel %1 axis %2 hardware limit switch %3 reached

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle number%3 = String ( +, - or +/- )

The VDI signal "Hardware limit switch" (DB 31 - 48, DBX 12.0 or DBX 12.1)has been set at the NC/PLC interface.

Alarm display.NC Start disable.


1. With axes that have already been referenced, the software limit switch 1 or2 should respond before the hardware limit switch is reached.Check MD 36110 POS_LIMIT_PLUS, 36100 POS_LIMIT_MINUS,36130 POS_LIMIT_PLUS2 and 36120 POS_LIMIT_MINUS2 and theinterface signal for selection of 1st/2nd software limit switch (DB 31 - 48,DBX 12.2 and 12.3) and correct if necessary (PLC user program).

2. If the axis has not yet been moved to the reference point, it is possible todepart from the hardware limit switch in the opposite direction in JOGmode.

3. Check PLC user program and the connection from the switch to the PLCinput module, provided the axis has not yet reached the hardware limitswitch at all.


Channel %1 axis %2 taken from traverse mode to follow-up mode


This axis has been taken from traverse mode and put into "Follow-up" mode,for instance because the pulse enable for the drive has been reset.


None


Remedy


21613 Definition

Reaction


21614 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21615 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 overlaid motion active at transformation switchover


The overlaid motion in the BCS changes its significance because of thetransformation change and can therefore lead to undesired axis movements.


Retract the overlaid movement.

Cancel the alarm with NC Start and continue the program.

Channel %1 block %2 transformation prohibits to traverse the pole


The given curve passes through the pole or a forbidden area of transformation.


Modify the part program (if the alarm has occurred in AUTO mode).

To escape from the alarm position, transformation must be deselected (it is notenough to try a RESET if the transformer remains active when RESET isapplied).


Channel %1 as from block %2 transformation active: overlaid motion toogreat


The share of overlaid motion on the transformation-related axes is so high thatthe path movement planned by the preparation no longer sufficientlycorresponds to the actual ratio for the interpolation. Strategy of singularities,monitoring of working range limitation and dynamic Look Ahead are possiblyno longer correct.

Alarm display.

With overlaid motion it is necessary to keep a sufficiently large path safetydistance with regard to poles and working range limitations.


Channel %1 block %2 transformation active: motion not possible


The machine kinematics does not allow the specified motion.With TRANSMIT, the following points can be the transformation-dependentcauses of the fault:

21616 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21617 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21618 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21619 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


A (circular) area exists around the pole, where positioning is not possible. Thearea is caused by the fact that the tool reference point cannot be traversed asfar as into the pole. The area is defined by- the machine data ($MC_TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL..)- the active tool length compensation (see $TC_DP..).

Whether the tool length compensation is included in the calculationdepends on the working plane selected (see G17,..).

The machine stops at the edge of the area where positioning is not possible.


Modify the part programChange the incorrectly specified tool length compensation


Channel %1 axis %2 overlaid motion not allowed


An overlaid motion was requested for the axis, however, this is not allowed dueto the machine data FRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Deselect the overlaid motion or change machine dataFRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED.


Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 conflict between SYNACT: $AA_OFF andCORROF


When deselecting the position offset ($AA_OFF) via the part programcommand CORROF (<axis>, "AA_OFF") an active synchronized action isdetected that immediately sets $AA_OFF for the axis (DO_$AA_OFF [<axis>]=<value>). Deselection is executed and $AA_OFF not set again.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Reorganize correction blockNC Stop on alarm at block end.



Reaction

Remedy


21650 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21660 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 touch probe already deflected, edgepolarity not possible

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle number%3 = Block number

The probe programmed under the keyword MEAS or MEAW is alreadydeflected and has switched. For a further measuring operation, the probesignal must first be canceled (quiescent state of the probe).

The axis display is of no significance at the present time but an axis-specificevaluation has been planned for later stages of development.


Verify the start position of the measuring operation or check the probe signals.Are the cables and connectors in good order?


Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 measurement not possible


Measurement level 2 (MEASA, MEAWA, MEAC)

There is an error in the programmed measurement task.

Possible causes:

• Invalid measurement mode

• Invalid probe

• Invalid encoder

• Invalid number of measurement signal edges

• Identical measurement signal edges are only programmable in mode 2

• Invalid FIFO number

• Mismatch between the number of FIFOs programmed and the number ofprobes used in the measurement task.

Further causes:

• A measurement task is already active (e.g. from a synchronized action).


Correct the measurement tasks.


21700 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21701 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 measurement aborted


The measurement block has ended (the programmed end position of the axishas been reached) but the activated touch probe has not yet responded.

Measurement level 2 (MEAWA, MEASA, MEAC)

Measured values cannot be converted to the workpiece coordinate system.The measured values of the GEO axes programmed in the measurement taskare only available in the machine coordinate system.

Causes:

Not all GEO axes were programmed in the measurement task. At least onemeasured value is therefore missing for conversion back into the workpiececoordinate system.

Further causes:

The measurement tasks programmed for all GEO axis are not identical.

Alarm display.

Verify the traversing movement in the measurement block.

• Is it necessary in all cases for the activated probe to have switched up tothe specified axis position?

• Are the probe, cable, cable distributor, terminal connections in goodorder?

Either program all GEO axes explicitly or program the traversing movementwith the POS[axis] command.


Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 touch probe not deflected, edge polaritynot possible


The selected probe is not (!) deflected and therefore cannot record anymeasured value from the deflected to the non-deflected state.

Measurement level 2 (MEAWA, MEASA, MEAC)

The degree of deflection of the probe at the start of the measurement task isidentical to the first programmed measurement signal edge. The test is onlyperformed in mode 2.


- Check probe- Check start positioning for measuring- Check program


21702 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21703 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Output value at analog output no. %1 has been limited

%1 = No. of the output

The value range of the analog output n is limited by machine data10330 FASTIO_ANA_OUTPUT_WEIGHT[n].

Alarm display.

With $A_OUTA[..] = x no greater values can be programmed than permitted inthe respective machine data.


Error during output of cam signals via timer

The signal output activated by theMD 10480 SW_CAM_TIMER_FASTOUT_MASK via the hardware timer(independent of the clock grid) did not work.Cause: interpolation cycle is greater than 15 ms.


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Shorten interpolation cycle (if at all possible).


Channel %1 block %2 too many auxiliary functions programmed


The number of programmed auxiliary functions has exceeded the maximumpermissible amount.This alarm can occur in conjunction with motion synchronous actions: themaximum number of auxiliary functions must not be exceeded in motion blockand motion synchronous actions.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.Interpreter stop.NC Start disable.



21740 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21750 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


21760 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 workpiece setpoint %2 reached

%1 = Channel number%2 = Programmed workpiece setpoint

This alarm is activated via MD27880: PART_COUNTER, bit 1:

The number of counted workpieces ($AC_ACTUAL_PARTS or$AC_SPECIAL_PARTS) is equal or already larger than the programmed valuefor the number of required workpieces ($AC_REQUIRED_PARTS).

At the same time, the channel VDI signal "Workpiece setpoint reached" isoutput.

The value for the number of the counted workpieces ($AC_ACTUAL_PARTS)is reset while the value of $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS remains.

Alarm display.

Delete the alarm display.

--- (no program interrupt)

Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 change of gear stage not possible


Automatic gear stage selection has been programmed with M40. The newM word is not in the present gear stage, but the spindle is not in "Open-loopcontrol mode".

For automatic gear stage change (M40 in conjunction with spindle speed inaddress S) the spindle must be in "Open-loop control mode".


Before the S word which requires a gear stage change, change into the open-loop control mode of the spindle.

Change to the open-loop control mode is carried out with:

• M03, M04, M05 or M41 ... M45 from axis mode and positioning mode• Interface signal "Gear is changed" (DB 31 - 48, DBX 16.3) from

oscillation mode


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 actual gear stage differs from requestedgear stage


The requested gear stage change has been concluded. The actual gear stagereported by the PLC as being engaged is not the same as the required gearstage called for by the NC.Note: Wherever possible, the requested gear stage should always beengaged.

Alarm display.

21800 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22010 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct the PLC program.


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 change to programmed gear stage notpossible


When deselecting the functions 'DryRun', 'ProgTest' and'SearchRunByProgTest' it is not possible to change the gear stage in theRepos module to a previously programmed gear stage at a later point in time.This is the case, if the spindle in the deselection block is not active in thespeed control range, as following axis or in a transformation. Gear stagechange at a later point in time with the above-mentioned function deselection isavoided by resetting bit2 of machine data 35035 SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK.

Alarm display.

Change deselection block or block search target block to speed control mode(M3, M4, M5, SBCOF). Set machine data 35035 SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK bit 2 to 0.


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 is not referenced with zero marker

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name, spindle number%3 = Block number, label

The current position is not referenced with the MS position although referenceis made to it.

Alarm display.

Correct the NC part program. Effect zero marker synchronization bypositioning, by rotating (at least 1 revolution) in rpm-control mode or G74before switching on the function that has triggered the alarm.


Block %2 spindle/axis %3 not available in channel %1 because active inchannel %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Axis name, spindle number%4 = Number of the channel in which the spindle/axis is currently active.

The specified spindle/axis is required in channel %1 for the correct executionof a function. The spindle/axis is currently active in channel %4. This situationcan only occur with replacement axes.

Problem scenario: A synchronized spindle coupling was programmed. The master spindle/axis is not contained in the channel programmed for thecoupling at the time the coupling is activated. The master spindle/axis can be moved by FC18 or synchronized actions. When using FC18, please note that the master spindle/axis must be assignedto the channel which activates the coupling.

Remedy


22011 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22040 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22045 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


When FC18 terminates, the master spindle/axis must not be assigned toanother channel via PLC while the coupling is still active (VDI interfacesignals).

Alarm display.NC Stop on alarm.Interface signals are set.

• Program a GET for the master spindle/axis in the NC program beforeactivating the link, or

• Assign the master spindle/axis to the channel that activated the link viaPLC.


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 transition from speed control mode toposition control mode not possible


• An oriented spindle stop (SPOS/SPOSA) has been programmed or theposition control of the spindle was switched on with SPCON but no spindleencoder has been defined.

• When switching on the position control, the spindle speed is greater thanthe limiting speed of the measuring system.


Spindle without attached encoder: any NC language elements requiring theencoder signals must not be used.

Spindle with attached encoder: enter the number of spindle encoders usedin the MD NUM_ENCS.


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 reference mark not found


When referencing, the spindle turned through a greater distance than given inthe axis-specific machine data 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST, withoutreceiving a reference mark signal. The check is performed for spindlepositioning with SPOS or SPOSA when the spindle has not previously run withspeed control (S=...).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and correct machine data 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST. Theentered value specifies the distance in [mm] or [degrees] between 2 zeromarkers.


Reaction

Remedy


22050 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22051 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 zero speed on block change notreached


The displayed spindle has been programmed as spindle or as axis eventhough a positioning operation is still running from the previous block (withSPOSA ... spindle positioning beyond block limits).

Example:N100 SPOSA [2] = 100 :N125 S2 = 1000 M2 = 04 ; Error, if spindle S2 from

; block N100 is still running!


Before programming the spindle/axis again using the SPOSA instruction, aWAITS command should be activated in order to wait for the programmedspindle position.

Example:N100 SPOSA [2] = 100 :N125 WAITS (2)N126 S2 = 1000 M2 = 04


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 reference mode not supported


In the case of SPOS/SPOSA with an absolute encoder, only the referencingmode ENC_REFP_MODE = 2 is supported! SPOS/SPOSA does not supportENC_REFP_MODE = 6 at all!


Modify the setting of ENC_REFP_MODE or change to JOG+REF and thenreference.


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 improper punch signal


If the punching signal is irregular between the punching strokes, this alarm isgenerated according to machine data.

Alarm display.

Indicates poor condition of the punching hydraulics.

22052 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22053 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22054 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms



Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 configured positioning speed is toohigh


The current position is not referenced with the MS position although referenceis made to it.

Alarm display.

Correct the NC part program. Effect zero marker synchronization bypositioning, by rotating (at least 1 revolution) in rpm-control mode or G74before switching on the function that has triggered the alarm.


Channel %1 Position control expected for axis/spindle %2


The programmed coupling type (DV, AV) or the programmed function requiresposition control.

Alarm display.

Activate position control, e.g. by programming SPCON.


Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach: search speed for zeromark (MD) is not reached


The configured zero marker search velocity is not reached.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check active spindle speed limitations. Configure a lower zero marker search velocity$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER. Check the tolerance range for the actual velocity$MA_SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL.Set a different referencing mode $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE != 7.



22055 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22060 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22062 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach: search speed for zeromark (MD) is too high

%1 = Channel number %2 = Axis name, spindle number

The configured zero marker search velocity is too high. The encoder limit frequency is exceeded for the active measuring system.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Configure a lower zero marker search velocity$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER. Check the encoder frequency configuration $MA_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT and$MA_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW. Set a different referencing mode ($MA_ENC_REFP_MODE != 7).


Channel %1 tool management: tool move not possible since there is notool %2 with duplo no. %3 in magazine %4

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label%2 = String(identifier) %3 = Duplo no. %4 = Magazine no.

The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is notpossible. The specified tool is not contained in the specified magazine. (NCK can contain tools that are not assigned to a magazine. Such tools cannotbe used to perform operations (movements, change)).


Check that the specified tool is contained in the desired magazine, or programanother tool to be changed.


Channel %1 tool management: tool change not possible since tool %2with duplo no. %3 not in magazine %4

%1 = Channel number %2 = Block number, label%2 = String(identifier) %3 = Duplo no. %4 = Magazine no.

The desired tool change is not possible.The specified tool is not contained in the specified magazine.(NCK can contain tools that are not assigned to a magazine. Such tools cannotbe used to perform operations (movements, change)).

Interface signals are set.Alarm display.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

22064 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22065 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22066 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Check that the specified tool is contained in the desired magazine,

or program another tool to be changed.• Check whether the settings in machine data $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK,

$MC_START_MODE_MASK and the associated machine data$MC_TOOL_RESET_NAME match the current definition data.


Channel %1 tool management: tool change not possible because no toolready in tool group %2


The desired tool change is not possible.The specified tool group does not contain a tool which is ready for use andcould be used for tool change. It is possible that all of the tools in questionhave been set to the 'Disabled' state by the tool monitoring function.

Interface signals are set.Alarm display.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

• Ensure that the specified tool group contains a tool that is ready for usewhen tool change is requested.

• This can be achieved, for example, by replacing disabled tools, or• by releasing a disabled tool manually.• Check whether the tool data are correctly defined. Have all intended tools

in the group with the specified identifier been loaded?


Channel %1 block %2 tool management: no tool available in toolgroup %3

%1 = Channel ID %2 = Block number, label%3 = String (identifier)

The specified tool group does not contain a tool which is ready for use andcould be used for tool change. It is possible that all of the tools in questionhave been set to the 'Disabled' state by the tool monitoring function. The alarm can occur for example in conjunction with the alarm 14710 (error onINIT block generation). In this specific situation, NCK attempts to replace thedisabled tool located on the spindle with an available replacement tool (whichdoes not exist in this error condition). The user must resolve this conflict, for example, by removing the tool locatedon the spindle from the spindle by issuing a movement command. (E.g.through MMC operation)

Interface signals are set.Alarm display.NC Start disable.



in the group with the specified identifier been loaded?


Remedy


22067 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22068 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 tool management: no tool available in toolgroup %3, program %4

%1 = Channel ID %2 = Block number, label%3 = String (identifier) %4 = Program name

The specified tool group does not contain a tool which is ready for use andcould be used for tool change. It is possible that all of the tools in questionhave been set to the 'Disabled' state by the tool monitoring function. Parameter %4 = program name facilitates the identification of the programcontaining the programming command (tool selection) that caused the error. This can be a subroutine or cycle, etc., which can no longer be identified fromthe display. If the parameter is not specified, it is the currently displayed program.

Interface signals are set.Alarm display.Correction block is reorganized.



in the group been defined with the specified identifier and loaded?

Cancel the alarm with NC Start and continue machining.

Tool unit %1 Please change tool T=%2 into magazine. Repeat data backup

%1 = TO unit%2 = T Number of tool The alarm can only occur when the tool management function is active in theNCK. A data backup of the tool/magazine data was started. During the backup,the system detected that tools are still located in the buffer magazine (=spindle, gripper, ...).During the backup, these tools will lose the information which defines themagazine and location to which they are allocated. It is therefore practical -assuming that the data are to be stored exactly as before - to ensure that alltools have been deposited in the magazine before the data backup.

If this is not the case, some magazine locations will have the 'reserved' statuswhen the data are loaded again. This 'reserved' status must then be resetmanually.

For tools with fixed location coding, the loss of the information allocating theirlocation in the magazine has the same effect as a general empty locationsearch when they are returned to the magazine.

Interface signals are set.Alarm display.

Ensure that no tools are located in the buffer magazine before the databackup. Repeat the data backup after removing the tools from the buffermagazine.


22069 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22070 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


TO unit %1 tool %2 duplo no. %3 is active, but not in the active weargrouping

%1 = TO unit%2 = T number of tool %3 = Duplo number The alarm can only occur when the tool management function is active in theNCK. Either the language command SETTA has been programmed or thecorresponding operator action has been carried out via MMC, PLC, ....The alarm can also be triggered automatically by the NCK in the wear groupingfunction.It is detected that more than one tool from the tool group (tools with the samename/identifier) has the status "active".The specified tool is eitherfrom a non-considered magazine,from a non-considered wear groupingor from a non-active wear groupingin a buffer location (is neither magazine nor wear grouping).

Interface signals are set.Alarm display.

The alarm is intended for information purposes. If only one tool in a group canbe active at a time for technological reasons or for reasons of display, the"active" status must be canceled for the tool causing the error.Otherwise, the alarm can be ignored or even suppressed via the machine dataSUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK.

Typical reasons of display are present, if the operator works with the function'definite D numbers', which can be displayed on Siemens MMC in a definiteform only, if exactly one tool from a tool group has the status 'active'.

Before machining can be started or before the SETTA (or corresponding MMCoperation, ...) language command is used, all tools of the magazine shouldhave the status "not active".

One option to achieve this is programming SETTIA (or corresponding MMCoperation, ...).


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 chuck speed exceeded


The actual speed of the displayed spindle is greater than the value entered inthe axis-specific machine data 35100 SPIND_VELO_LIMIT plus the tolerancevalue specified in machine data 35150 SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL.

If the drive actuator has been optimized properly, the alarm cannot occur in the840D!


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready. NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.

22071 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22100 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the setup and optimization data of the drive actuator in accordance withthe Installation and Start-up Guide and make corrections.

Increase the tolerance window in machine data35150 SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL.


Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 maximum speed for encoderresynchronization exceeded


The maximum encoder speed was exceeded with G33, G95, G96 or G97.Reference to actual speed and actual position is no longer possible.The NC reduces the setpoint speed with the above functions until the activeencoder is able to measure again. The alarm is issued if the encoder stillreports the fault.


- Program speed limit with G26.- Reduce the maximum speed in the appropriate machine data.

Clear the alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group.

Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 maximum speed for position controlexceeded


The maximum encoder speed was exceeded with SPCON.Position control is no longer possible. The NC reduces the setpoint speed with the above functions until the activeencoder is able to measure again. The alarm is issued if the encoder stillreports the fault.


- Program speed limit with G26.- Reduce the maximum speed in the appropriate machine data.


Channel %1 spindle %2 axis stopped during tapping


When tapping with compensating chuck (G63) the drilling axis was stopped viathe NC/PLC interface and the spindle continues to rotate. The thread andpossibly also the tap were damaged as a result.

Remedy


22101 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22150 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22200 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Provide an interlock in the PLC user program so that no axis stop can beinitiated when tapping is active. If the tapping operation is to be terminatedunder critical machine conditions, the spindle and the axis should be stoppedsimultaneously if at all possible. Slight differences are then accommodated bythe compensating chuck.


Channel %1 spindle %2 axis stopped during thread cutting


The thread cutting axis has been stopped while a thread block was active.

The stop can be caused by VDI signals that cause the feed to be interrupted.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the axis-specific/spindle-specific stop signals (DB 31 - 48, DBX 4.3).


Channel %1 spindle %2 thread might be damaged

%1 = Channel number%2 = Axis name%3 = Block number

When DECODING SINGLE BLOCK has been selected and there is a chain ofthread blocks, then machining pauses occur at the block limits until the nextblock is executed with the new NC Start.

In normal single block mode, the program is stopped by a higher-level logiconly at the block boundaries at which no contour distortions or contour errorscan occur. With chained thread blocks, this is the last thread block!

Alarm display.

If only one thread block has been programmed, the alarm message can beignored.

If there are several consecutive thread blocks, this machining section must notbe executed in the automatic DECODING SINGLE BLOCK mode.

Cancel the alarm with NC Start and continue the program.

Channel %1 block %2 maximum velocity of thread axis reached atposition %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Position

Reaction

Remedy


22250 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22260 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22270 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


The axis velocity is too high for thread cuttingThe maximum feedrate was reached at the axis position indicated.The velocity of the thread axis depends on:• The programmed thread lead• The programmed thread lead change (G34)• The thread length (G34)• The defined spindle speed (part program, FC18, synchronized action)• The spindle override (path and individual axis overrides are ineffective)

Alarm display.

Reduce the velocity for at least one of the above factors.


Channel %1 block %2 zero velocity of thread axis reached at position %3

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Position

An axis standstill was reached at the specified position during thread cuttingwith G35 due to the linear decrease in the thread lead.The standstill position of the thread axis depends on:- Programmed thread lead decrease- Thread length.

Alarm display.

Change at least one of the above factors.


Channel %1 block %2: Prog. acceleration path too short %3, need %4

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Prog. acceleration path%4 = Required acceleration path

In order to stay within the programmed acceleration path, the accelerationcaused an overload on the thread axis. In order to accelerate the axis with theprogrammed dynamic response, the length of the acceleration path must be atleast as large as the value in parameter %4.The alarm is of the technological type and is output whenever bit 2 in$MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK is enabled.The MMC softkey 'Technology support' sets and clears this bit in the MD.

Alarm display.

None


Channel %1 block %2 PUTFTOCF data block could not be transferred


The cyclic transfer of the PUTFTOCF data block (fine tool compensation) couldnot be performed because the transfer area is already occupied.

Reaction

Remedy


22275Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22280Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22320Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter stop.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.

Check the part program, in particular with regard to the other channels. Is adata block being transferred by another channel?


Channel %1 axis %2 PRESET not allowed during traverse motion


A preset command was given from MMC or PLC while an axis was traveling inJOG mode.


Wait until the axis is stationary.


Channel %1 axis %2 PRESET: invalid value


The entered Preset value is too large (number format overflow).


Use more realistic (smaller) Preset values.

Clear the alarm in the mode group with the Reset key. Restart the partprogram.

Axis %1 hardware fault of active encoder


The signals of the currently active position actual value encoder (interfacesignal DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5 = 1 or DBX 1.6 = 1) are missing, do not have thesame phase, or exhibit grounding/short-circuit.


Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.The axes are no longer synchronized with machine actual value(reference point).

Reaction

Remedy


22321Definition

Reaction

Remedy


22322Definition

Reaction

Remedy


25000Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check measuring circuit connectors for correct contacting.Check encoder signals and replace the encoder if faults are found.


Axis %1 hardware fault of passive encoder


The signals from the position actual value encoder that is presently not activeare missing, or they are not of the same phase, or they exhibit grounding/short-circuit.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check measuring circuit connectors for correct contacting.Check encoder signals and replace the encoder if faults are found.Switch off monitor with the corresponding interface signal (DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5= 0 or DBX 1.6 = 0).


Axis %1 pollution of active encoder


The encoder used for position control sends a contamination signal (only inmeasuring systems with contamination signal).


Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.The axes are no longer synchronized with machine actual value(reference point).

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the measuring system in accordance with the instructions given by themeasuring device manufacturer.


Axis %1 pollution of active encoder


The encoder not used for position control sends a contamination signal (only inmeasuring systems with contamination signal).

Alarm display

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the measuring system in accordance with the instructions given by themeasuring device manufacturer.


Remedy


25001Definition

Reaction

Remedy


25010Definition

Reaction

Remedy


25011Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 zero mark monitoring of active encoder


The position encoder pulses between 2 zero marker pulses are counted(hardware function). A check is made in the interpolation cycle grid (standardsetting 4 ms) as to whether the encoder always issues the same number ofpulses between the zero markers. As soon as a difference is registered in the4 counter bits of lowest significance, an alarm is triggered.


Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode. Alarm display. Interface signals are set.The axes are no longer synchronized with machine actual value(reference point).

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The differences can result from transmission errors, disturbances, encoderhardware faults or from the evaluation electronics in the encoder used forposition control. The actual value branch must therefore be checked:

1. Transmission path: check the actual-value connector on the motor andon the FDD module for correct contacting, encoder cable for continuity,and also check for short-circuits or grounding (loose contact?).

2. Encoder pulses: encoder power supply within the tolerance limits?3. Evaluation electronics: replace or reconfigure the drive module used.

Monitoring can be switched off by setting machine data36310 ENC_ZERO_MONITORING [n]=... (n ... encoder number: 1, 2) to 0.


Axis %1 zero mark monitoring of active encoder


Monitoring relates to the encoder that is not used by the position control!(Interface signal DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5 = 0 or 1.6 = 0)

The position encoder pulses between 2 zero marker pulses are counted(hardware function). A check is made in the interpolation cycle grid (standardsetting 4 ms) as to whether the encoder always issues the same number ofpulses between the zero markers. As soon as a difference is registered in the4 counter bits of lowest significance, an alarm is triggered.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The differences can result from transmission errors, disturbances, encoderhardware faults or from the evaluation electronics in the encoder used forposition control. The actual value branch must therefore be checked:

1. Transmission path: check the actual-value connector on the motor andon the FDD module for correct contacting, encoder cable for continuity,and also check for short-circuits or grounding (loose contact?).

2. Encoder pulses: encoder power supply within the tolerance limits?3. Evaluation electronics: replace or reconfigure the drive module used.

25020Definition

Reaction

Remedy


25021Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Monitoring can be switched off by setting machine dataENC_ZERO_MON_ACTIVE [n]=... (n ... encoder number: 1, 2) to 0.


Axis %1 encoder %2 detected problem %3

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = Encoder number%3 = Error fine coding

This alarm occurs only with absolute encoders on the SIMODRIVE 611D, ifzero mark monitoring has been activated for them (cf.$MA_ENC_ZERO_MONITORING):In this case, the absolute position of the absolute encoder could not be readwithout any errors:Breakdown of error fine codings: (Bit 0 not used) Bit 1 Parity error Bit 2 Alarm bit of the encoder Bit 3 CRC error Bit 4 Timeout - Start bit for EnDat transfer is missingOnly display of this alarm, since the absolute position itself is not required atthis time for control/contour.

Frequent occurring of this alarm indicates that absolute encoder transfer or theabsolute encoder itself are faulty and that the absolute value determined withthe next encoder selection or Power On situation could possibly be wrong.

Alarm display.

Replace the encoder, replace or screen the encoder cable (or deactivate zeromark monitoring).


Axis %1 actual velocity alarm


If the axis has at least one active encoder, then the actual speed of the axis iscyclically checked in the IPO cycle. If there are no errors, the actual velocitycan never become greater than specified in the axis-specificMD 36200 AX_VELO_LIMIT (threshold for velocity monitoring). This thresholdvalue in [mm/min, rev/min] is input by an amount that is about 5 to 10% greaterthan that which can occur at maximum traversing velocity. Drive errors canresult in the velocity being exceeded and the alarm is then triggered.




25022Definition

Reaction

Remedy


25030Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the speed setpoint cable (bus cable).Check the actual values and direction of position control.Change position control direction if the axis rotates uncontrollably → axis-specific MD 32110 ENC_FEEDBACK_POL [n] = < -1, 0, 1 >.Increase the monitoring limit value in MD 36200 AX_VELO_LIMIT.


Axis %1 actual velocity warning


The present velocity actual value is more than 80% of the limit value defined inthe machine data -- not used --

Alarm display.


Axis %1 standstill monitoring


The NC monitors to ensure that the position is held at zero speed. Monitoringis started after a time that can be set for a specific axis in the machine data36040 STSTILL_DELAY_TIME after interpolation has ended. A constantcheck is made to determine whether the axis remains within the tolerancerange given in MD 36030 STSTILL_POS_TOL.

The following cases are possible:

1. The interface signal SERVO ENABLE (DB31 - 48, DBX 2.1) is zerobecause the axis has jammed mechanically. Due to mechanicalinfluences (e.g. high machining pressure), the axis is pushed away fromthe permissible position tolerance.

2. With closed position control loop (without jamming) - interface signalSERVO ENABLE (DB 31 - 48, DBX 2.1) is "1" - the axis is pushed awayfrom its position by mechanical forces with a small gain in the positioncontrol loop.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Check MD 36040 STSTILL_DELAY_TIME and

MD 36030 STSTILL_POS_TOL; increase if necessary.• Estimate machining forces and reduce if necessary by setting a lower

feed or a higher rotational speed. Increase clamping pressure.• Increase the gain in the position control loop by improved optimization

(Kv factor MD 32200 POSCTRL_GAIN, 611D drive).


Remedy


25031Definition

Reaction


25040Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 zero speed monitoring on torque/force limitation


The defined end position was not reached within the time specified in themachine data.


• If the drive torque (FXST) was set too low with the result that the force ofthe motor was not sufficient to reach the end position -> increase FXST.

• If the machined part is slowly deformed, there may be a delay in reachingthe end position -> increase MD 36042FOC_STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME.


Axis %1 contour monitoring


The NCK calculates for each interpolation point (setpoint) of an axis the actualvalue that should result based on an internal model. If this calculated actualvalue and the true machine actual value differ by a larger amount than given inthe machine data 36400 CONTOUR_TOL, then the program is aborted and thealarm message is issued.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Check whether the tolerance value set in MD 36400: CONTOUR_TOL

is too small.• Check optimization of the position controller (Kv factor in the

machine data 32200 POSCTRL_GAIN) to establish whether the axisfollows the given setpoint without overshooting. Otherwise, the speedcontroller optimization must be improved or the Kv servo gain factor mustbe reduced.

• Check acceleration in MD 32300 MAX_AX_ACCEL. If current limits arereached on account of excessive acceleration, then the position control isisolated as a result. The "lost" actual value is regained in the form of anovershoot as soon as the control loop has again been closed.

• Improvement of speed controller optimization• Check the mechanics (smooth running, inertial masses).


25042 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


25050 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 desired speed limit


The speed setpoint has exceeded its upper limit for a longer period thanallowed.

The maximum speed setpoint is limited to a certain percentage with the axis-specific machine data 36210 CTRLOUT_LIMIT. The input value of 100%corresponds to the rated speed of the motor and hence the rapid traversevelocity (default values: 840D=110%, FM-NC=100%).

If the values are exceeded for a short time, then this is tolerated provided theydo not last longer than allowed for in the axis-specificMD 36220 CTRLOUT_LIMIT_TIME. The setpoint is limited during this time tothe maximum value that has been set (MD 36210).



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If the drive controller has been set correctly and if the machining conditions arethose that normally prevail, then this alarm should not occur.

• Check actual values: Local tight running of the carriage, speed dip bytorque reduction due to contact with workpiece/tool, travel against fixedobstacle, etc.

• Check direction of position control: Does the axis continue to rotatewithout control (not on 611D drives)?

• Check the speed setpoint cable.


Axis %1 drift limit exceeded


Only in FM-NC with analog drives!

The permissible maximum value of drift (internal, integrated drift value ofautomatic drift compensation) has been exceeded during the lastcompensation operation. The permissible maximum value is defined in theaxis-specific machine data 36710 DRIFT_LIMIT. The drift value itself is notlimited.

Automatic drift compensation: MD 36700 DRIFT_ENABLE=1The difference between actual and setpoint position (drift) is checked cyclicallyin the IPO cycle when the axes are at zero speed. The difference iscompensated automatically to zero by slowly integrating an internal drift value.

Drift compensation by hand: MD 36700 DRIFT_ENABLE=0A static offset can be added to the speed setpoint in the machine data 36720DRIFT_VALUE. This is not included in the drift monitoring because it acts likea voltage zero offset.

25060 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


25070 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Adjust the drift compensation with the automatic drift compensation switchedoff at the drive until the position lag is approximately zero. Then reactivate theautomatic drift compensation in order to balance out the dynamic drift changes(effects of heating up).


Axis %1 positioning monitoring


For blocks in which "exact stop" is effective, the axis must have reached theexact stop window after the positioning time given in the axis-specificMD 36020 POSITIONING_TIME.

Exact stop coarse: MD 36000 STOP_LIMIT_COARSEExact stop fine: MD 36010 STOP_LIMIT_FINE



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check whether the exact stop limits (course and fine) correspond to thedynamic possibilities of the axis, otherwise increase them, if necessary inconnection with the positioning time set in MD 36020 POSITIONING_TIME.Check speed controller/position controller optimization; select highest possiblegains.Check setting of Kv factor (MD 32200 POSCTRL_GAIN) and increase ifnecessary.


Axis %1 switchover of encoder not possible


The prerequisites are not satisfied for the required encoder switchover:

1. The newly selected encoder must be in the active state (DB 31 - 48,DBX 1.5 or 1.6 = 1 "Position measuring system 1/2")

2. The actual value difference between the two encoders is greater than thevalue in the axis-specific MD 36500 ENC_CHANGE_TOL ("Maximumtolerance for position actual value switchover").

Activation of the measuring system concerned takes place in accordance withthe interface signals: "Position measuring system 1" (DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5) and"Position measuring system 2" (DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.6), i.e. the position controlis now operated with this measuring system. The other measuring system isswitched over to follow-up mode. If both interface signals are set to "1", thenonly the 1st measuring system is active; if both interface signals are set to "0",the axis is parked.

Reaction

Remedy


25080 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


25100 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Changeover takes place as soon as the interface signals have changed, evenif the axis is in motion!


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.When referencing the active position actual value encoder, the actual valuesystem of the inactive encoder is set to the same reference point value as soonas phase 3 has been concluded. A later positional difference between the 2actual value systems can have occurred only as the result of an encodeddefect or a mechanical displacement between the encoders.

• Check the encoder signals, actual value cable, connectors.• Check the mechanical fastenings (displacement of the measuring head,

mechanical twisting possible).• Increase the axis-specific MD 36500 ENC_CHANGE_TOL.

Program continuation is not possible. The program must be aborted with"Reset", then program execution can be reinitiated with NC Start, if necessaryat the interruption point after "Block search with/without calculation".


Axis %1 encoder positions tolerance exceeded


The two measuring systems differ considerably, i.e. the cyclically monitoredactual value difference between the two measuring systems is greater than theassociated tolerance value set in the machine data $MA_ENC_DIFF_TOL. This can only occur when both measuring systems are active($MA_NUM_ENCS = 2) and referenced.The alarm can be reconfigured in MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY(channel not ready).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check machine data for the active, selected encoders. Check the machine data relating to encoder ($MA_ENC_DIFF_TOL) tolerance.

Clear the alarm in the mode group with the Reset key. Restart the partprogram.

Axis %1 selected encoder not available


The selected encoder does not correspond to the maximum number ofencoders in the axis-specific machine data 30200 NUM_ENCS, i.e. the 2ndencoder does not exist.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter the number of actual value encoders used for this axis in the machinedata 30200 NUM_ENCS ("Number of encoders").

Reaction

Remedy


25105 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


25110 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Input value 0: axis without encoder e.g. spindle Input value 1: axis with encoder default setting Input value 2: axis with 2 encoders e.g. direct and indirect measuring

system


Axis %1 requested set of parameters invalid


A new parameter set has been requested for the positioning control. Thenumber of this parameter set is beyond the permissible limit (8 parameter sets:0 ... 7 available).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the axis-specific/spindle-specific interface signals (DB 31 - 48,DBX 21.0, 21.1 and 21.2 "Select drive parameter set A, B, C").

One parameter set includes the following machine data:

• MD 31050: DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM [n]• MD 31060: DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA [n]• MD 32200: POSCTRL_GAIN [n]• MD 32800: EQUIV_CURRCTRL_TIME [n]• MD 32810: EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME [n]• MD 32910: DYN_MATCH_TIME [n]• MD 36200: AX_VELO_LIMIT [n]


Axis %1 drive fault


The drive signals a serious fault of status class 1 (ZK1). The exact cause of thefault can be recognized by evaluating the following drive alarms which areoutput in addition:

Alarm 300 500, alarms 300 502 - 300 505, alarm 300 508, alarm 300 515,alarm 300 608, alarm 300 612, alarm 300 614, alarms 300 701 - 300 761,alarm 300 799.



Evaluation of the drive alarms listed above.



25200 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


25201 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 waiting for drive


Drive group error (self-clearing)


Wait for the drive. 25202 reveals similar problems to alarm 25201 (see this alarm). The alarm is active continuously during power-up if the drive does notcommunicate (e.g. Profibus connector removed). Otherwise, the alarm is active only briefly and is replaced by alarm 25201 afteran internal timeout in the event of a permanent problem.


Axis %1 clamping monitoring


The clamped axis is to be pushed out of its setpoint position. The permissibledifference is defined in the axis-specific machine data36050 CLAMP_POS_TOL.

Clamping of an axis is activated with the axis-specific interface signalDB 31 - 48, DBX 2.3: "Clamping process active".



Determine the position deviation to the setpoint position and, depending on theresults, either increase the permissible tolerance in the MD or mechanicallyimprove the clamping (e.g. increase clamping pressure).


Axis %1 configuration error in friction compensation


The parameterization of the adaptation characteristic in the quadrant errorcompensation is not allowed because acceleration value 2(MD 32560 FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2 is not between acceleration value 1(MD 32550 FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1) and acceleration value 3(MD 32570 FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3).


25202 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26001 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the setting parameters of the quadrant error compensation (frictioncompensation), if necessary switch off the compensation withMD 32500 FRICT_COMP_ENABLE.


Axis %1 encoder %2 configuration error: encoder marks

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = Encoder number

1. Rotary measuring system ($MA_ENC_IS_LINEAR[]==FALSE)

The number of encoder marks set in MD31020 $MA_ENC_RESOL[] does notcorrespond to the value in the drive machine data MD1005 or zero has beenentered in one of the two machine data.

2. Absolute measuring system with EnDat interface ($MA_ENC_TYPE[]==4)

On absolute encoders, the resolution of the incremental and absolute tracksupplied by the drive is also checked for consistency.

- Motor measuring system: MD1005, MD1022- Direct measuring system: MD1007, MD1032

The two drive machine data must have a defined relation to one another. If theconditions listed below are not fulfilled, an alarm is output.

2.1 Rotary measuring system ($MA_ENC_IS_LINEAR[]==FALSE)MD1022/MD1005 ==4*n [n=1,2,3..] (motor measuring system)MD1032/MD1007 ==4*n [n=1,2,3..] (direct measuring system)

2.2 Linear measuring system ($MA_ENC_IS_LINEAR[]==TRUE)MD1005/MD1022 ==4*n [n=1,2,3..] (motor measuring system)MD1007/MD1032 ==4*n [n=1,2,3..] (direct measuring system)


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Adjust machine data.For absolute encoders, pending drive alarms indicating encoder problemsshould be evaluated, if necessary. They could be the cause of incorrect entriesin MD1022/MD1032 which are read out of the encoder by the drive.


Reaction

Remedy


26002 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 invalid lead screw pitch


The pitch of the ballscrew/trapezoidal leadscrew set in the axis-specificmachine data 31030 LEADSCREW_PITCH is zero.



Determine the leadscrew pitch (specify the machine manufacturer or pitchmeasurement with spindle cover removed) and enter it in the machine data31030: LEADSCREW_PITCH (mostly 10 or 5 mm/rev.).


Axis %1 linear encoder %2 invalid grid point distance


The encoder grid point distance set in the axis-specificMD 31010 ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST is zero.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter the encoder grid point distance according to the data given by themachine (or measuring device) manufacturer in the machine data31010 ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST.


Axis %1 invalid output rating configured


The output evaluation of the analog speed setpoint set in the machine data32250 RATED_OUTVAL or in MD 32260 RATED_VELO is zero.


26003 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26004 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26005 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The nominal output voltage in [%] of the maximum setpoint value (10 V) isentered in the machine data 32250 RATED_OUTVAL, at which the rated motorspeed in [degrees/s] is to be reached (machine data 32260 RATED_VELO).


Axis %1 encoder %2 encoder type/output type %3 not possible

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = Encoder number%3 = Encoder type/output type

Not every encoder type or output type is suitable for both the FM-NC and the840D.

Permissible settings for 840D:

MD 30240 ENC_TYPE = 0 Simulation= 1 Signal generator= 2 Square-wave encoder

MD 30130 CTRLOUT_TYPE = 0 Simulation= 1 Standard

Permissible settings for FM-NC:

MD 30240 ENC_TYPE = 0 Simulation= 3 Stepper motor control= 4 FM module position

MD 30130 CTRLOUT_TYPE = 2 Stepper motor control= 3 FM module position



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check machine data MD 20240 ENC_TYPE and/orMD 30130 CTRLOUT_TYPE and make the necessary corrections.


Reaction

Remedy


26006 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 invalid coarse step size for quadrant error compensation


The course step width for QEC must be within the range 1 <= course stepwidth <= maximum value of MD 18342 MM_QEC_MAX_POINTS (currently1025), because a greater number of values would exceed the availablememory space.

Alarm display.

Adapt system variable $AA_QEC_COARSE_STEPS accordingly!


Axis %1 invalid fine step size for quadrant error compensation


The fine step size for quadrant error compensation $AA_QEC_FINE_STEPSmust be in the range 1 <= fine step size <= 16 because this value has aninfluence on the computation time of the QEC.

Alarm display.

Adapt system variable $AA_QEC_FINE_STEPS accordingly!


Axis %1 memory overflow for quadrant error compensationsteps


The product of the data $AA_QEC_COARSE_STEPS+1 and$AA_QEC_FINE_STEPS must not exceed the maximum number of thecharacteristic curve points (MD 18342 MM_QEC_MAX_POINTS). With adirection-dependent characteristic, this criterion applies to 2 *($AA_QEC_COARSE_STEPS+1) * $AA_QEC_FINE_STEPS!

Alarm display

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Either increase 18342 MM_QEC_MAX_POINTS orreduce $AA_QEC_COARSE_STEPS and/or$AA_QEC_FINE_STEPS.


Axis %1 invalid acceleration characteristic for quadrant errorcompensation


$AA_QEC_ACCEL_1/2/3:The acceleration characteristic is divided into three areas. In each areathere is a different quantization of the acceleration steps. The defaultsshould be changed only if compensation is inadequate in these accelera-tion areas.

26007 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26008 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26009 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26010 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


The defaults are as follows:

• $AA_QEC_ACCEL_1 with approx. 2% of maximum acceleration($AA_QEC_ACCEL_3),

• $AA_QEC_ACCEL_2 with approx. 60% of maximum acceleration($AA_QEC_ACCEL_3),

• $AA_QEC_ACCEL_3 with maximum acceleration(32300 MAX_AX_ACCEL).

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter the values correctly:0 < $AA_QEC_ACCEL_1 < $AA_QEC_ACCEL_2 < $AA_QEC_ACCEL_3

Just like that and not differently!


Axis %1 invalid measuring periods for quadrant error compensation


$AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_1/2/3: measuring time to determine the error criterion.

The measuring period begins when the criterion for activating thecompensation value has been satisfied (the desired velocity changes the sign).The end is defined by the machine data values. In general, different measuringtimes are required for the three characteristic ranges. The presettings shouldbe changed only if a problem occurs. The three data apply in each case for thethree corresponding acceleration ranges.

1. $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_1 specifies the measuring time (for determiningthe error criterion) for accelerations in the range between 0 and$AA_QEC_ACCEL_1.

2. $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_2 specifies the measuring time in the range from$AA_QEC_ACCEL_1 to $AA_QEC_ACCEL_2.

3. $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_3 specifies the measuring time in the range from$AA_QEC_ACCEL_2 to $AA_QEC_ACCEL_3 and beyond.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter the values correctly: 0 < $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_1 <$AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_2 < $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_3

Just like that and not differently!


Axis %1 feed forward control not active for quadrant error compensation


The error criterion for determining the quadrant error necessitates a correctlyset feedforward control.


Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready.NC Start disableAlarm display.

Reaction

Remedy


26011 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26012 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Switch on the feedforward control and set it correctly.


Axis %1 machine data %2 invalid value

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = String: MD identifier

Machine data includes a value that is not valid.

Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Repeat entry with a correct value and then Power On.


Axis %1 machine data %2[%3] invalid value

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = String: MD identifier%3 = Index: MD array index



Repeat entry with a correct value and then Power On.


Axis %1 machine data %2 invalid value

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = String: MD identifier



Repeat entry with a correct value and then Reset.


Remedy


26014 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26015 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26016 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 machine data %2[%3] invalid value

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = String: MD identifier%3 = Index: MD array index



Repeat entry with a correct value and then Reset.


Axis %1 control output branch drive %2 multiply used

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = Drive number

A setpoint has been selected more than once. The machine data 30110$MA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR contains the same value for different axes.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Avoid dual assignment of the setpoint by correcting 30110$MA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR. Also check the selected bus type$MA_CTROUT_SEGMENT_NR.


Axis %1 encoder %2 measurement not possible with this controllermodule

%1 = NC axis number %2 = Encoder number

If the MD $MN_DRIVE_DIAGNOSIS[8] contains a value not equal to zero, thenthe control has found at least one control module which does not supportmeasuring. Measuring was programmed from the part program for theassociated axis.


If possible, modify the measuring motion such that the axis concerned does nothave to travel; do not program this axis in the MEAS block again.However, it is then no longer possible to query a measured value for this axis.Otherwise, exchange the controller module for one that supports measuring.See MD $MN_DRIVE_DIAGNOSIS[8].


26017 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26018 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26019 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 hardware fault %3 during encoder %2 initialization

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = Encoder number%3 = Error fine coding

Error during initialization of encoder (refer to additional information for absoluteencoder interface from error fine coding).



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Rectify hardware error, replace encoder if necessary. Make sure that withEnDat absolute encoders SIDAs are available rather than old PCUs.

Bit no. Significance Note

Bit 0 Lighting failed Bit 1 Signal amplitude too small Bit 2 Position value incorrect Bit 3 Overvoltage Bit 4 Undervoltage Bit 5 Overcurrent Bit 6 Battery change necessary Bit 7 Control check error SW 4.2 and

higher,synchronouslinear motor

Bit 8 EnDat encoder, incorrect overlapping SW 4.2 andhigher,synchronouslinear motor

Bit 9 C/D track error on encoder ERN1387 or EQNencoder connected or incorrectly configured (not onEQN, MD 1011)

Bit 10 Log cannot be aborted or old hardware Bit 11 SSI level detected on data line or no encoder

connected or incorrect encoder cable (ERN insteadof EQN)

Bit 12 TIMEOUT while reading measuring value Bit 13 CRC error Bit 14 Wrong IPU submodule for direct measuring signal Only with

611Dexpansion

Bit 15 Encoder faulty Switch control OFF - ON.

26020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 encoder %2 measurement not supported, encoder simulation

%1 = NC axis name%2 = Encoder number

Alarm occurs on the control when a measurement was made without theencoder hardware (simulated encoder).

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.NC not ready.

• Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If possible, modify the measuring motion such that the axis concerned doesnot have to travel; do not program this axis in the MEAS block again.However, it is then no longer possible to query a measured value for thisaxis.

• Ensure that measurement is not taking place with simulated encoders(MD $MA_ENC_TYPE).


Axis %1 encoder %2 absolute position lost


The absolute position of the absolute encoder has become invalid because* on changing parameter block a changed gear stage ratio was identified between encoder and processing or* the encoder has been replaced (the absolute encoder’s serial number has changed).



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Rereferencing/resynchronization of the absolute encoder; attach encoder onthe load side and configure correctly (e.g. MD 31040 ENC_IS_DIRECT).


Axis %1 configuration error master/slave


The alarm is output when the same machine axis has been configured as amaster and a slave axis. Each of the axes in the master/slave link can beoperated either as master or slave.

26022 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26030 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26031Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Mode group not ready.NC not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Check machine data for all linked axes and correct if necessary:MD37250 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMDMD37252 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR


Axis %1 parameter block change from %2 to %3 not possible

%1 = Axis name, spindle number%2 = Index: current parameter block%3 = Index: new parameter block

The parameter block change cannot be performed without jumps. This is dueto the content of the parameter block to be switched on, e.g. different load gearfactors.

NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Interface signals are set.Local reaction.

None


Channel %1 block %2 unanticipated stop crossed in continuous pathmode


The path interpolation did not stop, as required, at the end of the block, but willonly decelerate to a standstill in the next block. This error situation occurs if the stop at block change was not planned by thepath interpolation or was not detected early enough. A possible cause is that the PLC changed the spindle speed when$MA_SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START > 0, and the machine has to waituntil the spindle has returned to the setpoint range. Another possible cause is that a synchronized action needs to be finishedbefore the path interpolation continues. The alarm is only output if $MN_TRACE_SELECT = 'H400'. The alarm output is normally suppressed. - $MN_TRACE_SELECT hasSIEMENS password protection.

Alarm display

$MA_SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START = 1. Program G09 before the alarm output in the block to allow the pathinterpolation to stop as planned.


Reaction

Remedy


26050 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26051 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2: path velocity too high for auxiliary function output


This alarm usually occurs in a block with auxiliary function output during amovement. In this case, the wait for acknowledgement of the auxiliary functionwas longer than planned.

The alarm occurs if internal control inconsistencies cause continuous pathmode (G64, G641, ...) to be blocked unexpectedly.

The path interpolation stops abruptly at the end of the block indicated in themessage (regenerative stop). On the next block change, the path continuesunless the abrupt stop has caused an error in the position controller (e.g.because the $MA_CONTOUR_TOL setting was over-sensitive).

Alarm display.

• If the alarm occurred in a block with auxiliary function output during themovement:increase machine $MN_PLC_CYCLE_TIME_AVERAGE.

• Program G09 in the block indicated in the message to allow the pathinterpolation to stop as planned.


Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be controlled from the PLC, max. numberexceeded


An attempt has been made to control more axes than allowed from the PLC.


Check machine data MD_NUM_MAX_PLC_CNTRL_AXES and correct ifnecessary or reduce the number of PLC-controlled axes.


Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be controlled from the PLC


Axis cannot be made a PLC-controlled axis. For the time being, the axis cannotbe controlled at any state from the PLC.


Use Release or Waitp to make the axis a neutral one.


Channel %1 switching off PLC control of axis %2 not allowed in thecurrent state

%1 = Channel%2 = Axis, spindle

The PLC can return the control rights for an axis to program execution only ifthe axis is in the READY state.

26052 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26070 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26072 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26074 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Alarm display.Interface signals are set.Interpreter stop.NC start disable.

Activate axial RESET and repeat procedure.

Clear the alarm with the Delete key. No further operator action required.

Axis %1 drive %2 sign of life of drive %2 missing


The drive control increments a "sign-of-life cell" in every control cycle. This cellis checked for change by the servo in the interpolation cycle. If the cell remainsunchanged, the alarm is tripped.


Other error messages are also displayed with this alarm (system errors, e.g.stack overflow); they can be assessed to determine the cause of error.

If this alarm occurs repeatedly, please make note of the other alarm displaysas well as the machine and program analysis and contact the Siemens AG,System Support for A&D MC Products, Hotline (phone: see page 11).


Axis %1 drive %2 no communication

%1 = Axis name, spindle number %2 = Drive number

The drive is not communicating.

Mode group not ready.NC not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set. The axes are no longer synchronized with machine actual value(reference point).

• Check the bus configuration.• Check the interface (connector removed, option module inactive, etc.).


Reaction

Remedy


26100 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26101 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 sign of life of drive %2 missing

%1 = Axis name, spindle number %2 = Drive number

The sign-of-life cell is no longer being updated by the drive.

Mode group not ready.NC not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set. The axes are no longer synchronized with machine actual value(reference point).

• Check the cycle settings• Increase the cycle time if necessary• Power-up the drive again• Drive software


Drive for axis %1 not found


The drive configured for the specified axis could not be found. For example, a Profibus slave was configured on the NC but is not contained inSDB1000.


Possible causes:• $MA_CTRLOUT_TYPE not equal to 0 as a result of an oversight; the drive

should actually be simulated (= 0).• $MA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR entered incorrectly, i.e. the logical drive

numbers were exchanged and an invalid value is stored for this drive in$MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS (see 3.) or a drive number which doesnot exist on the bus was entered (check the number for slaves, forexample).

• $MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS contains values which were notconfigured on the Profibus (i.e. the values are not in SDB1000) or differentaddresses were selected for the input and output slots of the drive in theProfibus configuration.


26102 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26105 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Encoder %1 for axis %2 not found

%1 = Axis name, spindle number %2 = Encoder number

The drive configured for the specified axis could not be found. For example, a Profibus slave was configured on the NC but is not contained inSDB1000.


Possible causes:• $MA_ENC_TYPE not equal to 0 as a result of an oversight; the encoder

should actually be simulated (= 0).• $MA_ENC_MODULE_NR entered incorrectly, i.e. the logical drive

numbers were exchanged and an invalid value is stored for this drive in$MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS (see 3.) or a drive number which doesnot exist on the bus was entered (check the number for slaves, forexample).

• $MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS contains values which were notconfigured on the Profibus (i.e. the values are not in SDB1000) or differentaddresses were selected for the input and output slots of the drive in theProfibus configuration.


Independent drive stop/retract triggered


Informational alarm: an "independent extended stop or retract" was triggeredon the drive bus for at least one axis. The drive in question subsequently ignores NC travel commands. The bus must be rebooted (hardware reset).


Reboot the drive, hardware reset


26106 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


26110 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 is not safely referenced

%1 = Axis number

There are two reasons for this alarm: - The machine position has not yet been acknowledged by the user,- The machine position has not yet been verified through follow-up referencing.Even if the axis is already referenced, there is no confirmation that referencinghas supplied the correct result. For example, wrong results can occur if theaxis was moved after the control was switched off, with the result that thestandstill position saved prior to switching off is no longer correct. To makesure that this does not happen, the user must acknowledge the displayedactual position after the first referencing process.When the user enable has first been set, follow-up referencing must be carriedout each time the control is booted (with absolute encoders, this follow-upreferencing is executed automatically). This procedure is carried out to verifythe standstill position saved prior to switching off of the control.Via machine data $MN_SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL (MD>=3), thealarm display can be set in such a way that the group alarm 27100 isdisplayed for all SI axes.

Alarm display.Display on the NC/PLC interface. The SGA "Axis safely referenced" is not set.Safe end position monitoring is deactivated. The safe cams are calculated andoutput; their information value is limited since referencing has not beenconfirmed.

Move the axis to a known position, change to the "Referencing" mode andpress the softkey "Enable". Check on the machine the positions displayed inthe enable diagram. If these correspond to those expected at the knownpositions, confirm this via the toggle key.If the user enable has already been set, reference the axis again.

The alarm automatically disappears as soon as the error situation no longerexists.

!

Warning If the axis has not been safely referenced and the user has notconfirmed, the following applies:- The safe cams are active and not yet safe- The safe limit positions are not yet active

Axis %1 error in cross check, code %2, values NCK %3, drive %4

%1 = Axis number%2 = Additional info cross-comparison index%3 = Additional info comparison value NCK%4 = Additional info comparison value drive

The mutual comparison of the two monitoring channels has found a differencebetween input data or results of the monitoring operations. One of the monitorsno longer functions reliably, i.e. safe operation is no longer possible.

The following error codes are possible on the NCK side:

0 Following alarm to drive alarm 300911. 1 Cross-comparison list 1: SBH, SG, SBR or SE result. For further

information see drive MD 1391, 1392. 2 Cross-comparison list 2: SN, n_x result. For further information see

drive MD 1393, 1394. 3 Actual value difference greater than setting in $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL.

27000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27001 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


4 Not assigned. 5 Function enables $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE. 6 Velocity limit $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[0]. 7 Velocity limit $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[1]. 8 Velocity limit $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[2]. 9 Velocity limit $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[3]. 10 Tolerance for safe standstill $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL. 11 Safe position limit $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS[0]. 12 Safe position limit $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS[0]. 13 Safe position limit $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS[1]. 14 Safe position limit $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS[1]. 15 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[0] +

$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL. 16 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[0]. 17 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[0] +

$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL. 18 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[0]. 19 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[1] +






$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL. 30 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[3]. 31 Actual position tolerance $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL. #ifdef SAFE_P2

$MA_SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL for act.value synchronization(slippage)#endif

32 Ref. position tolerance $MA_SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL. 33 Delay SG[x] -> SG[y] $MA_SAFE_VELO_SWITCH_DELAY. 34 Delay cross-comparison $MA_SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME. 35 Delay pulse disable Stop B $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY. 36 Delay pulse disable test stop $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME. 37 Delay time Stop C -> SBH $MA_SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_C. 38 Delay time Stop D -> SBH $MA_SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_D. 39 Delay Stop E -> SBH $MA_SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_E. 40 Stop reaction on SG exceeded $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE. 41 Stop reaction on SE exceeded $MA_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE. 42 Standstill speed $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL. 43 Memory test, stop reaction 44 Actual position + SG[0] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[0]. 45 Actual position - SG[0] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[0]. 46 Actual position + SG[1] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[1]. 47 Actual position - SG[1] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[1]. 48 Actual position + SG[2] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[2]. 49 Actual position - SG[2] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[2]. 50 Actual position + SG[3] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[3]. 51 Actual position - SG[3] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[3]. 52 Standstill position + tolerance $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL. 53 Standstill position - tolerance $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL #ifdef

SAFE_P2 54 Actual postion + n_x + tolerance $MA_SAFE_VELO_X +

$MA_SAFE_POS_TOL.

1 Alarms 09.01


55 Actual postion + n_x $MA_SAFE_VELO_X. 56 Actual postion - n_x $MA_SAFE_VELO_X. 57 Actual postion - n_x - tolerance $MA_SAFE_VELO_X -

$MA_SAFE_POS_TOL. 58 Active external standstill request 59 SG override factor 1 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[0]. 60 SG override factor 2 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[1]. 61 SG override factor 3 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[2]. 62 SG override factor 4 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[3]. 63 SG override factor 5 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[4]. 64 SG override factor 6 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[5]. 65 SG override factor 7 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[6]. 66 SG override factor 8 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[7]. 67 SG override factor 9 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[8]. 68 SG override factor 10 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[9]. 69 SG override factor 11 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[10]. 70 SG override factor 12 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[11]. 71 SG override factor 13 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[12]. 72 SG override factor 14 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[13]. 73 SG override factor 15 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[14]. 74 SG override factor 16 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[15]. 75 Velocity limit n_x $MA_SAFE_VELO_X. 76 Stop reaction SG1 $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION[0]. 77 Stop reaction SG2 $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION[1]. 78 Stop reaction SG3 $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION[2]. 79 Stop reaction SG4 $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION[3]. 80 Modulo value for safe cam $MA_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE. 81 Actual velocity tolerance SBR $MA_SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL.82 SG override factor SGE 0...15 = active SGE position

-1 = SG override inact: (neither SG2 norSG4 active, or function not activated in:$MA_SAFE _FUNCTION_ENABLE)

83 Encoder limit frequency $MA_SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT (onlyPerformance_2)

1000 Control timer expired If one channel informs another of an SGEchange, this control timer is used tocheck whether the update timer in theother channel has expired.

1001 (only assigned on drive, see alarm 300911) 1002 User confirmation Data for user confirmation inconsistent different in both monitoring channels after

2 secs. 1003 Reference tolerance exceeded 1004 Plausibility error in user confirmation 1005 Pulses already disabled on test stop selection 1006 (only assigned on drive, see alarm 300911) 1007 (only assigned on drive, see alarm 300911) 1008 (only assigned on drive, see alarm 300911) 1009 Pulses not diabled after $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_ CHECK_TIME

test stop time.

1010 Pulses not disabled when testing the external pulse suppression afterexpiry of test stop timer $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME

1020 Communication disrupted between NCK monitoring channel and drivemonitoring channel.

Alarm display. STOP F is enabled, that means a message is generated andNC start interlock is set (if only data cross-comparison is activated), or, withactive monitoring, the immediate switchover to STOP B. Display on theNC/PLC interface.

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Find the difference between the monitoring channels. The error code indicatesthe cause. A possible cause is that the safety-related machine data are nolonger identical or that the SGEs do not have the same level (recalibrate). If noerror of this type is apparent, an error may have occurred in the CPU, e.g. a"flipped" memory cell. This error can be temporary (in this case it can beeliminated by a Power On) or permanent (if it occurs again after Power Onreplace the hardware).

Eliminate the error, press the RESET key. The program is aborted. If safemonitoring was active, STOP B was also enabled automatically. It is necessaryto switch the control off/on (POWER ON).

Error code table for STOP F for 840D/611D No. Name Definition Cause, remedy 0 No error There is no error in this channel. An error may

have occurred in the other channel. Search the cause in theother channel andinterprete the error code

1 Result list 1 Different evaluation of the functionsSBH/SG/SE in NCK and drive monitoringchannel

e.g. due to unequal controlof the functions via theSGEs Evaluate precise errorcoding in the 611D-MD1391 and 1392

2 Result list 2 Different evaluation of the functions SN in NCKand drive monitoring channel

Check cam tolerance Evaluate precise errorcoding in the 611D-MD1393 and 1394

3 Actual position The difference of the actual position values inthe NCK and drive monitoring channel exceedsthe value in MD 36942: $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL(actual value cross-comparison) orMD 1342: $MD_SAFE_POS_TOL

Incorrect encoderevaluation (check MDs).Differently stored standstillposition

4 No cross-comparison - - 5 Function enables MD 36901 and MD 1301 are unequal Enter equal MDs 6 Limit value for SG1 MD 36931[0] and MD 1331[0] are unequal Enter equal MDs 7 Limit value for SG2 MD 36931[1] and MD 1331[1] are unequal Enter equal MDs 8 Limit value for SG3 MD 36931[2] and MD 1331[2] are unequal Enter equal MDs 9 Limit value for SG4 MD 36931[3] and MD 1331[3] are unequal Enter equal MDs 10 Standstill tolerance MD 36930 and MD 1330 are unequal Enter equal MDs 11 Upper limit value SE1 MD 36934[0] and MD 1334[0] are unequal Enter equal MDs 12 Lower limit value SE1 MD 36935[0] and MD 1335[0] are unequal Enter equal MDs 13 Upper limit value SE2 MD 36934[1] and MD 1334[1] are unequal Enter equal MDs 14 Lower limit value SE2 MD 36935[1] and MD 1335[1] are unequal Enter equal MDs 15 Safe cam 1+

(+ tolerance) MD 36936[0] + MD 36940 and MD 1336[0] +MD 1340 are unequal

Enter equal MDs

16 Safe cam 1+ MD 36936[0] and MD 1336[0] are unequal Enter equal MDs 17 Safe cam 1-


Enter equal MDs

18 Safe cam 1- MD 36937[0] and MD 1337[0] are unequal Enter equal MDs 19 Safe cam 2+


Enter equal MDs



Enter equal MDs



Enter equal MDs



Enter equal MDs



Enter equal MDs

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


No. Name Definition Cause, remedy 28 Safe cam 4+ MD 36936[3] and MD 1336[3] are unequal Enter equal MDs 29 Safe cam 4-


Enter equal MDs

30 Safe cam 4- MD 36937[3] and MD 1337[3] are unequal Enter equal MDs 31 Position tolerance MD 36942 and MD 1342 are unequal Enter equal MDs 32 Reference position tolerance MD 36944 and MD 1344 are unequal Enter equal MDs 33 Time velocity changeover MD 36951 and MD 1351 are unequal Enter equal MDs 34 Tolerance time SGE

changeover MD 36950 and MD 1350 are unequal Enter equal MDs

35 Delay time pulse deletion MD 36956 and MD 1356 are unequal Enter equal MDs 36 Time for check of pulse

deletion MD 36957 and MD 1357 are unequal Enter equal MDs

37 Transition time STOP C toSBH

MD 36952 and MD 1352 are unequal Enter equal MDs

38 Transition time STOP D toSBH

MD 36953 and MD 1353 are unequal Enter equal MDs

39 Trans. time STOP E to SBH MD 36954 and MD 1354 are unequal Enter equal MDs 40 Stop reaction to SG MD 36961 and MD 1361 are unequal Enter equal MDs 41 Stop reaction to SE MD 36962 and MD 1362 are unequal Enter equal MDs 42 Creep speed pulse deletion MD 36960 and MD 1360 are unequal Enter equal MDs 43 Storage test stop reaction - - 44 Actual position value + limit

value SG1 Actual position value (error code 3) different orMD 36931[0] and MD 1331[0] are unequal(error code 6)

-

45 Actual position value - limitvalue SG1

Actual position value (error code 3) different orMD 36931[0] and MD 1331[0] are unequal(error code 6)

-

46 Actual position value + limitvalue SG2


-



-



-



-



-



-

52 Standstill position + tolerance Actual position value (error code 3) different orMD 36930 and MD 1330 are unequal (errorcode 10)

-

53 Standstill position - tolerance Actual position value (error code 3) different orMD 36930 and MD 1330 are unequal (errorcode 10)

-

54 Actual position value "+ nx" +tolerance

Actual position value (error code 3) different orMD 36946 and MD 1346 are unequal (errorcode 75) or MD 36942 and MD 1342 areunequal (error code 31)

-

55 Actual position value "+ nx" Actual position value (error code 3) different orMD 36946 and MD 1346 are unequal (errorcode 75)

-

56 Actual position value "- nx" Actual position value (error code 3) different orMD 36946 and MD 1346 are unequal (errorcode 75)

-

57 Actual position value "- nx" -tolerance

Actual position value (error code 3) different orMD 36946 and MD 1346 are unequal (errorcode 75) or MD 36942 and MD 1342 areunequal (error code 31)

-

09.01 1 Alarms


No. Name Definition Cause, remedy 58 Current shutdown request in preparation - 59 SG correction factor 1 MD 36932[0] and MD 1332[0] are unequal Enter equal MDs 60 SG correction factor 2 MD 36932[1] and MD 1332[1] are unequal Enter equal MDs 61 SG correction factor 3 MD 36932[2] and MD 1332[2] are unequal Enter equal MDs 62 SG correction factor 4 MD 36932[3] and MD 1332[3] are unequal Enter equal MDs 63 SG correction factor 5 MD 36932[4] and MD 1332[4] are unequal Enter equal MDs 64 SG correction factor 6 MD 36932[5] and MD 1332[5] are unequal Enter equal MDs 65 SG correction factor 7 MD 36932[6] and MD 1332[6] are unequal Enter equal MDs 66 SG correction factor 8 MD 36932[7] and MD 1332[7] are unequal Enter equal MDs 67 SG correction factor 9 MD 36932[8] and MD 1332[8] are unequal Enter equal MDs 68 SG correction factor 10 MD 36932[9] and MD 1332[9] are unequal Enter equal MDs 69 SG correction factor 11 MD 36932[10] and MD 1332[10] are unequal Enter equal MDs 70 SG correction factor 12 MD 36932[11] and MD 1332[11] are unequal Enter equal MDs 71 SG correction factor 13 MD 36932[12] and MD 1332[12] are unequal Enter equal MDs 72 SG correction factor 14 MD 36932[13] and MD 1332[13] are unequal Enter equal MDs 73 SG correction factor 15 MD 36932[14] and MD 1332[14] are unequal Enter equal MDs 74 SG correction factor 16 MD 36932[15] and MD 1332[15] are unequal Enter equal MDs 75 Velocity limit "nx" MD 36946 and MD 1346 are unequal Enter equal MDs 76 Stop reaction with SG1 MD 36963[0] and MD 1363[0] are unequal Enter equal MDs 77 Stop reaction with SG2 MD 36963[1] and MD 1363[1] are unequal Enter equal MDs 78 Stop reaction with SG3 MD 36963[2] and MD 1363[2] are unequal Enter equal MDs 79 Stop reaction with SG4 MD 36963[3] and MD 1363[3] are unequal Enter equal MDs 80 Modulo value for safe cams MD 36905 and MD 1305 are unequal Enter equal MDs 81 Speed tolerance for safe

deceleration ramp MD 36948 and MD 1348 are unequal Enter equal MDs

1000 Control timer expired The SGE modification timer has not expiredwithin the time of the control timer (i.e. toomany switchings directly one after another inthe SGEs).

E.g. contact problems(loose contact)

1001 Incorrect control timerinitialization

The SGE modification timer has not started thecontrol timer (only in 611D)

-

1002 User confirmation timerexpired

Different status of user confirmation of driveand NCK

-

1003 Reference tolerance affected The comparison between the stored standstillposition and the current position results in alarger deviation than stated inMD 36944: $MA_SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL(actual tolerance value (referencing)) orMD 1344: $MD_SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL

-

1004 Plausibility of userconfirmation is affected

The user confirmation was given for an axiswhich- has already been safely referenced- has not yet been referenced

-

1005 Pulses already deleted duringtest stop selection

With test stop selection, the "pulses alreadydeleted" signal already exists

Test stop selection withmissing pulse enableError during wiring of theSGE "pulses have beendeleted"

1006 Error during forced SGAdynamization

An error was detected when performing a cycliccheck of the SGAs (only in 611D).

-

1007 Communication failurebetween PLC and drive

If a communication failure is caused by thedrive, either the PLC or the NC have brokendown.

-

1008 Erroneous data transferbetween PLC and drive

The data transfer of the SGEs/SGAs betweenPLC and drive is secured with a checksum. Inthe event of an error, the calculated checksumdoes not coincide with the transferredchecksum. If the stop is caused by the drive,either the PLC or the NC have broken down.

-

1 Alarms 09.01


No. Name Definition Cause, remedy1009 Trigger a subsequent stop

after test stopAfter expiry of test stop timer$MA_SAFE_DIS_CHECK_TIME, no pulsedisabling was returned to the NCK monitoringchannel via the NCK SGE "Pulses deleted".

- Check wiring- Check configuration of

the SGE via MD$MA_SAFE_

PULSE_STATUS_INPUT- Check whether a

sufficient value was set inthe parameterizable teststop timer$MA_SAF_DIS_CHEK _TIME.

Note: Example: if, in the error code, for example the value is 12, the cross-comparison has found a difference between theMD for lower limit value SE1 in the NCK and drive monitoring channel.

Axis %1 stop test is running

%1 = Axis number

Proper functioning of the switch-off path is just being tested by setting of theSGE "Test stop selection".

Alarm display

Not required. The message serves only for user information.

The alarm disappears automatically after the end of the delay time whichis defined in MD: $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME and removing theSGE "test stop selection" if the control recognizes pulse delete, thatmeans the test has been completed successfully (an unsuccessful testcan be detected through alarm 27001 with error code 1005 or throughalarm 27024).

Checksum error has occurred: %1 %2

%1 = Note on code section or table%2 = Table number

Checksum error in safety-relevant code or safety-relevant data. The safemonitoring functions (Safety Integrated) in the NCK could be affected.

Alarm display.

Continue to work very carefully. Reload code and data as soon as possible(Power On). If this error occurs again, contact your service personnel.


Axis %1, difference safe input %2, NCK %3, drive %4

%1 = Axis number%2 = Monitoring input%3 = Interface identifier NCK input%4 = Interface identifier drive input

A difference has been found on the specified safe input. The state of thespecified input signal differed in the two monitoring channels NCK and 611Dduring the duration set in $MA_SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME.

27002 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27003 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27004Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Monitoring in question:

- SS/SV = Difference in SGE "Deselection of safe operating stop/Safevelocity"

- SS = Difference in SGE "Safe operating stop"- SV = Difference in SGEs "Selection safe velocity"- SP = Difference in SGE "Selection safe end position"- SVOVR = Difference in SGEs "Selection SG"

Interface identifier NCK input:

- DMP<drv>.<mod>.<bit>=<value><drv> = Drive number of terminal block (1...31)<mod> = Submodule number (1...8)<bit> = Terminal number (1...16)<value> = Value of NCK SGE (0,1)

- SPL<io>.<dword>.<bit>=<value><io>= Parameterizable system variable range (01=$A_INSID, 02=$A_INSED)<dword> = System variable double word (1,2)<bit> = Bit number in system variable double word (1...32)<value> = Value of NCK SGE (0,1)

Interface identifier drive input:

- DBX<byte>.<bit>=<value><byte> = Byte number in axial DB (22, 23, 32, 33)<bit> = Bit number in byte (0...7)<value> = Value of drive SGE (0,1)

This alarm can be hidden by setting machine data$MN_SAFE_DIAGNOSIS_MASK, bit 0 = 0.

Display the alarm.

Check settings for safe input signals (NCK I/Os, PLC DB parameters).


Axis %1 error in cross check: static difference in safe position

%1 = Axis number

Via the data cross check between NCK and 611D monitoring channel, adifference in actual values was detected, which is greater than the maximumtolerance defined in MD $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL. This can be checked bymeans of the safe position values for the two monitoring channels displayed inthe service menu.

The alarm is displayed only, if monitoring with absolute reference (SE/SN) hasbeen enabled for the specified axis and if the user enable has been set.The alarm is cleared, as soon as the user enable is deleted or the actual valuedifference between the two monitoring channels falls again below themaximum permissible difference.

Alarm display

If the alarm is present statically, the user enable must be deleted.When the control is then rebooted, the machine can be brought to the safestate again and operation resumed by a new referencing process and settingof the user enable.Prior to setting the user enable, the actual position of the axis displayed in the"User enable" screen must be compared with the current machine position.This is obligatory to ensure the ensure proper functioning of the safe limitpositions (SE) and safe cams (SN).

The alarm disappears automatically when the user enable is given.

Reaction

Remedy


27005Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 test ext. pulse disable is running

%1 = Axis number

Correct functioning of external pulse disable is currently being checked bysetting of SGE "Test stop external pulse disable".

Alarm display.

Alarm disappears automatically when the test is terminated by clearing SGE"Test stop external pulse disable".

The alarm disappears with cause of alarm. No further operator action required.

Axis %1 safe standstill monitoring exceeded POWER ON

%1 = Axis number

The axis has moved too far away from the setpoint position. It is further awaythan allowed in machine data SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL.


Alarm display. STOP of NC program processing. Stop of the axis with speedsetpoint = 0 (STOP B). As soon as the actual speed value is smaller thandefined in MD: $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL, at the latest when thetime has expired in MD: $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY.- Pulse delete (STOP A)- Blocking of NC START- Display on the NC/PLC interface- Mode group not ready- Channel not ready

Check the tolerance of zero speed control:Does the value fit to the accuracy and control dynamics of the axis?If not, increase tolerance.If yes, check the machine for damage and remove it.

Not possible, confirm the alarm with POWER ON.

Axis %1 safe velocity monitoring exceeded RESET

%1 = Axis number

The axis has moved too quickly and faster than allowed in machine data$MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT. With active SBH/SG and a 1-encoder system, the velocity which correspondsto an encoder limit frequency of 200 kHz has been exceeded.

Alarm display. Stop of NC program processing. Stop of the axis with STOP C,D or E, according to the configuration in MD:$MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE. Blocking of NC START. Display on theinterface.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If no obvious operator error occurred:Check input value of the MD, Check SGEs: Has the correct velocity limit beenselected out of the four possible ones? If yes, check the machine for damageand remove it.

Eliminate the error and press the RESET key (the program is interrupted).

27006Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27010 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27011 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axix %1 safe position monitoring exceeded RESET

%1 = Axis number

The axis has exceeded the limit position entered in MD:$MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS or MD: $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS.

Alarm display. Stop of NC program processing. Stop of the axis with STOP C,D or E, according to the configuration in MD: $MA_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE.Blocking of NC START. Display on the NC/PLC interface.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If no obvious operator error occurred:Check input value of the machine data, Check SGEs: Has the correct endposition been selected out of the possible ones? If yes, check the machine fordamage and remove it.

Remove the user confirmation for this axis. Actuate the RESET key, theprogram will be aborted and the alarm will be deleted. Move the axis in theJOG mode to the valid traversing range. After eliminating the NC program errorand checking the position of this axis, the user confirmation can be given againand the program can be restarted.

Axis %1 safe stopping monitoring exceeded POWER ON

%1 = Axis number

After initiating STOP B or C, the velocity has exceeded the tolerance valueentered in MD 36948: $MA_SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL.

Alarm display. Pulse blocking (via SGA). STOP of NC program processing.Blocking of NC START. Display on the NC/PLC interface. Mode group notready. Channel not ready.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the MD. Check the deceleration behavior of the drive affected.


Axis %1 stop E triggered RESET

%1 = Axis number

The alarm follows on from the alarms "Safe velocity exceeded" or "Safe endposition reached" (when configured as such in MD:$MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE orMD: $MA_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE). It indicates that a LIFTFAST-ASUP hasbeen triggered and the internal activation of the "Safe operating stop".

Alarm display. STOP of NC program processing. Stop of the axis with STOP E.Blocking of NC START. Display on the NC/PLC interface.

Eliminate causes of alarm "Safe velocity exceeded" or "Safe end positionexceeded" (see under these alarms).


Axis %1 stop D triggered RESET

%1 = Axis number

The alarm follows on from the alarms "Safe velocity exceeded" or "Safe endposition reached" (when configured as such in MD:$MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE or MD: $MA_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE). Itindicates that a "Deceleration on the path" has been triggered and the internalactivation of the "Safe operating stop".

27012 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27013 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27021 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Alarm display. STOP of NC program processing. Stop of the axis with STOP D.Blocking of NC START. Display on the NC/PLC interface.



Axis stop C triggered RESET

%1 = Axis number

The alarm follows on from the alarms "Safe velocity exceeded" or "Safe endposition reached" (when configured as such in MD:$MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE or MD: $MA_"SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE).It indicates that a "Deceleration on the current limit" has been triggered and theinternal activation of the "Safe operating stop".

Alarm display. STOP of NC program processing. Stop of the axis with STOP .CBlocking of NC START. Display on the NC/PLC interface.



Axis %1 stop B triggered POWER ON

%1 = Axis number

This alarm follows on from the alarms "Tolerance for safe standstill exceeded"or "STOP F enabled". It indicates that a "Deceleration on the current limit" hasbeen triggered and the internal activation of the timer for changeover to STOPA (see MD: $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY).


Alarm display. STOP of NC program processing. Stop of the axis with STOP B.Start of the switchover timer after STOP A. Blocking of NC START. Display onthe NC/PLC interface. Mode group not ready, channel not ready.



Axis %1 stop A triggered POWER ON

%1 = Axis number

This alarm follows on from the alarm "Tolerance for safe operating stopexceeded" or follows on from STOP B or an unsuccessful test stop. It indicatesthat a "Cancel pulse" has been triggered.


Alarm display. STOP of NC program processing. Stop of the axis with STOP A.Pulse delete (via SGA). Blocking of NC START. Display on the NC/PLCinterface. Mode group not ready, channel not ready.



Reaction

Remedy


27022 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27023 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27024 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 function not supported on this 611D module POWER ON

%1 = Axis number

SINUMERIK Safety Integrated can be used only with the 611D Performancecontrol modules with 2 measuring circuits per drive and cutoff relay. An attempthas been made to activate a safety function although no such module isplugged in.

Alarm display. Pulse blocking. Blocking of NC START. Display on the NC/PLCinterface. Mode group not ready, channel not ready.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Replace module or switch off safety functions in MD:$MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE.

The alarm is triggered during startup. No program can be started. Confirm thealarm with POWER ON.

Axis %1 limit for safe velocity %2 at gear ratio %3 POWER ONtoo large (max. %4)

%1 = Axis number%2 = Limit value index%3 = Number of the transmission ratio%4 = Maximum velocity

All limit values in MD: $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT must be set such that thelimiting frequency of the amplitude monitoring in the measuring circuithardware is not exceeded (200 kHz). The limit value which did not fulfil thiscondition is indicated as second parameter (1 for SG1, 2 for SG2, etc.). Thethird parameter indicates the gear stage, e.g. 1 for gear stage 1, 2 for gearstage 2, etc. The fourth parameter indicates the maximum velocity which canbe entered to just maintain the limit frequency in safe operation.


Alarm display. Pulse blocking (via SGA). Blocking of NC START. Display onthe NC/PLC interface. Mode group not ready, channel not ready.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reduce the limit value in MD: $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[x], x = (2nd alarmparameter) - 1, or correct the setting of the gear factors.


Axis %1 safety data checksum invalid. POWER ONPlease confirm and re-test safety functions.

%1 = Axis number

The machine data "MA_SAFE_..." are protected by a checksum after thecontrol has been accepted. The alarm indicates that the current checksumdoes not coincide any longer with the stored checksum, that means that eitheran MD value has been changed without authorization or a MD is defective.

Alarm display. Pulse blocking (via SGA). Blocking of NC START. Display onthe NC/PLC interface.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check MDs. Allow the checksum to be recalculated. Perform a newacceptance test for the safety functions.


27030 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27031 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27032 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 parameter assignment of MD %2[%3] invalid POWER ON

%1 = Axis number%2 = Machine data identifier%3 = Machine data index

Parameterization of the machine data %2 is incorrect. An additional indicationis the field index of the machine data. If the machine data is a single machinedata a zero is specified as array index. This alarm occurs in the followingcontexts:

1. The conversion of the specified MD into the internal calculation formatleads to overflow.

2. The values entered in 36934 SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS and$MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS have been interchanged. The upperlimit is less than or equal to the lower limit.

3. For an axis with safety functions the setpoint/actual-value channelassignment in 36910 SAFE_ENC_SEGMENT_NR,36100 CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR was not carried out on the drive bus.No module number has been specified for a setpoint/actual-value channelassignment in 30110 CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR,36911 SAFE_ENC_MODULE_NR.

4. The number of drives has changed. On reading back the standstillposition and the associated drive number, a difference has been found tothe momentary drive configuration.

5. A safety function has been enabled in 36901SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE without the safety functions SBH/SG havingbeen enabled.

6. Error on parameterizing the input/output settings for the SGEs/SGAs.

7. Zero has been entered in 36917 SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST.

8. Zero has been entered in 36918 SAFE_ENC_RESOL.

9. Various settings have been made in 30300 IS_ROT_AX and36902 SAFE_IS_ROT_AX.

10. A measuring circuit that does not exist was programmed in$MA_SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR.

810D: - In $MA_SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR an encoder number was entered which is assigned to another axis for actual value acquisition.- In $MA_SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR a second measuring circuit was parameterized.

11. In $MA_SAFE_ENC_MODULE_NR the number of a drive has beenentered; this drive either does not exist or has been detected as inactive.With an inactive drive, $MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE was not reset to 0.

12. In $MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE an encoder type was parameterized whichdoes not match the physically present type.

13. In $MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE an incorrect encoder type was entered foran active drive ($MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE=0,2,3 or 5).

14. When setting the parameters for the motor encoder in$MA_SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR the dual channels of the measuring circuitare used for backup purposes for the 2nd measuring system. The 2ndmeasuring circuit of this drive module has also been parameterized in thedata of another axis, therefore there is a dual assignment. The 2ndmeasuring circuit connection cannot be used for the actual valueacquisition in this parameterization.

15. In $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL a value greater than 10mm was entered for alinear axis.

27033 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


16. In $MA_SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL a value greater than 1mm was enteredfor a linear axis.

17. The limit values for the "n<n_x" monitoring, calculated from MDSAFE_VELO_X and MD SAFE_POS_TOL, are of equal size.

18. One of the activated cam positions is outside the actual value modulorange.

19. The parameterized cam modulo range SAFE_MODULO_RANGE is not amultiple integer of 360 degrees.

20. The parameterized cam modulo range SAFE_MODULO_RANGE and themodulo range in MODULO_RANGE cannot be divided as integers intoone another.

21. The "actual value synchronization 2-encoder system" function (slippage)is selected for a single-encoder system, or a function with an absolutereference (SE/SN) is active at the same time.

22. Alarms 27000/300950 should be suppressed for parking($MA_SAFE_PARK_ALARM_SUPPRESS!=0). The SGA "Axis safelyreferenced" must be configured in MD$MA_SAFE_REFP_STATUS_OUTPUT.

23. An axial SGE/SGA was configured at the SPL interface (segment number= 4) and the function enable for the external stops($MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE, bit 6) is missing.

24. An axial SGE/SGA was configured at the SPL interface (segment number= 4), and the SGE "Deselect ext. stop A" (assigned via$MA_SAFE_EXT_STOP_INPUT[0]) was inverted (bit 31 = 1) or the SGE"Deselect ext. stop A" was not configured at the SPL interface $A_OUTSI.

25. The function "Save actual value with incremental encoder" is enabled in$MA_ENC_REFP_STATE for the parameterizable incremental encoder,and a monitoring function with absolute reference (SE/SN) is enabled in$MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE. It is not permissible to combine thesefunctions.

26. A value greater than 1000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in$MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL.

27. A value greater than 20000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in$MA_SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL.

28. A value greater than 1000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in$MA_SAFE_VELO_X.

29. A value greater than 1000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in$MA_SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL.

30. A value greater than the maximum settable encoder limit frequency forthe safe operation of a single-encoder system was set in$MA_SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT.

31. A value greater than 300 kHz for a Performance-1 or Standard-2 controlmodule was set in $MA_SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT.

32. $MA_SAFE_EXT_PULSE_ENAB_OUTPUT has not been parameterizedand not been parameterized correctly. Parameterizing of this MD isnecessary, if bit 30 in $MA_SAFE_PULSE_ENABLE_OUTPUT is set to 1,i.e. internal pulse disabling is used.

Alarm display. Pulse blocking (via SGA). Blocking of NC START. Display onthe NC/PLC interface. Mode group not ready, channel not ready.

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and modify indicated MD. Allow the checksum to be recalculated.Perform a new acceptance test for the safety functions.


Error occurring during data cross-comparison NCK-PLC, %1[%2],NCK: %3, %4<ALSI>

%1 = Name of system variable in which the error was detected%2 = System variable array index extension%3 = NCK comparison value extension%4 = Cross-check array index extension

During cyclic bidirectional data comparison between the NCK and PLC, errorswere detected in the data compared. Parameter %1 indicates the systemvariable which contains the error ($A_INSI, $A_OUTSI, $A_INSE, $A_OUTSEor $A_MARKERSI) with array index %2.

Special situation: "Error occurring during data cross-comparison NCK-PLC,TIMEOUT[0], NCK: 0" means that there is a basic fault in communicationbetween the NCK and PLC and that bidirectional data comparison is no longerpossible.

A specific alarm message can be programmed for each of the system variableson the MMC via parameter %4: %4 = 0: Error SPL startup status ($MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1] -

DB18.DBX36.0) %4 = 1....64: Error in system variables $A_INSE[1...64] %4 = 65...128: Error in system variables $A_OUTSE[1...64] %4 = 129...192: Error in system variables $A_INSI[1...64] %4 = 193...256: Error in system variables $A_OUTSI[1...64] %4 = 257...320: Error in system variables $A_MARKERSI[1...64]

Alarm display

Find the difference between the monitoring channels. Possible causes: - Incorrect wiring- Incorrect SPL- Incorrect assignment of axial SGEs to the internal interface $A_OUTSI- Incorrect assignment of axial SGAs to the internal interface $A_INSI- Incorrect assignment of SPL SGEs to the external interface $A_INSI- Incorrect assignment of SPL SGAs to the external interface $A_OUTSI


Error occurring during data cross-comparison NCK-PLC, Stop of %1

%1 = Extension indicating the monitoring channel that triggered the stop

The monitoring channel specified in %1 (NCK or PLC) has triggered a stop D.Alarm 27090 provides further information about the cause of the stop D.

Alarm display.

Evaluate the alarm parameters of alarm 27090 and amend the SPL, or checkthe I/O modules/wiring or the internal SPL interfaces to the safety monitoringchannels in the NCK and drive 611D.


Remedy


27090 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27091 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Communication interrupted during data cross-comparison NCK-PLC,error detected by %1

%1 = Extension indicating the monitoring channel that detected the error

The delay time (10s) for communication monitoring was exceeded in themonitoring channel specified in %1 (NCK or PLC). The other monitoringchannel did not send a new data packet within this time.

Alarm display.

Do not start the SPL again. Check the system components (the PLC musthave the correct version of FB15 and DB18).


Checksum error NCK-SPL, %1, %2, %3

%1 = Extension indicating the type of error%2 = Extension indicating the reference variable%3 = Extension indicating the actual variable

A checksum error has occurred in the NCK SPL. The file/_N_CST_DIR/_N_SAFE_SPF was subsequently modified. The safeprogrammable logic (SPL) in the NCK may be corrupted. Parameter %1indicates the type of modification:

%1 = FILE_LENGTH: the file length has changed.

%1 = FILE_CONTENT: the file contents have changed.

%2 specifies the reference variable (file length, checksum of file contents), %3specifies the actual variable which is calculated cyclically.

Alarm display.

Check the file and the time of the last modification to the file. Reload theoriginal file and start the monitoring system again with a Power On.


Write access to system variable %1 only allowed from NCK-SPL

%1 = Name of safety system variable

Write access to a safety system variable is only allowed from the NC program/_N_CST_DIR/_N_SAFE_SPF. If this error occurs, an instruction from anotherprogram was detected.

Alarm display.

Check the NC programs you are using for write accesses to safety systemvariables.


%1 SPL protection not activated

%1 = name of the component on which the protection is not activated (NCK orPLC)

The protection features are not activated for the SPL. The startup phase of theSPL is not yet complete. No stop reaction (Stop D) was initiated on an error indata cross-comparison between NCK and PLC.

Alarm display.

27092 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27093 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27094 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27095 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


• Remedy for NCK: Activate the protection features with MD$MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1]. The number range of thesynchronized action IDs used in the SPL must be entered in this MD.

• Remedy for PLC: Activate the protection features by setting the appropriatedata bit in DB18.


SPL start not allowed

To start the SPL in protected state ($MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1] notequal 0) Safety Integrated functionality must first be activated for at least oneaxis (via MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE). Without this functionality it isonly possible to operate SPL in start-up state.

Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Start up axial Safety Integrated functionality or remove the SPL protection viaMD $MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1]


At least one axis is not safely referenced

There are two reasons for this alarm:- The machine position of at least one of the axes monitored with SI has not yet

been acknowledged by the user, or- The machine position of at least one of the axes monitored with SI has not yet

been verified through follow-up referencing.Even if the axis is already referenced, there is no confirmation that referencinghas supplied the correct result. For example, wrong results can occur if theaxis was moved after the control was switched off, with the result that thestandstill position saved prior to switching off is no longer correct. To makesure that this does not happen, the user must acknowledge the displayedactual position after the first referencing process.When the user enable has first been set, follow-up referencing must be carriedout each time the control is booted (with absolute encoders, this follow-upreferencing is executed automatically). This procedure is carried out to verifythe standstill position saved prior to switching off of the control.Via the machine data $MN_SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL (MD>=3), thealarm display can be set in such a way that an alarm is given for each axisindividually which has not been safely referenced.

Alarm display.

Move all SI axes to known positions and change to "Referencing" mode. Checkthe positions on the machine displayed in the user confirmation field and set"User confirmation" via the selection/toggle key.If the user confirmation for the axes has already been set, reference the axesagain.

Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears.No further operator action necessary.

Remedy


27096Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27100Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1, difference in function safe standstill (safe operational stop),NCK: %2 drive: %3

%1 = Axis number%2 = Monitoring status safe operating stop%3 = Monitoring status safe operating stop

During cross-comparison of result list 1 a difference was detected between theNCK and drive monitoring channels in the status of safe operating stopmonitoring.Safe operating stop: Bit 0,1 in result list 1

Monitoring status: OFF = Monitoring is inactive in this monitoring channel. OK = Monitoring is active in this monitoring channel, limit values are not

violated. L+ = Monitoring is active in this monitoring channel, upper limit exceeded. L- = Monitoring is active in this monitoring channel, lower limit exceeded.

Alarm display.

Check whether the safe inputs have switched to the same status in bothmonitoring channels within the permissible time tolerance.You can also use the drive machine data 1391, 1392 and the servo tracesignals "Result list 1 NCK" and "Result list 1 drive" for additional diagnosticmeasures.


Axis %1, difference in function safe velocity %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4

%1 = Axis number%2 = SG level for which the difference was determined%3 = Monitoring status safe velocity%4 = Monitoring status safe velocity

During cross-comparison of result list 1 a difference was detected between theNCK and drive monitoring channels in the status of safe velocity monitoring.Safe velocity 1: Bit 6, 7 in result list 1Safe velocity 2: Bit 8, 9 in result list 1Safe velocity 3: Bit 10,11 in result list 1Safe velocity 4: Bit 12,13 in result list



Alarm display



27101Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27102Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1, difference in function safe position %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4

%1 = Axis number%2 = Number of safe limit position%3 = Monitoring status safe limit position%4 = Monitoring status safe limit position

During cross-comparison of result list 1 a difference was detected between theNCK and drive monitoring channels in the status of safe limit positionmonitoring.Safe limit position 1: Bit 2, 3 in result list 1Safe limit position 2: Bit 4, 5 in result list 1



Alarm display.


Clear the alarm with RESET key. Restart the part program.

Axis %1, difference in function safe cam plus %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4

%1 = Axis number%2 = Cam number%3 = Monitoring status safe cam plus%4 = Monitoring status safe cam plus

During cross-comparison of result list 1 a difference was detected between theNCK and drive monitoring channels in the status of safe cam plus monitoring.Safe cam plus 1+: Bit 0, 1 in result list 2Safe cam plus 2+: Bit 4, 5 in result list 2Safe cam plus 3+: Bit 8, 9 in result list 2Safe cam plus 4+: Bit 12,13 in result list 2



Alarm display.



27103Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27104Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1, difference in function safe cam minus %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4

%1 = Axis number%2 = Cam number%3 = Monitoring status safe cam minus%4 = Monitoring status safe cam minus

During cross-comparison of result list 1 a difference was detected between theNCK and drive monitoring channels in the status of safe cam minus monitoring.Safe cam 1-: Bit 2, 3 in result list 2Safe cam 2-: Bit 6, 7 in result list 2Safe cam 3-: Bit 10,11 in result list 2Safe cam 4-: Bit 14,15 in result list 2



Alarm displayYou can use the drive machine data 1391, 1392 and the servo trace signals"Result list 1 NCK" and "Result list 1 drive" for additional diagnostic measures.


Axis %1, difference in function safe velocity nx, NCK: %2 drive: %3

%1 = Axis number%2 = Monitoring status safe velocity nx%3 = Monitoring status safe velocity nx

During cross-comparison of result list 2 a difference was detected between theNCK and drive monitoring channels in the status of safe velocity monitoring.Safe velocity nx+: Bit 16, 17 in result list 2Safe velocity nx-: Bit 18, 19 in result list 2



Alarm display

You can use the drive machine data 1391, 1392 and the servo trace signals"Result list 1 NCK" and "Result list 1 drive" for additional diagnostic measures.

Clear the alarm with RESET key. Restart the part program.

Axis %1, difference in function cam modulo monitoring, NCK: %2drive: %3

%1 = Axis number%2 = Monitoring status safe cam modulo range%3 = Monitoring status safe cam modulo range

During cross-comparison of result list 2 a difference was detected between theNCK and drive monitoring channels in the status of cam modulo monitoring.Safe cam modulo range: Bit 20, 21 in result list 2

27105Definition

Reaction


27106Definition

Reaction

Remedy


27107Definition

1 Alarms 09.01





NCU link connection to all NCUs of the link network has been aborted

All NCUs in the NCU link network exchange data cyclically (sign-of-life). If this alarm occurs, sign-of-life signals have not been received from any otherNCUs on the NCU network. This fault in the link can have various causes:Defective hardwareThe machine data which configure the NCU link are not the same on all NCUs.An identical interpolator cycle time has not been selected on all NCUs.


Check the IPO cycle on all the NCUs.If necessary, check NCU link-specific alarms first.


NCU link connection to NCU %1 of the link network has been canceled

%1 = NCU number

All NCUs in the NCU link network exchange data cyclically (sign-of-life). If this alarm occurs, sign-of-life signals have not been received from one otherNCU on the NCU network. (see alarm parameters)

This fault in the link can have various causes:Defective hardwareThe machine data which configure the NCU link are not the same on all NCUs.An identical interpolator cycle time has not been selected on all NCUs.

Mode group not readyChannel not readyNC Start disableNC stop on alarmAlarm displayInterface signals are set

• Check the IPO cycle on all the NCUs.• If necessary, check NCU link-specific alarms first.



28000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


28001 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Error on activation of machine data, NCU network-wide machine datawere modified by NCU %1

%1 = NCU number

During the activation of machine data with NEWCONFIG or during an operatorpanel RESET, NCU network-wide machine data were modified on anotherNCU. This alarm can only occur when a link connection is active.

Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Repeat the operator action or, if NEWCONFIG is activated by an NC program,terminate the program with Reset.


NCU link: NCU %1 of the link network is not on the bus

%1 = NCU number

Error message of the NCU link module. When the NCU link was powered up, the local NCU (indicated by the alarm)detected that the NCU with the number in the alarm parameter was not on thebus although it should be connected according to the MD settings. This fault in the link can have various causes: 1. Defective hardware 2. The machine data which configure the NCU link are not identical on all NCUs. 3. An identical interpolator cycle time has not been selected on all NCUs.

Channel not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.NC not ready.Interface signals are set.

Check the machine data configuration and link hardware.


NCU link: NCU %1 of the link network not running synchronously

%1 = NCU number

Error message of the NCU link module. When the NCU link was powered up, the local NCU (indicated by the alarm)detected that the NCU with the number in the alarm parameter was not runningsynchronously. This fault in the link can have various causes: 1. The machine data which configure the NCU link are not identical on all NCUs. 2. An identical interpolator cycle time has not been selected on all NCUs.


28002 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


28004 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


28005 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Check the machine data configuration.


NCU link: conflict in configuration data of NCU %1

%1 = NCU number

Error message of the NCU link module. When the NCU link was powered up, the local NCU (indicated by the alarm)detected a conflict between its configuration and the configuration of the NCUin the alarm parameter. Example: Machine data LINK_NUM_OF_MODULES defines the number of nodes on theNCU link network. The alarm occurs if this MD has a different setting ondifferent NCUs.




NCU link: conflict in timer setting of NCU %1

%1 = NCU number

Error message of the NCU link module. When the NCU link was powered up, the local NCU (indicated by the alarm)detected a conflict between its timer configuration and the configuration of theNCU in the alarm parameter.




NCU link: conflict in bus parameters of NCU %1

%1 = NCU number

Error message of the NCU link module. When the NCU link was powered up, the local NCU (indicated by the alarm)detected a conflict between its timer bus configuration and the configuration ofthe NCU in the alarm parameter.



Remedy


28007 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


28008 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


28009 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms



NCU link: NCU %1 has not received a message

%1 = NCU number

Error message of the NCU link module. During operation of the NCU link, a message from the local NCU to the NCUspecified in the alarm parameter has failed. A hardware error may have occurred (e.g. sporadic disturbances on thecommunication line).


The message does not fail until several attempts have been made to repeatthe communication. The number of repetitions can be increased with MDLINK_MAX_RETRY_CTR.


Interpolator time insufficient for NCU link. Link cycle time: %1

%1 = Microseconds

Error message of the NCU link module. All messages must be transmitted within one interpolator cycle. This applies particularly to message retries. The time was not sufficient! The parameter indicates how many microseconds the NCU link module needsin order to send the message.


Increase the interpolator cycle time, i.e. modify one of the following MDs on allNCUsIPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME


NCU link: Synchronization cycle signal missing %1 times

%1 = Number of cycles

Error message of the NCU link module which does not occur on NCU 1. The NCUs are synchronized by means of a separate NCU link cycleconnection. A large number of cycle signals are missing. The parameter indicates how many cycles have failed.



28010 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


28011 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


28012 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Check the hardware.


Ncu link: too many link axes configured %1

%1 = Number of link axis connections

Unfortunately the communication capacity of the NCU link is insufficient for thislink axis configuration. The link axis configuration is determined by the following MDs:$MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB$MN_AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB1 ... and all further container def.


Connect a smaller number of axes across the link or combine the axes in fewercontainers. Machine data to be changed: $MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB $MN_AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB1 ... and all further container def.


Serious alarm on NCU %1, axes are trailing

%1 = NCU number

All axes are trailing because of a serious alarm on another NCU.

All mode groups not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.NC not ready.Interface signals are set.

Acknowledge the alarm on the NCU.

Press the Reset key to clear the alarm in all channels of this mode group. Startthe part program again.

Serious alarm on NCU %1, axes are trailing

%1 = NCU number

A serious alarm was not yet acknowledged on another NCU. Consequently, all the axes continue to trail.


Acknowledge the alarm on the NCU.


Remedy


28020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


28030 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


28031 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Emergency stop activated on NCU %1, axes trailing

%1 = NCU number

The emergency stop request is active at the PLC-NCK interface on one NCU ofthe NCU network. Consequently, all axes are trailing.


Remedy the cause of the emergency stop on the NCU and acknowledge theemergency stop via the PLC-NCK interface.


Emergency stop on NCU %1, axes continue to trail

%1 = NCU number

The emergency stop request is active at the PLC-NCK interface on one NCU ofthe NCU network. Consequently, all axes are trailing.


Remedy the cause of the emergency stop on the NCU and acknowledge theemergency stop via the PLC-NCK interface.


Channel %1 axis replacement of axis %1 not possible, PLC axismovement still in progress


A PLC axis has not yet reached its end position and cannot be returned to achannel or neutralized. This alarm should not occur when PLC data block FC18 is used.

Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Start disable. NC Stop on alarm.

Wait until the axis has reached the end position or terminate the movementwith delete distance to go.


28032 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


28033 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


29033 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2


References: The actual alarm text, the error description and the remedialmeasures for the SIEMENS cycle alarms can be found in the /PGZ/Programming Guide Cycles, Chapter 5.

Alarm displayInterface signals are setNC Start disable

see /PGZ/ Programming Guide Cycles, Chapter 5


Channel %1 block %2






Channel %1 block %2

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, label%3 = Text index for cycle alarms


Alarm display



Channel %1 block %2



Alarm display



60000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


61000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


62000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


63000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2


References: The actual alarm text, the error description and the remedialmeasures for the user cycle alarms can be found in the Programming Guideof the machine manufacturer.


Refer to the manual on user cycles.


Channel %1 block %2






Channel %1 block %2



Alarm display.



Channel %1 block %2



Alarm display.

65000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


66000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


67000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


68000 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01




Compile cycle alarm

References: the actual alarm text, the error description and the remedialmeasures for the Compile Cycle Alarms can be found in the Manual and thePlanning Guide for Compile Cycles.

Alarm display.

Refer to the manual on Compile Cycles.


OEM alarm

References: the actual alarm text, the error description and the remedialmeasure for the OEM alarms can be found in the OEM Description.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. See the OEMDescription


Channel %1 block %2 CLC: general programming error

The activation/deactivation command for the clearance control "CLC(..)"accepts only the values 2, 1, 0 and -1 as call parameters.This alarm signals that parameters are incorrect or missing.The activation command CLC(2) with monitoring of sensor collision signal isaccepted only if a valid digital input is configured for the monitoring signal inMD $MC_CLC_SENSOR_TOUCHED_INPUT

Abortion of part program interpretationAlarm signal in PLC interface

Correct the part program.Configure the digital input for collision evaluation in MD if necessary.


Channel %1 block %2 CLC_LIM value higher than MD limit

One of the limitations programmed with CLC_LIM(...,...) for the position offsetof the clearance control is greater than the permissible limitation set in theassociated MD $MC_CLC_SENSOR_LOWER_LIMIT[1] or$MC_CLC_SENSOR_UPPER_LIMIT[1].

Abortion of part program interpretation.Alarm signal in PLC interface.

Correct the part program.Raise limitation in appropriate machine data if necessary.


Remedy


70000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75005 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75010 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 block %2 CLC(0) with active TRC

The 3D clearance control has been switched off with CLC(0) while tool radiuscompensation is still active (G41/G42).Since CLC(0) empties the internal block buffer and transfers the currentposition offset of the clearance control as a "contour jump" to the interpreter,TRC must be deactivated when this command is issued.

Abortion of part program interpretationAlarm signal in PLC interface

Correct the part program.Switch off active G41/G42 before CLC(0) ordo not switch of clearance control, but just "freeze" temporarily(CLC_GAIN=0.0) orcancel the position offset mechanically with CLC(-1).


Channel %1 block %2 CLC: Orientation changed with TRAFOOF active

1. The 2D/3D clearance control has been switched off before the transformation. The tool direction according to G17/G18/G19 has been applied as the control direction. Switching on the transformation with rotary axis settings that define a different tool orientation requires an orientation step change and is therefore rejected.

2. The transformation has been switched off temporarily (TRAFOOF) while clearance control is still active. When the transformation is switched on again, the tool orientation must be the same as when it was switched off, i.e. the rotary axes must not be moved while the transformation is deactivated.

Abortion of part program interpretation.Alarm signal in PLC interface.

Correct the part program.Do not switch on the clearance control until the transformation is already activeor make sure that the required conditions relating to orientation are observed.


Channel %1 CLC position offset at lower limit %2

The position offset generated by the overlaid motion has reached the lowerlimit set in MD $MC_CLC_SENSOR_LOWER_LIMIT or programmed withCLC_LIM(...,...)..

Depending on setting in bit 0 of MD$MC_CLC_SPECIAL_FEATURE_MASK:Bit 0 = 0: Alarm display only, no internal reactionBit 0 = 1: Stop programmed motion, NC start interlock.

Correct the part program.Do not switch on the clearance control until the transformation is already activeor make sure that the required conditions relating to orientation are observed.

Depending on setting in bit 0 of MD$MC_CLC_SPECIAL_FEATURE_MASK:Bit 0 = 0: Cancel keyBit 0 = 1: RESET request

75015 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75016 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 CLC position offset at upper limit %2

The position offset generated by the overlaid motion has reached the limit setin MD $MC_CLC_SENSOR_UPPER_LIMIT or programmed withCLC_LIM(...,...).

Depending on setting in bit 1 of MD$MC_CLC_SPECIAL_FEATURE_MASK:Bit 1 = 0: Alarm display only, no internal reactionBit 1 = 1: Stop programmed motion, NC start interlock.

Check position and shape of workpiece.Program extended limitation range if necessary

Depending on setting in bit 1 of MD$MC_CLC_SPECIAL_FEATURE_MASK:Bit 1 = 0: Cancel keyBit 1 = 1: RESET

Program command CLC_LIM(...,...);MD $MC_CLC_SENSOR_UPPER_LIMITMD $MC_CLC_SPECIAL_FEATURE_MASK

Channel %1 CLC stopped since sensor tip touched

The collision monitor of the sensor tip has signaled "Sensor touched"

A retraction motion to the upper limitation of the position offset( $MC_CLC_SENSOR_UPPER_LIMIT ) is started. The maximum velocity andacceleration reserves available in the control direction are used for thispurpose. The feedrate override setting has no effect on this retraction motion.The path motion is stopped simultaneously.

The part program can be continued with NC start.The overlaid motion then returns to the control distance.

Clear the alarm with the NC Start or Reset key.

Channel %1 incorrect MD configuration. Error No. %2

Incorrect configuration in MD $MA_CC_MASTER_AXIS

%2 = 2 This or the CC_Master axis is a spindle.%2 = 4 No coupling betw. rotary and linear axes.%2 = 8 Axes must not be exchange axes.

Check the machine data.


Channel %1 CC_COPON CC_COPOFF error no. %2

Error in the interpretation of CC_COPON or CC_COPOFF

%2 = 1 Wrong argument programmed%2 = 10 An axis which is not involved in a defined coupling has been

programmed in CC_COPON(x).%2 = 20 Too many arguments.%2 = 100 Internal error%2 = 200 Internal error

Interpreter stop


75021 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


Reference

75025 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75050 Definition

Reaction Remedy Program continuation

75051Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms



Channel %1 tolerance window exceeded on axis %2

The actual value difference between the CC_Slave axis %2 and its CC_Masteraxis is outside the configured tolerance window.

Axes brake along braking ramp Interpreter stop

Check the configured tolerance windowCompare the dynamic response settings of coupled axesCheck the mechanical components of axes


Channel %1 coupling active axis %2

Machine data MD 63000: CC_MASTER_AXIS has been changed when thecoupling was active.

Axes brake along braking ramp.

Reset the machine data to its old value, switch off the link and then enter thenew value. Check the mechanical components of axes.


Channel %1 axes not at standstill axis %2

The CC_Master and/or CC_Slave axis(es) were not at standstill when thecoupling was switched on.

Coupling cannot be activated.

Input G601 for path axes or enter a STOPRE before the CC_COPONcommand.


Channel %1 incorrect machine data for collision protection %2

Incorrect machine data for collision protection.

Interpreter stop.

Correct machine data.The axes must be either both rotary axes or both linear axes!


Channel %1 collision monitoring axis %2

Collision monitor has responded.

Axes brake at maximum acceleration or at a 20% higher acceleration rate.



75060 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75061 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75062 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75070 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75071 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Too many analog axes configured

More than 3 NC axes are configured as analog axes in machine data 63530$MA_ANALOG_AXIS

All axes switch to follow-up mode, alarm signal at PLC interface.

Reduce the number of analog axes.

Switch control OFF - ON

DMP module no. %2 is assigned twice

A DMP module has been assigned twice in axial machine data 63530$MA_ANALOG_AXIS


Use different DMP modules.


DMP module no. %2 assigned to other system functions

A module has been defined in machine data 63530 $MA_ANALOG_AXIS thathas already been assigned to other system functions in machine data 10310$MN_FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS.


The module number defined in MD 63530 must be greater than the setting inMD 10310.


Axis %1 has reached drift limit

The automatic drift compensation has reached the value set in MD 36710$MA_DRIFT_VALUE.

Drift value is limited.

Increase either the value in MD 36710 or the fixed drift value in MD 36720$MA_DRIFT_VALUE.


Channel %1 incorrect MD configuration, %2 incorrect

A window in machine data %2 has been detected during power-up in themachine data of the handling transformation package.

Cancellation of signal "Mode group ready"VDI signal "Alarm is active", DB10.DBB109 bit 0.

Configure the machine data.


Channel %1 axis number/axis assignment inconsistent

The number of axes specified in MD TRAFO 6_NUM_AXES and the number ofaxes specified in MD TRAFO_AXES_ IN_1 is inconsistent or the assignment ofaxis in MD TRAFO_AXES_IN_1 is incorrect. This alarm is output if thetransformation is selected via TRAORI

75100 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75101 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75102 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75110 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75200 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75210 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Interpreter stop, start interlock.



Channel %1 tool parameter faulty

The tool parameters are not the same as the settings for thethe handling transformation package (checked in interpreter).

Interpreter Stop, start interlock.



Channel %1 working area error

The programmed point is not within the working range of the kinematic(checked in interpreter).

Interpreter Stop.

Correct the position.


Channel %1 block %2 tool parameter faulty

The tool parameters are not the same as the settings for thethe handling transformation package (checked during preprocessing run).

Cancellation of signal "Mode group ready"VDI signal "Alarm is active", DB10.DBB109 bit 0

Correct the tool parameters


Channel %1 block %2 working area error

The programmed point is not within the working range of the kinematic(checked during preprocessing run).

Interpreter Stop, start interlock,Cancellation of signal "Mode group ready"VDI signal "Alarm is active" DB10.DBB109 bit 0

Correct the position


Channel %1 tool parameter faulty

The tool parameters are not the same as the settings for thethe handling transformation package (checked in interpolation).

Motion Stop, start interlock,Cancellation of signal "Mode group ready"VDI signal "Alarm is active" DB10.DBB109 bit 0"

Correct the tool parameters


Reaction

Remedy


75250 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75255 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75260 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75265 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75270 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Channel %1 block %2 working area error

The programmed point is not within the working range of the kinematic(checked during main run).

Interpreter Stop, start interlock,Cancellation of signal "Mode group ready"VDI signal "Alarm is active" DB10.DBB109 bit 0

Correct the position


Error in definition of a setpoint exchange

Exchange axis number and machine axis number are identical, gaps havebeen defined, or the machine axis number is the machine axis number of aninactive machine axis of the system

Axes switch to follow-up mode

Enter another axis number for the setpoint exchange in MD 63750


Axis %1, setpoint cannot be exchanged in this state

%1 = axis numberThe axes included in the setpoint exchange group are not all stationary(DB3x.DBB61.4)No ModeGroupReady signalOne of the two axes in the setpoint exchange group is already configured inanother active setpoint exchangeThe machine data MD63750: CTRLOUT_CHANGE_TAB[0.2] for the setpointexchange to be activated equals zero.A new exchange has been requested via PLC before the function has beenreturned to its initial state

VDI signal "Alarm is active" DB10.DBB109 bit 0

Enter another axis number for the setpoint exchange in MD 63750


Channel %1, wrong configuration

%1 = Channel numberThere are two causes of this alarm:- No geometry axis is defined- The option "Software cams" is set

The function cannot be activated.

Modify the configuration


75275 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75451 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75452 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75500Definition

Reaction

RemedyProgram continuation

09.01 1 Alarms


Channel %1 Retrace Support: wrong MD configuration. Error no. %2

In the machine data of function Retrace Support, the following error wasrecognized during power-up:Error no. = 4Machine data MM_NUM_CC_BLOCK_ELEMENTS must be increased.Error no. = 5.Not enough heap memory space available for the compile cycles.Adjust machine data $MC_RESU_RING_BUFFER_SIZE,$MC_RESU_SHARE_OF_CC_HEAP_MEM and$MC_MM_NUM_CC_HEAP_MEM.Error no = 6.Machine data $MN_ASUP_START_MASK and$MN_ASUP_START_PRTO_LEVEL are not set correctly.

Alarm display.Drop-out of signal "Mode group ready".Motion Stop.NC Start disable.Alarm signal in PLC interface.

The function cannot be activated.

Correct the machine data.


Channel %1 block %2 invalid parameter at CC_PREPRE()

%1 = Channel number%2 = Block number, labelFor the parameter only values –1, 0, 1 are valid

Alarm display.Interpreter Stop.Alarm signal in PLC interface.

Correct the part program with the machine data of the function.


Channel %1 Retrace Support: internal error, error no. %2

This alarm indicates RESU-internal error states, which in combination with thedisplayed error number explain the cause of error and the location of error.Report to the SINUMERIK hotline of SIEMENS AG: channel %1 block %2invalid parameter at CC_PREPRE()

Alarm display.NC Start disable.Alarm signal in PLC interface.

If this alarm appears, please make a note of the error number and contact theSINUMERIK hotline of SIEMENS AG.

Clear the alarm with the Reset key. Restart the part programm.

Channel %1 retrace-capable contour was shortened

The block search buffer is full. The retrace-capable had to be shortened.

Alarm display.

75600Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75601Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75605Definition

Reaction

Remedy


75606DefinitionReaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Adjust machine data $MC_RESU_RING_BUFFER_SIZE,$MC_RESU_SHARE_OF_CC_HEAP_MEM and$MC_MM_NUM_CC_HEAP_MEM.

Clear the alarm with the Delete key.

Channel %1 Retrace Support not possible

The compile cycle triggered by the block search has been terminated with anerror. This may have the following cause: the control is not running in thecorrect mode, e.g. JOG-AUTO instead of AUTO.

Alarm display.Alarm signal in PLC interface.

Change the mode of the control to AUTO and trigger Retrace Support again.

Clear the alarm with the Delete key.

Hardware not found: DCM drive bus ASIC

The DCM (Drive Communication Master, an ASIC on the NCU module thattakes control of the drive bus) has not signaled when powering up the drive. Inthe 840D, a hardware fault is the possible cause of this error. (For the FM-NC,an incorrect configuration is also possible via the NCKMD 13010 DRIVE_LOGIC_NR).

NC not ready.Mode group not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Exchange the NCU module.


Axis %1 drive no. %2 not allowed

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number

On powering up the drives, the NCK-specific machine data13010 DRIVE_LOGIC_NR was checked for impermissible inputs. In the MD, adrive logic number is entered that can be selected as required within theestablished limits (drive number 0 = "No drive available").

Numbers greater than 15 are not allowed, nor may the same number be usedmore than once. The MD array must be configured without spaces, i.e. as soonas the logical drive number 0 is selected once, it is necessary for the logicaldrive number 0 to be entered in all MDs with a higher location index [p].


Remedy


75607Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300000 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300001 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check MD DRIVE_LOGIC_NR for numbers greater than 15 or for gaps in themachine axis indices.


Axis %1 drive no. %2 assigned twice


The drive logic number in the NCK MD 13010 DRIVE_LOGIC_NR has beenassigned more than once.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check MD 13010 DRIVE_LOGIC_NR for identical drive logic numbers andassign another number in the range between 0 and 15 (0 corresponds to "Nodrive available" and is the only number that may occur more than once in theMD array) to each drive.


Axis %1 drive %2 module type found differs from configured type %3

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Incorrect module type

The hardware configuration of the drive components established at the time ofbus initialization does not correspond to the information in machine data13030 DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE[p]=... (p ... rack location index).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter MD 13030 DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE to match the drive modules that areplugged in.Select MD 13010 DRIVE_LOGIC_NR and search for the drive logic numberthat is indicated in the alarm text. The location index number + 1 results in theassociated rack location number. The VDD module belonging to this location isdetermined by the configuration in MD 13030 DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE for thesame location index.

Input value 1: 1-axis module, input value 2: 2-axis module.


Remedy


300002 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300003 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 drive type found (FDD/MSD) differs from configuredtype %3

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Drive type code

A feed module is inserted in the rack location determined by the drive logicnumber, but in the corresponding NCK-specific MD 13040 DRIVE_TYPE, amain spindle is defined (or vice versa).

Example:


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Select MD 13010 DRIVE_LOGIC_NR and search for the drive logic numberthat is indicated in the alarm text. The location index number + 1 results in theassociated rack location number. The FDD/MSD module belonging to thislocation is determined by the configuration in MD 13040 DRIVE_TYPE for thesame location index.FDD: identifier 1, MSD: identifier 2.


At least one module %1 found on drive bus has not been configured

%1 = Module number

At bus initialization at least one module was detected which did not have adrive number, which amounts to one too many. Since all (!) modules on thedrive bus must be correctly initialized, all modules therefore also have to beaccordingly specified in the machine data.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check machine data; with the NCK MD 13000 DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE a drive thatis not yet in use but exists on the bus can be declared as inactive. Inactivedrives do not need installation and start-up or drive data.


At least one configured module (module/drive %1) has not been found ondrive bus

%1 = Module or drive number

Not all drives specified in the MDs $MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_NR can be found onthe drive bus. The corresponding module can be detected in the configurationimage via the drive number indicated.

300004 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300005 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300006 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Check the following:1) Use the configuration image or the corresponding machine data to ensurethat number and type (1-axis or 2-axis) of the modules are in accordance withyour bus design.2) Check whether the red LED on the drive module indicated is on.If this is not the case the module has no power.

- Check the ribbon cable leading from your I/RF or monitoring unit to thismodule for correct position.

- If, after switching on of the I/RF or monitoring unit, there is no LED onon any of the modules connected to it, you should check your I/RF ormonitoring unit and replace the ribbon cable if necessary.

- In a multi-tier configuration with the power supply switched in at differenttimes, the error message can also mean that one tier has beenswitched in too late (currently permissible time 10 seconds). If possibleswitch in second tier simultaneously.

3) Make sure that all drive bus connectors are latched in correctly and the busterminator is connected.4) If you cound not find the error until now, the module is defective.

- Replace the module.


Axis %1 drive %2 not configured or inactive


In the axis-specific machine data 30110 CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR (thisspecifies at which drive module the speed setpoint is output) andMD 30220 ENC_MODULE_NR (this specifies the drive module which outputsthe encoder actual value for the position control) there is a drive logic numberthat does not occur in the NCK MD 13010 DRIVE_LOGIC_NR and the ma-chine data 30240 ENC_TYPE and MD 30130 CTRLOUT_TYPE are set to "1".


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the setpoint/actual value assignment in the axis-specific machine data30110 CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR and MD 30220 ENC_MODULE_NR and thedrive logic number in the NCK MD 13010 DRIVE_LOGIC_NR and bring theseinto agreement.


Reaction

Remedy


300007 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 encoder %3 is not available

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Measuring circuit number

In the axis-specific MD 30230 ENC_INPUT_NR [e]=E (e ... encoder index - theposition control works with this encoder, E ... encoder number - encodercontactor selection on the drive module) an encoder connector (1 or 2) hasbeen selected to which no encoder is connected.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Configure MD 30230 ENC_INPUT_NR [e] according to the encoder connectorused or plug the encoder cable onto the other connector.If the encoder used corresponds to the input in the MD, there is a hardwarefault on the drive module. Replace the module!


Axis %1 drive %2 encoder %3 configured encoder type differs from typefound (%4)

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Measuring circuit number%4 = Measuring circuit type

The existing displayed actual-value module on the drive board cannot processthe signal type specified via the axis-specific machine data30240 ENC_TYPE [e]=S (e ... encoder index - the position control works withthis encoder, S ... signal type of the actual value encoder- 0 ... simulation axis without hardware, 1 ... unconditioned encoder signals, 2... square-wave signals).

At the present time only the actual values of the unconditioned signalencoder can be processed further and therefore this alarm should notoccur.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set MD 30240 ENC_TYPE [e] to 1 (0 should only be entered for puresimulation axes which are to travel in the actual-value display only).


300008 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300009 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 active without NC axis assignment


A drive is active that is not used/addressed by any NC axis (actual value,setpoint).

All active drives must be assigned to an axis with respect to the setpoint valueor the actual value.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the configuration data, the assignment of setpoints and actual values forthe drive motor and the position encoder.

MDs for the drive configuration:

• MD 13000: DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE• MD 13010: DRIVE_LOGIC_NR• MD 13020: DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE• MD 13030: DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE• MD 13040: DRIVE_ TYPE

MDs for the setpoint/actual-value assignment:

• MD 30110: CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR• MD 30130: CTRLOUT_TYPE• MD 30220: ENC_MODULE_NR• MD 30230: ENC_INPUT_NR• MD 30240: ENC_TYPE

It might be necessary to first declare an NC axis in the channel for this drive(MD 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED = K, [K ...channel axis no.]).


Axis %1 drive %2 hardware version of spindle not supported


An old spindle power section (e.g. 186-MSD) has been connected to the drivebus. These spindle drives are not supported by the SINUMERIK 840D. Ramp-up is interrupted.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.A DSP spindle module must be ordered and fitted.


300010 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300011 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 hardware version of control module not supported


There is a drive module with an "old" control module on the drive bus. With the810D, these modules are not supported. Ramp-up is interrupted.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Order standard or performance control module and exchange with "old".


Drive %1 removed for diagnosis purposes

%1 = Drive number

The alarm indicates that the drive bus configuration has been changedtemporarily. The alarm is output if MD 13030 $MN_DRIVE_MODULE_TYPEhas value 0 (zero) when a drive is configured.

Mode group not ready.NC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

- Normal operation (full bus configuration):Integrate drive module into the bus again, enter the correct type in MD13030 $MN_DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE.

- Normal operation (module remains removed):Remove the module in the configuration screen. Remove all connectionsto outputs and inputs.

MD30110 $MA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NRMD30130 $MA_CTRLOUT_TYPEMD30220 $MA_ENC_MODULE_NRMD30240 $MA_ENC_TYPE MD11342 $MA_ENC_HANDWHEEL_MODULE_NR


Drive power failure

In one or several (all) drive modules, there is a power failure although powerwas previously available. (The timeout is checked for write/read accesses.Timeouts are interpreted as power failure because this is the most probablecase. The test takes place in the cyclic mode only but not at system power-up.)

Since the drives in the SINUMERIK 840D and the NC-CPU have the samepower supply, this error does not occur here because then the NCU is alsowithout power supply. In the SINUMERIK FM-NC, this error can arise becausethe power supply is separate.

300012 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300020 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300100 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Switch off the power to the system and switch on again - the drives start upagain.


Drive power missing

This alarm indicates that there is still no power supply to the drives whereasthe NC is already running. This message comes only if no drive module hasbeen signaled. (In theory, it could also be a bus error interrupting theconnection to the 1st module).


1) If the NCU has its own power supply, the drives are still disconnected.- Switch on the power supply for the drives simultaneously with NCU, if

possible.2) If the NCU and the drives are operated with the same power supply,

then even the first module could not be recognized.Make sure that the red LED is on on the first drive module.

If this is not the case the module has no power.- Check the ribbon cable leading from your I/RF or monitoring unit to this

module for correct position.- If, after switching on of the I/RF or monitoring unit, there is no LED on

on any of the modules connected to it, you should check your I/RF ormonitoring unit and replace the ribbon cable if necessary.In a multi-tier configuration with the power supply switched in at differenttimes, the error message can also mean that one tier has beenswitched in too late (currently permissible time 10 seconds). If possibleswitch in second tier simultaneously.

3) Make sure that all drive bus connectors are latched in correctly and the busterminator is connected.

4) If you cound not find the error until now, the module is defective.- Replace the module.


Drive bus hardware fault

The drive bus has a fault. The following causes are possible:

• The bus terminator is missing.• The drive bus is physically interrupted at some point.• Miscellaneous hardware fault.

A check line is tested that runs over the entire bus and returns from the lastrack location (bus terminator) back to the NCK.

Reaction

Remedy


300101 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300200 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Note: If the drive ramps up correctly even though this message appeared, theerror existed only at the beginning of the initialization. In spite of this, the drivescan be capable of functioning.

Mode group not readyNC Start disableNC switches to follow-up modeAlarm displayInterface signals are set

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Check the bus terminator.• Check all plug connections from the drive bus to the drive modules.

If the remedial measures given above do not lead to a change in the behaviourwhen starting, please contact the system support for the A&D MC products ofSIEMENS AG through the Hotline (phone: see page 11).


Axis %1 drive %2 timeout during bus access, error location %3

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Error location

The read cycle of a drive address in the initialization phase or in cyclicoperation has not ended within the monitoring time (approx. 1 ms) (timeouterror).

The error can occur in conjunction with a power failure of one or several drivemodules. A hardware fault might also be the cause (ASICs, bus, drivemodules).

Mode group not ready.NC Start disable.NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.The axes are no longer synchronized with machine actual value(reference point).

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If the alarm has occurred in conjunction with a power failure, this cause offailure must be eliminated. Otherwise, please contact the system support forA&D MC products, SIEMENS AG, through the Hotline (phone: see page 11).


Axis %1 drive %2 CRC error, error location %3

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Error location

The cross-check (CRC) has detected an access error in a write/read cycle.All bus accesses are not controlled directly by the processor but they arehandled by special ASICs. They transfer not only the required data but alsocross-checks for the write/read data and the addresses.The error can occur in conjunction with a power failure of one or several drivemodules. A hardware fault might also be the cause (ASICs, bus, drivemodules).

Reaction

Remedy


300201 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300202 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


Mode group not ready.NC Start disable.NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.The axes are no longer synchronized with machine actual value(reference point).

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If the alarm has occurred in conjunction with a power failure, this cause offailure must be eliminated. Otherwise, please contact the system support forA&D MC2 products, SIEMENS AG, through the Hotline (phone: see page 11).


Axis %1, drive %2 boot error, error code %3

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Error code

An error has occurred while the displayed drive was running up to speed.(Example: Drive does not respond with the permissible time)Meaning of the error code:0..5: Timeout during waiting for acknowledgement of drive in indicated state10: Drive CPU does not respond (possibly module defective)Special case Safety Integrated:If the axial machine data $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE is not zero for atleast one axis, this alarm with error code 5 can indicate that the PLC has notassumed cyclic operation after expiry of the timerPLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT.Synchronizing the drive and the PLC is necessary, since data transfer betweenthe PLC and the drive is monitored in cylic operation of the drive.

Mode group not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.You can try to power the system up again. The search for the precise cause oferror can only be performed by the development team. The displayed statuscode is always needed for this.(contact SIEMENS AG, System Support for A&D MC products, Hotline(phone: see page 11).


Axis %1 drive %2 system error, error codes %3, %4

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Error code 1%4 = Error code 2

An internal software error or serious error condition has occurred which may berecoverable by hardware reset. Troubleshooting can generally be performedonly by Siemens AG, System Support for A&D MC Products, Hotline (phone:see page 11).

Reaction

Remedy


300300 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300400 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


In the error code combination (324,26), the calculation time allocation for thedrive communication subtask should be increased via the MD 10140$MN_TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_DRIVE_TASK (possible up to 500 ms).

If the above-mentioned limit is exhausted and the alarm continues to occur, theMD 10150 $MN_PREP_DRIVE_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO=1 can be setadditionally. Please note that by reducing MD 10150, the time share of thepreparation in the non-cyclic time plane is reduced. This may lead to longerblock cycle times.

NC not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.You can try to power the system up again. The search for the precise cause oferror can only be performed by the development team. The displayed errorcodes are always needed for this. (contact SIEMENS AG, System Support forA&D MC products, Hotline (phone: see page 11).


Software for drive type %1, block %2 missing or defective

%1 = Drive type%2 = Block number

Either there is no software for this drive type or it contains errors.

Important for the test phase.

Drive type 1 = FDD2 = MSD (as in MD DRIVE_TYPE!)3 = SLM4 = HYD5 = ANA

Block number 1 = Drive software (code)2 = Data descriptions (ACC file)


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the data carrier (Jeida board), replace if necessary.


System error in drive interface, error codes %1, %2

%1 = Error code 1%2 = Error code 2

An internal software error or serious error condition has occurred which may berecoverable by hardware reset. Troubleshooting can generally be performedonly by Siemens AG, System Support for A&D MC Products, Hotline (phone:see page 11).

Reaction

Remedy


300401 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300402 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


In the error code combination (324,26), the calculation time allocation for thedrive communication subtask should be increased via the MD 10140$MN_TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_DRIVE_TASK (possible up to 500 ms).

If the above-mentioned limit is exhausted and the alarm continues to occur, theMD 10150 $MN_PREP_DRIVE_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO=1 can be setadditionally. Please note that by reducing MD 10150, the time share of thepreparation in the non-cyclic time plane is reduced. This may lead to longerblock cycle times.

NC not ready.Channel not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline(phone: see page 11)


Axis %1 drive %2 version number unmatched of drive software andmachine data


The version number of the drive software (FDD/MSD) must correspond to theversion number stored in the drive machine data because the MD files fordifferent software versions are not compatible.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.After exchanging the drive software, the drives must be installed and started upagain. Any MD files that were saved by the control running under the oldversion must no longer be used. The old data can be saved with the installationand start-up tool and this data can also be used again.


Axis %1 drive %2 machine data file contains unmatched drive no.


In the drive MD file loaded in a drive there is a drive number which does notcorrespond to this drive.


Reaction

Remedy


300403 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300404 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Files with drive data for a particular drive number must not be copied toanother drive.


Axis %1 drive %2 unknown drive alarm, code 3%

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Service number

The service number signaled by the drive is not implemented in the NCK. Itcannot be assigned to any alarm number.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reinitialize of the drive.

The search for the precise cause of error can only be performed by thedevelopment team. The displayed error codes are always needed for this.(contact Siemens AG, System Support for A&D MC products, Hotline(phone: see page 11)


Axis %1 drive %2 data file could not be stored (%3, %4)


An attempt to save a data block, i.e. the result of a measuring function, in thefile system has failed.

On error code 1 == 291: An error occurred during preparation of the ACC information. Basic information prepared on the drive contains an error or has an unknownformat.

On error code 1 == 292: Memory shortage during preparation of the ACC information.


• Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Create more space in the file system. It is normally sufficient to delete 2NC programs or to free 4 - 8 Kbytes of memory.If these remedies do not work, it will be necessary to increase the numberof files per directory or the size of the file system itself (this will require acomplete data backup).

Remedy


300405 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300410 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


- Change settings of machine data 18820_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR 18320_MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM 18350_MM_USER_FILE_MEM_MINIMUM

and, if necessary, of 18270_MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR 18310_MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM

- Power ON - Reload saved data

• On error code 1 == 291:Replace the drive software and use version with suitable ACC basicinformation.

• On error code 1 == 292:Replace the drive software and use fewer different versions of the drivesoftware.


Axis %1 drive %2 data file could not be read (%3, %4)


An attempt to read a data block, e.g. a drive boot file, from the file system hasfailed. The data block or the file system is damaged.


If the error occurred during power-up, i.e. it is probably connected to a driveboot file, delete all boot files and load them back into the control from the back-up copy.


Data file could not be stored (%1, %2)


An attempt to save a data block, i.e. the result of a measuring function, in thefile system has failed.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Create more space in the file system. It is normally sufficient to delete 2 NCprograms or to free 4 - 8 Kbytes of memory. If these remedies do not work, itwill be necessary to increase the number of files per directory or the size of thefile system itself. To do so, proceed as follows:- Save all data- Change settings of machine data

18820_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR18320_MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM18350_MM_USER_FILE_MEM_MINIMUMand, if necessary, of18270_MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR18310_MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM

- Power ON- Reload saved data



300411 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300412 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Data file could not be read (%3, %4)


An attempt to read a data block, e.g. a drive boot file, from the file system hasfailed. The data block or the file system is damaged.


If the error occurred during power-up, i.e. it is probably connected to a driveboot file, delete all boot files and load them back into the control from the back-up copy.


Trace results could not be read (%1)

%1 = Error code

An attempt to read a measurement result has failed:Error code = 4: Not enough space for test resultError code = 16: Measurement not yet finished


Repeat measurement. Alter measuring time if necessary.


Axis %1 drive %2 system error, error codes %3, %4 POWER ON


The drive has signaled a system error.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reinitialization of the drive.NC reset (POWER ON)The search for the precise cause of error can only be performed by thedevelopment team. The displayed error codes are always needed for this.

(contact SIEMENS AG, System Support for A&D MC products, Hotline(phone: see page 11).


Safety Integrated

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.In the corresponding cycle.

300413 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300423 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300500 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


Request

09.01 1 Alarms


On FDD: Generator stop (corresponds to STOP B)On MSD: Pulse and servo disable (corresponds to STOP A).

The error occurs if the computation time of the drive processor is not sufficientfor the cycle indicated in the additional information.

Error no. Additionalinformation

Definition

... For 840D: 03 For 840C: F003

40 Monitoring cycle too small for SINUMERIKSafety Integrated

... Increase the corresponding cycle or the cascade cycle (e.g. current,speed, position control cycle) or deselect the functions which are notrequired.

Axis %1 drive %2 maximum current monitoring limit exceeded


1. A serious fault occured during actual current measurement. 2. The maximum current threshold was exceeded while the rotor position

identification was active (FDD only).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Check MD 1107: $MD_INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT (transistor limit

current)• Check the motor data (motor code)• Check the controller data, current/speed controller gain too high• Check the power section and motor terminals (including motor protection),

possibly power section too small• Increase MD 1254: $MD_CURRENT_MONITOR_FILTER_TIME (time

constant for current monitoring)• Error in actual current measurement (if necessary, replace 611D power

section or controller module)• If rotor position identification is active, check MD 1019:

$MD_CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT (current for rotor positionidentification) and, if necessary, reduce the setting


Axis %1 drive %2 maximum current monitoring limit exceeded in phasecurrent R


The phase current R is greater than or equal to 1.05 times the maximum powersection current MD 1107: $MD_INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT (transistor limitcurrent).

Effect

Definition

Remedy

300501 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300502 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Check max. power section current in MD 1107:

$MD_INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT (transistor limit current)• Check the motor data (motor code)• Motor has ground or winding fault• Check the controller data• Check the power section and motor terminals (including motor protection)• Error in actual current measurement (if necessary, replace 611D power

section or controller module)


Axis %1 drive %2 maximum current monitoring limit exceeded in phasecurrent S


The phase current S is greater than or equal to 1.05 times the maximum powersection current MD 1107: $MD_INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT (transistor limitcurrent).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Check max. power section current in MD 1107:

$MD_INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT (transistor limit current)• Check the motor data (motor code)• Check the controller data• Motor has ground or winding fault• Check the power section and motor terminals (including motor protection)• Error in actual current measurement (if necessary, replace 611D power

section or controller module)


Reaction

Remedy


300503 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 fault of motor transducer


A signal error has occurred or the signal level of the motor encoder is toosmall.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Check encoders, encoder lines and connectors between drive motor and

611D module.• Check for temporary interruptions (loose contact) caused, for example, by

movements in trailing cable.• Check the shield connection of the front plate of the closed-loop control

module (top screw)• Use original, preassembled encoder cable from Siemens (high degree of

shielding)• If necessary, replace the motor, encoder and/or cables• With linear motor, check the signal level; possibly, the measuring scale of

the open measuring system is polluted.• For a gearwheel encoder, check the distance between the

gearwheel and the sensor. Replace the sensor or the defectivegearwheel.

• Replace the closed-loop control module.• Check the metallized intermediate circuit cover


Axis %1 drive %2 measuring system error in absolute track, code %3

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Fine error coding

Incremental encoder (ERN 1387) The absolute motor track (C/D track) is monitored for wire-breaks. Absolute encoder (EQN 1325) Monitoring of the encoder hardware and the EnDat interface Accurate diagnostics via error code MD1023:$MD_ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_MOTOR (diagnostics for measuring systemabsolute track) on motor measuring systems or MD 1033:$MD_ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_DIRECT (diagnostics for direct measuringsystem absolute track for direct measuring systems):

300504 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300505 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Bit no. Significance Note

Bit 0 Lighting failed Bit 1 Signal amplitude too small Bit 2 Code connection error Bit 3 Overvoltage Bit 4 Undervoltage Bit 5 Overcurrent Bit 6 Battery change necessary Bit 7 CRC error (evaluate bit 13) see below SW 4.2 and

higher,synchronouslinear motor

Bit 8 Encoder cannot be used Assignment of absolute track to incremental track not allowed

SW 4.2 andhigher,synchronouslinear motor

Bit 9 C/D track for ERN1387 encoder incorrect (seebelow) or EQN encoder connected

Bit 10 Log cannot be aborted Bit 11 SSI level detected in data cable Bit 12 TIMEOUT while reading measuring value Bit 13 CRC error Bit 14 Wrong IPU submodule for direct measuring signal Only with

611Dexpansion

Bit 15 Encoder faulty CRC error bit 7 and bit 13 Bit 7 Bit 13 Meaning 0 1 CRC error from SIDA-ASIC 1 0 control check byte error 1 1 Error on correction of absolute track by incremental track

Bits 12 and 15: Zero level monitoring SSIBits 14 and 15 Idle level monitoring SSI

Note on bit 9 Incorrect configuration (e.g. not EQN MD 1011:$MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG (configuration of actual value measurementIM) or MD 1030: $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG_DIRECT (configuration ofactual value measurement DM))or old hardware (not suitable for EQN) or no encoder connected or incorrect encoder cable (for ERN instead of EQN)


Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


• Check encoders, encoder lines and connectors between drive motor and611D module. Check for temporary interruptions (loose contact) caused, forexample, by movements in trailing cable. If necessary, replace the motorcable

• Incorrect cable type• Closed-loop control module defective or not suitable for EnDat interface

(e.g. closed-loop control module with EPROM)


Axis %1 drive %2 NC sign-of-life of NC missing


Upon servo enable, the NC must update the sign-of-life monitoring in eachposition control cycle. In case of error, sign-of-life monitoring has not beenupdated.

Cause:a) NC no longer updates the sign-of-life as a reaction to an alarm

(e.g. 611D alarm)b) Fault occurred during communication via the drive busc) Hardware error on the drive moduled) NC faulte) For 840D: The value of machine data

MD10082: MN_CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME is too high.f) MD 1300 $MD_STS_CONFIG not set correctly (e.g. zero)


Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.NC not ready.NC switches to follow-up mode.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service departmentfor a) Determine whether the sign-of-life monitoring failure is a sequential fault.A sequential fault arises, e.g. through:Fault / alarm from axis x with an n-axis configuration. If this error occurs, thenthe above error message is output for all n-axes, although the fault/alarm isonly occurring on axis x. ==> Remedy error on axis x ==> Sign-of-life of the other axes is not relevant

for b) Check cable connection, perform remedial measures (check shielding orground connection)

for c) Change controller module

for d) See NC Diagnostics Guide and change NC hardware if necessary

for e) Set the correct value in machine data 840D MD10082:$MN_CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME (setpoint transfer time shift) with the aid ofmachine data MD10083: $MN_CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME_MAX (maximumsetpoint transfer time shift).

for f) Check MD 1300 $MD_STS_CONFIG.


Remedy


300506 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 synchronization error of rotor position


There is a difference of more than 45° electrical between the present rotorposition (C/D track) and the new rotor position as determined by finesynchronization. Faults may have occurred in the encoder or zero marker signals.



• Use original Siemens encoder cables (they have a higher degree ofscreening)

• Check the encoder, encoder cables and screen connection for damage• Check the shield connection on the front plate of the controller module (top

screw)• Replace the control module• Check MD 1016 $MD_COMMUTATION_ANGLE_OFFSET


Axis %1 drive %2 zero mark monitoring of motor measuring system


An error was detected in the number of encoder lines counted to modulo(16/10) on crossing of the zero marker. Increments were lost or added. The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MDALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY (channel not ready).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Use original Siemens encoder cables (they have a higher degree of

screening)• Check the encoder, encoder cables and screen connection for damage• Check the shield connection on the front plate of the controller module (top

screw)• Replace the control module• For a gearwheel encoder, check the distance between the gearwheel and

the sensor• Replace the encoder, encoder cable or control module• Check the metallized intermediate circuit cover• If a BERO proximity switch is used, the zero marker of the encoder is still

being monitored and not the BERO signal

300507 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300508 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms



Axis %1 drive %2 current frequency exceeded


The motor has exceeded the maximum current frequency fmax (see below). Current frequency = speed * number of motor pole pairs Maximum current frequency: FDD: fmax = 1.12 * minimum (1.2*MD 1400, MD 1147) * MD1112 / 60 MSD: fmax = 1.12 * minimum (MD 1146, MD 1147) * number of pole pairs / 60 Number of pole pairs = integer component of rated motor frequency (MD 1134)* 60 / rated motor speed (MD 1400)


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Check number of encoder lines in MD 1005: $MD_ENC_RESOL_MOTOR

(encoder resolution for motor measuring system)• MD 1400: $MD_MOTOR_RATED_SPEED• MD 1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED (maximum motor

speed)• MD 1147: $MD_SPEED_LIMIT (speed limit)• MD 1112: $MD_NUM_POLE_PAIRS (number of motor pole pairs) (FDD)• MD 1134: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY (rated motor

frequency) (MSD)


Axis %1 drive %2 error on actual current measurement zero balancing


The value of the actual current exceeded the maximum permissible limitsduring current zero balancing (performed on every pulse disable). For example, the synchronous motor is rotating at a small intermediate circuitvoltage and current is flowing across the free-wheeling diodes in theintermediate circuit.



300509 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300510 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


• Error in actual current measurement (if necessary, replace 611D powersection or controller module)

• Incorrect power section module (1/2 axis)• Check the contact between the controller module and the power section• Check the contact between the fixing screw and the controller module


Axis %1 drive %2 measuring function active


The measuring function (e.g. frequency response measurement was activeduring the switching on operation (power supply start-up active). Illegal activation of the measuring function may have occurred internally.


• Stop the measuring function• NCK reset


Axis %1 drive %2 power section heatsink temperature exceeded


The temperature of the power section is acquired from a temperature switch onthe heatsink. 20 seconds after the heatsink temperature warning, driveshutdown is initiated immediately in order to avoid thermal damage to thepower section (regenerative stop).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Provide better ventilation of the drive modules, e.g. by means of:

• Greater air throughput in the switching cabinet, if necessary cool theambient air of the 611D modules

• Avoid numerous acceleration and deceleration operations in rapidsequence by modifying the workpiece programming

• Incorrect motor/power section dimensioning• Excessive ambient temperature (see Planning Guide)• Exceeding of the installation height (see Planning Guide)• Excessive pulse frequency (see Planning Guide)• Defective module

Remedy


300511 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300515 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


• Fan failure• Observance of the minimum clearance over and under the power section

(see Configuring Guide)


Axis %1, drive %2 motor measuring system is not adjusted


The stored serial number of the encoder on a linear motor encoder with anEnDat interface does not match the number of the active encoder. It istherefore assumed that the encoder has not been started up with the motor inquestion before or has not been adapted to the motor.


For 1FN3 linear motors:Measure the rotor position offset to the EMF of the U_R phase and add it ascommutation angle offset to MD 1016$MD_COMMUTATION_ANGLE_OFFSET. Then set MD 1017$STARTUP_ASSISTANCE to "-1" to store the serial number of the Endatencoder. Then save the bootfiles and execute an NCK Reset.Otherwise: To determine the commutation angle offset in MD 1016, trigger therotor position identification via MD 1017 = 1. After acknowledgement of theerror, the identification is carried out.Make the adjustments via the rotor position identification:Set MD_1017 $MD_STARTUP_ASSISTANCE to "1", then an alarm is issued.The identification is subsequently carried out.

Clear the alarm in all channels of this mode group with the RESET key. Restartthe part program.

Axis %1, drive %2 motor change not valid


An attempt was made to switch over to a motor data record that is notparameterized.


Parameterize the motor data record selected or switch over to another motor.



300604Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300605Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 flux controller at limit


The specified flux setpoint cannot be achieved even though the maximumcurrent has been provided.Causes:• Incorrect motor data (replacement circuit diagram data)• Motor data and motor connection type (star/delta) do not match• Motor has become unstable because motor data grossly wrong• Current limit is too low for the motor (0.9 * MD 1238 * MD 1103 < MD 1136)• Power section too small



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Remedy the cause• MD 1238: $MD_CURRENT_LIMIT• MD 1103: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT• MD 1136: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT• Use greater power section


Axis %1 drive %2 current controller at limit


The specified current setpoint cannot be injected into the motor even thoughthe maximum voltage has been provided.Reason: Motor not connected or phase missing.



• Check the motor converter connection (phase missing).• Check the motor protection.• DC link voltage available?• Check the DC link connections (check that the screws are tight).• Check the contact between the closed-loop control module and the power

section.• Check the contact between the fixing screw and the closed-loop control

module.

300606 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300607 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


• The Uce monitoring circuit has been activated (perform a reset by switchingthe power supply off and on again).

• Replace the closed-loop control module.• Replace the power section.• Replace the motor.


Axis %1 drive %2 speed controller at limit


The speed controller output has been at its limit for an excessive time (MD1605: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME). The torque setpoint has exceeded the torque limit or the current setpoint thecurrent limit. The monitoring system is only active when the speed setpoint is below thespeed threshold in MD 1606: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD.



• Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Is the motor blocked, overloaded or the brake closed?• If permitted by the power section, set the limits for torque, performance and

current to higher values.• Is the motor encoder connected?• Is the motor connected to ground?• Check the motor converter connection (phase missing, incorrect rotary

field)• Check the encoder resolution• Check the encoder, encoder cable or shield connection for loose contact or

cable breakage.• Check the direction of rotation of the encoder tracks (e.g. gearwheel

encoder MD 1011: $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG bit 1)• Is the encoder cable appropriate for the encoder type?• Check the controller settings (e.g. after software exchange)• Check the motor protection.• DC link voltage available?• Check the DC link connections (check that the screws are tight).• The Uce monitoring circuit has been activated (perform a reset by switching

the power supply off and on again).• Replace the 611D power section or controller module.• Modify MD 1605: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME and MD 1606:

$MD_SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD in accordance with themechanical and dynamic features of the axis.


300608 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Default values for FDD:MD 1605 = 200msMD 1606 = 8000 rpmDefault values for MSD:MD 1605 = 200msMD 1606 = 30 rpm• Replace the motor (encoder is defective, motor has a winding or ground

fault or a short circuit)• With linear motors:

- Check actual value inversion- Check the reduction of the max. motor current MD 1105

MD_MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT_REDUCTION and increase the value ifnecessary.- Check connection of motor cables.- Are the motors arranged correctly in a parallel circuit and is

their electrical interconnection correct?


Axis %1 drive %2 encoder cut-off frequency exceeded


Actual speed value exceeds encoder limit frequency fg,max = 650kHzfg = nist * MD 1005



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• The wrong encoder may be in use• Does the number of encoder lines match the setting in MD 1005:

$MD_ENC_RESOL_MOTOR (encoder resolution for motor measuringsystem)?

• Is the motor encoder cable connected correctly?• Is the motor encoder cable shield installed flat?• Replace the motor (the encoder is defective)• Check the encoder, encoder cable and shield connection for loose contact

or cable breakage.Check:• Replace the motor (encoder is defective)• Replace the encoder• Replace the 611D control module

Clear the alarm in all channels of this mode group with the RESET key. Restartpart program.


300609Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 rotor position identification failed


The rotor position could not be determined from the measurement signals.

For detailed diagnostics see also:MD1734:$MD_DIAG_ROTORPOS_IDENT.

Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.NC not ready.The NC switches to follow-up mode.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• Increase MD1019: $MD_CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT (current rotor

position identification) and use greater power section, if necessary.• Check armature inductance MD1116: $MD_ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE

and increase if necessary.• Check the motor converter connection (phase missing).• Check the motor protection.• DC link voltage available?• Check the DC link connections (check that the screws are tight).• The Uce monitoring circuit has been activated (perform a reset by switching

the power supply off and on again).• Replace the 611D power section.• Replace the control module.


Axis %1 drive %2 illegal motion during rotor position identification


During the measurement, the motor has turned by more than the permissiblevalue entered in MD1020: $MD_MAX_TURN_ROTORPOS_IDENT. The torsioncan have been caused by switching on with a turning motor or by theidentification itself.


Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.NC not ready.The NC switches to follow-up mode.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.• If the torsion was caused by the identification itself, and if the error occurs

repeatedly, then reduce MD1019: $MD_CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT orincrease MD1020: $MD_MAX_TURN_ROTORPOS_IDENT.

• Brake the motor during the identification.


300610 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300611 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 impermissible current during rotor positionidentification


Alarm for SW4 and higher

1. With rotor position identification active, the current was>= 1.2*1.25*INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT (MD1107)

2. With rotor position definition active, the current was >= MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT (MD1104)

Mode group not ready.Channel not ready.NC not readyNC Start disable.NC Stop on alarm.The NC switches to follow-up mode. Alarm display. Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check MD 1019 with rotor position identification active and, if necessary,reduce the setting.


Axis %1 drive %2 maximum permissible motor temperature exceeded


The motor temperature (measured via the temperature sensor KTY 84 andtransferred to the module via the motor encoder cable) has exceeded thetemperature limits specified inMD 1607: $MD_MOTOR_TEMP_SHUTDOWN_LIMIT.



- Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.- Motor overloaded.

Check the motor data. Possibly the machine current was too high as aresult of incorrect motor data.

- Check the temperature sensor (2nd sensor possible with MSD).- Check the motor encoder cable.- Motor encoder defective.- Check the motor fan.- Check the acceleration.- If necessary, use a higher-performance motor.- Winding fault in motor- 611D control module defective- MD 1230: $MD_TORQUE_LIMIT (1st torque limit),

MD 1235: POWER_LIMIT (1st power limit) set too high


300612Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300613Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 motor temperature time-out


The motor temperature (measured via the temperature sensor KTY 84 and fedto the module through the motor encoder cable) has exceeded the temperaturelimit in drive MD 1602: $MD_MOTOR_TEMP_WARN_LIMIT for a longer periodof time than permitted in drive machine data 1603:$MD_MOTOR_TEMP_ALARM_TIME.



- Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.- Motor overloaded.- Check the motor data. Possibly the machine current was too high as a

result of incorrect motor data.- Check the temperature sensor.- Check the motor encoder cable.- Check the motor fan.- Check the acceleration.- If necessary, use a higher-performance motor.- Winding fault in motor- 611D control module defective- Motor overload- MD 1230: $MD_TORQUE_LIMIT (1st torque limit),

MD 1235: POWER_LIMIT (1st power limit) set too high


Axis %1 drive %2 needs setup


This alarm appears when installing and starting up for the first time withoutvalid 611D machine data.

NC not ready.Mode group not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.- Reset motor data- Back up boot drive- Repeat the Power ON


300614Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300701Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 base cycle time invalid


The base cycle time set on the NC was too high for the drive.


840D:NCK RESET. After powering up the system again, the NCK machinedata 10 050: $MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME (system base cycle) and MD 10080: $MD_SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO (division factor of positioncontrol cycle for actual value acquisition) are also modified automatically sothat the limits are respected.

840C: Change the base cycle on the NC in MD 168


Axis %1 drive %2 cycle time of current control invalid


An illegal value has been entered in the drive MD 1000:$MD_CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The following values are permissible:

611D control module Current controller cycle------------------------------------------------------------------------Standard control as 1-axis >= 125µsStandard control as 2-axis >= 125µsPerformance 1-axis >= 62.5µsPerformance 2-axis >= 125µs810D >= 156.25µsMCU >= 125µsPerformance 2 >= 31.25µs


300702Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300703Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 cycle time of speed control invalid


An illegal value has been entered in the drive MD 1001:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The following values are permissible:

611D control module Speed controller cycle------------------------------------------------------------------------------Standard control as 1-axis >= 125µsStandard control as 2-axis >= 500µsPerformance 1-axis >= 62.5µs (MSD >= 125µs)Performance 2-axis >= 125µs810D >= 312.5µsMCU >= 125µsPerformance 2, 1-axis >= 31.25µsPerformance 2, 2-axis >= 62.5µs


Axis %1 drive %2 cycle time of position control invalid


The monitor in the 611D module has detected a position controller pulse ratewhich is beyond the permissible limits. The conditions for a permissibleposition controller pulse rate are:1. Minimum cycle period: 250µs (810D 312.5µs)2. Maximum cycle period: 4 s3. The position controller pulse rate must be a multiple of the speed controller

cycle given in the drive MD 1001: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Change the position controller pulse rate on the NC.


Axis %1 drive %2 cycle time for monitoring invalid


Monitoring cycle MD 1002: $MD_MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME is invalid.

300704Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300705Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300706Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.see Drive Functions "FB / DB1"


Axis %1 drive %2 basic cycle times of axes differ


In a 2-axis module, the basic drive cycle for the two axes is not the same.This alarm can only occur with OEM users who have the 611D drive withoutthe standard NCK interface. This makes it possible for axially different basicdrive cycles to be transferred to the 611D modules.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set the same basic drive cycle for both axes.


Axis %1 drive %2 current control cycle times of axes differ


The current controller cycle MD 1000: $MD_CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME mustbe identical for both axes on 2-axis modules.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set an identical current controller cycle MD 1000:$MD_CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME for both axes.


Reaction

Remedy


300707Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300708Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 speed control cycle times of axes differ


The speed controller cycle MD 1001: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME mustbe identical for both axes on 2-axis modules.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set an identical speed controller cycle MD 1001:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME for both axes.


Axis %1 drive %2 position control cycle times of axes differ


In a 2-axis module, the position controller cycle for the two axes is not thesame.This alarm can only occur with OEM users having the 611D drives without thestandard NCK interface. This would make it possible to transfer axially differentposition controller cycles to the 611D module.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set an identical position controller cycle for both axes.


Axis %1 drive %2 monitoring cycle times of axes differ


The monitoring cycle MD 1002: $MD_MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME must beidentical for both axes on 2-axis modules.


300709Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300710Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300711Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01



Set an identical monitoring cycle MD 1002: $MD_MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME forboth axes.


Axis %1 drive %2 configuration of controller structure not possible(higher dynamic response)


On a 2-axis module, an attempt was made to change the control structure viaMD 1004: $MD_CTRL_CONFIG in such a way that speed control would beperformed in advance of current control. This is only allowed on 1-axis modulesin order to improve the dynamic response!


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.In the drive MD 1004: $MD_CTRL_CONFIG bit 2 must be set to zero (no)(default setting). This ensures that the current control acts before the speedcontrol.


Axis %1 drive %2 lead time for position control invalid


The derivative-action time describes the point in time the setpoints are takenover in the drive. The derivative-action defined by the NC must be smaller thanthe position controller cycle.The derivative-action time must be an integer multiple of the speed controllercycle.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct MD 10082: $MN_CTROUT_LEAD_TIME (derivative-action time).


Remedy


300712Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300713Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 ID code of power section invalid


The code number of the power section entered in drive MD 1106:$MD_INVERTER_CODE (power section code number) does not match thepower section in the drive configuration display.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.


Axis %1 drive %2 maximum current of power section current less than orequal to zero


The maximum current of the power section entered in drive MD 1107:$MD_INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT is less than or equal to zero.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.


Axis %1 drive %2 constant of torque less than or equal to zero


1. The value in drive MD 1113: $MD_TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO (torqueconstant) is less than or equal to zero.2. The ratio of MD1113: $MD_TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO (torque constant) /MD1112: $MD_NUM_POLE_PAIRS (motor pole pairs) is greater than 70.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.

300714Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300715Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300716Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


For third-party motors:Enter a valid value in machine data MD 1113:

$MD_TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO (torque constant), orcheck and, if necessary, correct the ratio of MD1113:$MD_TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO (torque constant) /MD1112: $MD_NUM_POLE_PAIRS (motor pole pairs).


Axis %1 drive %2 motor moment of inertia less than or equal to zero


The value in drive MD 1117: $MD_MOTOR_INERTIA is less than or equal tozero.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For MSD, configure "1st motor" first.For third-party motors:Enter a valid value in drive MD 1117: $MD_MOTOR_INERTIA.


Axis %1 drive %2 calculation dead time of current control less than orequal to zero


The value in drive MD 1101: $MD_CTRLOUT_DELAY (dead time of currentcontrol circuit) is less than or equal to zero.The dead time is calculated internally and automatically initialized according tothe type of module (1/2-axis, standard/performance module, 810D).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.Check and, if necessary, correct the value in drive MD 1101:$MD_CTRLOUT_DELAY (dead time of current control circuit).



300717Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300718Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 motor not configured for delta connection


On activating the star/delta switchover by drive MD 1013:$MD_ENABLE_STAR_DELTA, the motor delta (motor 2) is not parameterized.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and enter the machine data for motor delta (motor 2).


Axis %1 drive %2 maximum motor speed invalid


Because of the high maximum motor speed in the driveMD 1401: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_SPEED and the speed controller cycle inMD 1001: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME sufficiently high speeds canoccur to cause a format overflow.Example:A motor speed of 480,000 rpm can still be processed without error at a speedcontroller cycle time of 125 µs.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reduce the maximum motor speed MD 1401: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_SPEED orset a smaller speed controller cycle in MD 1001:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME.


Axis %1 drive %2 zero-load current exceeds rated current of motor


The no-load current of the motor (MD 1136:$MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT) has been set at a greater value than therated current of the motor (MD 1103: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT).


300719Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300720Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300721Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:

Check and, if necessary, refer to the motor data sheet to correctmachine data MD 1103: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT andMD 1136: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT.


Axis %1 drive %2 zero-load current exceeds rated current of powersection


On the basis of its no-load current (MD 1136:$MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT), the connected motor is too large for thepower section in use (continuous thermal current MD 1108:$MD_INVERTER_MAX_THERMAL_CORR (current limit for power section)


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.1. Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.2. Check the configuration and install a suitable power section for the motor.

Repeat the startup.


Axis %1 drive %2 STS configuration of axes differ


The configuration of the control block MD 1003: $MD_STS_CONFIG (STSconfiguration) must be identical for both axes on 2-axis modules.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check drive MD 1003: $MD_STS_CONFIG and set the bits for the two axes ofthe module so that they are the same. Do not change the default setting - thiscorresponds to the optimum configuration.


Remedy


300722Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300723Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 number of pole pairs invalid


FDD:The configured number of pole pairs in the drive MD 1112:$MD_NUM_POLE_PAIRS is outside the permissible range limits.MSD:MD 1134: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY or MD 1400:$MD_MOTOR_RATED_SPEED is not correct.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:Check and, if necessary, refer to the motor data sheet to correct MD 1112:

$MD_NUM_POLE_PAIRS.


Axis %1 drive %2 encoder resolution invalid


The number of encoder marks of the motor measuring system in the drive MD1005: $MD_ENC_RESOL_MOTOR is zero or greater than the maximum inputlimit.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Match the number of encoder marks of the motor measuring system in driveMD 1005: $MD_ENC_RESOL_MOTOR to the encoder in use.(default setting for motor measuring system: 2 048 incr./rev.).


Axis %1 drive %2 voltage constant is zero


The value in drive MD 1114: $MD_EMF_VOLTAGE (voltage constant) is set tozero.

300724Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300725Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300726Definition

1 Alarms 09.01




$MD_EMF_VOLTAGE.


Axis %1 drive %2 reactance is less than or equal to zero


The value in MD 1139: $MD_STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE or MD 1140:$MD_ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE or MD 1141:$MD_MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE is less than or equal to zero.



For third-party motors:Check and, if necessary, refer to the motor data sheet to correct the value in

MD 1139: $MD_STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE or MD1140: $MD_ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE or MD 1141:$MD_MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE.


Axis %1 drive %2 adaptation factor torque/current too high


The matching factor from setpoint torque to cross current in the speedcontroller is too large.



Reaction

Remedy


300727Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300728Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


For third-party motors:Check and, if necessary, refer to the motor data sheet to correct

MD 1103: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT orMD 1107: $MD_INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT orMD 1113: $MD_TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO.


Axis %1 drive %2 zero-speed current of motor less than or equal to zero


The value in MD 1118: $MD_MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT is less than orequal to zero.



$MD_MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT.


Axis %1 drive %2 rotor resistance invalid


The value in drive MD 1138: $MD_ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE is less thanor equal to zero or a format overflow has occurred.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:One of the following machine data may contain an invalid value:- MD 1001: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME- MD 1134: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY- MD 1138: $MD_ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE- MD 1139: $MD_STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE- MD 1140: $MD_ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE

Fulfill the condition in accordance with the following formula:16 * MD1001 * 0.00003125 * MD1138 * 2PI * MD1134 / (MD1140 + MD1141)<1Call the SIEMENS AG, SIMODRIVE Hotline.


300729Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300730Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01



Axis %1 drive %2 rated power less than or equal to zero


The value in MD 1130: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER is less than orequal to zero.



$MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER.


Axis %1 drive %2 rated speed less than or equal to zero


The value in MD 1400: $MD_MOTOR_RATED_SPEED is less than or equal tozero.



$MD_MOTOR_RATED_SPEED.


Axis %1 drive %2 zero-load voltage invalid


Error in the no-load voltage (MD 1135):- MD 1135 <= 0 or- MD 1135 > MD 1132. or- MD 1135 x MD 1142 / MD 1400 + Uvor > 450V.


300731Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300732Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300733Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


WhereUvor = 0.181 x MD 1136 x MD 1142 x MD 1119- MD 1135: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE- MD 1132: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE- MD 1400: $MD_MOTOR_RATED_SPEED- MD 1142: $MD_FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED- MD 1136: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT- MD 1119: $MD_SERIES_INDUCTANCE


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:- MD 1132: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT- MD 1135: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE- MD 1400: $MD_MOTOR_RATED_SPEED- MD 1142: $MD_FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED- MD 1136: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT should be checked and, if necessary, corrected with reference to the motor data sheet:- Call the SIEMENS AG, SIMODRIVE Hotline.


Axis %1 drive %2 zero-load current less than or equal to zero


The value in MD 1136: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT is less than orequal to zero.



$MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT.


Axis %1 drive %2 field weakening speed invalid


The value in MD 1142: $MD_FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED is less than orequal to zero.

Reaction

Remedy


300734Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300735Definition

1 Alarms 09.01




$MD_FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED.


Axis %1 drive %2 Lh characteristic invalid


The value in MD 1143: $MD_LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED is less than orequal to the value in MD 1142: $MD_FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED or thevalue in MD 1144: $MD_LH_CURVE_GAIN is less than 100.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:Machine data- MD 1143: $MD_LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED- MD 1144: $MD_LH_CURVE_GAIN- MD 1142: $MD_FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED

should be checked and, if necessary corrected.- Call the SIEMENS AG, SIMODRIVE Hotline.


Axis %1 drive %2 configuration of two EnDat encoders not possible


The MCU hardware does not allow two absolute encoders to be connected onone axis with the EnDat interface.


Reaction

Remedy


300736Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300737Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Disconnect one of the two absolute encoders:Replace the motor measuring system by using another motor or use anotherencoder for direct measuring system.Correct the corresponding entries inMD 1011: $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG orMD 1030: $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG_DIRECT.


Axis %1 drive %2 encoder module number not possible


The NC has assigned the direct measuring system to an axis which doesn'thave a motor measuring system.This error can only occur with the 810D!


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the configuration of the direct measuring system.See NC-MD 30220: $MA_ENC_MODULE_NR and NC-MD 30230:$MA_ENC_INPUT_NR.


Axis %1 drive %2 encoder already used as motor measuring system


The NC has assigned the direct measuring system to a measuring systemoutput which is already used by another motor measuring system.This error can only occur with the 810D!



Check the configuration of the direct measuring system.See NC-MD 30220: $MA_ENC_MODULE_NR and NC-MD 30230:$MA_ENC_INPUT_NR.


Remedy


300738Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300739Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 encoder multiple used


The NC has assigned the direct measuring system to a measuring systemoutput which is already used by another direct measuring system.This error can only occur with the 810D!


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the configuration of the direct measuring system.See NC-MD 30220: $MA_ENC_MODULE_NR and NC-MD 30230:$MA_ENC_INPUT_NR.


Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: gain of feedforward control out ofrange


If motor inertia and motor nominal torque have been selected unfavorably, theasynchronous motor feedforward control gain is beyond the range of theinternal number format.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Operation without encoder:Reduce the number of encoder lines in MD 1005: $MD_ENC_RESOL_MOTOR(encoder resolution for motor measuring system), since this has an impact onthe internal number format.Optional/additional measure: see operation with encoderOperation with encoder:Reduce speed controller cycle MD 1001: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME


Axis %1 drive %2 voltage/frequency mode: converter frequency invalidvalue


Only converter frequencies (MD 1100: $MD_PWM_FREQUENCY (pulse widthmodulation frequency)) of 4 kHz or 8 kHz are permissible in V/f mode (selectedvia MD 1014: $MD_UF_MODE_ENABLE).

300740Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300741Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300742Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Correct MD 1100: $MD_PWM_FREQUENCY (pulse width modulationfrequency) or remedy the problem by deselecting V/f mode MD 1014:$MD_UF_MODE_ENABLE.


Axis %1 drive %2 function not supported on this 611D POWER ONmodule

%1 = Axis number%2 = Drive number

The 611D performance control module is required for SINUMERIK SafetyIntegrated. If the hardware is not installed, this alarm is output.The alarm also occurs if 1PH2/4/6 motors are connected and no 611Dperformance control module is available.The following function is not supported in connection with 611D Comfortmodules:- Motor switchover (MD1013 >0) and MD1100 not equal to MD2100.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Replace the 611D control module.


Safety Integrated

During boot-up of the control.

Booting is interrupted, the pulses remain disabled.

The 611D Performance control module is required for SINUMERIK SafetyIntegrated. If this hardware has not been installed, this alarm is triggered.This alarm is also triggered if the motors 1PH2/4/6 are connected and no 611DPerformance control module has been installed.

Replace the 611D control module.

Axis %1 drive %2 safe monitoring checksum errorConfirmation and acceptance test required



Reaction

Remedy


300743Definition

Reaction

Remedy


Request

Effect

Definition

Remedy

300744Request

Effect

1 Alarms 09.01



The actual checksum of the safety-relevant MDs calculated by the drive andstored in MD 1398: $MD_SAFE_ACT_CHECKSUM has another value than thesetpoint checksum stored during the last machine acceptance in MD 1399:$MD_SAFE_DES_CHECKSUM. The safety-relevant data have been modifiedor there is an error.


Check, and if necessary, correct all safety-relevant MDs. Then performPOWER ON. Perform acceptance test.


Axis %1 drive %2 limits for safe positions exchanged



%1 = Axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = %4 =

For the safe end position monitoring, there is a smaller value in the MD for theupper limit value than in the MD for the lower limit value.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the MDsMD 1334: $MD_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS[n] (upper limit value for safe limitposition) andMD 1335: $MD_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS[n] (lower limit value for safe limitposition)and modify so that the upper limit value exceeds the lower limit value.


Axis %1 drive %2 SBH/SG not enabled




In the machine data 1301: $MD_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE the functionSBH/SG has not been enabled although the function SE/SN has been selectedin this MD.

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300745Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300746Request

Effect

Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enable the function SBH/SG via MD 1301: $MD_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE.


Axis %1 drive %2 safety cycle time MD 1300 invalid




The machine data 1300: $MD_SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME has not been set as amultiple of the NC position control cycle.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set the monitoring cycle via MD 1300 to n * NC position control cycle, n mustbe >= 1.


Axis %1 drive %2 safety cycle times of axes differ




The monitoring cycles set in MD 1300: $MD_SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME for thetwo axes of a 2-axis module are not identical.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set identical MD 1300: $MD_SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME on all drives of themodule.


Reaction

Remedy


300747Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300748Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 factor between motor and load too big




The conversion factor from the motor system [increments] to the load system[µm/mdeg] is larger than 1 or the factor which converts the load system to themotor system is larger than 65535.Conditions:The condition for the factor load system to motor system is:µm_to_incr = 65535The condition for the factor motor system to load system is:incr_to_µm = 1

with ��

m to incrincr to m

_ __ _

�

1

Formula for rotary axis:The following applies for rotary motor encoder and rotary axis:

incr to m nMD MD SAFE ENC GEAR DENOM n

MD MD SAFE ENC NUMERA nincr to m rot rotax_ _ ( )

:$ _ _ _ _ ( )

:$ _ _ _ ( )* _ _ _ _� ��

1321

1322

with n = 0 ... 7 (gear stage) and

incr to m rot rotaxMD MD SAFE ENC RESOL

_ _ _ _ *:$ _ _ _

� �

360000

8192

1

1318

Explanations:MD 1318: $MD_SAFE_ENC_RESOL (number of encoder lines per revolution)MD 1321: $MD_SAFE_ENC_GEAR_DENOM[n] (encoder/load geardenominator)MD 1322: $MD_SAFE_ENC_GEAR_NUMERA[n] (encoder/load gearnumerator)Formula for linear axis:The following applies for rotary motor encoder and linear axis:

incr to m nMD MD SAFE ENC GEAR DENOM nMD MD SAFE ENC NUMERA n

incr to m rot lin_ _ ( ):$ _ _ _ _ ( )

:$ _ _ _ ( )* _ _ _ _� ��

1321

1322

with n = 0 ... 7 (gear stage) and

incr to m rot linMD MD SAFE ENC RESOL

MD MD SAFE ENC GEAR PITCH

_ _ _ _ *:$ _ _ _

*

:$ _ _ _ _

� �

1000

8192

1

1318

1320

.

Explanations:MD 1318: $MD_SAFE_ENC_RESOL (number of encoder lines per revolution)MD 1320: $MD_SAFE_ENC_GEAR_PITCH (spindle pitch)MD 1321: $MD_SAFE_ENC_GEAR_DENOM[n] (encoder/load geardenominator)MD 1322: $MD_SAFE_ENC_GEAR_NUMERA[n] (encoder/load gearnumerator)n = 0 ... 7 (gear stage)


300749Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the following safety-relevant MDs depending on the motor encoder typeand axis type and correct, if necessary.

MD 1317: $MD_SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DISTGrid division linear scale (for linear encoder)

MD 1318: $MD_SAFE_ENC_RESOLEncoder marks per revolution (for rotary encoder)

MD 1318: $MD_SAFE_ENC_RESOLMD 1320: $MD_SAFE_ENC_GEAR_PITCH(for rotary encoder and linear axis)

MD 1321: $MD_SAFE_ENC_GEAR_DENOMMD 1322: $MD_SAFE_ENC_GEAR_NUMERA(when using a gear)

The motor encoder type and the axis type are determined viaMD 1302: $MD_SAFE_IS_ROT_AX.


Axis %1 drive %2 configuration of speed control adaptation invalid


The upper adaptation speed MD 1412: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_ADAPTSPEED_2is less than the lower adaptation speed MD 1411:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_ADAPTSPEED_1.

NC not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not ready.NC Stop on alarm.NC Start disable.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and, if necessary, correct MD 1412:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_ADAPTSPEED_2 and MD 1411:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_ADAPTSPEED_1.

Press the Reset key to clear the alarm in all channels. Restart the partprogram.

Axis %1 drive %2 gain of speed control too high


The proportional gain of the speed controller MD 1407:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 or MD 1408: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2 hasbeen set too high.


Remedy


300750Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300751Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set a smaller value for the proportional gain in MD 1407:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 or MD 1408: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2.(Allow for the active speed controller adaptation.)


Axis %1 drive %2 blocking frequency of setpoint current filter too high


The blocking frequency of a current setpoint filter is greater than the reciprocalvalue of 2 current controller cycles (violation of the sampling theorem).(1/2*MD 1000*31.25 microsec)


The value of machine dataMD 1210: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ orMD 1213: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ orMD 1216: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_3_SUPPR_FREQ orMD 1219: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_4_SUPPR_FREQmust be less than the reciprocal value of two current controller cycles MD1000: $MD_CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME.(1/2*MD 1000*31.25 microsec)


Axis %1 drive %2 rotor position identification current small than minimumvalue


A current was programmed in MD 1019:$MD_CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT (rotor position identification current)that is smaller than the minimum value permissible for the motor.


Enter a current in MD 1019: $MD_CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT (rotorposition identification current) that is not smaller the permissible minimumvalue (40% for non-Siemens synchronous linear motor (SLM)).

Possibly, a larger power section must be used.

If allowed with the motor used, hide the error by setting bit 5 in MD 1012:$MD_FUNCTION_SWITCH.

Remedy


300752Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300753Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Caution:Motors with a low saturation response (e.g. 1FN3 linear motors) might react tovery low identification currents with misorientation. This can lead touncontrolled movements.


Axis %1 drive %2 signal number of var. signaling function invalid


The signal number for the output of the corresponding signaling function is notpermissible. The signal number range is between 0 and 25.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter the correct signal number.


Axis %1 drive %2 voltage/frequency mode: motor is turning


The motor did not come to a standstill when the voltage/frequency mode wasactivated.


Stop the motor before activating the voltage/frequency mode.


Axis %1 drive %2 speed hysteresis of setpoint current smoothing invalid


The value in MD 1246: $MD_CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS is greaterthan or equal to the value in MD 1245: $MD_CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED.


300754Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300755Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300756Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and, if necessary, correct the value inMD 1246: $MD_CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS orMD 1245: $MD_CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED.


Axis %1 drive %2 adaption factor of torque limit invalid


The torque adaptation factor MD 1191:$MD_TORQUE_LIMIT_ADAPT_SERVO (adaptation of servo limit torque)exceeds the format limit.



For third-party motors:Check and, if necessary, correct the torque adaptation factor MD 1191:$MD_TORQUE_LIMIT_ADAPT_SERVO (adaptation of servo limit torque).


Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: response voltage exceeds switch-offthreshold


The sum of the values in MD1631: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON (responsevoltage for generator axis) + MD1632: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_HYST(voltage range for generator control) is greater than MD1633:$MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_OFF (deactivation threshold for generator axis).

Reaction

Remedy


300757Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300758Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify drive machine data- MD 1631: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON (response voltage for generator axis) or- MD 1632: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_HYST (voltage range for generator control) or- MD 1633: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_OFF (deactivation threshold for generator axis).


Axis %1, drive %2 generator mode: response voltage exceeds monitoringthreshold


The value in MD1631: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON (response voltage forgenerator axis) is greater than MD1630:$MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_MON_THRESHOLD (response threshold for DC linkmonitoring).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify drive machine data- MD 1631: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON (response voltage for generator axis) or- MD1630: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_MON_THRESHOLD (response threshold for DC link monitoring).


Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: emergency retraction speed exceedsmaximum motor speed


The value entered for the emergency retraction speed in MD1639:$MD_RETRACT_SPEED is greater thanMD1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED.

Reaction

Remedy


300759Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300760Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify drive machine data- MD1639: $MD_RETRACT_SPEED- MD1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED.


Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: minimum axis speed exceedsmaximum motor speed


The value in MD1635: $MD_GEN_AXIS_MIN_SPEED is greater than the valuein MD1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify drive machine data- MD1635: $MD_GEN_AXIS_MIN_SPEED or- MD1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED.


Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode / generator mode alreadyactive


Emergency retraction or generator already active.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check parameterization / machine data.

Reaction

Remedy


300761Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300762Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms



Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode / generator mode invalid


Value specified by the NC via a G command must be in the range 0 to 7.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check parameterization (G command in the NC).


Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode / generator mode notpossible


Emergency retraction/generator mode is only possible with active DC linkmeasurement (MD 1161: $MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE = 0). In an oldhardware version, no DC link measurement is possible and therefore the errormessage 300765 might appear in addition if MD 1161:$MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE is set to 0 in an old hardware version.



Enter the value zero in the machine data MD 1161:$MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE, or order a new hardware version of the controlmodule.



300763Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300764Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 measurement of d.c. link voltage not possible


If the fixed voltage MD 1161: $MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE (fixed DC linkvoltage) = 0, no DC link measurement is possible because the hardwareversion is wrong.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter a value greater than zero in the machine data MD 1161:$MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE (fixed DC link voltage), or order a new hardwareversion of the control module.


Axis %1 drive %2 blocking frequency > Shannon frequency


The blocking frequency of a speed setpoint filter is greater than the Shannonsampling frequency from the sampling theorem.



Current setpoint filter:The value in MD 1210, 1213,1216 or 1219 must be smaller than the inversevalue of two current controller cycles MD 1000:$MD_CURRENTCTRL_CYCLE_TIME (current controller cycle)(1/2*MD 1000 *31.25 microsec).

Speciality with SINUMERIK 810D:Current setpoint filters 2,3 and 4 are calculated in the speed controller cycle.This means that MD 1213, 1216 or 1219 must be smaller than the inversevalue of two speed controller cycles MD 1001:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME (speed controller cycle)(1/2*MD 1001 *31.25 microsec).

300765Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300766Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Speed setpoint filter:The value in MD 1514: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ (suppressionfrequency for speed setpoint filter 1) and in MD 1517:$MD_SPEED_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ (suppression frequency for speedsetpoint filter 2) must be less than the reciprocal value of two speed controllercycles MD 1001: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME.(1/2*MD 1001*31.25 microsec).


Axis %1 drive %2 natural frequency > Shannon frequency


The natural frequency of a speed setpoint filter is greater than the Shannonsampling frequency from the sampling theorem.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The natural frequency in Hz of a speed setpoint filter must be less than thereciprocal value of two speed controller cycles.Speed setpoint filter 1:MD 1520 * 0.01 * MD 1514 < 1 / ( 2 * MD 1001 * 31.25 microsec)Speed setpoint filter 2:MD 1521 * 0.01 * MD 1517 < 1 / ( 2 * MD 1001 * 31.25 microsec)- MD 1520: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ (bandstop filter natural

frequency speed setpoint filter 1)- MD 1514: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ (suppression frequency

speed setpoint filter 1)- MD 1521: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ (bandstop filter natural

frequency speed setpoint filter 1)- MD 1517: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ (suppression frequency

speed setpoint filter 2)- MD 1001: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME (speed controller cycle time)



300767Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 bandwidth numerator > double the blocking frequency


The bandwidth numerator of a current or speed setpoint filter is greater thantwice the blocking frequency.This error message is only issued for the general bandstop filter if:Speed setpoint filter 1:MD 1516 > 0.0 orMD 1520 <> 100.0Speed setpoint filter 2:MD 1519 > 0.0 orMD 1521 <> 100.0Current setpoint filter 1:MD 1212 > 0.0Current setpoint filter 2:MD 1215 > 0.0Current setpoint filter 3:MD 1218 > 0.0Current setpoint filter 4:MD 1221 > 0.0




The bandwidth numerator must be less than twice the blocking frequency.Current setpoint filter 1:MD 1212 <= 2 * MD 1210Current setpoint filter 2:MD 1215 <= 2 * MD 1213Current setpoint filter 3:MD 1218 <= 2 * MD 1216Current setpoint filter 4:MD 1221 <= 2 * MD 1219

Speed setpoint filter 1:MD 1516 <= 2 * MD 1514Speed setpoint filter 2:MD 1519 <= 2 * MD 1517

- MD1212: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_1_BW_NUM (numerator bandwidthcurrent setpoint filter 1)- MD1210: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ (suppressionfrequency current setpoint filter 1)- MD1215: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_2_BW_NUM (numerator bandwidthcurrent setpoint filter 2)- MD1213: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ (suppressionfrequency current setpoint filter 2)- MD1218: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_3_BW_NUM (numerator bandwidthcurrent setpoint filter 3)- MD1216: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_3_SUPPR_FREQ (suppressionfrequency current setpoint filter 3)

300768Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


- MD1221: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_4_BW_NUM (numerator bandwidthcurrent setpoint filter 4)- MD1219: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_4_SUPPR_FREQ (suppressionfrequency current setpoint filter 4)

- MD 1516: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_1_BW_NUMERATOR (numeratorbandwidth speed setpoint filter 1)- MD 1514: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ (suppression frequencyspeed setpoint filter 1)- MD 1519: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_2_BW_NUMERATOR (numeratorbandwidth speed setpoint filter 2)- MD 1517: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ (suppression frequencyspeed setpoint filter 2)


Axis %1 drive %2 bandwidth denominator > double the natural frequency


The bandwidth denominator of a current or speed setpoint filter is greater thantwice the natural frequency.This error message is only issued for the general bandstop filter if:Speed setpoint filter 1:MD 1516 > 0.0 orMD 1520 <> 100.0Speed setpoint filter 2:MD 1519 > 0.0 orMD 1521 <> 100.0Current setpoint filter 1:MD 1212 > 0.0Current setpoint filter 2:MD 1215 > 0.0Current setpoint filter 3:MD 1218 > 0.0Current setpoint filter 4:MD 1221 > 0.0




The bandwidth denominator of a current or speed setpoint filter must be lessthan twice the natural frequency.

Speed setpoint filter 1:MD 1515 <= 2 * MD 1514 * 0.01 * MD 1520Speed setpoint filter 2:MD 1518 <= 2 * MD 1517 * 0.01 * MD 1521

Current setpoint filter 1:MD 1211 <= 2 * MD 1210


300769Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Current setpoint filter 2:MD 1214 <= 2 * MD 1213Current setpoint filter 3:MD 1217 <= 2 * MD 1216Current setpoint filter 4:MD 1220 <= 2 * MD 1219- MD 1515: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH (bandwidth speedsetpoint filter 1)- MD 1514: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ (suppression frequencyspeed setpoint filter 1)- MD 1520: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ (bandstop filter naturalfrequency speed setpoint filter 1)

- MD 1518: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH (bandwidth speedsetpoint filter 2)- MD 1517: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ (suppression frequencyspeed setpoint filter 2)- MD 1521: $MD_SPEED_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ (bandstop filter naturalfrequency speed setpoint filter 2)

- MD1211: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH (bandwidth currentsetpoint filter 1)- MD1210: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ (suppressionfrequency current setpoint filter 1)

- MD1214: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH (bandwidth speedsetpoint filter 2)- MD1213: $MD_CURRENT_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ (suppressionfrequency current setpoint filter 2)




Axis %1 drive %2 format error


The calculated filter coefficients of a bandstop filter are beyond the range of theinternal format.




300770Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Change the filter setting.The Hotline provides support for accurate troubleshooting.Call the SIEMENS AG, SIMODRIVE Hotline.


Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: converter frequency invalid value


Only a converter frequency of 4 kHz or 8 kHz is permitted in asynchronousmode (selected by MD 1465 < MD 1146).- MD 1465: $MD_SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM (switchover speed MSD/AM)- MD 1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED (maximum motor speed)



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Change MD 1100: $MD_PWM_FREQUENCY (pulse width modulationfrequency) or deselect AM mode (make the value in MD 1465:$MD_SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM less than the value in MD 1146:$MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED.


Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: gain of speed control too high


The value in MD 1451: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_AM (proportional gain ofAM speed controller) is too high.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter a smaller value in MD 1451: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_AM.


Remedy


300771Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300772Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: configuration of feedforwardcontrol structure not possible


In asynchronous mode (select by MD 1465 < MD 1146) a feedforward controlstructure (MD 1004, bit 0 = 1) is not possible.- MD 1465: $MD_SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM (switchover speed MSD/AM)- MD 1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED (maximum motor speed)- MD 1004: $MD_CTRL_CONFIG (configuration structure)



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Rectify the error in the entry for the feedforward control structure MD 1004 orby deselecting the asynchronous mode MD 1465 > MD 1146.- MD 1004: $MD_CTRL_CONFIG (configuration structure)- MD 1465: $MD_SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM (switchover speed MSD/AM)- MD 1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED (maximum motor speed)


Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: changeover speed invalid value


In mixed operation MSD/AM (MD 1465 > 0) only closed-loop controlled AMmode is allowed (MD1466 <= MD1465).- MD 1465: $MD_SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM (switchover speed MSD/AM)- MD 1466: $MD_SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM (switchover speed closed-

loop/open-loop control AM)



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Rectify error by selecting pure AM mode (MD1465 = 0) or by deselecting theAM-controlled mode (MD1466 < MD1465).- MD 1465: $MD_SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM (switchover speed MSD/AM)- MD 1466: $MD_SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM (switchover speed closed-

loop/open-loop control AM)


300773Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300774Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 fixed link voltage of axes differ


An unequal fixed voltage MD1161: $MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE (DC linkfixed voltage) has been found for axes of a drive module.Since a fixed voltage <> 0 replaces the measured DC link voltage value, butthe DC link voltage value is measured only once for all axes of a drive module,the fixed voltage must be identical on all module axes before it is accepted.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set the same fixed voltage (MD1161: $MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE) on allmodule axes.


Axis %1 drive %2 encoder signal monitoring must be active RESET

During boot-up of the control and cyclically.

On FDD:The control is disabled, the motor is decelerated, SIMODRIVE_READY andDRIVE_READY are canceledOn MSD:Pulse delete, motor coasts, SIMODRIVE_READY and DRIVE_READY arecanceledNote: The reaction (FDD, MSD) can be configured via 611D-MD 1613.0.


With active Safety Integrated (MD 1301 <> 0:$MD_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE), the measuring circuit monitoring of themotor (incremental) must be activated via MD 1600:$MD_ALARM_MASK_POWER_ON bit 4.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Activate measuring circuit monitoring of motor (incremental).


300775Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300776Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 rotor position identification current invalid value


The current set in MD1019: $MD_CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT is greaterthan the permissible current for the motor and the power section used.


NC not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.Channel not ready.The NC switches to follow-up mode.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Reduce MD1019: $MD_CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT (current rotor positionidentification).


Axis %1 drive %2 rotor position identification converter frequency invalidvalue


When selecting the rotor position identification (MD1011 bit 12 or bit 13) onlyconverter frequencies (MD1100) of 4 kHz / 8 kHz are permissible.- MD 1011: $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG- MD 1100: $MD_PWM_FREQUENCY (pulse width modulation frequency)


In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not readyNC Start disableAlarm displayInterface signals are setNC Stop on alarmNC not readyThe NC switches to follow-up mode

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Change the converter frequency (MD 1100) or deselect rotor positionidentification (MD1011 bit 12 or bit 13).

- MD 1011: $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG- MD 1100: $MD_PWM_FREQUENCY (pulse width modulation frequency)


300777Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300778Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 motor moment of inertia less than or equal to zero


The value in drive MD 1117: $MD_MOTOR_INERTIA (motor moment of inertia)is less than or equal to zero.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For MSD, configure "1st motor" first.For third-party motors:Enter a valid value in drive MD 1117: $MD_MOTOR_INERTIA.


Axis %1 drive %2 zero-load current exceeds rated current of motor


The no-load current of the motor (MD 1136:$MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT) has been set at a greater value than therated current of the motor (MD 1103: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT).


NC not ready.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.Channel not ready.The NC switches to follow-up mode.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:Check and, if necessary, refer to the motor data sheet to correct machine dataMD 1103: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT and MD 1136:$MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT.


300779Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300780Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 zero-load current exceeds rated current of powersection


On the basis of its no-load current (MD 1136:$MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT), the connected motor is too large for thepower section in use (continuous thermal current MD 1108:$MD_INVERTER_MAX_THERMAL_CORR (current limit for power section)


Channel not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.NC not ready.The NC switches to follow-up mode.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.1. Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.2. Check the configuration and install a suitable power section for the motor.

Repeat the startup.


Axis %1 drive %2 reactance is less than or equal to zero


The value in MD 1139: $MD_STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE or MD 1140:$MD_ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE or MD 1141:$MD_MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE is less than or equal to zero.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:Check and, if necessary, refer to the motor data sheet to correct the value inMD 1139: $MD_STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE or MD 1140:$MD_ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE or MD 1141:$MD_MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE.


300781Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300782Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 rotor resistance invalid


The value in drive MD 1138: $MD_ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE is less thanor equal to zero or a format overflow has occurred.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:One of the following machine data may contain an invalid value:- MD 1001: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME- MD 1134: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY- MD 1138: $MD_ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE- MD 1139: $MD_STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE- MD 1140: $MD_ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE

Fulfill the condition in accordance with the following formula: 16 * MD1001 *0.00003125 * MD1138 * 2PI * MD1134 / (MD1140 + MD1141) < 1

Call the SIEMENS AG, SIMODRIVE Hotline.

Press the Reset key to clear the alarm in all channels. Restart the part progr..

Axis %1 drive %2 zero-load voltage invalid


Error in the no-load voltage (MD 1135):- MD 1135 <= 0 or- MD 1135 > MD 1132. or- MD 1135 x MD 1142 / MD 1400 + Uvor > 450V.WhereUvor = 0.181 x MD 1136 x MD 1142 x MD 1119- MD 1135: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE- MD 1132: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE- MD 1400: $MD_MOTOR_RATED_SPEED- MD 1142: $MD_FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED- MD 1136: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT- MD 1119: $MD_SERIES_INDUCTANCE



300783Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300784Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:Check and, if necessary, correct the following machine data with reference tothe data sheet:- MD 1132: $MD_MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE- MD 1135: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE- MD 1400: $MD_MOTOR_RATED_SPEED- MD 1142: $MD_FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED- MD 1136: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT.- Call the SIEMENS AG, SIMODRIVE Hotline.


Axis %1 drive %2 zero-load current less than or equal to zero


The value in MD 1136: $MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT is less than orequal to zero.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:Check and, if necessary, refer to the motor data sheet to correct MD 1136:$MD_MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT.


Axis %1 drive %2 field weakening speed invalid


The value in MD 1142: $MD_FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED (threshold speedfor field weakening) is less than or equal to zero.



Remedy


300785Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300786Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.For standard motors:Reset the drive (delete the bootfile) and repeat the startup.For third-party motors:Check and, if necessary, refer to the motor data sheet to correct MD 1142:$MD_FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED.


Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: gain of feedforward control out ofrange


If motor inertia and motor nominal torque have been selected unfavorably, theasynchronous motor feedforward control gain is beyond the range of theinternal number format.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Operation without encoder:Reduce the number of encoder lines in MD 1005: $MD_ENC_RESOL_MOTOR(encoder resolution for motor measuring system), since this has an impact onthe internal number format.Optional/additional measure: see operation with encoderOperation with encoder:Reduce speed controller cycle MD 1001: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME


Axis %1 drive %2 configuration error in current control adaptation


The upper current limit in MD 1181: $MD_CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_2is less than the lower current limit in MD 1180:$MD_CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_1.


Check and, if necessary, correctMD 1181: $MD_CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_2 andMD 1180: $MD_CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_1.

Remedy


300787Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300788Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01



Axis %1 drive %2 function not supported on this 611D module


A function was selected that is not possible with this closed-loop controlmodule.

This alarm appears, if:- a non-available acceleration sensor was activated in MD 1560

NC not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.Channel not readyNC Stop on alarmNC Start disableThe NC switches to follow-up modeAlarm displayInterface signals are set

Switch off the non-selectable function or use another closed-loop controlmodule!


Axis %1 drive %2 data backup and reboot required


Since drive machine data have been changed, it is necessary to recalculateparameters. This is initiated by pressing the softkey CALCULATE. Aftercalculating the control parameters, it is necessary to save the machine dataand to reboot.


In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.NC not ready.Mode group not ready.NC stop on alarm.NC Start disable.The NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

The newly calculated data must be saved (Softkey: SAVE).

The new parameters will become effective during the next boot procedure!


Axis %1 drive %2 configuration of speed control adaptation invalid


The upper adaptation speed MD 1412: $MD_SPEEDCTRL_ADAPTSPEED_2is less than the lower adaptation speed MD 1411:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_ADAPTSPEED_1.


300789Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300799Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300850Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and, if necessary, correct MD 1412:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_ADAPTSPEED_2 and MD 1411:$MD_SPEEDCTRL_ADAPTSPEED_1.


Axis %1 drive %2 signal number of var. signaling function invalid


The signal number for the output of the corresponding signaling function is notpermissible. The signal number range is between 0 and 25.


Enter the correct signal number.


Axis %1 drive %2 voltage/frequency mode: motor is turning


The motor did not come to a standstill when the voltage/frequency mode wasactivated.


Stop the motor before activating the voltage/frequency mode.


Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: response voltage exceeds switch-offthreshold


The sum of the values in MD1631: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON (responsevoltage for generator axis) + MD1632: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_HYST(voltage range for generator control) is greater than MD1633:$MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_OFF (deactivation threshold for generator axis).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify drive machine data- MD 1631: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON (response voltage for generator

axis) or- MD 1632: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_HYST (voltage range for generator

control) or- MD 1633: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_OFF (deactivation threshold for

generator axis).

Reaction

Remedy


300854Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300855Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300858Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01



Axis %1, drive %2 generator mode: response voltage exceeds monitoringthreshold


The value in MD1631: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON (response voltage forgenerator axis) is greater than MD1630:$MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_MON_THRESHOLD (response threshold for DC linkmonitoring).


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify- MD 1631: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON (response voltage for generator

axis) or- MD1630: $MD_LINK_VOLTAGE_MON_THRESHOLD (response threshold

for DC link monitoring).


Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: emergency retraction speed exceedsmaximum motor speed


The value entered for the emergency retraction speed in MD1639:$MD_RETRACT_SPEED is greater thanMD1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify- MD1639: $MD_RETRACT_SPEED or- MD1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED.


Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: minimum axis speed exceedsmaximum motor speed


The value in MD1635: $MD_GEN_AXIS_MIN_SPEED is greater than the valuein MD1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Modify- MD1635: $MD_GEN_AXIS_MIN_SPEED or- MD1146: $MD_MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED.


300859Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300860Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300861Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms



Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode / generator mode alreadyactive


Emergency retraction or generator already active.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check parameterization / machine data.


Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode / generator mode invalid


Value specified by the NC via a G command must be in the range 0 to 7.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check parameterization (G command in the NC).


Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode / generator mode notpossible


Emergency retraction/generator mode is only possible with active DC linkmeasurement (MD 1161: $MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE = 0). In an oldhardware version, no DC link measurement is possible and therefore the errormessage 300765 might appear in addition if MD 1161:$MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE is set to 0 in an old hardware version.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter the value zero in the machine data MD 1161:$MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE, or order a new hardware version of the controlmodule.



300862Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300863Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300864Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 measurement of d.c. link voltage not possible


If the fixed voltage MD 1161: $MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE = 0, no DC linkmeasurement is possible because the hardware version is wrong.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Enter a value greater than zero in the machine data MD 1161:$MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE, or order a new hardware version of the controlmodule.


Axis %1 drive %2 fixed link voltage of axes differ


An unequal fixed voltage MD1161: $MD_FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE (DC linkfixed voltage) has been found for axes of a drive module.Since a fixed voltage <> 0 replaces the measured DC link voltage value, butthe DC link voltage value is measured only once for all axes of a drive module,the fixed voltage must be identical on all module axes before it is accepted.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Set the same fixed voltage (MD 1161) on all module axes.


Axis %1 drive %2 configuration error in speed control adaptation


The upper current limit in MD 1181: $MD_CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_2is less than the lower current limit in MD 1180:$MD_CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_1.


Check and, if necessary, correctMD 1181: $MD_CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_2 andMD 1180: $MD_CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_1.


Axis %1 drive %2 stop A triggered POWER ON

In monitoring cycle.

The drive is disabled via STOP A. The pulses are disabled via relay"Drive_IMP".

300865Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300875Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300888Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300900Request

Effect

09.01 1 Alarms



If STOP A has been triggered, this can have several reasons:1. The timer in MD 1356: $MD_SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY of STOP B

has expired.2. The speed threshold in MD 1360: $MD_SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL

of STOP B has not been reached.3. The test of the deactivation path has been requested by the user through

SGE "Test stop selection", but the pulses were not deleted in MD 1357:$MD_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME when the time stage expired.

4. Safe brake ramp has responded.5. "SG-specific stop reaction" is set to STOP A and has responded.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The user must find the cause and take appropriate measures.


Axis %1 drive %2 stop B triggered POWER ON


The drive is disabled via STOP B. The pulses are disabled via relay"Drive_IMP".


If STOP B has been triggered, this can have several reasons:1. Safe zero speed control has responded.2. Call after STOP F, that means an error has occurred during cross-

comparison.3. "SG-specific stop reaction" is set to STOP B and has responded.



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.The user must check the cause and initiate the corresponding measures.


Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300901Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 safe stopping monitoring POWER ON


The drive is disabled via STOP A.


The actual velocity of the axis has not been reduced during deceleration with"nset = 0" (STOP B or STOP C) but has increased over the follow-on velocitylimit during deceleration and the tolerance entered in MD 1348:$MD_SAFE_VELO_TOL (actual velocity tolerance for SBR).



Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the deceleration behavior and, if necessary, modify the velocitytolerance in MD 1348: $MD_SAFE_VELO_TOL.

Restart is only possible with POWER ON.


Axis %1 axis %2 safe standstill monitoring POWER ON


The drive is disabled via STOP A or STOP B. The pulses are disabled via relay"Drive_IMP".


The actual position has moved too far away from the setpoint/zero position(outside the zero speed window). The zero speed window is parameterizedthrough MD 1330: $MD_SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the safe standstill tolerance: does the value match the precision andcontrol dynamics of the axis?If not, increase the tolerance.


300906Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300907Request

Effect

Explanation

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 axis %2 stop C triggered RESET


The drive is disabled via STOP C. At the end of the stop reaction, the driveremains under control, the axis is monitored for SBH.


If STOP C has been triggered, this can have several reasons (depending onthe configuration):1. The safe velocity monitoring system has responded (MD 1361:

$MD_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE or MD 1363:$MD_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION (840D, SW4.2 and higher)).

2. The safe end position monitoring system has responded (MD 1362:$MD_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE).

The alarm indicates the initiation of a "deceleration at current limit" and theinternal activation of "safe standstill".




Axis %1 axis %2 stop D triggered RESET


The drive is disabled by the NC with STOP D. At the end of the stop reaction,the drive remains under control, the axis is monitored for SBH.


If STOP D has been triggered, this can have several reasons (depending onthe configuration):1. Safe velocity monitoring has responded.(MD 1361: $MD_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE)orMD 1363: $MD_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION (840D SW4.2 and higher)).2. Safe end limit monitoring has responded.(MD 1362: $MD_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE)

The alarm indicates the initiation of a "deceleration on path" in the NC and theinternal activation of "safe standstill" in the NC and drive.




300908Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300909Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 axis %2 stop E triggered RESET


The drive is disabled by the NC with STOP E. At the end of the stop reaction,the drive remains under control, the axis is monitored for SBH.


If STOP E has been triggered, this can have several reasons (depending onthe configuration):1. Safe velocity monitoring has responded.(MD 1361: $MD_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE)2. Safe end limit monitoring has responded.(MD 1362: $MD_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE)

The alarm indicates the initiation of an "extended stop and retract" in the NC or"LIFTFAST-ASUP" (840D) and the internal activation of "safe standstill" in theNC and drive.




Axis %1 drive %2 error in one monitoring channel RESET


The mutual comparison of the two monitoring channels has found a differencebetween input data or results of the monitoring operations. One of the monitorsno longer functions reliably, i.e. safe operation is no longer possible.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Find the difference between the monitoring channels. The error code indicatingthe cause is displayed as follows:On the 840D it is output in the alarm text.On the 840C MD 301: diagnostics for STOP FOn the 611D MD 1395: $MD_SAFE_STOP_F_DIAGNOSIS (diagnostics forSTOP F)You can find the meaning of the error code as follows:On the 840D: description of alarm 27001On the 840C: description of alarms 1336* / 2097*A possible cause is that the safety-related machine data are no longer identicalor that the SGEs do not have the same level (recalibrate or check in the SIservice display). If no error of this type is apparent, an error may have occurredin the CPU, e.g. a "flipped" memory cell. This error can be temporary (in thiscase it can be eliminated by a POWER ON) or permanent (if it occurs againafter POWER ON replace the hardware).


300910Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300911Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 safe velocity monitoring


The drive is disabled by the reaction configured inMD 1361: $MD_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE. At the end of the stop reaction,the drive remains under control, the axis is monitored for SBH.


The axis has moved faster than allowed in machine data MD 1331:$MD_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[n].If the "safe velocity correction" function is enabled in MD1301:$MD_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE, allowance must be made for the correctionfactor in the velocity limit when using SG2 and SG4.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the input values of the machine data.Check the safe input signals: is the correct one of four velocity limitsselected?


Axis %1 drive %2 safe position monitoring


The drive is disabled by the reaction configured in MD1362: $MD_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE. At the end of the stop reaction, thedrive remains under control, the axis is monitored for SBH.


The axis has exceeded the limit position which is entered inMD 1334: $MD_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS[n] (upper limit for safe end position)MD 1335: $MD_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS[n] (lower limit for safe endposition)


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If no obvious operator error occurred:Check the input value of the machine data and check the SGEs: was thecorrect one of 2 end positions selected? If the MDs and SGEs are o.k., checkthe machine for any damage and rectify.

Clear the alarm with the RESET key. Restart the part program

300914Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300915Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 is not safely referenced


No stop reaction is initiated. The message will be present during enabling ofthe functions SN/SE until the axis status "Axis safely referenced" has beenreached.


1.) The axis is not referenced or2.) The user enable for this axis is missing or was canceled. This can occur, forexample, if the axis was moved after the machine was switched off and thestandstill position which was stored is therefore no longer correct.This message prompts the user to confirm the actual position. To do this, youmust determine the position, e.g. as follows:- Measure the position.- Move to a known position.

Alarm display.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.If no safe automatic referencing is possible, the user must confirm the newposition via the softkey. This user confirmation marks this position as safe, thatmeans the axis status "Axis safely referenced" is reached.


!Warning

If the axis has not been safely referenced and the user has not confirmed,the following applies:- The safe cams are active and not yet safe- The safe limit positions are not yet active

Axis %1 drive %2 stop test is running


The pulses are deleted.1. If within the time configured in MD 1357:

$MD_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME (time for checking the pulsedeletion), STOP A is enabled.

2. If pulse deletion is acknowledged within the configured time in the drive, nostop reaction is triggered. This message will be displayed during selectionvia the SGE "Test stop selection" until the selection is canceled.


The test stop has been activated by the user by setting the SGE "Test stopselection". The pulses are deleted.1. If the positive acknowledgement is not received within the time configured

in MD 1357: $MD_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME (time for checkingthe pulse deletion), STOP A is triggered.

2. If pulse deletion is acknowledged within the configured time in the drive, nostop reaction is triggered. This message will be displayed during selectionvia the SGE "Test stop selection" until the selection is canceled.

Alarm display.

300950Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


300951Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


The message disappears automatically if the test is terminated by the user byclearing the SGE "Test stop selection".If STOP A is triggered, restart is only possible with POWER ON.


Axis %1 drive %2 limit for safe velocity too large




The limit value of the safe velocity exceeds the velocity corresponding to a limitfrequency of 200 kHz (300 kHz for 840D with SW4.2 and higher and for 840Cwith SW6.1 and higher).The max. permissible speed that can be monitored is determined as follows:

valuemarksencoder

60Hz000200Rn

*][,]min

ev[max =

Monitoring condition

max*][___$: nÜ

1nLIMITVELOSAFEMD1331MD ≤


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check the entry in the machine data MD 1331: $MD_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[n],correct, if necessary, and perform POWER ON.


Axis %1 drive %2 wrong inversion of actual value


With rotary spindles without EnDat interface operating with enhanced controllermodules, the track inversion (MD_1011.0=1) must not be switched on.Otherwise this error is triggered.- MD 1011: $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG

Mode group not ready.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.Channel not ready.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.With rotary spindles without EnDat interface operating with enhanced controllermodules, the track inversion must be performed by soldering the A and Btracks differently:A <-> B and A* <-> B*


Remedy


301701Request

Effect

Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301702Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 measurement system and category of motor are notcompatible


If a linear motor was selected (motor selection menu), but no linear scale wasconfigured (MD_1011.4=0), or if a rotary motor was selected, but a linear scaleconfigured (MD_1011.4=1), then this error is triggered.- MD 1011: $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Encoder type must be parameterized according to the motor type.


Axis %1 drive %2 division of linear scale and pole pair pitch notcompatible


With linear motors the pole-pair width and graduations data is used forcalculating the equivalent (internal) pole-pair number and (internal) encodermarks. For this it is necessary that the encoder marks correspond to one or xpole-pair widths as an integer.This error message is output if the result is not an integer pole-pairwidth/graduations*x (to x=16) or if the calculated internal encoder marks valueis too high.Absolute interpretation as an integer if the result is within a +/- 0.001 tolerance.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Long traversing paths:It is advisable to use a length measuring system where the encoder marksmatch x* pole-pair widths as integer.

Short traversing paths:With short traversing paths, only a small error can accumulate and hardlyaffect the heating and the maximum power that can be reached if the encodermarks do not comply with the +/-0.001 tolerance. Then it is advisable to slightlymodify the pole-pair width:

Example:Pole-pair width: 56.8 mm, graduations: 2.7 um=> Pole-pair number = 1, encoder marks = 21037.037 => errorAvoid the error by entering pole-pair width =56.7999 mm.=> Pole-pair number = 1, encoder marks = 21037.0 => no error


301703Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301704Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 machine data for scale with position coded referencemarks are faulty


When selecting a distance-coded scale (MD_1011.7=1) it is also necessary toconfigure a length measuring system (MD_1011.4=1). In addition, the MDs1040, 1041 and 1042 must not be zero or negative.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check and, if necessary, correct MDs 1011: $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG,1040, 1041 and 1042.


Axis %1 drive %2 safe cam position invalid


At least one of the parameterized cam positions enabled via MD 1301:$MD_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE does not comply with the rule stating thatcam positions are not allowed to be within the tolerance range around themodulo position.The applicable tolerance range is:- With inactive cam synchronization (MD 1301 bit 7 = 0):

Lower modulo value + POS_TOL <= cam positionUpper modulo value - POS_TOL > cam position

- With active cam synchronization (MD 1301 bit 7 = 1):Lower modulo value + POS_TOL <= cam positionUpper modulo value - POS_TOL - CAM_TOL > cam position

Explanations:POS_TOL: actual value tolerance (MD 1342: $MD_SAFE_POS_TOL

(tolerance for actual value cross-comparison))CAM_TOL: cam tolerance (MD 1340: $MD_SAFE_CAM_TOL

(tolerance for safe cam))Upper/lower modulo value:

is determined by MD 1305: $MD_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE(actual value range for safe cam with rotary axes)

Booting is interrupted, alarm display. The pulses remain disabled.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Check parameterization of the cam positions inMD 1336: $MD_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS andMD 1337: $MD_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUSand perform POWER ON.Check MD 1305: $MD_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE (actual value range for safecam with rotary axes).


301705Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301706Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 modulo value for safe cam invalid


The cam modulo range parameterized for a rotary axis viaMD 1305: $MD_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE (actual value range for safe camwith rotary axes) violates the rule stating that only integral multiples of 360degrees may be set.

Display of the alarm. Pulse blocking. Blocking of NC Start. Display on theNC/PLC interface. Mode group not ready. Channel not ready.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Change parameterization of the cam modulo range inMD 1305: $MD_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE (actual value range for safe camwith rotary axes).

The alarm is triggered during startup. Confirm the alarm with POWER ON.

Axis %1 drive %2 actual value synchronization not permitted


The actual value synchronization for drift/slippage in MD 1301:$MD_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE is deselected. This is only allowed withSBH/SG monitoring, since the absolute actual position is irrelevant for this typeof monitoring. However, safe end position and/or cam monitoring is alsoselected.


Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.Deselect actual value synchronization for drift/slippage or the safe endposition and/or safe cam monitoring in MD 1301:$MD_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE.


Axis %1 drive %2 submodule with integrated linearization invalid


If a submodule with integrated linearization is used, all submodules on themodule must use the integrated linearization.A submodule with integrated linearization was found, however not allsubmodules are using the linearization.

Display of the alarm. Pulse blocking. Blocking of NC Start. Display on theNC/PLC interface. Mode group not ready. Channel not ready.

Replace the submodule.

The alarm is triggered during startup. Confirm the alarm with POWER ON.

301707Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301708Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301709Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 axis %1, drive %2 resolution SSI motor measuring system invalid


Configuration of the motor measuring system is faulty for SSI encoder:MD_1022 $MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR must not be 0.

Alarm display. Pulses interlocked. NC START interlock. Display on the NC/PLCinterface. Mode group not ready. Channel not ready.

Set MD_1022 $MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR to the correct value:Shaft encoder: singleturn resolution (increments per revolution)Linear encoder: resolution of an increment (in nanometers).

The alarm is triggered during boot-up. Acknowledgement of alarm by POWERON.

Axis %1, drive %2 transmission length SSI motor measuring systeminvalid


Configuration of the motor measuring system is faulty for SSI encoder:MD_1028 $MD_NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS (SSI transmission length) is lessthan the number of all parameterized bits in MD_1021$MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR (multiturn), MD_1022$MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR (singleturn) and MD_1027$MD_ENC_CONFIG bit 14 (alarm bit) and MD_1027 $MD_ENC_CONFIG bit12 (parity bit).


Set parameters correctly for all associated machine data:MD_1028 $MD_NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS (SSI transmission length): numberof bits in an SSI protocol, including all bits such as alarm bit and parity bit.MD_1021 $MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR (multiturn): number of resolvablerevolutions.MD_1022 $MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR (singleturn): number ofincrements per revolution.MD_1027.Bit 12 $MD_ENC_CONFIG.Bit 12: parity bitMD_1027.Bit 14 $MD_ENC_CONFIG.Bit 14: alarm bitExample:SSI encoder with 25 bits transmission length, 12 bits multiturn, 12 bitssingleturn, one alarm bit:$MD_NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS = 25$MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR = 4096$MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR = 4096$MD_ENC_CONFIG.Bit 14 = 1$MD_ENC_CONFIG.Bit 12 = 0


Axis %1, drive %2 multiturn SSI motor measuring system invalid


Faulty configuration with a linear SSI motor measuring system:A linear measuring system cannot have any multiturn information.


301710Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301711Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301712Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Set MD_1021 $MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR (resolution numberrevolution) to 0.


Axis %1, drive %2 resolution SSI direct measuring system invalid


Configuration of the direct measuring system is faulty for SSI encoder:MD_1032 $MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT must not be 0.


Set MD_1032 $MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT to the correct value:Shaft encoder: singleturn resolution (increments per revolution).Linear encoder: resolution of an increment (in nanometers).


Axis %1, drive %2 transmission length SSI direct measuring systeminvalid


Configuration of the direct measuring system is faulty for SSI encoder:MD_1041 $MD_NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS_DM (SSI transmission length) issmaller than the number of all parameterized bits in MD_1031$MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_DIRECT (multiturn), MD_1032$MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT (singleturn) and MD_1037$MD_ENC_CONFIG_DIRECT Bit 14 (alarm bit) and MD_1037$MD_ENC_CONFIG_DIRECT Bit 12 (parity bit).

Alarm display Pulses interlocked. NC START interlock. Display on the NC/PLCinterface. Mode group not ready. Channel not ready.

Set parameters correctly for all associated machine data:MD_1041 $MD_NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS_DM (SSI transmission length):number of bits in an SSI protocol, including all bits such as alarm bit and paritybit.MD_1031 $MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_DIRECT (multiturn): number of resolvablerevolutions.MD_1032 $MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT (singleturn): number ofincrements per revolution.MD_1037.Bit 12 $MD_ENC_CONFIG_DIRECT.Bit 12: parity bitMD_1037.Bit 14 $MD_ENC_CONFIG_DIRECT.Bit 14: alarm bitExample:SSI encoder with 25 bits transmission length, 12 bits multiturn, 12 bitssingleturn, one alarm bit:$MD_NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS_DM = 25$MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_DIRECT = 4096$MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT = 4096$MD_ENC_CONFIG_DIRECT.Bit 14 = 1$MD_ENC_CONFIG_DIRECT.Bit 12 = 0


Remedy


301713Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301714Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1, drive %2 multiturn SSI direct measuring system invalid


Configuration faulty for a linear and direct measuring system with SSI:A linear measuring system cannot have multiturn information.


Set MD_1031 $MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_DIRECT (resolution numberrevolution) to 0.


Axis %1, drive %2 SSI direct measuring system not without incrementalsignals


With the existing module it is not possible to use SSI without incrementalsignals.


Use a more recent module.


Axis %1, drive %2 SSI transmission timeout


The SSI transmission must be completed within an NC clock cycle. This is notpossible with the current parameterization.


Either increase the clock cycle length of the NC or increase the SSItransmission rate (MD_1030 $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG_DIRECT.Bits14 and 15).

Transmission rates of 100 kHz, 500 kHz, 1 MHz and 2 MHz are possible.Attention: The encoder cable length may not allow an increase in frequency!


Axis %1, drive %2 combination drive/power section invalid


The motor cannot be operated with the power section selected.

301715Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301716Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301717Definition

Reaction

Remedy


301718Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



- Check selection of power section.- Check motor selection.- Use valid power section.


Axis %1, drive %2 power section data incomplete


The data for the power section are incomplete:

Operation of the power section with an FDD motor requires:MD_1178 $MD_INVERTER_DERATING_SYN (derating factor at 8kHz)

Operation of the power section with an MSD motor requires:MD_1179 $MD_INVERTER_DERATING_ASYN (derating factor at 8kHz)

Operation of the power section with a PE MSD motor requires:MD_1179 $MD_INVERTER_DERATING_ASYN (derating factor at 8kHz)MD_1175 $MD_INVERTER_THERM_CURR_ASYN (limit current powersection for PE MSD)MD_1177 $MD_INVERTER_RATED_CURR_ASYN (rated current powersection for PE MSD)


Carry out new start-up with power section selection or enter the following data:- Operation of a power section with an FDD motor requires:MD_1178 $MD_INVERTER_DERATING_SYN (derating factor at 8kHz)

- Operation of a power section with an MSD motor requires:MD_1179 $MD_INVERTER_DERATING_ASYN (derating factor at 8kHz)

- Operation of a power section with a PE MSD motor requires:MD_1179 $MD_INVERTER_DERATING_ASYN (derating factor at 8kHz)MD_1175 $MD_INVERTER_THERM_CURR_ASYN (limit current powersection for PE MSD)MD_1177 $MD_INVERTER_RATED_CURR_ASYN (rated current powersection for PE MSD).


Axis %1 drive %2 measuring system error in absolute track, code %3

%1 = NC axis number%2 = Drive number%3 = Fine error coding

Absolute encoder (EQN 1325)Monitoring of the encoder hardware and the EnDat interface

Reaction

Remedy


301719Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310505Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


More accurate diagnostics via MD5023:$MD_ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_MOTOR (diagnostics for absolute track onmotor measuring system).Bit No Meaning NoteBit 0 Lighting failedBit 1 Signal amplitude too smallBit 2 Code connection errorBit 3 OvervoltageBit 4 UndervoltageBit 5 OvercurrentBit 6 Battery change necessaryBit 7 CRC error (evaluate bit 13) see belowBit 8 Encoder cannot be used

Assignment of absolute track to incremental tracknot allowed

Bit 9 C/D track for ERN 1387 encoder incorrector EQN encoder connected

Bit 10 Log cannot be abortedBit 11 SSI level detected in data cableBit 12 TIMEOUT while reading measured valueBit 13 CRC error (evaluate bit 7) see belowBit 14 (810D) Wrong IPU submodule for direct measuring systemBit 15 Encoder defective

CRC error bit 7 and bit 13Bit 7 Bit 13 Meaning0 1 CRC error from SIDA-ASIC1 0 control check byte error1 1 Error on correction of absolute track by incremental trackBits 12 and 15: Zero level monitoring_SSIBits 14 and 15: Idle level monitoring_SSI


• Check encoders, encoder lines and connectors between drive motor and611D module. Check for temporary interruptions (loose contact) caused, forexample, by movements in trailing cable. If necessary, replace the motorcable.

• Incorrect cable type• Controller hardware not suitable for EnDat interface (e.g. control module

with EPROM)


Axis %1, drive %2 valve not responding


The valve is not responding to the valve slide setpoint. Cause: valve not connected or valve has no valve slide checkback signal.

Reaction

Remedy


310607 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


Mode group not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC switches to follow-up mode.NC Stop on alarm.Channel not ready.

• Valve without valve slide checkback signal: MD 5530: reset bit 2• Check the valve connection


Axis %1 drive %2 speed controller at limit


The speed controller output has been at its limit for an excessive time (MD5605: SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME). The monitoring system is only active when the speed setpoint is below thespeed threshold in MD 5606: SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD.


• Is the drive blocked?• Is the encoder connected? (check the encoder cable)• Check the shield connection on the encoder cable• Encoder defective?• Check the encoder resolution• The Uce monitoring circuit has been activated (perform a reset by switching

the power supply off and on again).• Replace the control module.• Modify MD 5605: SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME and MD 5606:

SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD in accordance with the mechanical anddynamic features of the axis.


Axis %1 drive %2 encoder cut-off frequency exceeded


Actual velocity value exceeds encoder limit frequency fg,max = 650kHz


Reaction

Remedy


310608 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310609 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


• The wrong encoder may be in use• Does the number of encoder lines match the setting in MD 5005:

ENC_RESOL_MOTOR (encoder resolution for motor measuring system)?• Is the encoder cable connected correctly?• Is the encoder cable shield installed flat?

Replace the encoder• Replace the 611D hydraulic module and modify MD 5605:

SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME and MD 5606:SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD in accordance with the mechanical anddynamic features of the axis.


Axis %1 drive %2 invalid piston position


The error is triggered if the actual position of the drive is negative. Cause: Incorrect counting direction of actual position on drive side. Incorrect piston zero alignment.If the drive is referenced and the offset between the piston zero (piston stop atA side) and the machine zero is entered in MD 5040, the piston position in MD5741 can only indicate positive values (from zero to piston stroke length).


The counting direction for the actual position is correct on the drive side if: 1. Pos. setpoint voltage (e.g. function generator) -> cylinder piston travels from

A to B If not: Invert the actuation signal (change MD 5476 bit 0) 2. Cylinder piston travels from A to B -> v_act (MD 5707) > 0 If not: Invert the actual value (change MD 5011 bit 0) Check the piston zero alignment and correct if necessary: set MD 5012 bit 14 and bit 15 to zero, save bootfile, reset NCK , Perform a reference point approach and then align the position.


Axis %1 drive %2 pressure sensor failed


Power limitation or friction compensation is activated: MD 5241: bit 0 or bit 1 isset and both actual pressure values are less than 2% of the system pressure inMD 5101: WORKING_PRESSURE on performance enable. Cause: Pressure sensor or connecting cable defective.

Remedy


310610 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310611 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01



Check the connection of both pressure sensors. If no pressure sensors are installed:• Deactivate the force limitation: MD 5241: reset bit 0• Deactivate friction compensation: MD 5241: reset bit 1


Axis %1 drive %2 force limitation off


The force limitation is deactivated. Cause: The force limitation is deactivated but:• The NC has defined a force limit or• Travel to fixed stop is selected.


Activate power limitation: MD 5241: Set bit 0


Axis %1 drive %2 cycle time of speed control invalid


An illegal value has been entered in the drive MD 5001:SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME.

NC not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC switches to follow-up mode.NC Stop on alarm.Channel not ready.

Permissible: 62.5us <= T <= 500us


Reaction

Remedy


310612 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310701 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 cycle time of position control invalid


The monitor in the 611D module has detected a position controller pulse ratewhich is beyond the permissible limits. The conditions for a permissible position controller pulse rate are: 1. Minimum cycle time: 250us 2. Maximum pulse rate: 4 s 3. The position controller pulse rate must be a multiple of the speed controller

cycle given in the drive MD 5001: SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME.

NC not ready.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC switches to follow-up mode.NC Stop on alarm.Channel not ready.

Change the position controller pulse rate on the NC.


Axis %1 drive %2 cycle time for monitoring invalid


Monitoring cycle MD 5002: MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME is invalid.


Please refer to the drive functions "FB / DB1" MD1002


Axis %1 drive %2 speed control cycle times of axes differ


The speed controller cycle MD 5001: SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME must beidentical for both axes on 2-axis modules.


Set an identical speed controller cycle MD 5001: SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIMEfor both axes.


310702 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310703 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310704 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 monitoring cycle times of axes differ


The monitoring cycle MD 5002: MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME must be identical forboth axes on 2-axis modules.


Set an identical monitoring cycle MD 5002: MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME for bothaxes.


Axis %1 drive %2 maximum working speed invalid


Because of the high maximum motor speed in the drive MD 5401:DRIVE_MAX_SPEED and the speed controller cycle in MD 5001:SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME sufficiently high speeds can occur to cause aformat overflow.


Reduce the maximum working speed in MD 5401: DRIVE_MAX_SPEED or seta smaller speed controller cycle in MD 5001: SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME.


Axis %1 drive %2 configurations of axes differ


The configuration of the control block MD 5003: STS_CONFIG (STSconfiguration) must be identical for both axes on 2-axis modules.


Check drive MD 5003: STS_CONFIG and set the bits for the two axes of themodule so that they are the same. Do not change the default setting - this corresponds to the optimumconfiguration.


310705 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310706 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310707 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 encoder resolution of motor measuring system invalid


The number of encoder marks of the motor measuring system in the drive MD5005: ENC_RESOL_MOTOR is zero or greater than the maximum input limit.


Match the number of encoder marks of the motor measuring system in driveMD 5005: ENC_RESOL_MOTOR to the encoder in use. (default setting for motor measuring system: 2 048 incr./rev.).


Axis %1 drive %2 error in piston rod or piston rod diameter


The piston diameter in drive MD 5131: CYLINDER_PISTON_DIAMETER isless than or equal to zero. or The piston rod diameter in drive MD 5132:CYLINDER_PISTON_ROD_A_DIAMETER is greater than the piston diameterin drive MD 5131: CYLINDER_PISTON_DIAMETER. or The piston rod diameter in drive MD 5133:CYLINDER_PISTON_ROD_B_DIAMETER is greater than the piston diameterin drive MD 5131: CYLINDER_PISTON_DIAMETER.


Enter a valid piston diameter in drive MD 5131:CYLINDER_PISTON_DIAMETER (0 < D <= 500mm). or Enter a piston rod diameter in drive MD 5132:CYLINDER_PISTON_ROD_A_DIAMETER which is less than the pistondiameter in drive MD 5131: CYLINDER_PISTON_DIAMETER. or Enter a piston rod diameter in drive MD 5133:CYLINDER_PISTON_ROD_B_DIAMETER which is less than the pistondiameter in drive MD 5131: CYLINDER_PISTON_DIAMETER.


310708 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310709 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 machine data for scale with position coded referencemarks are faulty


If a distance-coded scale is selected (MD 5011 bit 7=1) a length measuringsystem must also be configured (MD 5011 bit 4=1).


Check and, if necessary, correct MD 5011: ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG.


Axis %1 drive %2 feedforward control gain too high


The feedforward control gain is calculated from the reciprocal of the gain indrive MD 5435: CONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN.

NC not ready.In certain cases, it is possible to switch over for all channels via MD.NC Start disable.NC switches to follow-up mode.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.Channel not ready.

Increase the speed controller cycle time in MD 5001:SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME. Reduce the force controller feedforward factor in MD 5247:FORCE_FFW_WEIGHT.Increase the gain in MD 5435: CONTROLED_SYSTEM_GAIN.


Axis %1 drive %2 proportional gain for speed controller too high


The P gain of the speed controller is too high: MD 5406: SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_A (gain on A-side of cylinder edge) or MD 5407: SPEEDCTRL_GAIN (gain for piston adjustment with lowestnatural frequency) or MD 5408: SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_B (gain on B-side of cylinder edge)


310710 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310750 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310751 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


Enter a smaller value for the P gain of the speed controller: MD 5406: SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_A (gain on A-side of cylinder edge) or MD 5407: SPEEDCTRL_GAIN (gain for piston adjustment with lowestnatural frequency) or MD 5408: SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_B (gain on B-side of cylinder edge)


Axis %1 drive %2 integral gain for speed controller invalid


The integral gain in MD 5409: SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME cannot berepresented.


Change MD 5409: SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME.


Axis %1 drive %2 D component for speed controller invalid


The D component of the speed controller is too high: MD 5431: SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_A (gain on A-side of cylinder edge) or MD 5432: SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME (gain for piston adjustment with lowestnatural frequency) or MD 5433: SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_B (gain on B-side of cylinder edge)


Enter a smaller value for the D component of the speed controller: MD 5431: SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_A (gain on A-side of cylinder edge) or MD 5432: SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME (gain for piston adjustment with lowestnatural frequency) or MD 5433: SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_B (gain on B-side of cylinder edge)


Remedy


310752 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310753 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 gradient of friction compensation too high


The friction compensation gradient component MD 5460:FRICTION_COMP_GRADIENT is too high.


Redice the friction compensation gradient component MD 5460:FRICTION_COMP_GRADIENT.


Axis %1 drive %2 area factor too high


The positive area factor in drive MD 5462 AREA_FACTOR_POS_OUTPUT istoo high. or The negative area factor in drive MD 5463 AREA_FACTOR_NEG_OUTPUT istoo high.


Select a smaller value for the positive area factor in drive MD 5462AREA_FACTOR_POS_OUTPUT. or Select a smaller value for the negative area factor in drive MD 5463AREA_FACTOR_NEG_OUTPUT.


Axis %1 drive %2 controlled system gain is less than or equal to zero



310754 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310755 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310756 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


The controlled system gain in drive MD 5435: CONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAINis less than or equal to zero.


Axis %1 drive %2 blocking frequency > Shannon frequency


The blocking frequency of a speed setpoint filter or manipulated variable filteris greater than the Shannon sampling frequency from the sampling theorem.


The blocking frequency in drive MD 5514: SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ or in drive MD 5210: OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ or in drive MD 5213: OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_SUP_FREQ or in drive MD 5268: FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ or in drive MD 5288: OUTPUT_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ must be less than the reciprocal value of two speed controller cycle times MD5001: SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME i.e. less than 1/(2*MD 5001*31.25 microsec).


Axis %1 drive %2 natural frequency > Shannon frequency


The natural frequency of a speed setpoint filter is greater than the Shannonsampling frequency from the sampling theorem.


The natural frequency in Hz of a speed setpoint filter must be less than thereciprocal value of two speed controller cycles. Speed filter: MD 5520 * 0.01 * MD 5514 < 1 / ( 2 * MD 5001 * 31.25 microsec)• BSP natural frequency drive MD 5520: SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ• BSP blocking frequency drive MD 5514:

SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ• Speed controller cycle drive MD 5001: SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME


Remedy


310757 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310758 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 bandwidth numerator is greater than double theblocking frequency


The bandwidth numerator of a speed or manipulated variable setpoint filter isgreater than twice the blocking frequency. This error message is only issued for the general bandstop filter if: Speed filter 1: MD 5516 > 0.0 or MD 5520 <> 100.0 Manipulated variable filter 1: MD 5212 > 0.0 Manipulated variable filter 2: MD 5215 > 0.0


The bandwidth numerator must be less than twice the blocking frequency. Speed filter 1:• BSP bandwidth numerator drive MD 5516:

SPEED_FILTER_1_BW_NUMERATOR• BSP blocking frequency drive MD 5514:

SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQMD 5516 <= 2 * MD 5514

Manipulated variable filter 1:• BSP bandwidth numerator drive MD 5212:

OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_BW_NUM• BSP blocking frequency drive MD 5210:

OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQMD 5212 <= 2 * MD 5210

Manipulated variable filter 2:• BSP bandwidth numerator drive MD 5215:

OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_BW_NUM• BSP blocking frequency drive MD 5213:

OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_SUP_FREQMD 5215 <= 2 * MD 5213


Axis %1 drive %2 bandwidth denominator is greater than double thenatural frequency


The bandwidth denominator of a speed or manipulated variable setpoint filter isgreater than twice the natural frequency.

310759 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310760 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms


This error message is only issued for the general bandstop filter if: Speed filter 1: MD 5516 > 0.0 or MD 5520 <> 100.0


The bandwidth denominator of a speed or manipulated variable setpoint filtermust be less than twice the natural frequency. Speed filter 1:• BSP bandwidth drive MD 5515: SPEED_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH• BSP blocking frequency drive MD 5514:

SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ• BSP natural frequency drive MD 5520: SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ

MD 5515 <= 2 * MD 5514 * 0.01 * MD 5520


Axis %1 drive %2 proportional gain for force controller too high


The P gain of the force controller MD 5242: FORCECTRL_GAIN is too high.


Enter a smaller value for the P gain of the force controller MD 5242:FORCECTRL_GAIN.


Axis %1 drive %2 integral gain for force controller invalid


The integral gain in MD 5244: FORCECTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME cannot berepresented.


Reaction

Remedy


310761 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310762 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


The integral gain in MD 5244: FORCECTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME cannot berepresented.


Axis %1 drive %2 D component for force controller invalid


The D component of the force controller MD 5246: FORCECTRL_DIFF_TIMEis too high.


Enter a smaller value for the D component of the force controller MD 5246:FORCECTRL_DIFF_TIME.


Axis %1 drive %2 controlled system gain for force controller is less thanor equal to zero


The controlled system gain for the force controller in drive MD 5240FORCECONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN is less than or equal to zero.


Set a valid controlled system gain in drive MD 5240FORCECONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN (see model data calculations).


Axis %1 drive %2 gradient in fine area of valve characteristic is less thanor equal to zero


The gradient in the fine area of the valve characteristic is less than or equal tozero.

Remedy


310763 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310764 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310771 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



The gradient in the fine area is calculated as follows:• Positive quadrant: (MD 5464 - MD 5480) / (MD 5465 - 5481)• Negative quadrant: (MD 5467 - MD 5483) / (MD 5468 -5484) Enter a valid combination in the above drive MD.


Axis %1 drive %2 gradient in coarse area of valve characteristic is lessthan or equal to zero


The gradient in the coarse area of the valve characteristic is less than or equalto zero.


The gradient in the coarse area is calculated as follows:• Positive quadrant: (MD 5485 - MD 5464) / (MD 5486 - 5465)• Negative quadrant: (MD 5487 - MD 5467) / (MD 5488 -5468) Enter a valid combination in the above drive MD.


Axis %1 drive %2 gradient at end of saturation area of valve characteristicis less than or equal to zero


The gradient at the end of the saturation area of the valve characteristic is lessthan or equal to zero. The saturation area is rounded by a parabola. The parabola has a maximum inthe saturation area and can therefore not be inverted.


Reaction

Remedy


310772 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310773 Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


The gradient at the end of the saturation area is calculated as follows: Positive quadrant: 2*(1.0 - MD 5485) /(1.0 - MD 5486) - (MD 5485 - MD 5464)/(MD 5486 - 5465) Negative quadrant: 2*(1.0 - MD 5487) /(1.0 - MD 5488) - (MD 5487 - MD 5467)/(MD 5488 - 5468) Enter a valid combination in the above drive MD.


Axis %1 drive %2 zero area and knee area of valve characteristic overlap


The zero area and the knee area of the valve characteristic overlap.


The zero area and the knee area overlap if:

• Positive quadrant: (MD 5481 + MD 5482) > (MD 5465 - 5466)• Negative quadrant: (MD 5484 + MD 5482) > (MD 5468 - 5466)

Enter a valid combination in the above drive MD.


Axis %1 drive %2 knee area and saturation area of valve characteristicoverlap


The knee area and the saturation area of the valve characteristic overlap.


The knee area and the saturation area overlap if:

• Positive quadrant: (MD 5465 + MD 5466) > MD 5486• Negative quadrant: (MD 5468 + MD 5466) > MD 5488

Enter a valid combination in the above drive MD.


Remedy


310774 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


310775 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Axis %1 drive %2 resolution SSI motor measuring system invalid


The configuration of the motor measuring system for an SSI encoder isincorrect: MD_5022 $MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR must not be 0.

NC not ready.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.NC Stop on alarm.Channel not ready.

Set MD_5022 $MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR to correct value:Rotary encoder: Singleturn resolution (increments per revolution) Linear encoder: Resolution of an increment (in nanometers)


Axis %1 drive %2 transmission length SSI motor measuring systeminvalid


The configuration of the motor measuring system for an SSI encoder isincorrect: MD_5028 $MD_NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS (SSI frame length) issmaller than the number of all parameterized bits in MD_5021$MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR (Multiturn), MD_5022 $MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR (Singleturn) and MD_5027$MD_ENC_CONFIG bit 14 (alarm bit) and MD_5027 $MD_ENC_CONFIG bit12 (parity bit).


Parameterize all relevant machine data correctly:MD_5028 $MD_NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS (SSI frame length): number of bitsin an SSI protocol, including all bits, such as alarm bit/parity bitMD_5021 $MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR (Multiturn): number of resolvablerevolutionsMD_5022 $MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR (Singleturn): number ofincrements per revolutionMD_5027.Bit 12 $MD_ENC_CONFIG.Bit 12: parity bitMD_5027.Bit 14 $MD_ENC_CONFIG.Bit 14: alarm bit

Example:SSI encoder with 25 bits message frame length, 12 bits Multiturn, 12 bitsSingleturn, one alarm bit:$MD_NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS = 25$MD_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR = 4096$MD_ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR = 4096$MD_ENC_CONFIG.Bit 14 = 1$MD_ENC_CONFIG.Bit 12 = 0


311710 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


311711 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Axis %1 drive %2 multiturn SSI motor measuring system invalid


The configuration of a linear SSI motor measuring system is incorrect: A linearmeasuring system cannot have any multiturn information.


Set MD_5021 $MD_ENC_ABS_TURN_MOTOR (number of representablerevolutions) to 0.


Axis %1 drive %2 SSI motor measuring system not possible withoutincremental signals


With the present module, it is not possible to use SSI encoders withoutincremental signals.


Use newer modules.


Axis %1 drive %2 SSI transmission timeout


SSI transmission must be able to finish within one position control cycle. This isnot possible with its current parameterization.


Either increase the position control cycle of the NC or increase the SSItransmission rate (MD_5011 $MD_ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG bits 14 and 15)The following transmission rates are possible: 100 kHz, 500 kHz, 1 MHz and2 MHz. Caution: It might be possible that the length of the encoder cable does notallow an increase in frequency!


311712 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


311716 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


311717 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


Profibus-DP: Startup error, cause %1 parameter %2 %3 %4

%1 = Cause of the error %2 = Parameter 1 %3 = Parameter 2 %4 = Parameter 3

An error occurred during startup of the DP master.

Error cause: Par 1: Par 2: Par 3:

01 = DPM version DPM version DPA version.

02 = DPM boot-uptimeout

DPM actualvalue status

DPM setpointvalue status

03 = DPM boot-upstatus



DPM error code

04 = DPM boot-uperror



DPM error code

05 = DPM-PLL syncerror

07 = alarm queuetoo long

Actual number Setpoint number

08 = unknown client Client ID

09 = client version Client ID Client version DPA version

10 = too manyclients

Client number Max. number ofclients

Clients are the following components of the control system that use thePROFIBUS DP: Client-ID = 1: PLC Client-ID = 2: NCK The following can be causes:• Error in contents of SDB1000• Corruption of parts of system program• Hardware defect on NC component

NC not readyNC Start disableAlarm displayInterface signals are set

Follow the following steps: 1. Check the control project (particularly SDB1000); check MD 11240; if a

user-specific SDB1000 is in use, load it again. 2. If the error still exists, save the data and restart the control system with the

default values with which the system was supplied. 3. If the system starts up without an error, the user data should be loaded one

step at a time. 4. If the error still exists after startup with the default values, reboot from the

PC card or update the software. 5. If the error still exists, replace the hardware. If the error cannot be eliminated by this procedure, please make a note of theerror text and contact the control system manufacturer.


380001 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Profibus-DP: Operating error, cause %1 parameter %2 %3 %4.

%1 = Cause of the error %2 = Parameter 1 %3 = Parameter 2 %4 = Parameter 3

An operating error occurred on the PROFIBUS DP in cyclic mode.

Error cause: Par 1: Par 2: Par 3:

01 = unknownalarm

Alarm class Logical address

02 = DPM cycletimeout

DPM actual status DPM setpointstatus

03 = DPM cyclestatus


DPM errorcode

04 = DPM cycleerror


DPM errorcode

05 = client notregistered

Client number Max. number ofclients

06 =synchronisationerror

Number of syncviolation

Alarm class: (see alarm 380060)

The following can be primary causes:

For error cause 01:• Data transfer error on PROFIBUS DP

For error causes 02, 03, 04:• Error in contents of SDB1000

For error causes 02, 03, 04, 05:• Corruption of parts of system program

For error cause 06:• The PCI bus cycle does not match the expected rate and synchronization is

not possible for this reason. The correct PCI rate must be entered.

The error can also be caused by a hardware problem on the MCI module.


For error cause 01:• Check the electrical and fault-related specifications for PROFIBUS DP,

assess the cable installation• Check the terminating resistors of the PROFIBUS connectors

(ON setting at end of cable, otherwise OFF setting required)• Check slave

For error causes 02, 03, 04:• Check SDB1000

380003 Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


For error causes 02, 03, 04, 05:• Follow the procedure described for troubleshooting alarm 380 001

For error cause 06:• The correct PCI bus cycle must be entered.

If the error cannot be eliminated by this procedure, please make a note of theerror text and contact the control system manufacturer.


Profibus-DP: bus access conflict, type %1, counter %2

%1 = Conflict type %2 = Serial number within a conflict sequence

An access conflict occurred on the PROFIBUS DP in cyclic mode: The NCK attempted to write data to the bus or to read from the bus while cyclicdata transfer was active. This can lead to data integrity problems. Type 1: Cyclic transfer has not finished on the PROFIBUS when the NCK

attempts to read data. Type 2: The NCK has not finished writing data when cyclic transfer begins

again. Counter %2 contains a serial number starting at 1. A maximum of 10 alarms are output in succession. If no conflicts occur in a DP cycle, the counter is reset and new alarms areoutput again on the next conflict.

Alarm display.

• Check the timing again, in particular ensure that the settings inSYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME and POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAYare correct:

POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY must be larger for type 1. POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY must be smaller for type 2.

• If alarm-free operation cannot be achieved with anyPOSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY setting, SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME must beincreased.

• If the error cannot be eliminated by this procedure, please make anote of the error text and contact the control system manu-facturer.


Profibus DP: SDB1000 error %1 for SDB source %2

%1 = Cause of the error %2 = SDB1000 source

Error in SDB1000 for PROFIBUS DP configuration.

Error cause: 01 = SDB1000 does not exist in SDB1000 source 02 = SDB1000 in SDB1000 source too large 03 = SDB1000 in SDB1000 source cannot be activated


380005 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


380020 Definition

1 Alarms 09.01


SDB1000 source: 00 = Default SDB (selected by MD 11240 = 0 if no user SDB1000 is loaded

on the control system) 01 = Standard SDB1 (selected by MD 11240 = 1) 02 = Standard SDB2 (selected by MD 11240 = 2) ... 100 = SDB1000 stored in battery-backed memory (SRAM) 101 = User SDB1000 stored in file system 102 = SDB1000 reloaded in SRAM on startup

PROFIBUS DP is inactive or operating in accordance with default SDB1000.NC not readyNC Start disableAlarm displayInterface signals are set

• Check MD 11240.• If SDB1000 source = 100: Reload user SDB1000 in passive file system

/_N_IBN_DIR/_N_SDB1000_BIN.• If SDB1000 source = 101: Check backup batteries.• If SDB1000 source = 102: Follow the procedure described for

troubleshooting alarm 380 001.• If alarm 380 021 is also signaled, please follow the instructions provided for

this alarm.



Profibus-DP: Default SDB1000 was loaded

No user-specific SDB1000 exists.The default SDB1000 was loaded during startup.The NC is operational for startup without a process I/O.This alarm occurs the first time the NC is switched on or on the loss of theSDB1000 stored in the battery-backed RAM.

Alarm display.

Create the user-specific SDB1000 and load it on the control system, or selectand activate it via MD 11240 standard SDB1000 Restart the NC. If the error occurs the next time the NC is switched on, the SDB1000 whichwas loaded contains an error and must be created again.


Profibus-DP: Configuration on DP master was changed

The PROFIBUS configuration on the DP master was changed duringoperation, e.g. by downloading a new hardware configuration via Step7. Since it is possible that the cycle data have changed, operation cannot becontinued and a warm start is required.

If the DP master functionality is within the PLC (as on the 840Di), the PLC willhave been stopped for the download and alarm 2000 (PLC sign-of-life) output.

NC not ready.NC Start disable.Alarm display.Interface signals are set.

Reaction

Remedy


380021 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


380022 Definition

Reaction

09.01 1 Alarms


• NCK restart



Profibus-DP: Configuration error %1, parameter %2

%1 = Cause of the error %2 = Parameter

The PROFIBUS DP was not generated in SDB1000 in accordance with theconfiguration specifications of the NC in use. Error cause: Par 1:01 = SDB1000 contains slave without diagnosis slot Slave address02 = SDB1000 contains too many slot entries Identifier03 = SDB1000 contains no equidistance data No fct. NC not readyNC Start disableAlarm displayInterface signals are set

Check that SDB1000- contains a diagnostic slot for every slave and- contains only slave entries relevant to the application - It is possible to include a superset of slaves in SDB1000 for use in different

end versions of the product. This overloads the NC memory and runtimecapacity, however, and should therefore be avoided.

- If an alarm occurs, it is necessary to reduce SDB1000 to a minimum. - If the code for the error cause is 03, check that equidistance is activated in

the SDB (using Step7 HW-Config). - If the alarm continues to occur, please make a note of the error text and

contact the control system manufacturer.


Profibus-DP: Multiple assignment of inputs to address %1

%1 = Logical address

Multiple assignments of input data have been detected in the logical addressspace. Logical address: Base address of the address area defined several times


The address partitioning should be checked as follows: Check for multiple assignments in the following machine data: MD 13050[1] - MD 13050[n] n = highest axis index on control system MD 12970, 12971 PLC address area for digital inputs MD 12978, 12979 PLC address area for analog inputs If no inconsistencies can be found in the parameters, compare the machinedata with the configuration in SDB1000. In particular, check that the lengthsconfigured for the individual slots do not result in area overlaps. When you find the cause of the error, change the machine data and/orSDB1000.


Remedy


380040 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


380050 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


1 Alarms 09.01


Profibus-DP: Multiple assignment of outputs to address %1

%1 = Logical address

Multiple assignments of input data have been detected in the logical addressspace. Logical address: Base address of the address area defined several times


The address partitioning should be checked as follows: Check for multiple assignments in the following machine data: MD 13050[1] - MD 13050[n] n = highest axis index on control system MD 12974, 12975 PLC address area for digital outputs MD 12982, 12983 PLC address area for analog outputs If no inconsistencies can be found in the parameters, compare the machinedata with the configuration in SDB1000.In particular, check that the lengths configured for the individual slots do notresult in area overlaps. When you find the cause of the error, change the machine data and/orSDB1000.


Profibus-DP: Alarm %1 at logical address %2 from unassigned station.

%1 = Alarm class %2 = Logical address

SDB1000 contains a slave which is not assigned in the NC via the MDparameters (see the help for alarm 380 050/51).The slave is also connected to the PROFIBUS DP. An alarm has beentriggered by a slave of this type.

Alarm class: 01 = Station return (or arrival) 02 = Station failure

Operation with the NC is not possible.

Alarm display.

• Enter machine data or• Modify SDB1000 or• Disconnect the slave from PROFIBUS DP or• Acknowledge the alarm.


Profibus DP: no input slot available for base address %1 (length %2)

%1 = Logical base address of the requested area %2 = Size of the area in bytes.

An incorrect logical base address was specified for a digital or analog input. Either no slot has been configured for this base address or the requested areaextends beyond the end of the slot.

Length=1 indicates a digital input. Length=2 indicates a analog input.

380051 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


380060 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


380070 Definition

09.01 1 Alarms



Enter correct base addresses in the machine data:• For length=1: Correct machine data MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN.• For length=2: Correct machine data MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN.• NCK restart



Profibus DP: no output slot available for base address %1 (length %2)

%1 = Logical base address of the requested area%2 = Size of the area in bytes.

An incorrect logical base address was specified for a digital or analog input. Either no slot has been configured for this base address or the requested areaextends beyond the end of the slot.

Length=1 indicates a digital output.Length=2 indicates a analog output.


Enter correct base addresses in the machine data:• For length=1: Correct machine data

MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT.• For length=2: Correct machine data

MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT.• NCK restart



Profibus DP: no outbound slot for base address %1 (size %2) allowed

%1 = Logical address for requested area.%2 = Size of area in bytes.

An incorrect logical base address was set for a digital or analog output, thearea is resides in the access range of the PLC(PIQ, base addresses < 128).For length =1 it is a digital output,For length =2 it is an analog output.


Reaction

Remedy


380071 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


380072Definition

Reaction

1 Alarms 09.01


Only use addresses >= 128 for output slots.Enter correct base addresses in the machine data:• For length=1: Correct machine data

MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT• For length=2: Correct machine data

MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT• NCK RestartIf the error cannot be eliminated by this procedure, please make a note of theerror text and contact the control system manufacturer.


Profibus DP: DP slave failure %1

%1 = Slave address

Failure of a PROFIBUS slot used by the NCK for digital or analog I/O.

Alarm display.

• Check that the PROFIBUS slave is operating correctly (all slaves must beincluded in the bus, green LED).


Profibus-DP: fault on drive %1, code %2, value %3, time %4

%1 = Axis %2 = Fault code of drive (P824). %3 = Fault value of drive (P826). %4 = Fault time of drive (P825).

Contents of fault memory of assigned drive.

Alarm display.

See drive documentation for fault codes/fault values.


Remedy


380075 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


380500 Definition

Reaction

Remedy


09.01 1 Alarms


1.3 PLC alarms

1.3.1 PLC-CPU system errors1)

OB event error

Synchronous error

Asynchronous error

Stop/abort event

Operating status sequence event

Communication event error

H/F system event error

Error diagnostic data from modules

User diagnostics event 1) More detailed information is available via the diagnostics function (diagnostics buffer)of SIMATIC STEP 7.

1.3.2 Start-up errors and instructions during start-up

Parameter MGNo in FC 19 illegal

Parameter ChanNo in FC 19 illegal

Parameter MGNo in FC 25 illegal


Delete DB 6 PLC and restart




810001

810002

810003

810004

810005

810006

810007

810008

810009

401901

401902

402501

402502

400106

400102

400103

400109

1 Alarms 09.01




Delete DB 73 in PLC and restart


Parameter SpindleIFNo in FC 17 illegal

Area in M group decoding list too large


Parameter AxisNo in FC 15 illegal



Set change with M06 in machine data

1.3.3 Errors during operation

Handheld unit failure

NCK sign-of-life monitoring

NCK has not powered up

Machine control panel 1 failure

Machine control panel 2 failure

Sign-of-life monitoring

400171

400172

400173

400174

401702

410150

400902

401502

401602

401805

400604

400262

400250

400251

400260

400261

400252

09.01 1 Alarms


1.4 MMC 100 alarms/messages

MMC 100 alarms/messages can occur in two different ways:

• as alarm (in the alarm line) or

• as message (in the dialog line) without alarm number.

The user can configure whether the alarms are to be displayed in the alarmline or in the dialog line (without alarm number).Fore more information, please refer toReferences: /PK/ Configuring Package MMC 100

See the category "Type" which shows whether the alarms/messages areconfigured as message or alarm at delivery.

1.4.1 General messages

‘xxx’ not found

The search term was not found

Message

The search term entered in a listing (e.g. general machine data) was not found.

-

Table cannot be completely generated

Not enough memory available to generate the listing.

Message

System error, if necessary reboot

-

No data available - or no access rights

Listings could not be generated as the required data were not available at thatmoment.Example: local user data not defined.

Message

- -

100300 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

100301 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

100302 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Paging not possible

It was not possible to page in a listing via, axes, drives or channels, forexample, as no more axes, drives or channels are configured.

Message

- -

Display MD saved

• The display machine data was saved via the softkey "Save" in the operatingarea start-up, screen machine data - display machine data.

• The display data is saved in the start-up basic display by activating thesoftkey "LCD brighter" or "LCD darker" (this setting reappears at the nextpower-up).

• In software version 4.1 and higher: If the display options are changed in themachine data screens, the changes are saved in the display machine datawhich are not visible to the user.

Message

- -

Display MD cannot be accepted

The NCK refused to save the display data.

Message

- Switch control OFF - ON.

1.4.2 Start-up/diagnostics operating area

No connection to PLC!

It was not possible to set up a connection to the PLC during power-up, e.g.incorrect PLC basic program.

Message

- -

PLC system status list cannot be read!

The system status list cannot be read after connection setup.

Message

- Switch control OFF - ON.

100303 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

100350 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

100351 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101000 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101001 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Password is not valid!

An incorrect password has been entered.

Message

- Enter valid password

Password set for %1!

%1= Access level system, manufacturer, service or user

The password for system, manufacturer, service or user was set successfully.

Message

- -

Password has been changed for %1!


The password for system, manufacturer, service or user was changed.

Message

- -

Passwords do not correspond!

On changing the password, the first password entered did not correspond tothe second one entered.

Message

- Enter valid passwords

Password has been deleted!

The password has been deleted via the softkey Delete password.

Message

- Enter password

Password has not been set!

Higher access rights are needed for deleting the password, at least user.

Message

- Set password with higher access rights.

101002 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101003 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101004 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101005 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101006 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101007 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Current access level: %1


Upon selection of the alarm screen the current access level is output:system, manufacturer, service or user, or keyswitch position 3/2/1/0.

Message

- -

Input error - see help - (i) key

PLC status: A syntax error occurred when entering a value in the PLC status.The input syntax is shown in the help screen.

Message

- -

Error: operand address greater than 65535!

The operand address value range was exceeded.

Message

- Use a smaller value range for the operand address.

No PLC entry forms found!

There are no input screenforms *.plc in the target system.

Message

- -

Read-in possible only in active PLC status!

The current mode of the PLC status is not active, e.g. when the softkey"Change" has been activated.

Message

- Set the PLC status to active.

No access rights!

The access level set for displaying the selected window is too low.

Message

- Enter higher password.

101008 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101013 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101016 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101017 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101018 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101100 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


No axes configured!

It is not possible to select the "Service axis" or "Axis machine data" screen dueto incomplete installation and start-up.

Message

- Complete the installation and start-up.

No drives configured!

It is not possible to select the "Service drive" screen due to incompleteinstallation and start-up.

Message


No channels configured!

It is not possible to select the "Channel machine data" screen due toincomplete installation and start-up.

Message


No MSD configured!

It is not possible to select the "MSD machine data" screen due to incompleteinstallation and start-up or because the MSD drives do not exist.

Message

- -

No FDD configured!

It is not possible to select the "FDD machine data" screen due to incompleteinstallation and start-up or because the FDD/SLM drives do not exist.

Message

- -

Error return value not defined: 00h 00h

A function which was called in the start-up area could not be executed due tounknown reasons. The service may be able to help interpret the digits output.

Message

- -

101111 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101112 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101113 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101114 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101115 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101130 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


No controller disable on PI Start

- Message

- -

Impermissible value execution argument

- Message

- -

MDx120 CURRCTRL_GAIN could not be calculated

- Message

- -

MDx407 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 could not be calculated

- Message

- -

MDx409 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1 could not be calculated

- Message

- -

MDx150 FIELDCTRL_GAIN could not be calculated

- Message

- -

101131 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101132 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101133 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101134 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101135 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101136 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


MDx141 MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE=0

- Message

- -

MDx139/MDx140 MD_STATOR/ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE=0

- Message

- -

MDx134 MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY=0

- Message

- -

MDx138 ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE = 0

- Message

- -

MDx117 MOTOR_INERTIA = 0

- Message

- -

MDx146 < MDx142 MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED <FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED

- Message

- -

101137 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101138 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101139 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101140 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101141 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101142 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


MDx142 FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED = 0

- Message

- -

MDx118 MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT = 0

- Message

- -

MD1104/1118 MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT/MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT> 900.0

- Message

- -

Boot file(s) saved

Saving of boot file in the start-up area, drive machine data screen, wassuccessful.

Message

- -

Boot file(s) deleted

Deleting of boot file in the start-up area, drive machine data screen, wassuccessful.

Message

- -

Controller MD calculated

Calculating of controller data in the start-up area, drive machine data screen,was successful.

Message

- -

101143 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101144 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101145 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101146 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101147 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101148 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


MD active set

Activation of the machine data was successful in the start-up area, machinedata screens.

Message

- -

Start-up successful

In the start-up area screen NC Start-up, one of the three functions- normal NCK reset- reset with default values- software update startwas successfully initiated.

Message

- -

Communication MMC-NCK faulty %1 %2

%1 = Error class%2 = Error code

In the start-up area the softkey "Calculate controller data", for example, wasactivated. The NCK or drive returns a non-specified error message for thisfunction call. Error diagnostics can be performed by the installation and start-up engineer on the basis of these two hexadecimal values (error class, errorcode).

Message

- -

PI service refused

The current status of NCK/drive does not permit the selected function.

Message

- See Installation Guide.

Path %1 does not exist

In a file function, e.g. save boot files, the given path does not exist.

Message

- Switch control OFF - ON or see Installation Guide.

101150 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101151 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101153 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101154 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101155 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Illegal Function

The selected function is illegal.

Message

- See Installation Guide.

File %1 does not exist

%1 = File name

In the Start-up area, the softkey "Delete boot files" was activated for example,although no boot files are available yet.

Message

- -

Function not allowed in the present operating state

The present drive state does not allow this function.

Message

- -

Remote block in incorrect state

The present drive state does not allow this function.

Message

- -

Date and time of PLC set

The date or time was changed in the PLC status.

Message

- -

The drive is not in cyclic mode!

The installation and start-up was not complete, therefore, the calculate motordata function cannot be selected.

Message

- -

101156 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101157 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101158 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101159 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101160 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101161 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


MDx134/MDx400MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY/MOTOR_RATED_SPEED illegal

- Message

- -

MDx130 MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER <= 0

- Message

- -

MDx132 MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE <= 0

- Message

- -

MDx103 MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT <= 0

- Message

- -

MDx129 POWER_FACTOR_COS_PHI illegal

NCK does not report a faulty block.

Message

- -

MDx134/MDx400MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY/MOTOR_RATED_SPEED illegal

- Message

- -

101162 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101163 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101164 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101165 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101166 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101167 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Warning MDx142 FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED < MDx400MOTOR_RATED_SPEED

- Message

- -

Safety Integrated data copied

The copy SI data function was successful.

Message

- -

Safety Integrated data confirmed

The confirm SI data function was successful.

Message

- -

SI data are being copied from axis %1 to drive %2

%1 = Axis name%2 = Drive number

This message was output during the copy SI data function.

Message

- -

SI data not copied completely

An error occurred during the copy SI data function; the SI data could not becopied or were not copied completely.

Message

- -

SI data not confirmed

The confirm SI data function was not executed, as an error occurred duringprocessing.

Message

- -

101168 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101200 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101201 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101202 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101203 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101204 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Drive data changed? -> Don't forget to save bootfiles!

On exiting the drive machine data screens, the user is reminded to save thebootfiles, to ensure that any changes made to the drive machine data are notlost.

Message

- -

Search operation in progress, please wait...

The search function has been triggered in the machine data screens.

Message

- -

Positioning to $MN_...

A list display, e.g. general machine data was selected. The MMC 100 isattempting to position at the data last selected in this display.

Message

- -

Confirming SI data: axis 1

The Safety Integrated confirm function was started in the start-up area. Themessage is output during this function to provide the user with feedback on theexecution of the function.

Message

- -

Confirming SI data: drive 1

The Safety Integrated confirm function was started in the start-up area. Themessage is output during this function to provide the user with feedback on theexecution of the function.

Message

- -

101205 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101206 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101207 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101208 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101209 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Preparing machine data for display...

A list display for which display options are active was selected in the machinedata. The machine data of this display are checked individually to determinewhether they can be displayed.

Message

- -

Address of NCK not changed!

An attempt was made to change the bus address of the NCK in the start-uparea. The modification was denied by the NCK. The reason is unknown.

Message

- -

Address of NCK changed

The bus address of the NCK was set to the value entered.

Message

- -

Invalid NCK address

The value entered for the new bus address of the NCK is too large.

Message

- -

Initialization of this window failed!

An attempt was made to select the NCK address display in the start-up area.An error occurred during detection of the nodes on the bus. The display couldnot be visualized because of inconsistent data.

Message

- -

Please wait - switching language

The language selection softkey was activated in the start-up area. The screencontents are being refreshed.

Message

- -

101210 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101211 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101212 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101213 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101214 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

101300 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


1.4.3 Machine operating area

No correction block in the NCK

NCK does not report a faulty block.

Message

Up to software version 3.x the following applies:The correction block window cannot be opened. Program editing is notpossible in machine mode.

In software version 4.1 and higher, the following applies:The correction block window can be opened in "Program Stop" status. Theprogram which is currently being executed is opened for editing. The programpart which is not yet acquired by the NCK program processing can bepermanently modified.

-

Select possible only after enable or in RESET state

In order to execute the desired function, the current channel must be in theReset state, e.g. program selection.

Message

- Perform a reset

You cannot copy into the clipboard

NCK cannot copy into the clipboard, because, for example, there is not enoughmemory space available or the maximum possible number of programs it canmanage has been exceeded.

Message

- Delete the programs that are not currently needed.

You cannot delete the MDA buffer

NCK cannot delete the buffer because it is being processed.

Message

- Wait until the MDA program has finished processing or perform an NC reset.

Block search not possible

Search function cannot be run because the channel is active.

Message

- Wait until the program has finished processing or perform an NC reset.

103000 Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

103001 Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

103002 Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

103003 Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

103004 Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

1 Alarms 09.01


Block search without calculation only possible on main program level

It is not possible to process subroutine calls with block search withoutcalculation.

Message

- If subroutines are to be processed, block search with calculation must be used.

Terminate overstore is not possible in this channel state

It is not possible to terminate overstore, because the channel is still active.

Message

- Wait until the overstore process is terminated or perform an NC reset.

Block search started in channel %1 - Please wait!

%1 = Channel number

The started block search is not yet completed.

Message

Text is automatically deleted after block search is terminated.

Wait until the block search is terminated or perform an NC reset.

Conflict between search type and search target!

The entered search target does not match the search type:

• Block number start character ‘N’ or ‘:’ is missing.

• Only numbers between 0 and 9 are allowed.

Message

Up to software version 3.x: The faulty entry is deleted and the cursor goes tothe next field.

In software version 4.1 and higher: The faulty entry is retained and the cursorstops on the field.

Correct the entry according to the type.

Invalid file name

The entered file name

• May be up to 32 characters long (letters, numbers, underscore; includingthe block and program identifiers: _N_ and _MPF), corresponds to25 characters that can be used

• Must not contain separators (e.g. /),

• Must contain letters at the first and second position.

Message

The faulty entry is deleted.

Enter a valid file name.

103006 Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

103007 Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

103008 Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

103009 Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

103010 Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

09.01 1 Alarms


No program selected - block search terminated

A block search is not possible as currently there is no program selected.

Message

-

Select a program.

Please reference axis first

Reference point approach has not been performed yet or terminated.

Message

-

Carry out a reference point approach.

1.4.4 Parameter operating area

Current tool not found

If the cursor is positioned on an empty line in the ‘Magazine list’ window, thismeans that no tool was found on activation of the ‘Tool data’ softkey.

Message

-

Position the cursor on the tool.

No additional tools available

Upon activation of the ‘T no. +’ or ‘T no. -’ softkey, a search is performed forthe next highest or next lowest tool number. This message is output if noadditional tools are available.

Message

-

-

No additional tool edges available

Upon activation of the ‘D no. +’ or ‘D no. -’ softkey, a search is performed forthe next highest or next lowest tool edge. This message is output if noadditional tool edges are available.

Message

-

-

103011Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

103014Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

104000Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104001Explanation:

Type:

Reaction:

Remedy:

104002Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


There are no tools at all

No tools were set up.

Message

-

Set up tools.

No current tool available

Upon activation of the ‘Current T+D no.’ softkey in the ‘Overview of tools'window, no tool was found. This is because no part program is active or no toolis selected in the active part program.

Message

-

Select a tool.

No current tool edge available

Although a current tool is available, there is no current tool edge.

Message

-

Select current tool edge.

No TO area available in current channel

There is no TO area assigned to the current channel.

Message

-

Use the machine data to assign a TO area to the current channel or changethe channel.

Error on creating tool

Tool could not be created, for example, because the maximum number ofpossible tools has already been reached.

Message

-

Use the machine data to increase the maximum number of permissible tools ordelete tools that are no longer needed.

Error on creating tool edge

A new tool edge could not be created, for example, because the maximumnumber of all of the tool edges has already been reached.

Message

-

Delete tool edges that are no longer needed.

104003Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104004Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104005Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104006Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104007Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104008Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Error on creating tool

The tool cannot be deleted, it is possibly currently active.

Message

-

-

No master spindle available

No master spindle has been configured.

Message

-

Configure the master spindle via the machine data.

Incorrect input

The value entered is not permissible, for example, it is outside the input limits.

Message

-

Pay attention to value range.

Number of parameters per tool edge is zero

The number of parameters per tool edge was not configured.

Message

-

Configure the number of parameters per tool edge via the machine data.

No spindles available

No spindle has been configured.

Message

-

Configure the spindle via the machine data.

Tool not available

The specified tool does not exist.

Message

-

-

104011Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104012Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104014Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104015Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104016Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104018Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Tool type not available

The specified tool type does not exist.

Message

-

Specify a valid tool type.

No empty location found

There is no empty location with the specified search parameters.

Message

-

Correct the search parameters.

Error on loading tool

An error occurred while loading a tool; the operation was aborted.

Message

-

Check the loader.

Error on unloading tool

An error occurred while unloading a tool; the operation was aborted.

Message

-

Check the unloader.

No magazine configured!

No magazine has been configured.

Message

-

Configure the magazine via the machine data.

Caution: Tool load running!

Referring to load procedure.

Message

-

Wait until the load procedure is terminated.

104019Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104020Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104023Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104024Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104025Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104026Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Caution: Tool unload running!

Referring to unload procedure.

Message

-

Wait until the unload procedure is terminated.

Not possible to load at this location

The location may already be occupied.

Message

-

Select another load location.

No further data available

All available data have already been displayed.

Message

-

-

1.4.5 Programming operating area

Error x y

Internal system error. A memory access has failed. This should not occurduring normal operation.

Message

-

-

Cycle description sc.com does not exist

The cycle description sc.com was not found in the NCK file system.

Message

-

-

104027Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104029Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

104030Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105000Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105001Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


File xxx already exists

The file name entered already exists in this directory.

Message

-

-

Workpiece xxx already exists

The workpiece name entered already exists in this directory.

Message

-

-

Paste buffer is empty! COPY first before PASTE

A file could not be inserted because no file was first copied into the pastebuffer.

Message

-

-

Only workpieces can be inserted here

The file type of the copied file is not _wpd and cannot be inserted into theworkpiece directory.

Message

-

-

Only files can be inserted here

A file with the file type _wpd, i.e. workpiece, was copied, and an attempt wasmade to insert it in a program directory.

Message

-

-

No name specified

-

Wait until the load procedure is terminated.

105002Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105003Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105004Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105005Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105006Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105007Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Memory error on writing cycle call

The resources of the MMC100 are exhausted. No more dynamic memory isavailable.

Message

-

-

No write access to data

The file is write-protected.

Message

-

-

No data selected

The cursor is not positioned on a valid file name.

Message

-

-

Cycle overview cov.com does not exist

The cycle overview cov.com was not found in the NCK file system.

Message

-

-

Program not editable or only partially editable (NC reset)

The selected program is currently being executed.

Message

-

-

Copied data can be inserted with 'Paste' softkey

The copied data are stored in the Clipboard and can be inserted again bypressing the "Paste" softkey.

Message

-

-

105008Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105009Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105010Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105011Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105012Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105013Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Error on copying!

The file could not be copied.

Message

-

-

Error on renaming!

The file could not be renamed.

Message

-

-

Error on deleting!

The file could not be deleted.

Message

-

-

Select possible only after enable or in RESET state

The selected program is either running or has not yet been released.

Message

-

-

Error on creating program!

The program could not be created; a possible cause is that not enoughmemory is available.

Message

-

-

Error on opening window!

The window could not be opened. This is a system error which should notoccur during normal operation.

Message

-

-

105014Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105015Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105016Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105017Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105018Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105019Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Error on closing window!

The window could not be closed. This is a system error which should not occurduring normal operation.

Message

-

-

Error on creating workpiece!

The workpiece could not be created.

Message

-

-

Error on releasing

The program could not be released.

Message

-

-

File already exists!

The file cannot be copied to this directory, because a file of the same name isalready stored there.

Message

-

-

Check values!! - at least 1 value outside the input limits!

An invalid value was entered in the cycle parameter display.

Message

-

-

Please wait, preparing directory!

The data required for display of the directory are being retrieved.

Message

-

-

105020Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105021Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105022Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105023Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105024Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105025Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Caution! Simulated and edited program are not the same!

The program which is running is not identical to the program open in the editor.

Message

-

-

Please wait, renumbering!

The blocks of the NC program are being numbered.

Message

-

-

Renumbering canceled!

Renumbering of the NC program was canceled. A possible cause is that notenough NC program memory is available.

Message

-

-

Renumbering complete!

Renumbering of the NC program was completed without an error.

Message

-

-

Block number too large!

The increment setting and the size of the program have caused the blocknumbering to exceed 999999.

Message

-

-

Block number not allowed!

The first block number is less than 0 or greater than 999999.

Message

-

-

105026Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105030Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105031Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105032Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105041Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105042Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Increment not allowed!

A negative increment was entered.

Message

-

-

Please wait: graphic being output!

The help screens are being prepared for display.

Message

-

-

Here, the dynamic long texts for cycle configuration are being output.

Message

-

-

Error in cycle description of <xxx>!

Cycle description sc.com, uc.com contains a line which cannot be interpreted.<xxx> indicates the line.

Message

-

-

No cycle exists in current line!

The cursor of the editor is positioned in a line which does not contain a cycle.Decompilation is not possible.

Message

-

-

Error on calling cycle description!

One of the cycle description files sc.com or cov.com contains a parameterwhich cannot be interpreted. The initialization of the cycles is canceled.

Message

-

-

105043Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105050Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105051Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105052Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105053Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105054Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Please wait: initializing cycle support

The cycle description files are being interpreted and prepared for display onthe screen.

Message

-

-

Error on opening file!

The specified file could not be opened. This is an internal system error whichshould not occur during normal operation.

Message

-

-

Error on closing file!

The specified file could not be closed. This is an internal system error whichshould not occur during normal operation.

Message

-

-

Error on positioning in file %1!

The positioning operation could not be performed in the specified file. This isan internal system error which should not occur during normal operation.

Message

-

-

Error on reading file!

The specified file could not be read. This is an internal system error whichshould not occur during normal operation.

Message

-

-

Please wait: initialization of simulation started!

The graphical traversing path display is being initialized.

Message

-

-

105060Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105061Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105062Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105063Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105064Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

105070Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Not enough axes in current channel – >contour with default axis names: X, Z!

The default axis names are used for the required axes.

Message

-

-

No switchover: switchover disable set in current PLC

MMC would like to go offline from this NCU.The MMC switchover is disabled in the MMC PLC online interface in DB19.(MMCx_SHIFT_LOCK = TRUE, x = 1.2)

Message

MMC remains online at this NCU.

The MMC switchover is disabled/enabled in the PLC program of the machinemanufacturer.Please refer to the machine manufacturer´s documentation.

No switchover: target PLC occupied, try again

MMC would like to go online to this NCU.MMC has sent a call to the target PLC and is awaiting acknowledgement.MMC receives no acknowledgement since the MMC parameter interface inDB19 is occupied by another MMC.

Message

MMC does not go online to this NCU.

Repeat operation at a later point.The MMC parameter interface in DB19 is occupied only for a short period.

No switchover: switchover disable set in target PLC

MMC would like to go online to this NCU.MMC switchover is disabled in the MMC PLC online interface in DB19.(MMCx_SHIFT_LOCK = TRUE, x = 1.2)

Message


The MMC switchover is disabled/enabled in the PLC program of the machinemanufacturer.Please refer to the machine manufacturer´s documentation.

No switchover: PLC occupied by higher priority MMCs

MMC is trying to switch to an NCU which is occupied by two higher priorityMMCs.

Message

MMC cannot go online since none of the two MMCs can be displaced.

Switch one of the two higher priority MMCs to another NCU.

105075Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

109001Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

109002Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

109003Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

109004Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


No switchover: no MMC can be displaced at target PLC

MMC would like to go online to this NCU.

Two MMCs are online at this NCU at which non-interruptable processes areactive (e.g.: data transfer between MMC and NCU).

Message


Wait until one of the two MMCs can be displaced.Repeat switchover.

No switchover: selected channel invalid

MMC has been switched to a channel at this NCU which does not exist.

Message

MMC goes offline.

Install channel or adjust parameterization of NETNAMES.INI.

Channel switchover is operating

Channel switchover has been initiated. If need be, another MMC may bedisplaced.

Message

-

-

Activation is operating

The switchover from passive operating mode to active operating mode hasbeen initiated.

Message

-

-

109005Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

109006Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

109007Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

109008Definition

Type:

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


1.5 MMC 102/103 alarms/messages

Area %1 cannot be loaded! Acknowledge alarm, press area switchoverkey!

%1 = Control area nameAn application entered in the REGIE.INI could not be started.

Alarm display.

Check whether the entry made in REGIE.INI is correct.

Area %1 cannot be selected. Please deactivate area %2

%1 = Control area name%2 = Control area nameWith regard to area switchover, another area must be terminated (unloaded).The area refuses this. Area switchover is not performed.

Alarm display.

Close the unwilling area, if possible, and try again.

Area %1 is still active. Please deactivate area %1

%1 = Control area nameAn area must be terminated before closing the MMC system (closing of mastercontrol). The area refuses this. The system is NOT terminated.

Alarm display.


Area %1 cannot be deactivated. Please try again

%1 = Control area nameWith regard to area switchover, an area must be deselected. The area refusesthis. Area switchover is not performed.

Alarm display.


Please acknowledge the dialog box in area %1

%1 = Control area nameThe area %1 could not be deselected since a dialog box is still open in thisarea.

Alarm display.

Close dialog box in area %1.

120000Definition

Reaction

Remedy

120001Definition

Reaction

Remedy

120002Definition

Reaction

Remedy

120003Definition

Reaction

Remedy

120005Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


At present, channel switchover is disabled by area %1

%1 = Control area nameAt present, area %1 has disabled channel switchover since it is performing acritical operation (e.g. processing of external etc.) during which no channelswitchover may be performed.

Alarm display.

Wait until the critical operation has been terminated or terminate the criticaloperation manually.

At present, channel switchover is disabled

At present, channel switchover is disabled since a critical operationis being performed during which no channel switchover may beperformed.

Alarm display.

Wait until the critical operation has been terminated or terminate the criticaloperation manually.

Operating unit switchover, PLC timeout: 001



• 001: MMC wants to go offline from this NCUMMC has issued the offline request on the online PLC and is waiting forthe positive/negative PLC acknowledgement.

• 002: MMC wants to go online on this NCUMMC has issued request to target PLC and is waiting for the enable to goonline.

• 003: MMC has requested active operating mode and is waiting for the PLCacknowledgement.

• 001: MMC remains online on this NCU.

• 002: MMC does not go online to this NCU.

• 003: MMC remains in passive operating mode.

Check that the switchover blocks are loaded and started on the PLC.

120006Definition

Reaction

Remedy

120007Definition

Reaction

Remedy

120008

Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


Alarm list is full

Alarm texts: number of alarm texts too high

Alarm texts: file %1 not found

Alarm texts: input/output error in file %1

Alarm texts: input/output error

Alarm texts: error when reading from index file

Alarm texts: error when writing in index file

Alarm texts: syntax error in alarm text file %1

%1 = File name

Alarm texts are stored in files. Access to one of these files could not be madecorrectly.

Pending alarms/messages could not be entered in the alarm list due to missingspace. The alarm cannot be cleared since this would lead to permanentinconsistency of the alarm list.

At present, the number of alarm texts is limited to 5000. This limit has beenexceeded by alarm text configuring.

Alarm display.

• Ensure that sufficient memory space is available on the hard disk afterstartup of the MMC or reinstall the MMC software. When entering separatealarm texts check whether path and file name have been entered correctlyin mbdde.ini.

• Expansion of the alarm list (enter MaxNo in the file mbdde.ini undersection [Alarms]). Then cold start of the operator panel.

• Reduce the number of alarm texts. Then cold start of the operator panel.

Image processing suppressed

Due to processing of a part program, the control is loaded so highly that itcannot keep all display values up-to-date.

Alarm display.

The alarm disappears automatically as soon as the overload situation iseliminated. If this alarm occurs frequently, the machine startup engineer musttake the corresponding measures (e.g. reduce IPO cycle rate).

Communication interrupted

The operator panel is connected with the NC and PLC via a serial bus.This alarm occurs if the communication to these components is faulty.Together with this alarm, all display values connected with NC/PLC becomeinvalid. Such malfunctions are normal during startup of the controls (e.g. afterreset).

Alarm display.

The alarm disappears automatically as soon as the error situation isterminated. If this alarm is pending permanently, this may have very differenterror causes (e.g. cable break, no startup of NC/PLC, incorrect address/baudrate configuring of one of the bus nodes etc.).

120120

Definition

Reaction

Remedy

120200Definition

Reaction

Remedy

120201Definition

Reaction

Remedy

1 Alarms 09.01


Waiting for connection to NC

The operator panel is connected to the NC and PLC via a serial bus. Thisalarm occurs when the MMC is started up for the first time if the NC/PLCpower-up is not yet complete, or if an error occurs during communicationbetween these components. All display values associated with the NC/PLC arerendered invalid by this alarm. Such malfunctions are normal during startup ofthe controls (e.g. after reset).

Alarm display.

The alarm disappears automatically as soon as the error situation isterminated. If this alarm is pending permanently, this may have very differenterror causes (e.g. cable break, no startup of NC/PLC, incorrect address/baudrate configuring of one of the bus nodes etc.).

120202Definition

Reaction

Remedy

09.01 1 Alarms


1.6 List of action numbersThe following list describes the actions stated in the alarm texts under "Action%.." according to their numbers.

No. Definition Not allowed if Remedy

1 Carry out Init phase (tasks areinitialized after Power On)

2 Carry out Reset (VDI signal:Reset, mode group Reset or afterPower On

3 Activate Reset Init blocks(VDI signal: Reset)

4 Carry out Reset, end of programhas been detected(NC block with M30)

5 Change the mode to the MDA orAUTOMATIC program operatingmode (VDI signal: mode group)

1. The channel is active(program running, block search,loading machine data)

2. The other program operatingmode has already been started.

3. A channel has exited themode group due to an interrupt.

4. Overstore or digitizing hasbeen selected.

> Abort the program(Reset key) or stop theprogram (not with blocksearch, loading MD)> Abort the program(Reset key)

> Abort the program withthe Reset key or waituntil the interrupt isterminated.> Deactivate overstore,digitizing

6 Automatic change from an internalmode to the mode that wasexternally set(with TEACH_IN an attempt ismade after every stop to changefrom the internal mode"AUTOMATIC, MDA" toTEACH_IN)

1 Alarms 09.01



7 Change the mode to a manualmode(VDI signal (mode group): JOG,TEACH_IN, REF)

1. Nesting depth too great:Various actions (e.g. aninterrupt) can cause the currentprocedure to be interrupted.Depending on the action,asynchronous subroutines areactivated. These asynchronoussubroutines can be interruptedin the same manner as the userprogram. Unlimited nestingdepth is not possible forasynchronous subroutines dueto memory limitations.Example: An interrupt causesthe program execution to beinterrupted. Further higher-priority interrupts will interruptthe asynchronous programswhich have been activated.2. The channel is active(program running, block search,loading machine data)

3. A channel has exited themode group due to an interrupt.

4. Overstore or digitizing hasbeen selected.

> Abort the program withthe Reset key

> Abort the program withthe Reset key or stopthe program (not withblock search, loadingMD)> Abort the program withthe Reset key or waituntil the interrupt isterminated.> Deactivate overstore,digitizing

8 Activate overstore(PI command).

9 Deactivate overstore(PI command).

10 Perform user interrupt"Asynchronous subroutine"(VDI signal: digital-analoginterface, asynchronoussubroutine interface).

1. The channel is active due toblock search or loadingmachine data

2. The channel is stopped andthe asynchronous subroutine"ASUP_START_MASK" mustbe started and the current blockcannot be reorganized.

3. Digitizing has been selected

4. Reference point approachhas not been performed yet

5. The active block, after whichdeceleration takes place,cannot be reorganized(occurs when decelerationtakes place over severalblocks).

> Wait until the blocksearch or loading MD iscompleted, or abortprogram (Reset key)> Activate a blockchange until the NCblock can bereorganized.

> Deactivate digitizing

> Perform referencepoint approach or ignorethis state via the MD"ASUP_START_MASK".> Abort the program

11 Perform user interrupt "ASUP"with rapid retraction (VDI signal:digital-analog interface)

See 10

09.01 1 Alarms



12 Perform user interrupt at block end(VDI signal: ASUP interface,digital-analog interface)

See 10

13 Perform rapid retraction(VDI signal: digital-analoginterface and asynchronoussubroutine interface, for furtheractions see 10, 11, 12, 85, 86)).

14 Move tool - only with toolmanagement (PI command)

15 Perform rapid delete distance-to-go or axis synchronization.(VDI signal: delete distance-to-goor follow-up mode)(follow-up mode: e.g. whenswitching on an axis movement)

1. Nesting depth too great2. The active block, after whichdeceleration takes place,cannot be reorganized(occurs when decelerationtakes place over severalblocks).

> Abort the program> Abort the program

16 Abort the subroutine repetition(VDI signal: delete subroutinenumber of passes)



17 Abort subroutine execution. (VDIsignal: abort program level)



18 Activate single block (VDI signal:activate single block)

19 Deactivation of single block. (VDIsignal: activate single block)

20 Activate main run single block.(OPI variable and VDI signal:activate single block)

21 Activate decoding single block.(OPI variable and VDI signal:activate single block)

1. Nesting depth too great


> Wait until thepreceding asynchronoussubroutine is terminatedor abort the program> Abort the program

22 Activate main program singleblock. (OPI variable and VDIsignal: activate single block)

23 Activate traversing single block.(OPI variable and VDI signal:activate single block)

1 Alarms 09.01



24 Start program processing.(VDI signal: NC Start)

1. Program state active,2. An alarm reaction is pending;it prevents a start or forcesbraking.3. Reference point approachhas not been performed yet

-> Execute condition fordeleting alarm

> Reference pointapproach

25 Start program processing.(Channel communication, NCblock: Start)

1. Program state active

2. An alarm reaction is pending;it prevents a start or forcesbraking.3. Reference point approachhas not been performed yet.4. An incorrect operating modehas been selected.(AUTOMATIC only)

> Protect Start withWAITE> Execute condition fordeleting alarm

> Reference pointapproach> Select programoperating mode

26 Start continuation of programprocessing.(VDI signal: NC Start)

1. Program state active,2. An alarm reaction is pending;it prevents a start or forcesbraking.3. Reference point approachhas not been performed yet



27 Start continuation of the selectedprocessing -JOG, reference pointor digitizing-. (VDI signal: NCStart)

1. Jog motion active2. An alarm reaction is pending;it prevents a start or forcesbraking.


28 Start processing in the digitizingsubmode.(VDI signal: NC Start)

1. Jog motion active2. An alarm reaction is pending;it prevents a start or forcesbraking.3. Reference point approachhas not been performed yet



29 Stop all axes. (VDI signal: Stop Allor via Reset key)

30 Perform a program stop.(NC block: M0)

31 Stop the JOG motion.(VDI signal: NC Stop)

32 Stop digitizing processing.(VDI signal: NC Stop)

33 Start the selected processing.(VDI signal: NC Start)

1. Process change active(operating mode change,activate/deactivatedigitizing/overstore)2. An alarm reaction is pending;it prevents a start or forcesbraking.3. A process is running (NCprogram, block search, loadingmachine data)

-

Execute condition fordeleting alarm

-

34 Stop the active processing.(VDI signal: NC Stop)

35 Start machine data processing (INIfile is already in the NCK).(PI command)

36 Start machine data processing (INIfile is external, e.g.: on MMC) (PI command)

09.01 1 Alarms



37 Stop because of mode groupsingle block.VDI signal, single type A (onlyexecutable blocks), after stop inanother channel in this modegroup

38 Stop because of mode groupsingle block. VDI signal, singletype B (any blocks), after stop atblock end in another channel inthis mode group

39 Stop because end of overstorebuffer "_N_OSTOREXX_SYF" hasbeen reached.

40 Stop preprocessing(NC block: Stopre)

41 Stop processing at block end.(NC block: M00/M01)

42 Stop processing at block end.(Alarm, VDI signal: NC stop atblock end)

43 Stop at end of asynchronoussubroutine, if start was performedfrom "stopped".

44 Activate program. (PI command)

45 Activate the program which is stillexternal. (PI command)

46 Program selection from anotherchannel. (Channel communication,NC block: INIT)

47 Save definition of anasynchronous subroutine whichcan be activated.(PI command)

48 Sets all machine data with theattribute (NEW_CONF) active.(PI command)

49 Delete all alarms with the deletecondition CANCELCLEAR(PI command, acknowledge alarmkey)

50 Continue block search. (NC block,Stopre)

51 Start block search. (PI command)

52 Continue block search.(PI command)

53 Activate digitizing. (PI command)

54 Deactivate digitizing.(PI command)

55 Switch on function generator.(PI command)

56 Switch off function generator.(PI command)

57 Wait for a program marker.(Channel communication, NCblock: WAITM)

1 Alarms 09.01



58 Wait for end of program. (Channelcommunication, NC block: WAITE)

59 Program selection from anotherchannel, synchron.(Channel communication, NCblock: INIT + SYNC)

60 Wait until receive acknowledgefrom MMC. (NC block,MMC_CMD)

61 Activate the skip block function(VDI signal: skip block)

Nesting depth too great > Wait until thepreceding asynchronoussubroutine is terminatedor abort the program

62 Deactivate the skip block function(VDI signal: skip block)


63 Activate test run.(VDI signal: rapid traverse overlay)



> Wait until thepreceding asynchronoussubroutine is terminatedor abort the program> Abort program

64 Deactivate test run.(VDI signal: rapid traverse overlay)



> Wait until thepreceding asynchronoussubroutine is terminatedor abort the program> Abort program

65 Activate read-in disable for mainrun block. (VDI signal: read-indisable)

66 Deactivate read-in disable formain run block. (VDI signal: read-in disable)

67 Stop at block end. (Alarm)

68 Stop all axes. (Alarm)

69 Activate program test.(VDI signal: program test)

1. Tool management is active.2. The NCK channel state is notready

> Save tool data> Abort the program orprocess with the Resetkey or wait for end ofprogram.

70 Deactivate program test.(VDI signal: program test)

The NCK channel state is notready

> Abort the program orprocess with the Resetkey or wait for end ofprogram.

71 Stop at the end of blockpreparation. (Alarm)

09.01 1 Alarms



72 Stop at the end of blockpreparation with subsequentreorganization of blockprocessing.(Alarm)


73 Conditional stop at block end.(If, after continuation by means ofan NC start, there is still a reasonto stop "Stop at block end", theprogram stops again).

74 Conditional stop at block end.(Despite the start, the interpreteror the preprocessing does notmanage to put a block in main run)

75 Stop preprocessing. (Alarm)

76 Retraction with G33 and Stop.

77 Conditional wait for programmarker (NC block: WAITMC)

78 Set marker. (NC block: SETM)

79 Clear marker (NC_block:CLEARM)

80 Selection of an NC block.(PI command)

81 Disable the NC program which iscurrently being processed forediting.(PI command)

82 Start a program in the TEACH INsubmode.(VDI signal: NC Start)

See 33 and 5

83 Continue a program in the TEACHIN submode.(VDI signal: NC Start)

See 33 and 5

84 Reorganize block processing.

85 Activate user interrupt"asynchronous subroutine" in amanual mode.(VDI signal: asynchronoussubroutine interface, digital-analoginterface)

See 10

86 Activate user interrupt"Asynchronous subroutine" Is onlyexecuted with READY channelstatus (VDI signal: asynchronoussubroutine interface, digital-analoginterface)

See 10

87 Perform user interrupt"Asynchronous subroutine".(VDI signal: asynchronoussubroutine interface, digital-analoginterface;Further actions are: 11, 12, 10, 85,86)

See 10

88 Stop processing.(VDI signal: mode group Stop)

1 Alarms 09.01



89 Set all machine data with theattribute (NEW_CONF) active.(NC block: NEW_CONF)

90 Set all machine data with theattribute (NEW_CONF) active.(NC block: NEW_CONF at blocksearch)

91 Start continuation of interpreterprocessing.(internal preprocessing stop)

92 Save interlock for data The channel is not in the"stopped" state

93 Activate user data, e.g. via MMC;newly modified tool lengths areeffective immediately in therunning program.

• The channel is not in the"stopped" state

• The channel is stoppedand the current blockcannot be reorganized.

=> Press the top/Single-Block/set/StopAtEnd(Automatic) key

=> Activate a blockchange until the NCblock has beenreorganized.

94 Write the user PLC version intothe version file

95 Switch measuring systems(PI command)

96 Switch off system (Vdi signal)

97 Switch on block search PI inmode 5. In this mode, the blocksearch, in which the program isexecuted until the search targetblock under "Program test mode"is simulated.

98 Extended stop and retract

99 Block search (general) is currentlybeing activated (possibly, the PIservice is given a negativeacknowledgement).

100 Integrated block search, i.e. anew search run is started directlyafter a program has beenstopped.

101 External zero offset is activated viaPLC. Therefore, the path isstopped, reorganization iscarried out, the interpreterswitched over and then the pathis selected by REPOS andcontinued automatically.

• Channel is not in AUTO orMDA

• The channel is stopped andthe current block cannot bereorganized.

=> Select Auto or MDA

=> Activate blockchange until NCblock can bereorganized.

102 Single block type 3 is switched onWith single block type 3, theprogram is stopped at all mainblocks. In contrast to single blocktype 1, the SBLOF part programcommand is ignored.

103 Stopping of a single-axis motion(Vdi signal)

The axis is not controlled by thePLC. (Exception: formerresponse with oscillation axis).

09.01 1 Alarms



104 Stopping of a single-axis motionthrough an alarm

The axis is not controlled by thePLC. (Exception: formerresponse with oscillation axis).

105 Continuation of a single-axismotion (Vdi signal)

The axis has not been stoppedbefore. At the moment, not forall axis types.

106 Cancelling of a single-axis motion(Vdi signal)

The axis is not controlled by thePLC. At the moment, not for allaxis types.

107 Delete distance-to-go of a single-axis motion (Vdi signal)


108 Switch on: axis is now controlledby the PLC (Vdi signal)


109 Switch off: axis is now controlledby the PLC (Vdi signal)

The axis is a main run axis or ifit is neutral. At the moment, notfor all axis types.

115 The event is triggered by thepositive PLC edge of the "Repos-Mode-Edge" signal.

The channel is active (programrunning, block search, loadingmachine data)

Abort program with theReset keyorstop program (not withblock search, loadingmachine data)

1 Alarms 09.01


1.7 Error codes of alarm 300500Error code 1 can be followed in the tables below by an error code 2,which is to be interpreted as the hexadecimal number of the terminalblock/module.

Error code 0001HAdditional info 1Additional info 2 Faulty addressDefinition During testing of the program memory upon start-up, it has been detected that the bit pattern

written could not be read back.Cause: Hardware fault on the control module.Error occurs only with drive software version V1.x (EPROM version). Error is replaced bysystem errors F034 and F035 in the following download versions.

Remedy Replace the control module.

Error code 0002HAdditional info 1Additional info 2 Faulty addressDefinition During testing of the data memory upon start-up, it has been detected that the bit pattern

written could not be read back.Cause: Hardware fault on the control module.

Remedy Replace the control module.

Error code 0003HAdditional info 1 1 = Bit 0 : Time slot level 3 (UEW) (MD 1300)

2 = Bit 1 : Time slot 4 msec 4 = Bit 2 : Time slot 1 msec 8 = Bit 3 : Time slot LR10 = Bit 4 : Time slot NR (MD 1001)20 = Bit 5 : Time slot IR (MD 1000)40 = Bit 6 : Time slot SI (MD 1300)A0 = Start-up, synchronizationB0 = Background computing time

Additional info 2Definition The computing time of the drive processor is not sufficient for the selected function in the cycle

times specified. With standard values, this error normally occurs only in conjunction with thestart-up functions (FFT measurement, jump response).

SINUMERIK Safety Integrated: Monitoring cycle too smallRemedy During start-up with FFT or measurement of the jump response:

- Switch off the emergency retraction (MD 1636)- Switch off feedforward control (MD 1004.0)- Switch off Min-Max memory (MD 1650.0)- Reduce number of DAC output channels (max. 1 channel)- Switch off variable message functions (MD 1620.0)- Switch off encoder phase compensation (MD 1011.1)- Select a larger NC position control cycle- Increase the time slot, at which the system error has been triggered or- Increase lower-level time slots- Deselect functions that are not required.- Use Performance instead of Standard control module.

09.01 1 Alarms


Error code 0004HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition With servo enable, the NC must update the sign of life in each position control cycle. If the

error occurs, the sign of life has failed for at least two subsequent position control cycles.Causes: NC failure, failure of communication via the drive bus. Hardware fault on the drivemodule or hardware fault on the NC CPU, if error occurs sporadically at intervals of severalhours.Further causes: ring programming with GI or gantry axes.

Remedy Check plug connections, take interference suppression measures (check shielding, groundconnections). Replace NC hardware, replace control module. Replace NC CPU for version"VB", replace control module.

Error code 0005HAdditional info 1 1A : SZ <> 1 with IZ = 0

2A : SZ <> 1, 2, 3, 4, 52B : SZ-IZ <> 0, 12C : SZ = 3 with PO parameter assignment error3A : SZ <> 1, 2, 3, 4, 53B : SZ-IZ <> 0, 1

Additional info 2Definition Start-up of the drive modules is divided into 5 statuses (stages). The statuses are indicated

one after the other by the NC and acknowledged by the drive. If the error occurs, an illegalsetpoint status has been detected in the drive.Causes: Interruption of the communication via the drive bus. Hardware fault on the drivemodule, hardware fault on the NC

Remedy Check plug connections, take interference suppression measures (check shielding, groundconnections). Replace the control module, replace NC hardware.

Error code 0006HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition The endless loop for communication processing has been exited. The possible cause is a

hardware fault on the control moduleRemedy Replace the control module.

Error code 0007HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition The hardware detected an illegal status during cycle synchronization between the NC and the

drive. Synchronization could not be carried out.Remedy Replace the control module.

Error code 0010HAdditional info 1 1 = Hardware underflow

2 = Hardware overflow 3 = Software underflow 4 = Software overflow

Additional info 2Definition The limits of the processor-internal hardware stack or of the software stack in the data memory

were violated. The possible cause is a hardware fault on the control moduleRemedy Reload drive software. Replace control module.

Error code 0011HAdditional info 1 Opcode addressAdditional info 2Definition The watchdog timer on the control module has expired. The cause is a hardware fault in the

time basis on the control module.Remedy Replace the control module.

1 Alarms 09.01


Error code 0012HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition The NC basic cycle generated on the NC and conducted to the drive via the drive bus cable

has failed.Possible causes: NCK reset, EMC disturbances, NC hardware fault, cable breakage on drivebus, hardware fault on control module.

Remedy Check the drive bus cable and plug connections, take interference suppression measures(check shielding, ground connections). Replace the NC hardware, replace the control module.

Error code 0013HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition The NC basic cycle generated on the NC and conducted to the drive via the drive bus cable

supplied a pulse that does not fit into the clock pattern.Possible causes: EMC disturbances on the drive bus, NC hardware fault, hardware fault on thecontrol module.

Remedy Check the drive bus cable and the plug connections, take interference suppression measures(check shielding, ground connections). Replace the NC hardware, replace the control module.

Error code 0014HAdditional info 1 Faulty addressAdditional info 2Definition The processor detected an illegal command in the program memory.Remedy Replace the control module.

Error code 0015HAdditional info 1 Version 4.0 and higher: start address of the incorrect code/data areaAdditional info 2 Version 4.0 and higher: segment of the incorrect code/data area, with:

0: P: memory 1: X: memory 2: Y: memory

Definition A difference between the setpoint and actual checksum has been detected during thecontinuous check of the checksum in the program/data memory.The possible cause is a hardware fault on the control module.

Remedy Replace control module.

Error code 0016HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition An illegal interrupt of the processor occurred.

The possible cause is a hardware fault on the control module.Remedy Check the drive bus cable and the plug connectors. Replace the control module.





09.01 1 Alarms




Error code 001BHAdditional info 1 0: Current not 0

1: Module selection does not correspond to the existing hardware (V 2.6 and higher)Additional info 2 NC drive numberDefinition Current 0 is expected during run-up of current actual value sensing or during cyclic operation

with pulse blocking, since the system ensure that there is no current flow.

Current not 0:The hardware for current actual value sensing is possibly defective.

Module selection does not correspond to the existing hardwareIf a 1-axis power section is addressed as a 2-axis power section via the module selection (SWparameter assignment of the power section), this system error is output via current actualvalue sensing, since a current > 0 has been measured.

Remedy Current not 0:Replace the control module. Check the plug connections

Module selection does not correspond to the existing hardware:- Change the SW parameter assignment of the power section (2-axis power section -> 1-axis power section)- Switch 2nd axis inactive or use 2-axis power section.

Error code 0020HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition The NC tried to activate the 2nd axis with a single-axis module. Possible cause: interference of

communication via the drive bus or control module defective.Remedy Replace the control module. Check the plug connections, take interference suppression

measures (check shielding, ground connections).

Error code 0021HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition The NC tried to activate two axes with a single-axis module. Possible cause: interference of



Error code 0022HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition The motor measuring system is not provided or is defective of at least one axis of the drive

module. Since the availability of the measuring systems is determined and communicated tothe drive by the NC, this error could also be caused by interferences in communication via thedrive bus.

Remedy Replace the control module. Check the plug connections, take interference suppressionmeasures (check shielding, ground connections).

Error code 0023HAdditional info 1 Read K1C register of the relevant PCU ASICAdditional info 2 NC drive number

1 Alarms 09.01


Definition The motor measuring system has a motor encoder with voltage output. An IPU submodulewith voltage input is therefore required. But another submodule than that expected has beenrecognized.


Error code 0024HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition An illegal internal axis number was detected during software processing. (only 0 or 1 is

permissible for 2-axis modules).Possible causes: Defective control module, EMC disturbances


Error code 0025HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition An illegal internal physical axis number was detected during software processing.

Possible causes: Defective control module, EMC disturbancesRemedy Replace the control module. Check the plug connections, take interference suppression


Error code 0026HAdditional info 1Additional info 2 NC drive numberDefinition The NC tries to register an FDD module as an MSD module. Possible causes: interference in



Error code 0027HAdditional info 1Additional info 2 NC drive numberDefinition The NC tries to register an MSD module as an FDD module. Possible causes: interference in



Error code 0028HAdditional info 1 Read K1C register of the relevant PCU ASICAdditional info 2 NC drive numberDefinition Only certain submodules are allowed for the direct measuring system. An illegal submodule

has been recognized.Remedy Replace the control module. Check the plug connections, take interference suppression


Error code 0030HAdditional info 1 0x01 ;ROSCTR not supported

0x02 ;illegal ROSCTR0x03 ;job management "defective"0x04 ;wrong PDUREF with acknowledgement0x05 ;acknowledgement not allowed at this point in time0x06 ;acknowledgement is not supported0x07 ;illegal PROTID0x08 ;illegal PARLG (odd)0x09 ;buffer management "defective"0x0A ;illegal PI identifier (internal)0x0B ;illegal internal status of PI restart-up0x0C ;sequential circuit in WRITEDATA "defective"0x0D ;illegal transfer parameter with REFRESH_PIZUST

09.01 1 Alarms


Additional info 2 NC drive numberDefinition Either non-repairable error have been detected in the communication via the drive bus or the

drive software is no longer consistent.Possible cause: either the drive bus interface is faulty or there is a hardware fault on thecontrol module.

Remedy Check the drive bus cable and plug connections, take interference suppression measures(check shielding, ground connections). Replace control module.

Error code 0031HAdditional info 1 0x40 ;illegal PDU length

0x41 ;axes do not have the same PDU length0x42 ;PDU length no multiple of word0x43 ;axes do not have the same NC type

Additional info 2Definition The NC has transferred illegal key data for the communication via the drive bus to the drive.

Possible cause: interruptions on the drive bus or control module defective.Remedy Replace the control module. Check the plug connections, take interference suppression


Error code 0032HAdditional info 1 0x20 ;job management "defective"

0x21 ;illegal status in RESET_TRANSPO0x22 ;checksum test incorrect more than 3 times0x23 ;receive PDU too long0x24 ;status 6XX abort illegal

Additional info 2 NC drive numberDefinition Either non-repairable error have been detected in the communication via the drive bus or the

drive software is no longer consistent.Possible cause: either the drive bus interface is faulty or there is a hardware fault on thecontrol module.

Remedy Check the drive bus cable and plug connections, take interference suppression measures(check shielding, ground connections). Replace the control module.

Error code 0033HAdditional info 1 0x51 ;wring data format in list of elements

0x52 ;wrong conversion group indicated in refreshAdditional info 2Definition The drive software is no longer consistent. Possible cause: hardware fault on the control

module.Remedy Reload the drive software. Replace the control module.

Error code 0034HAdditional info 1 0 or. faulty addressAdditional info 2 0x60 ;illegal response of the SERVO during STF handshake

0x61 ;error during RAM check0x62 ;transport checksum does not correspond to that of the SERVO.

Definition Errors were detected during loading of the drive software. This is either caused by errors in thedata transfer at the drive bus or by a defective control module.


Error code 0035HAdditional info 1 0 or faulty addressAdditional info 2 0x60 ; illegal response of the SERVO during STF handshake

0x61 ; error during RAM check0x62 ; transport checksum does not correspond to that of the SERVO.

Definition Errors were detected during loading of the drive software. This is either caused by errors in thedata transfer at the drive bus or by a defective control module.


1 Alarms 09.01


Error code 0040HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition An illegal number of current setpoint filters (> 4) was entered.Remedy Correct the number of current setpoint filters (MD 1200)

Error code 0041HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition An illegal number of speed setpoint filters (> 2) was entered.Remedy Correct the number of speed setpoint filters (MD 1500).

Error code 0044HAdditional info 1Additional info 2 NC DRIVE NUMBERDefinition The rotor position synchronization is not correct (only drive software SW 2.5).

The difference between the first part of the rotor position synchronization (coarsesynchronization) and the second part (fine synchronization with active encoder zero mark) isgreater than 45 el.Causes for the difference:- Wrong encoder adjustment- EMC problems on zero mark signal- Voltage level of C/D track too high

Remedy - Check encoder adjustment or EMC measures- New start-up- Check MODE- Replace the motor

Error code 0045HAdditional info 1Additional info 2 NC DRIVE NUMBERDefinition The NC entered either an encoder with distance-coded reference marks or a BERO switch in

the $1D register of the motor measuring system of the PCU ASIC. This is not allowed duringfine synchronization that has been activated through power-up, through zero monitoring errorsor through deselecting the parking axis.

Remedy The NC must not enter encoders with distance-coded reference marks or a BERO switch inthe $1D register of the motor measuring system of the PCU ASIC after power-up, with zeromonitoring errors or after deselection of the parking axis.

Error code 0046HAdditional info 1Additional info 2Definition From drive software SW 4.02 and higher, powering up of the drive is possible only when the

drive software has been loaded.Remedy Reload drive software.

�

09.01 2 Abbreviations


Glossary / Abbreviations

A Abbreviations

American Standard Code for Information Interchange

Binary Coded Decimal

Computerized Numerical Control

Communication Processor

Central Processing Unit

Carriage Return

Cutter Radius Compensation

Central Service Board: PLC module

Clear To Send: Signal in serial data interfaces

Digital-to-Analog Converter

Data Block

German standard

Data Input/Output: Data transfer display

Differential Resolver Function: Handwheel displacement

Dry Run

2

ASCII

BCD

CNC

CP

CPU

CR

CRC

CSB

CTS

DAC

DB

DIN

DIO

DRF

DRY

2 Abbreviations 09.01


Decoding Single Block

Data Send Ready: Signal from serial data interfaces

Data Word

Special punched tape code, number of holes per character always odd

Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory

ETC key: Softkey bar extension in the same menu

Product DataBase

Feed Drive (spindle)

First in First Out: Memory that works without addresses and whose data is readin the same sequence as stored.

Function Module

Function Module Numerical Control

Frame

Coordinate conversion with the components zero offset, rotation, scaling,mirroring

Feed Stop

Global User Data

Hard Disk

Handheld Unit

High-resolution Measuring System

Hardware

DSB

DSR

DW

EIA Code

EPROM

ETC

FDB

FDD

FIFO

FM

FM-NC

FRA

FRAME

FST

GUD

HD

HHU

HMS

HW



Input

Interface Module

Interface Module (Send/Receive)

Incremental Mode

Infeed/Regenerative Feedback Module

Special punched tape code, number of holes per character always even

Channel 1 to channel 4

Speed ratio

Servo gain factor

Ladder diagram

Liquid Crystal Display

Leadscrew Error Compensation

Light Emitting Diode

Local User Data

Megabyte

Machine control panel

Machine Data

Manual Data Automatic

Measuring circuit

Order No. (machine readable)

I

IM

IM S/R

INC

I/RF

ISO Code

K1...K4

Kue

Kv

LAD

LCD

LEC

LED

LUD

MB

MCP

MD

MDA

MK

MLFB



Man-Machine Communication: Operator interface in numerical control foroperation, programming and simulation

Main Program File (NC part program)

Multi-Point Interface

Main Spindle Drive

Numerical Control

Numerical Control Kernel

Numerical Control Unit

Non-Uniform Rational B-Spline

Output

Original Equipment Manufacturer

Operator Interface

Operator Panel

Operator Panel Interface

Personal Computer

Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (interfaceconvention)

Programming device

Programmable Logic Controller

Program Test

Random Access Memory (can be read and written)

MMC

MPF

MPI

MSD

NC

NCK

NCU

NURBS

Q

OEM

OI

OP

OPI

PC

PCMCIA

PG

PLC

PRT

RAM



Reduced Instruction Set Computer

Rapid Override

R Parameter Active: Memory area in the NCK for R parameter numbers

Request To Send: Control signal from serial data interfaces

Single Block

Setting Data

Setting Data Active: Memory area in the NCK for setting data

Skip Block

Signal Module

Sub Program File

Serial Synchronous Interface

Software

Testing Data Active: Refers to machine data

Tool nose radius compensation

Tool Offset

Tool Offset Active: Memory area for tool offsets

Transform Milling into Turning: Coordinate transformation on turning machinesfor milling

Zero Offset

Zero Offset Active: Memory area for zero offsets

RISC

ROV

RPA

RTS

SBL

SD

SEA

SKP

SM

SPF

SSI

SW

TEA

TNRC

TO

TOA

TRANSMIT

ZO

ZOA

09.01 2 References


B References

General Documentation

/BU/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/802S, C, DOrdering InformationCatalog NC 60.1Order number: E86060-K4460-A101-A8-7600

/ST7/ SIMATICSIMATIC S7 Programmable Logic ControllerCatalog ST 70Order number: E86060-K4670-A111-A3

/Z/ SINUMERIK, SIROTEC, SIMODRIVEAccessories and Equipment for Special Purpose MachinesCatalog NC ZOrder number: E86060-K4490-A001-A7-7600

Electronic Documentation

/CD7/ The SINUMERIK System (09.01 Edition)DOC ON CD(includes all SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D and SIMODRIVE publications)Order number: 6FC5 298-6CA00-0BG1

2 References 09.01


User Documentation

/AUK/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DShort Guide AutoTurn Operation (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-4AA30-0BP3

/AUP/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DAutoTurn Graphic Programming System (09.01 Edition)Operator's GuideProgramming / Setting UpOrder number: 6FC5 298-4AA40-0BP3

/BA/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DOperator's Guide (10.00 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AA00-0BP0

/BAD/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DOperator's Guide: HMI Advanced (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AF00-0BP1

/BEM/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DOperator's Guide: HMI Embedded (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AC00-0BP1

/BAE/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DOperator's Guide Unit Operator Panel (04.96 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-3AA60-0BP1

/BAH/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DOperator's Guide HT 6 (HPU New) (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-0AD60-0BP2

/BAK/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DShort Operating Guide (02.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AA10-0BP0

/BAM/ SINUMERIK 810D/840DOperator's Guide ManualTurn (10.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AD00-0BP0

/BAS/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DOperator's Guide ShopMill (10.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AD10-0BP0

/BAT/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DOperator's Guide ShopTurn (03.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AD50-0BP0

/BAP/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DShort Guide Handheld Programming Unit (04.00 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-5AD20-0BP1

/BNM/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DUser's Guide Measuring Cycles (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AA70-0BP0

09.01 2 References


/DA/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DDiagnostics Guide (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AA20-0BP1

/KAM/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DShort Guide ManualTurn (04.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-5AD40-0BP0

/KAS/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DShort Guide ShopMill (04.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-5AD30-0BP0

/PG/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DProgramming Guide Fundamentals (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AB00-0BP1

/PGA/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DProgramming Guide Advanced (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AB10-0BP1

/PGK/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DShort Guide Programming (02.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AB30-0BP1

/PGM SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DProgramming Guide ISO Milling (10.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AC20-0BP1

/PGT/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DProgramming Guide ISO Turning (10.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AC10-0BP1

/PGZ/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DProgramming Guide Cycles (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AB40-0BP1

/PI/ PCIN 4.4Software for Data Transfer to/from MMC ModuleOrder number: 6FX2 060-4AA00-4XB0 (English, French, German)Order from: WK Fürth

/SYI/ SINUMERIK 840DiSystem Overview (02.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 298-6AE40-0BP0

2 References 09.01


Manufacturer/Service Documentation

a) Lists/LIS/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D

SIMODRIVE 611DLists (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AB70-0BP1

b) Hardware/BH/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D

Operator Components Manual (HW) (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AA50-0BP1

/BHA/ SIMODRIVE SensorAbsolute Encoder with PROFIBUS DPUser's Guide (HW) (02.99 Edition)Order number: 6SN1 197-0AB10-0YP1

/EMV/ SINUMERIK, SIROTEC, SIMODRIVEEMC Installation Guideline (06.99 Edition)Planning Guide (HW)Order number: 6FC5 297-0AD30-0BP1

/PHC/ SINUMERIK 810DConfiguring Manual (HW) (12.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-4AD10-0BP1

/PHD/ SINUMERIK 840DNCU 561.2-573.2 Configuring Manual (HW) (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC10-0BP1

/PHF/ SINUMERIK FM-NCNCU 570 Configuring Manual (HW) (04.96 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-3AC00-0BP0

/PMH/ SIMODRIVE SensorMeasuring System for Main Spindle DrivesSIMAG-H Configuring/Installation Guide (HW) (05.99 Edition)Order number: 6SN1197-0AB30-0BP0

09.01 2 References


c) Software/FB1 SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC

Description of Functions, Basic Machine (Part 1) (09.01 Edition)(the various manuals are listed below)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC20-0BP1

A2 Various Interface SignalsA3 Axis Monitoring, Protection ZonesB1 Continuous Path Mode, Exact Stop and Look AheadB2 AccelerationD1 Diagnostic ToolsD2 Interactive ProgrammingF1 Travel to Fixed StopG2 Velocities, Setpoint/Actual Value Systems, Closed-Loop ControlH2 Output of Auxiliary Functions to PLCK1 Mode Group, Channels, Program OperationK2 Coordinate Systems, Axis Types, Axis Configurations,

Actual-Value System for Workpiece, External Zero OffsetK4 CommunicationN2 EMERGENCY STOPP1 Transverse AxesP3 Basic PLC ProgramR1 Reference Point ApproachS1 SpindlesV1 FeedsW1 Tool Compensation

/FB2/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D(CCU2)Description of Functions, Extension Functions (Part 2) (09.01 Edition)including FM-NC: Turning, Stepping Motor(the various manuals are listed below)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC30-0BP1

A4 Digital and Analog NCK I/OsB3 Several Operator Panels and NCUsB4 Operation via PG/PCF3 Remote DiagnosticsH1 Jog with/without HandwheelK3 CompensationsK5 Mode Groups, Channels, Axis ReplacementL1 FM-NC Local BusM1 Kinematic TransformationM5 MeasurementsN3 Software Cams, Position Switching SignalsN4 Punching and NibblingP2 Positioning AxesP5 OscillationR2 Rotary AxesS3 Synchronous SpindlesS5 Synchronized Actions (SW 3 and earlier, later /FBSY/)S6 Stepper Motor ControlS7 Memory ConfigurationT1 Indexing AxesW3 Tool ChangeW4 Grinding

2 References 09.01


/FB3/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D(CCU2)Description of Functions Special Functions (Part 3) (09.01 Edition)(the various manuals are listed below)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC80-0BP1

F2 3-Axis to 5-Axis TransformationG1 Gantry AxesG3 Cycle TimesK6 Contour Tunnel MonitoringM3 Coupled Axes and ESRS8 Constant Workpiece Speed for Centerless GrindingT3 Tangential ControlTE1 Clearance ControlTE2 Analog AxisTE3 Speed/Torque Coupling Master-SlaveTE4 Transformation Handling PackageTE5 Setpoint ExchangeTE6 MCS CouplingTE7 Retrace SupportTE8 Unclocked Path-Synchronous Switching Signal OutputV2 PreprocessingW5 3D Tool Radius Compensation

/FBA/ SIMODRIVE 611D/SINUMERIK 840D/810DDescription of Functions, Drive Functions (09.01 Edition)(the various sections are listed below)Order number: 6SN1 197-0AA80-0BP7

DB1 Operational Messages/Alarm ReactionsDD1 Diagnostic FunctionsDD2 Speed Control LoopDE1 Extended Drive FunctionsDF1 Enable CommandsDG1 Encoder ParameterizationDM1 Calculation of Motor/Power Section Parameters and Controller DataDS1 Current Control LoopDÜ1 Monitors/Limitations

/FBAN/ SINUMERIK 840D/SIMODRIVE 611 DIGITALDescription of Functions ANA-MODULE (02.00 Edition)Order number: 6SN1 197-0AB80-0BP0

/FBD/ SINUMERIK 840DDescription of Functions Digitizing (07.99 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-4AC50-0BP0

DI1 Start-UpDI2 Scanning with Tactile Sensors (scancad scan)DI3 Scanning with Lasers (scancad laser)DI4 Milling Program Generation (scancad mill)

/FBDN/ CAM Integration DNC NT-2000Description of FunctionsSystem for NC Data Management and Data Distribution (05.00 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-5AE50-0BP1

09.01 2 References


/FBFA/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DDescription of Functions (09.01 Edition)ISO Dialects for SINUMERIKOrder number: 6FC5 297-6AE10-0BP1

/FBFE/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DDescription of Functions Remote Diagnostics (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AF00-0BP1

FE1 Remote DiagnosticsFE2 Interrupt-Controlled Email Messaging: @Event

/FBHLA/ SINUMERIK 840D/SIMODRIVE 611 digitalDescription of Functions HLA Module (04.00 Edition)Order number: 6SN1 197-0AB60-0BP2

/FBMA/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DDescription of Functions ManualTurn (10.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AD50-0BP0

/FBO/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DDescription of Functions (09.01 Edition)Configuring of OP 030 Operator Interface(the various sections are listed below)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC40-0BP0

BA Operator's GuideEU Development Environment (Configuring Package)PS Online only: Configuring Syntax (Configuring Package)PSE Introduction to Configuring of Operator InterfaceIK Screen Kit: Software Update and Configuration

/FBP/ SINUMERIK 840DDescription of Functions C-PLC Programming (03.96 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-3AB60-0BP0

/FBR/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DDescription of Functions SINCOM Computer Link (02.00 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-5AD60-0BP0

NFL Interface to Central Production ComputerNPL Interface to PLC/NCK

/FBSI/ SINUMERIK 840D/SIMODRIVEDescription of Functions SINUMERIK Safety Integrated (03.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AB80-0BP0

/FBSP/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DDescription of Functions ShopMill (10.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-5AD80-0BP1

/FBST/ SIMATICDescription of Functions (01.01 Edition)FM STEPDRIVE/SIMOSTEPOrder number: 6SN1 197-0AA70-0YP4

2 References 09.01


/FBSY/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DDescription of Functions Synchronized Actions (09.01 Edition)for Wood, Glass, Ceramics and PressesOrder number: 6FC5 297-6AD40-0BP1

/FBT/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DDescription of Functions ShopTurn (03.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AD70-0BP0

/FBTD/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DDescription of FunctionsSINTDI Tool Data Information System with Online Help (03.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AE00-0BP0

/FBU/ SIMODRIVE 611 universalDescription of Functions (05.00 Edition)Closed-Loop Control Component for Speed Controland PositioningOrder number: 6SN1 197-0AB20-0BP3

/FBW/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DDescription of Functions Tool Management (10.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC60-0BP1

/HBI/ SINUMERIK 840DiManual (07.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AE60-0BP0

/KBU/ SIMODRIVE 611 universalShort Description (05.00 Edition)Closed-Loop Control Component for Speed ControlOrder number: 6SN1 197-0AB40-0BP3

/PJE/ SINUMERIK 840D/810DHMI Embedded Configuring Package (06.01 Edition)Description of Functions: Software Update, Configuration,InstallationOrder number: 6FC5 297-6EA10-0BP0(the CS Configuring Syntax is included with thesoftware and available as a pdf)

/PJFE/ SIMODRIVEPlanning Guide 1FE1 Synchronous Built-In Motors (08.01 Edition)AC Motors for Main Spindle DrivesOrder number: 6SN1 197-0AC00-0BP1

/PJLM/ SIMODRIVEPlanning Guide Linear Motors (06.01 Edition)(on request)ALL General Information about Linear Motors1FN1 1FN1 Three-Phase Linear Motor1FN3 1FN3 Three-Phase Linear MotorCON ConnectionsOrder number: 6SN1 197-0AB70-0BP2

/PJM/ SIMODRIVEPlanning Guide MotorsAC Motors for Feed and (09.00 Edition)Main Spindle DrivesOrder number: 6SN1 197-0AA20-0BP4

09.01 2 References


/PJU/ SIMODRIVE 611Planning Guide Converters (05.01 Edition)Order number: 6SN1 197-0AA00-0BP5

/POS1/ SIMODRIVE POSMO AOperator's Guide (04.01 Edition)Distributed Positioning Motor on PROFIBUS DP,Order number: 6SN2 197-0AA00-0BP2

/POS2/ SIMODRIVE POSMO AInstallation Instructions (supplied with every POSMO A) (12.98 Edition)Order number: 462 008 0815 00

/POS3/ SIMODRIVE POSMO SI/CD/CAOperator's GuideDistributed Servo Drive Systems (01.01 Edition)Order number: 6SN2 197-0AA20-0BP0

/S7H/ SIMATIC S7-30Manual: Assembly, CPU Data (HW) (10.98 Edition)Reference Manual: Module DataOrder number: 6ES7 398-8AA03-8AA0

/S7HT/ SIMATIC S7-300STEP7 Manual, Basic Information, V3.1 (03.97 Edition)Order number: 6ES7 810-4CA02-8AA0

/S7HR/ SIMATIC S7-300Manual (03.97 Edition)STEP7, Reference Manuals, V3.1Order number: 6ES7 810-4CA02-8AR0

/S7S/ SIMATIC S7-300FM 353 Stepper Drive Positioning Module (04.97 Edition)Order in conjunction with configuring package

/S7L/ SIMATIC S7-300FM 354 Servo Drive Positioning Module (04.97 Edition)Order in conjunction with configuring package

/S7M/ SIMATIC S7-300FM 357 Multi-Axis Module for Servo and Stepper Drives (10.99 Edition)Order in conjunction with configuring package

/SHM/ SIMODRIVE 611Manual (01.98 Edition)Single-Axis Positioning Control for MCU 172AOrder number: 6SN 1197-4MA00-0BP0

/SP/ SIMODRIVE 611-A/611-D,SimoPro 3.1Program for Configuring Machine-Tool DrivesOrder number: 6SC6 111-6PC00-0AA❏Order from: WK Fürth

2 References 09.01


d) Installation and start-up/IAA/ SIMODRIVE 611A

Installation and Start-Up Guide (10.00 Edition)(including description of SIMODRIVE 611D start-upsoftware)Order number: 6SN 1197-0AA60-0BP6

/IAC/ SINUMERIK 810DInstallation and Start-Up Guide (12.01 Edition)(including description of SIMODRIVE 611D start-upsoftware)Order number: 6FC5 297-4AD20-0BP1

/IAD/ SINUMERIK 840D/SIMODRIVE 611DInstallation and Start-Up Guide (09.01 Edition)(including description of SIMODRIVE 611D start-upsoftware)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AB10-0BP1

/IAF/ SINUMERIK FM-NCInstallation and Start-Up Guide (07.00 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-3AB00-0BP1

/IAM/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810DHMI/MMC Installation and Start-Up Guide (09.01 Edition)Order number: 6FC5 297-6AE20-0BP1

AE1 Updates/OptionsBE1 Expand the operator interfaceHE1 Online HelpIM2 Start-Up HMI EmbeddedIM4 Start-Up HMI Advanced (PCU 50)TX1 Setting Foreign Language Texts

Suggestions and/or corrections

SIEMENS AG Suggestions

CorrectionsA&D MC BMSP.O. Box 3180

For Publication/Manual:


D-91050 ErlangenGermany(Tel. + 49-180 / 5050-222 [Hotline] Fax + 49-9131 / 98 - 2176 email: [email protected]) User Documentation

From

Name

Diagnostics Guide

Order No.: 6FC5 298-6AA20-0BP1Edition: 09.01

Company/Dept.

Address

Tel.: /

Fax: /

Should you come across any printingerrors when reading this publication,please notify us on this sheet.Suggestions for improvement are alsowelcome.

SINUMERIK

840D/810D

SINUMERIK

Overview of SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D Documentation (09.01)

Brochure Catalog Ordering Info NC 60 *)

Description of Functions Drive Functions *)

Description of Functions– Basic Machine *) – Extended Functions– Special Functions

SINUMERIK

611D840D/810D

SINUMERIK

840D/840Di/810D

840D/840Di/810D

Accessories

CatalogAccessories NC-Z

SINUMERIKSIROTECSIMODRIVE

840D/840Di/810D611D

Lists *)Installation &Start-up Guide *)– FM-NC– 810D– 840D/611D– MMC/HMI

SINUMERIK

840D

Description ofFunctionsDigitizing

SINUMERIK

SINUMERIK

840D/810D

Configuring KitMMC 100/101– Configuring

Syntax – Development Kit

SINUMERIK

840D/810D

Screen KitMMC 100/101SW Update andConfiguration

SINUMERIK

840D/840Di/810D

SINUMERIK

840D/840Di/810D

Operator Components(HW) *)

840D/840Di/810D

Description ofFunctionsSINUMERIKSafety Integrated

SINUMERIKSIMODRIVE

SINUMERIK

840D/840Di/810D/611, Motors

SIMODRIVE

DOC ON CD *)The SINUMERIK System

General Documentation

Electronic Documentation



SINUMERIK

840D/810D/FM-NC

SINUMERIK

840D/810D

User Documentation

DiagnosticsGuide *)

Operator’s Guide– HT 6 (+ 840Di)– HPU– Unit Operator

Panel

AutoTurn– Short Guide– Programming (1)– Setup (2)

SINUMERIK

840D/840Di/810D

Program. Guide– Short Guide– Fundamentals *)– Advanced *)– Cycles– Measuring Cycles– ISO Turning/Milling

Description ofFunctions– ManualTurn– ShopMill

Description ofFunctionsSynchronized Actions

840D/810D

SINUMERIK

Operator’s Guide– ManualTurn– Short Guide ManualTurn– ShopMill– Short Guide ShopMill

840D/810D


SINUMERIK

840D/810D

Descr. of Functions– Computer Link– Tool Data

Information System

*) These documents are a minimum requirement

Operator’s Guide *)– Short Guide– MMC 103– HMI Embedded– HMI Advanced

SINUMERIK

840D/840Di/810D

Configuring (HW) *)– FM-NC– 810D– 840D

SINUMERIK

SINUMERIK

840D/840Di/810D

SINUMERIK

840D/810D

Description ofFunctionsOperator InterfaceOP 030

Description ofFunctionsTool Management

SINUMERIKSIMODRIVE

SINUMERIKSIMODRIVE

SINUMERIKSIMODRIVE

SINUMERIKSIMODRIVE

SINUMERIKSIMODRIVE

840D611D

840D611D

Description ofFunctionsLinear Motor

SINUMERIKSIMODRIVESIROTEC

EMC Guidelines

Description ofFunctions– Hydraulics

Module– Analog Module

User Documentation

SINUMERIK

System Overview

840Di


SINUMERIK

Descr. of FunctionsISO Dialects for SINUMERIK

840D/840Di/810D

SINUMERIK

Descr. of FunctionsCAM IntegrationDNC NT-2000

SINUMERIK

Manual(HW + Installationand Start-up)

840Di

SINUMERIK

840D/810D

Descr. of FunctionsRemote Diagnosis

diagnostics guide

Documents